AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package

Release 3.0

Contents

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package	42

AUR10116 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation	43

AUR20116 Certificate II in Automotive Administration	48

AUR20216 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology	51

AUR20316 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology	54

AUR20416 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology	58

AUR20516 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology	62

AUR20616 Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology	66

AUR20716 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation	70

AUR20816 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology	76

AUR20916 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology	79

AUR21016 Certificate II in Motor Sport Technology	85

AUR21116 Certificate II in Automotive Sales	90

AUR21216 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology	94

AUR21316 Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology	97

AUR21416 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology	100

AUR21516 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning	103

AUR21616 Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology	106

AUR21716 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology	109

AUR21816 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology	112

AUR21916 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology	115

AUR30116 Certificate III in Automotive Administration	120

AUR30216 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations	123

AUR30316 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology	128

AUR30416 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology	134

AUR30516 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology	139

AUR30616 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology	144

AUR30716 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology	150

AUR30816 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology	155

AUR30916 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology	159

AUR31016 Certificate III in Automotive Sales	167

AUR31116 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology	172

AUR31216 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology	177

AUR31316 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning	182

AUR31416 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology	186

AUR31516 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology	189

AUR31616 Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology	193

AUR31716 Certificate III in Forklift Technology	197

AUR31816 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology	204

AUR31916 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology	209

AUR32016 Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology	214

AUR32116 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology	218

AUR32216 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology	225

AUR32316 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology	229

AUR32416 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology	234

AUR32516 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology	238

AUR32616 Certificate III in Automotive Tyre Management	242

AUR40116 Certificate IV in Automotive Management	246

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis	249

AUR40316 Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology	253

AUR40416 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement	257

AUR40514 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing	261

AUR40616 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology	264

AUR40716 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology	269

AUR40816 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling	272

AUR50116 Diploma of Automotive Management	276

AUR50216 Diploma of Automotive Technology	279

AUR50316 Diploma of Motor Sport Technology	284

AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role	287

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role	291

AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services	294

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services	298

AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	301

Assessment Requirements for AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace	305

AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	308

Assessment Requirements for AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace	312

AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	315

Assessment Requirements for AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace	318

AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace	320

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace	323

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	326

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	329

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	332

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	336

AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	339

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace	343

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace	346

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace	349

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information	351

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information	354

AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	356

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace	359

AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	362

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace	366

AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	368

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace	371

AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports	373

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports	377

AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures	380

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures	383

AURAFA008 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions	386

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA008 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions	390

AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry	393

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry	397

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems	399

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA001 Use information technology systems	403

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace	406

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace	410

AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace	413

Assessment Requirements for AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace	417

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace	420

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace	424

AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	427

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace	431

AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace	434

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace	437

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace	440

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace	444

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace	447

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace	451

AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace	454

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace	458

AURANN001 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	461

Assessment Requirements for AURANN001 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs	464

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace	467

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace	471

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace	474

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace	478

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace	481

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace	485

AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals	488

Assessment Requirements for AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals	491

AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	494

Assessment Requirements for AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace	498

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes	501

Assessment Requirements for AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes	505

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings	507

Assessment Requirements for AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings	511

AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts	513

Assessment Requirements for AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts	517

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance	519

Assessment Requirements for AURATA004 Provide technical guidance	522

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs	524

Assessment Requirements for AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs	527

AURBCA001 Work in a retail bicycle environment	530

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA001 Work in a retail bicycle environment	534

AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	537

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders	541

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components	543

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components	547

AURBTA002 Adjust bicycles and components	549

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA002 Adjust bicycles and components	552

AURBTA003 Assemble bicycles	554

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA003 Assemble bicycles	558

AURBTA004 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale	561

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA004 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale	565

AURBTA005 Restore bicycles	568

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA005 Restore bicycles	572

AURBTA006 Assemble components for custom bicycles	575

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA006 Assemble components for custom bicycles	581

AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events	584

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events	589

AURBTB001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems	592

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems	596

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems	599

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems	603

AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems	606

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems	610

AURBTD001 Service bicycle steering systems	613

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD001 Service bicycle steering systems	617

AURBTD002 Service bicycle suspension systems	620

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD002 Service bicycle suspension systems	624

AURBTD003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems	627

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems	631

AURBTD004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems	634

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems	638

AURBTJ001 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	641

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ001 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	645

AURBTJ002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs	647

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs	651

AURBTJ003 Design and build bicycle wheels	653

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ003 Design and build bicycle wheels	657

AURBTJ004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	660

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	664

AURBTK001 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment	666

Assessment Requirements for AURBTK001 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment	670

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems	672

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems	676

AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems	679

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems	683

AURBTR001 Service electric power-assisted bicycles	686

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR001 Service electric power-assisted bicycles	690

AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters	693

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters	697

AURBTV001 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	700

Assessment Requirements for AURBTV001 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	704

AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames	707

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames	711

AURBTY002 Design and build bicycle frames	714

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY002 Design and build bicycle frames	719

AURBTY003 Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames	722

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY003 Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames	726

AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	728

Assessment Requirements for AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	732

AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems	735

Assessment Requirements for AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems	739

AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems	742

Assessment Requirements for AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems	746

AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems	749

Assessment Requirements for AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems	753

AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems	756

Assessment Requirements for AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems	760

AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	763

Assessment Requirements for AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	767

AURETB001 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems	771

Assessment Requirements for AURETB001 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems	775

AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems	778

Assessment Requirements for AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems	782

AURETD001 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	785

Assessment Requirements for AURETD001 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems	789

AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems	792

Assessment Requirements for AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems	796

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	799

Assessment Requirements for AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles	804

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	807

Assessment Requirements for AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	813

AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	816

Assessment Requirements for AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle	821

AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	825

Assessment Requirements for AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	830

AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	834

Assessment Requirements for AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	839

AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	843

Assessment Requirements for AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	848

AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	852

Assessment Requirements for AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	857

AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	861

Assessment Requirements for AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	868

AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	872

Assessment Requirements for AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	877

AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	881

Assessment Requirements for AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	886

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles	890

Assessment Requirements for AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles	895

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	898

Assessment Requirements for AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	903

AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems	906

Assessment Requirements for AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems	910

AURETH014 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems	914

Assessment Requirements for AURETH014 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems	918

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment	922

Assessment Requirements for AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment	926

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace	929

Assessment Requirements for AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace	933

AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment	936

Assessment Requirements for AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment	940

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components	943

Assessment Requirements for AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components	947

AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems	950

Assessment Requirements for AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems	954

AURETR003 Identify automotive electrical systems and components	956

Assessment Requirements for AURETR003 Identify automotive electrical systems and components	959

AURETR004 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems	962

Assessment Requirements for AURETR004 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems	966

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components	969

Assessment Requirements for AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components	973

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits	976

Assessment Requirements for AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits	980

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems	983

Assessment Requirements for AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems	987

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies	990

Assessment Requirements for AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies	994

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems	997

Assessment Requirements for AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems	1001

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms	1004

Assessment Requirements for AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms	1008

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components	1011

Assessment Requirements for AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components	1015

AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	1018

Assessment Requirements for AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits	1022

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems	1026

Assessment Requirements for AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems	1030

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems	1033

Assessment Requirements for AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems	1037

AURETR015 Inspect, test and service batteries	1040

Assessment Requirements for AURETR015 Inspect, test and service batteries	1044

AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	1047

Assessment Requirements for AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	1050

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators	1052

Assessment Requirements for AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators	1057

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors	1060

Assessment Requirements for AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors	1065

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems	1068

Assessment Requirements for AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems	1072

AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	1075

Assessment Requirements for AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems	1079

AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	1082

Assessment Requirements for AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems	1086

AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	1089

Assessment Requirements for AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems	1093

AURETR023 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems	1096

Assessment Requirements for AURETR023 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems	1100

AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	1104

Assessment Requirements for AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems	1108

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	1111

Assessment Requirements for AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles	1117

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	1121

Assessment Requirements for AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	1125

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components	1128

Assessment Requirements for AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components	1132

AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	1135

Assessment Requirements for AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems	1139

AURETR029 Diagnose and repair charging systems	1142

Assessment Requirements for AURETR029 Diagnose and repair charging systems	1146

AURETR030 Diagnose and repair starting systems	1149

Assessment Requirements for AURETR030 Diagnose and repair starting systems	1153

AURETR031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems	1156

Assessment Requirements for AURETR031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems	1160

AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	1164

Assessment Requirements for AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems	1168

AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications	1172

Assessment Requirements for AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications	1177

AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications	1180

Assessment Requirements for AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications	1185

AURETR035 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	1188

Assessment Requirements for AURETR035 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	1191

AURETR036 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	1195

Assessment Requirements for AURETR036 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems	1199

AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	1202

Assessment Requirements for AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems	1206

AURETR038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	1209

Assessment Requirements for AURETR038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	1213

AURETR039 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems	1216

Assessment Requirements for AURETR039 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems	1220

AURETR040 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems	1223

Assessment Requirements for AURETR040 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems	1227

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	1230

Assessment Requirements for AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	1234

AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	1237

Assessment Requirements for AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems	1241

AURETR044 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems	1244

Assessment Requirements for AURETR044 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems	1248

AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems	1251

Assessment Requirements for AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems	1255

AURETR046 Remove and refit vehicle batteries	1258

Assessment Requirements for AURETR046 Remove and refit vehicle batteries	1262

AURETR047 Recharge vehicle batteries	1264

Assessment Requirements for AURETR047 Recharge vehicle batteries	1268

AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits	1270

Assessment Requirements for AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits	1275

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems	1278

Assessment Requirements for AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems	1283

AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants	1288

Assessment Requirements for AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants	1292

AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	1295

Assessment Requirements for AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems	1299

AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems	1302

Assessment Requirements for AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems	1308

AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems	1312

Assessment Requirements for AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems	1317

AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	1321

Assessment Requirements for AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems	1325

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors	1329

Assessment Requirements for AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors	1334

AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems	1337

Assessment Requirements for AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems	1341

AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning	1344

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning	1348

AURHTA003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories	1351

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories	1354

AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	1357

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems	1361

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems	1364

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems	1368

AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components	1372

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components	1377

AURHTB004 Overhaul air braking system components	1380

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB004 Overhaul air braking system components	1385

AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	1388

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	1392

AURHTB006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	1395

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems	1399

AURHTB007 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems	1402

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB007 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems	1406

AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	1409

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	1413

AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems	1416

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems	1420

AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	1423

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems	1427

AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	1430

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations	1434

AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	1437

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	1441

AURHTD006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	1444

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems	1448

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies	1451

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies	1455

AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	1458

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines	1462

AURHTE003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines	1465

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines	1469

AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems	1472

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems	1476

AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems	1479

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems	1482

AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	1485

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	1489

AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres	1492

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres	1496

AURHTJ002 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications	1499

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ002 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications	1502

AURHTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	1504

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	1508

AURHTJ004 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes	1511

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ004 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes	1515

AURHTJ005 Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems	1518

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ005 Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems	1522

AURHTJ006 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	1525

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ006 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	1529

AURHTL001 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines	1532

Assessment Requirements for AURHTL001 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines	1537

AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components	1539

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components	1542

AURHTQ002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies	1544

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies	1548

AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	1551

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts	1555

AURHTR005 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems	1558

Assessment Requirements for AURHTR005 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems	1562

AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	1565

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions	1569

AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	1572

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	1576

AURHTX003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	1579

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions	1583

AURHTX004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems	1586

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems	1590

AURHTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	1593

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	1597

AURHTX006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	1600

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems	1604

AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	1607

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	1611

AURHTY002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	1614

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes	1618

AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	1621

Assessment Requirements for AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems	1625

AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles	1628

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles	1632

AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories	1635

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories	1639

AURJTA003 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	1642

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA003 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	1646

AURJTB001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems	1649

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems	1653

AURJTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems	1656

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems	1660

AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems	1663

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems	1667

AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems	1670

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems	1673

AURJTD003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems	1675

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems	1679

AURJTD004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems	1682

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems	1686

AURJTD005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems	1689

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems	1693

AURJTD006 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems	1696

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD006 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems	1700

AURJTE001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines	1703

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines	1707

AURJTE002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	1710

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems	1714

AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	1717

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	1721

AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes	1724

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes	1728

AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	1731

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies	1735

AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems	1737

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems	1741

AURJTQ002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems	1744

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems	1748

AURJTR001 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	1751

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR001 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems	1755

AURJTX001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems	1758

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems	1762

AURJTX002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions	1765

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions	1769

AURJTX003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions	1772

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions	1776

AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames	1779

Assessment Requirements for AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames	1783

AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software	1786

Assessment Requirements for AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software	1790

AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment	1792

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment	1796

AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment	1799

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment	1803

AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment	1806

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment	1810

AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment	1813

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment	1817

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems	1820

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems	1824

AURKTA006 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems	1827

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA006 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems	1831

AURKTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	1834

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	1838

AURKTA009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	1841

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems	1845

AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment	1848

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment	1853

AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	1856

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems	1860

AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	1863

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems	1867

AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems	1870

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems	1874

AURKTB003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems	1877

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems	1881

AURKTD001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems	1884

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems	1888

AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	1891

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems	1895

AURKTD003 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1898

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD003 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1902

AURKTD004 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems	1905

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD004 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems	1909

AURKTD005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1912

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems	1916

AURKTE001 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems	1919

Assessment Requirements for AURKTE001 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems	1923

AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	1926

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	1933

AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies	1936

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies	1944

AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	1947

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres	1951

AURKTJ004 Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies	1953

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ004 Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies	1956

AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications	1958

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications	1961

AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers	1963

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers	1966

AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	1968

Assessment Requirements for AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies	1972

AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	1975

Assessment Requirements for AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems	1979

AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	1982

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions	1986

AURKTX002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	1989

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	1993

AURKTX003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	1996

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems	2000

AURKTX004 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions	2003

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX004 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions	2007

AURLLD001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications	2010

Assessment Requirements for AURLLD001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications	2014

AURLTA001 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components	2017

Assessment Requirements for AURLTA001 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components	2020

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components	2023

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components	2028

AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems	2031

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems	2035

AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	2038

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems	2042

AURLTB004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems	2046

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems	2050

AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products	2053

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products	2057

AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems	2060

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems	2064

AURLTD003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications	2067

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications	2071

AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	2074

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems	2078

AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	2081

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems	2085

AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	2088

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations	2092

AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	2095

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	2099

AURLTD009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	2102

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems	2106

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies	2109

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies	2113

AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	2116

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines	2120

AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems	2123

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems	2127

AURLTE004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines	2130

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines	2134

AURLTE005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines	2137

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines	2141

AURLTF001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems	2144

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems	2148

AURLTF002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	2151

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems	2155

AURLTJ001 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications	2158

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ001 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications	2161

AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	2163

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	2167

AURLTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	2170

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies	2174

AURLTJ004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations	2177

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations	2181

AURLTQ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies	2183

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies	2187

AURLTQ002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	2190

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts	2194

AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems	2197

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems	2201

AURLTX001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions	2204

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions	2208

AURLTX002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions	2211

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions	2215

AURLTX003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	2218

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems	2222

AURLTX004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems	2225

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems	2229

AURLTZ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems	2232

Assessment Requirements for AURLTZ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems	2236

AURMBA001 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment	2239

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA001 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment	2243

AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment	2245

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment	2249

AURMCA001 Manage motor sport team media liaison	2252

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA001 Manage motor sport team media liaison	2256

AURMCA002 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing	2258

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA002 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing	2263

AURMDA001 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge	2265

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA001 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge	2269

AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events	2272

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events	2275

AURMDA004 Recover vehicles at motor sport events	2277

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA004 Recover vehicles at motor sport events	2281

AURMDA005 Act as a marshal at motor sport events	2284

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA005 Act as a marshal at motor sport events	2288

AURMDA006 Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events	2291

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA006 Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events	2295

AURMDA007 Act as a steward at motor sport events	2298

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA007 Act as a steward at motor sport events	2302

AURMGA001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events	2305

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events	2309

AURMGA002 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment	2312

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA002 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment	2315

AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data	2318

Assessment Requirements for AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data	2322

AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating	2325

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating	2329

AURMLA002 Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations	2332

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA002 Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations	2335

AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance	2337

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance	2341

AURMMA001 Operate in a motor sport environment	2344

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA001 Operate in a motor sport environment	2349

AURMMA002 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles	2352

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA002 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles	2356

AURMMA003 Manage motor sport operations	2358

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA003 Manage motor sport operations	2362

AURMMA004 Manage motor sport team development	2365

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA004 Manage motor sport team development	2369

AURMMA005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	2372

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	2376

AURMMA006 Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events	2379

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA006 Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events	2383

AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements	2386

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements	2390

AURMMA008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team	2392

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team	2396

AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures	2398

Assessment Requirements for AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures	2401

AURMSA002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment	2403

Assessment Requirements for AURMSA002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment	2407

AURMTA001 Prepare and service light competition vehicles	2410

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA001 Prepare and service light competition vehicles	2414

AURMTA002 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events	2417

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA002 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events	2422

AURMTA003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components	2425

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components	2429

AURMTA004 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events	2432

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA004 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events	2436

AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	2439

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events	2443

AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles	2445

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles	2449

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing	2451

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing	2455

AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles	2457

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles	2462

AURMTA009 Collect and log motor sport data	2465

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA009 Collect and log motor sport data	2469

AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer	2472

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer	2476

AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension	2478

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension	2483

AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer	2485

Assessment Requirements for AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer	2489

AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems	2491

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems	2496

AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems	2499

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems	2504

AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels	2507

Assessment Requirements for AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels	2512

AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	2515

Assessment Requirements for AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems	2520

AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles	2523

Assessment Requirements for AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles	2527

AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies	2530

Assessment Requirements for AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies	2534

AURNTB001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems	2537

Assessment Requirements for AURNTB001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems	2541

AURNTD001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems	2544

Assessment Requirements for AURNTD001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems	2548

AURPTA001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment	2551

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment	2555

AURPTA002 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment	2558

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA002 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment	2562

AURPTA003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems	2565

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems	2569

AURPTA004 Service and repair drum cutting systems	2572

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA004 Service and repair drum cutting systems	2576

AURPTA005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems	2579

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems	2583

AURPTA006 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components	2586

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA006 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components	2590

AURPTA007 Service and repair post boring systems	2593

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA007 Service and repair post boring systems	2597

AURPTA008 Service and repair post hole digging systems	2600

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA008 Service and repair post hole digging systems	2604

AURPTA009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems	2607

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems	2611

AURPTA010 Inspect and service pumping systems	2614

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA010 Inspect and service pumping systems	2618

AURPTA011 Diagnose and repair pumping systems	2621

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA011 Diagnose and repair pumping systems	2625

AURPTE002 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines	2628

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE002 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines	2632

AURPTE003 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines	2635

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE003 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines	2639

AURPTE004 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines	2642

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE004 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines	2647

AURPTR001 Test and service 240 volt portable generators	2650

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR001 Test and service 240 volt portable generators	2654

AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	2657

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment	2661

AURPTR003 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems	2664

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR003 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems	2668

AURRGA001 Launch and recover vessels using a trailer	2671

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA001 Launch and recover vessels using a trailer	2675

AURRGA002 Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels	2678

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA002 Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels	2682

AURRGA003 Moor motor-driven vessels	2685

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA003 Moor motor-driven vessels	2689

AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment	2692

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment	2696

AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems	2699

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems	2703

AURRTA006 Water test vessels	2706

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA006 Water test vessels	2710

AURRTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems	2713

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems	2717

AURRTA008 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems	2720

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA008 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems	2724

AURRTA009 Recommission vessels and engine systems	2727

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA009 Recommission vessels and engine systems	2731

AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	2734

Assessment Requirements for AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems	2738

AURRTD001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems	2741

Assessment Requirements for AURRTD001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems	2745

AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines	2748

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines	2752

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines	2754

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines	2758

AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines	2761

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines	2765

AURRTE006 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines	2768

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE006 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines	2772

AURRTE007 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines	2775

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE007 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines	2779

AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments	2782

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments	2786

AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks	2789

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks	2793

AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines	2795

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines	2800

AURRTE012 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems	2804

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE012 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems	2808

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems	2811

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems	2815

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems	2818

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems	2822

AURRTQ004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems	2825

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems	2829

AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems	2832

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems	2836

AURRTQ006 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems	2838

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ006 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems	2842

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems	2845

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems	2849

AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	2852

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems	2856

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components	2859

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components	2863

AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	2866

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	2870

AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions	2873

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions	2877

AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	2880

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions	2884

AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	2887

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions	2891

AURRTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems	2894

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems	2898

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace	2901

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace	2904

AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations	2907

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations	2910

AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace	2913

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace	2917

AURSBA002 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts	2920

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA002 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts	2923

AURSCA001 Select and supply automotive parts and products	2925

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA001 Select and supply automotive parts and products	2928

AURSCA002 Present automotive products and services for sale	2930

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA002 Present automotive products and services for sale	2933

AURSCA003 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace	2936

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA003 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace	2940

AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	2943

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations	2946

AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services	2949

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services	2953

AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services	2955

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services	2959

AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements	2962

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements	2965

AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock	2967

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock	2970

AURSCA009 Provide vehicle technology information	2972

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA009 Provide vehicle technology information	2975

AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale	2977

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale	2980

AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	2982

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace	2986

AURSCP001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products	2989

Assessment Requirements for AURSCP001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products	2992

AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services	2995

Assessment Requirements for AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services	2999

AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers	3002

Assessment Requirements for AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers	3006

AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications	3009

Assessment Requirements for AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications	3013

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components	3016

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components	3020

AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities	3023

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities	3027

AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices	3029

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices	3033

AURTTA004 Carry out servicing operations	3035

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA004 Carry out servicing operations	3039

AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	3042

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	3046

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems	3049

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems	3053

AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems	3056

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems	3060

AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates	3063

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates	3067

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations	3069

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations	3073

AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes	3076

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes	3080

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications	3083

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications	3087

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies	3090

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies	3094

AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	3097

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems	3101

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components	3104

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components	3108

AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components	3110

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components	3114

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections	3116

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections	3120

AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures	3122

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures	3126

AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes	3129

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes	3133

AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults	3136

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults	3140

AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications	3143

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications	3147

AURTTA023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications	3149

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications	3154

AURTTA024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications	3156

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications	3160

AURTTA025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems	3162

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems	3166

AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	3169

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems	3173

AURTTA027 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	3176

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA027 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	3180

AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems	3183

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems	3187

AURTTB002 Attach friction materials and radius grind	3190

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB002 Attach friction materials and radius grind	3194

AURTTB003 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors	3197

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB003 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors	3201

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems	3203

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems	3207

AURTTB005 Assemble and fit braking system components	3210

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB005 Assemble and fit braking system components	3214

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems	3217

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems	3220

AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies	3222

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies	3226

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems	3229

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems	3233

AURTTC002 Repair radiators	3236

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC002 Repair radiators	3240

AURTTC003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems	3242

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems	3246

AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators	3249

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators	3254

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems	3256

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems	3260

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems	3263

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems	3267

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems	3270

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems	3274

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems	3276

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems	3280

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components	3283

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components	3288

AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs	3291

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs	3296

AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies	3298

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies	3303

AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science	3305

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science	3308

AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components	3311

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components	3315

AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines	3318

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines	3322

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines	3325

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE005 Overhaul engines	3330

AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies	3333

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies	3338

AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3340

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3345

AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3348

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines	3353

AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads	3356

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads	3361

AURTTF001 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems	3364

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF001 Inspect and service petrol fuel systems	3368

AURTTF002 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	3371

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF002 Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems	3375

AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components	3378

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components	3383

AURTTF005 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	3386

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF005 Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems	3390

AURTTF006 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems	3393

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF006 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems	3397

AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components	3400

Assessment Requirements for AURTTF007 Overhaul carburettor fuel system components	3405

AURTTJ001 Balance wheels and tyres	3408

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ001 Balance wheels and tyres	3412

AURTTJ002 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	3414

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ002 Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components	3418

AURTTJ003 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies	3421

Assessment Requirements for AURTTJ003 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies	3425

AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace	3427

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace	3431

AURTTK002 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	3433

Assessment Requirements for AURTTK002 Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace	3437

AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems	3440

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL001 Inspect and service CNG fuel systems	3444

AURTTL002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	3447

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems	3451

AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems	3454

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL003 Install CNG fuel systems	3459

AURTTL004 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	3461

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL004 Inspect and service LNG fuel systems	3465

AURTTL005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	3468

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems	3472

AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems	3475

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL006 Install LNG fuel systems	3479

AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems	3481

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL007 Inspect and service LPG fuel systems	3485

AURTTL008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	3488

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems	3492

AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems	3495

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL009 Install LPG fuel systems	3499

AURTTL010 Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment	3501

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL010 Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment	3505

AURTTL011 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems	3507

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL011 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems	3511

AURTTL012 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems	3514

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL012 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems	3518

AURTTL013 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems	3521

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL013 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems	3525

AURTTL014 Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems	3528

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL014 Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems	3532

AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications	3535

Assessment Requirements for AURTTL015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications	3539

AURTTM001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines	3542

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines	3546

AURTTM002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines	3549

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines	3555

AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components	3559

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components	3563

AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies	3566

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies	3571

AURTTM005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components	3575

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components	3579

AURTTM006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components	3582

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components	3586

AURTTM007 Carry out crankshaft grinding	3590

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM007 Carry out crankshaft grinding	3596

AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies	3600

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies	3605

AURTTM009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders	3609

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders	3614

AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components	3618

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components	3622

AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads	3625

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM011 Recondition engine cylinder heads	3631

AURTTM012 Carry out camshaft grinding	3635

Assessment Requirements for AURTTM012 Carry out camshaft grinding	3641

AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies	3644

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ001 Inspect and service final drive assemblies	3648

AURTTQ002 Remove and refit driveline components	3651

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ002 Remove and refit driveline components	3655

AURTTQ003 Inspect and service drive shafts	3657

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ003 Inspect and service drive shafts	3661

AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies	3663

Assessment Requirements for AURTTQ004 Overhaul final drive assemblies	3668

AURTTR001 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems	3671

Assessment Requirements for AURTTR001 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems	3675

AURTTS001 Fabricate exhaust systems and components	3678

Assessment Requirements for AURTTS001 Fabricate exhaust systems and components	3682

AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques	3685

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW001 Carry out soft soldering techniques	3689

AURTTW002 Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines	3691

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW002 Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines	3695

AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations	3698

Assessment Requirements for AURTTW003 Carry out machining operations	3702

AURTTX001 Remove and tag driveline components	3705

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX001 Remove and tag driveline components	3709

AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions	3711

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX002 Inspect and service manual transmissions	3715

AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	3718

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX003 Inspect and service automatic transmissions	3722

AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	3725

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX004 Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions	3729

AURTTX005 Inspect and service clutch systems	3732

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX005 Inspect and service clutch systems	3736

AURTTX006 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	3739

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX006 Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions	3743

AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies	3746

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX007 Overhaul clutch assemblies	3751

AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions	3754

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX008 Overhaul manual transmissions	3759

AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions	3762

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX009 Overhaul automatic transmissions	3767

AURTTX010 Overhaul hydrostatic transmissions	3770

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX010 Overhaul hydrostatic transmissions	3775

AURTTX011 Overhaul torque converters	3777

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX011 Overhaul torque converters	3782

AURTTX012 Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions	3785

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX012 Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions	3790

AURTTX013 Remove and replace clutch assemblies	3792

Assessment Requirements for AURTTX013 Remove and replace clutch assemblies	3796

AURTTY001 Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components	3798

Assessment Requirements for AURTTY001 Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components	3802

AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems	3805

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ001 Inspect and service emission control systems	3808

AURTTZ002 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	3811

Assessment Requirements for AURTTZ002 Diagnose and repair exhaust systems	3815

AURVLA001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators	3818

Assessment Requirements for AURVLA001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators	3823

AURVNA001 Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements	3826

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA001 Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements	3832

AURVNA002 Provide vehicle total loss assessments	3835

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA002 Provide vehicle total loss assessments	3841

AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations	3844

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA003 Review vehicle repair quotations	3848

AURVNA004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3851

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3856

AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work	3858

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work	3862

AURVNA006 Identify and value vehicle salvage	3865

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA006 Identify and value vehicle salvage	3870

AURVNA007 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3873

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA007 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3878

AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3881

Assessment Requirements for AURVNA008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments	3887

AURVNN001 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements	3890

Assessment Requirements for AURVNN001 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements	3895

AURVNP001 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements	3898

Assessment Requirements for AURVNP001 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements	3903

AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use	3906

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA001 Prepare vehicles for customer use	3910

AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems	3913

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA002 Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems	3917

AURVTA003 Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures	3920

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA003 Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures	3924

AURVTA004 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs	3926

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA004 Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs	3930

AURVTA005 Clean vehicles	3933

Assessment Requirements for AURVTA005 Clean vehicles	3937

AURVTG001 Repair laminated glass windscreens	3939

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG001 Repair laminated glass windscreens	3943

AURVTG002 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens	3946

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG002 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens	3950

AURVTG003 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens	3952

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG003 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens	3956

AURVTG004 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens	3958

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG004 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens	3962

AURVTG005 Remove and install framed type windscreens	3964

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG005 Remove and install framed type windscreens	3968

AURVTG006 Apply vehicle window tinting	3970

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG006 Apply vehicle window tinting	3974

AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces	3977

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG007 Clean vehicle glass surfaces	3981

AURVTG008 Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass	3983

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG008 Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass	3987

AURVTG009 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass	3990

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG009 Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass	3994

AURVTG010 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass	3996

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG010 Remove and install vehicle movable body glass	4000

AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows	4002

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG011 Install side vehicle windows	4006

AURVTG012 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens	4009

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG012 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens	4014

AURVTG013 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens	4017

Assessment Requirements for AURVTG013 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens	4021

AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools	4024

Assessment Requirements for AURVTK001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools	4027

AURVTN001 Remove and tag vehicle body components	4029

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN001 Remove and tag vehicle body components	4033

AURVTN002 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs	4035

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN002 Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs	4039

AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components	4041

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN003 Remove and store vehicle body components	4045

AURVTN004 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components	4047

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN004 Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components	4051

AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles	4053

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN005 Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles	4057

AURVTN006 Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair	4059

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN006 Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair	4063

AURVTN007 Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components	4066

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN007 Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components	4070

AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings	4072

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN008 Clean vehicle body and door openings	4076

AURVTN009 Clean vehicle engines and engine components	4078

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN009 Clean vehicle engines and engine components	4082

AURVTN010 Clean vehicle underbody	4084

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN010 Clean vehicle underbody	4088

AURVTN011 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors	4090

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN011 Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors	4094

AURVTN012 Install vehicle sunroofs	4096

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN012 Install vehicle sunroofs	4100

AURVTN013 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels	4102

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN013 Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels	4106

AURVTN015 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing	4108

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN015 Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing	4112

AURVTN016 Repair vehicle body panels using filler	4115

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN016 Repair vehicle body panels using filler	4119

AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components	4122

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN017 Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components	4126

AURVTN018 Repair and replace vehicle structural damage	4129

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN018 Repair and replace vehicle structural damage	4133

AURVTN019 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting	4136

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN019 Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting	4140

AURVTN020 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles	4142

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN020 Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles	4146

AURVTN021 Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping	4149

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN021 Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping	4153

AURVTN022 Repair vehicle body misalignment	4155

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN022 Repair vehicle body misalignment	4159

AURVTN023 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	4162

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN023 Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles	4166

AURVTN025 Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components	4169

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN025 Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components	4173

AURVTN026 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler	4175

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN026 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler	4179

AURVTN027 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler	4181

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN027 Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler	4185

AURVTN028 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	4187

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN028 Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components	4191

AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems	4193

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN029 Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems	4197

AURVTN030 Service air compressors and air lines	4200

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN030 Service air compressors and air lines	4204

AURVTN031 Carry out vehicle sectional repairs	4207

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN031 Carry out vehicle sectional repairs	4211

AURVTN032 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures	4214

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN032 Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures	4218

AURVTN033 Service and repair air compressors and components	4220

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN033 Service and repair air compressors and components	4224

AURVTN034 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes	4227

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN034 Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes	4230

AURVTN035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	4232

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs	4236

AURVTN037 Test vehicle components for correct operation	4238

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN037 Test vehicle components for correct operation	4242

AURVTN038 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels	4244

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN038 Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels	4248

AURVTN039 Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles	4250

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN039 Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles	4254

AURVTN040 Repair vehicle plastic components	4256

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN040 Repair vehicle plastic components	4260

AURVTN041 Remove and realign vehicle body panels	4262

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN041 Remove and realign vehicle body panels	4266

AURVTN042 Dismantle vehicle components	4268

Assessment Requirements for AURVTN042 Dismantle vehicle components	4271

AURVTP001 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces	4273

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP001 Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces	4277

AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components	4279

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP002 Mask vehicle panels and components	4283

AURVTP003 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use	4286

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP003 Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use	4290

AURVTP004 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes	4293

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP004 Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes	4298

AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components	4301

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components	4305

AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces	4308

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP006 Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces	4313

AURVTP007 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage	4316

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP007 Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage	4320

AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces	4323

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP008 Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces	4327

AURVTP009 Apply vehicle body film wrapping	4329

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP009 Apply vehicle body film wrapping	4333

AURVTP010 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment	4335

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP010 Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment	4339

AURVTP011 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components	4341

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP011 Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components	4345

AURVTP012 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials	4348

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP012 Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials	4352

AURVTP013 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing	4355

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP013 Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing	4360

AURVTP014 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components	4363

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP014 Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components	4368

AURVTP015 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components	4371

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP015 Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components	4376

AURVTP016 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems	4379

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP016 Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems	4383

AURVTP017 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems	4386

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP017 Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems	4390

AURVTP018 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	4393

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP018 Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems	4397

AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces	4400

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP019 Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces	4405

AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces	4408

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP020 De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces	4412

AURVTP021 Restore vehicle body exterior paint	4414

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP021 Restore vehicle body exterior paint	4418

AURVTP023 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4421

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP023 Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4425

AURVTP024 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4428

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP024 Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components	4432

AURVTP025 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	4435

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP025 Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates	4440

AURVTP026 Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels	4443

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP026 Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels	4447

AURVTP028 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels	4450

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP028 Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels	4455

AURVTP029 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels	4458

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP029 Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels	4462

AURVTP030 Apply paint to vehicle body panels	4464

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP030 Apply paint to vehicle body panels	4468

AURVTP031 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels	4470

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP031 Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels	4474

AURVTP032 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces	4476

Assessment Requirements for AURVTP032 Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces	4480

AURVTS001 Fabricate wooden components for vehicles	4482

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS001 Fabricate wooden components for vehicles	4486

AURVTS002 Repair wooden components in vehicles	4488

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS002 Repair wooden components in vehicles	4492

AURVTS003 Fabricate vehicle composite material components	4494

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS003 Fabricate vehicle composite material components	4498

AURVTS004 Repair vehicle composite material components	4500

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS004 Repair vehicle composite material components	4504

AURVTS005 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components	4507

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS005 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components	4511

AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components	4513

Assessment Requirements for AURVTS006 Fabricate automotive and marine trim components	4517

AURVTT001 Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim	4519

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT001 Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim	4523

AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim	4525

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT002 Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim	4529

AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components	4531

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT003 Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components	4535

AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components	4537

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT004 Trim vehicle components	4541

AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials	4543

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT005 Select trim and fabric materials	4546

AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives	4548

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT006 Apply trimming adhesives	4552

AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles	4555

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT007 Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles	4559

AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim	4561

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT008 Clean vehicle interior trim	4565

AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings	4567

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT009 Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings	4571

AURVTT010 Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining	4573

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT010 Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining	4577

AURVTT012 Conduct sewing operations	4580

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT012 Conduct sewing operations	4584

AURVTT013 Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components	4586

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT013 Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components	4590

AURVTT014 Fabricate and fit marine covers	4593

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT014 Fabricate and fit marine covers	4597

AURVTT015 Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components	4600

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT015 Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components	4604

AURVTT017 Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings	4607

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT017 Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings	4611

AURVTT018 Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods	4614

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT018 Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods	4618

AURVTT019 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains	4621

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT019 Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains	4625

AURVTT020 Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming	4628

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT020 Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming	4632

AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	4635

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	4639

AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories	4641

Assessment Requirements for AURVTV001 Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories	4645

AURVTW001 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	4648

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW001 Carry out manual metal arc welding on components	4652

AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components	4655

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW002 Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components	4659

AURVTW003 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	4662

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW003 Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections	4666

AURVTW004 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	4669

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW004 Carry out tungsten inert gas welding	4673

AURVTW005 Carry out spot welding	4676

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW005 Carry out spot welding	4680

AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components	4683

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW006 Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components	4687

AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections	4690

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW007 Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections	4694

AURVTW008 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting	4697

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW008 Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting	4701

AURVTW009 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	4704

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW009 Carry out basic gas metal arc welding	4708

AURVTW010 Set up and use welding equipment	4711

Assessment Requirements for AURVTW010 Set up and use welding equipment	4715

AUMABA002 Operate load shifting equipment	4717

Assessment Requirements for AUMABA002 Operate load shifting equipment	4721

AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews	4723

Assessment Requirements for AUMAFA001 Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews	4727

AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace	4729

Assessment Requirements for AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace	4733

AUMAQA001 Apply quality assurance techniques	4735

Assessment Requirements for AUMAQA001 Apply quality assurance techniques	4739

AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles	4741

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles	4745

AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies	4747

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies	4751

AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components	4753

Assessment Requirements for AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components	4757

BSBCUE405 Survey stakeholders to gather and record information	4759

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUE405 Survey stakeholders to gather and record information	4763

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	4765

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	4769

BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	4771

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS501 Manage quality customer service	4775

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	4777

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records	4781

BSBFIA303 Process accounts payable and receivable	4783

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA303 Process accounts payable and receivable	4788

BSBFIA401 Prepare financial reports	4790

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIA401 Prepare financial reports	4794

BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4796

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIM501 Manage budgets and financial plans	4800

BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	4802

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM312 Contribute to team effectiveness	4806

BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor	4808

Assessment Requirements for BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor	4812

BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	4814

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM405 Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff	4818

BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	4820

Assessment Requirements for BSBHRM505 Manage remuneration and employee benefits	4824

BSBINM202 Handle mail	4826

Assessment Requirements for BSBINM202 Handle mail	4830

BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment	4832

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN301 Promote innovation in a team environment	4836

BSBINN502 Build and sustain an innovative work environment	4838

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN502 Build and sustain an innovative work environment	4842

BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	4844

Assessment Requirements for BSBITS401 Maintain business technology	4848

BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4850

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships	4854

BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	4856

Assessment Requirements for BSBLED401 Develop teams and individuals	4860

BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement	4862

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT403 Implement continuous improvement	4866

BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	4868

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT502 Manage people performance	4873

BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	4875

Assessment Requirements for BSBMGT517 Manage operational plan	4879

BSBMKG523 Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan	4881

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG523 Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan	4886

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	4888

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	4892

BSBPUR402 Negotiate contracts	4894

Assessment Requirements for BSBPUR402 Negotiate contracts	4898

BSBREL402 Build client relationships and business networks	4900

Assessment Requirements for BSBREL402 Build client relationships and business networks	4904

BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	4906

Assessment Requirements for BSBRKG304 Maintain business records	4909

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	4911

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects	4916

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	4918

Assessment Requirements for BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions	4923

BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	4925

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB406 Manage small business finances	4929

BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4931

Assessment Requirements for BSBSMB407 Manage a small team	4936

BSBWHS301 Maintain workplace safety	4938

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS301 Maintain workplace safety	4942

BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	4944

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements	4949

BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	4951

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS501 Ensure a safe workplace	4955

BSBWOR202 Organise and complete daily work activities	4957

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR202 Organise and complete daily work activities	4961

BSBWOR204 Use business technology	4963

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR204 Use business technology	4966

BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	4968

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development	4972

BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	4974

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities	4978

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	4980

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development	4984

BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	4986

Assessment Requirements for BSBWOR502 Lead and manage team effectiveness	4990

BSBWRK408A Undertake negotiations	4992

CSCORG003 Prepare reports	5000

Assessment Requirements for CSCORG003 Prepare reports	5003

FDFPPL3003A Support and mentor individuals and groups	5005

FNSASIC302 Develop, present and negotiate client solutions	5013

Assessment Requirements for FNSASIC302 Develop, present and negotiate client solutions	5017

FNSPIM410 Collect, assess and use information	5020

Assessment Requirements for FNSPIM410 Collect, assess and use information	5024

HLTAID003 Provide first aid	5026

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID003 Provide first aid	5029

ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	5034

Assessment Requirements for ICTWEB201 Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement	5037

LMTLG3001A Make a prototype	5039

LMTTF2012A Stitch by hand	5045

LMTTF2016A Install products on and off site	5052

LMTTF2017A Cut, bend and shape metal	5063

LMTTF3002A Gain customer acceptance of service proposal	5072

MEM05004C Perform routine oxy acetylene welding	5080

MEM05006C Perform brazing and or silver soldering	5087

MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting	5094

MEM07005C Perform general machining	5101

MEM09002B Interpret technical drawing	5111

MEM12023A Perform engineering measurements	5117

MEM18001C Use hand tools	5124

MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations	5131

MEM18022B Maintain fluid power controls	5138

MEM18028B Maintain engine lubrication systems	5148

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing	5156

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment	5164

MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	5171

MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling	5181

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling	5186

MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass	5188

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass	5193

MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	5195

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	5200

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	5202

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	5207

MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	5209

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	5213

MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	5215

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	5221

MSS403030A Improve cost factors in work practices	5223

PMBPROD336A Inspect heavy off-the-road tyres	5230

PSPTRAN501A Provide specialist vehicle technical advice	5237

RIICOM201D Communicate in the workplace	5244

Assessment Requirements for RIICOM201D Communicate in the workplace	5247

RIIHAN301D Operate elevating work platform	5250

Assessment Requirements for RIIHAN301D Operate elevating work platform	5253

RIIQUA201D Maintain and monitor site quality standards	5257

Assessment Requirements for RIIQUA201D Maintain and monitor site quality standards	5260

RIIRIS201D Conduct local risk control	5263

Assessment Requirements for RIIRIS201D Conduct local risk control	5266

RIIRIS301D Apply risk management processes	5270

Assessment Requirements for RIIRIS301D Apply risk management processes	5273

RIIWHS201D Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures	5277

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS201D Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures	5280

RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	5284

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS204D Work safely at heights	5287

RIIWHS301D Conduct safety and health investigations	5291

Assessment Requirements for RIIWHS301D Conduct safety and health investigations	5294

SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock	5298

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV001 Receive and handle retail stock	5301

SIRRINV002 Control stock	5304

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock	5307

SIRRMER003 Coordinate visual merchandising activities	5310

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER003 Coordinate visual merchandising activities	5313

SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal	5316

Assessment Requirements for SIRRRTF001 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal	5318

SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	5321

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	5324

SIRXICT001A Operate retail technology	5326

SIRXMER201 Merchandise products	5332

SIRXRSK001A Minimise theft	5340

SIRXRSK002 Maintain store security	5348

Assessment Requirements for SIRXRSK002 Maintain store security	5350

SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures	5353

Assessment Requirements for SIRXSLS002 Follow point-of-sale procedures	5356

SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety	5359

Assessment Requirements for SIRXWHS003 Maintain workplace safety	5362

SITXADM004A Plan and manage meetings	5365

TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	5372

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction	5376

TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	5378

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace	5382

TLIA2012 Pick and process orders	5384

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2012 Pick and process orders	5387

TLIA2013 Receive goods	5390

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2013 Receive goods	5393

TLIA2020 Replenish stock	5396

Assessment Requirements for TLIA2020 Replenish stock	5399

TLIA3039 Receive and store stock	5401

Assessment Requirements for TLIA3039 Receive and store stock	5404

TLIA4005 Check and evaluate records and documentation	5407

Assessment Requirements for TLIA4005 Check and evaluate records and documentation	5409

TLIA5058 Manage facility and inventory requirements	5412

Assessment Requirements for TLIA5058 Manage facility and inventory requirements	5415

TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	5418

Assessment Requirements for TLID1001 Shift materials safely using manual handling methods	5421

TLID2004 Load and unload goods/cargo	5424

Assessment Requirements for TLID2004 Load and unload goods/cargo	5427

TLID2013 Move materials mechanically using automated equipment	5430

Assessment Requirements for TLID2013 Move materials mechanically using automated equipment	5433

TLID3011 Conduct specialised forklift operations	5436

Assessment Requirements for TLID3011 Conduct specialised forklift operations	5439

TLIL4005 Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies	5442

Assessment Requirements for TLIL4005 Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies	5444

TLILIC2001 Licence to operate a forklift truck	5446

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC2001 Licence to operate a forklift truck	5451

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package	5457

AURSS00026 Percussive Drill Maintenance and Advanced Systems Diagnosis Skill Set	5467

AURSS00027 Automotive CNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set	5469

AURSS00028 Automotive CNG Service and Repair Skill Set	5471

AURSS00029 Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5473

AURSS00030 Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set	5476

AURSS00031 Automotive LNG Service and Repair Skill Set	5478

AURSS00032 Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set	5480

AURSS00033 Automotive LPG Service and Repair Skill Set	5482

AURSS00034 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair Skill Set	5484

AURSS00035 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set	5486

AURSS00036 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5488

AURSS00037 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set	5491

AURSS00038 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment Technicians	5493

AURSS00039 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians	5495

AURSS00040 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians	5497

AURSS00041 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and Overhaul Skill Set	5499

AURSS00042 Vehicle Air Conditioning Installation Skill Set	5501

AURSS00043 Vehicle Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set	5503

AURSS00044 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit and Repair Skill Set	5505

AURSS00045 Vehicle Refrigerant Recovery Skill Set	5507

AURSS00046 Advanced Body Repair Skill Set	5509

AURSS00047 Advanced Body Repair Welding Skill Set	5511

AURSS00048 Advanced Vehicle Refinishing Skill Set	5513

AURSS00049 Vehicle Climate Control and HVAC Diagnostic Specialist Skill Set	5515

AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package

Copyright Statement
© 2016 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Release 3.0.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Auto Skills Australia

Release Date:	14 April 2016

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Learning Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR10116 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification is an introductory qualification to the automotive retail, service and repair industries and an entry to further training in several sectors. It is designed for application in a highly supervised context, such as VET in Schools (VETiS) or other equivalent introduction or induction to industry environments. The range of technical skills and knowledge is limited.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 8

5 core units, plus

3 elective units, of which:

up to 3 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA001	Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace
AURASA001	Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals
AURETR003	Identify automotive electrical systems and components
AURLTA001	Identify automotive mechanical systems and components
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURBTA001	Remove and tag bicycle components
AURBTA002	Adjust bicycles and components
AURBTJ001	Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres
AURETK001	Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETR001	Remove and tag automotive electrical system components
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURHTA001	Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning
AURHTA003	Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories
AURHTJ001	Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres
AURJTA001	Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles
AURJTA002	Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories
AURJTJ003	Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURPTA001	Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA002	Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA006	Inspect and service line trimming systems and components
AURRTQ001	Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTR001	Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems
AURTTA001	Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components
AURTTA002	Assist with automotive workplace activities
AURTTA003	Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTE003	Remove and tag engine system components
AURVTN001	Remove and tag vehicle body components
AURVTN008	Clean vehicle body and door openings
AURVTP006	Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20116 Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of administrative tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA001	Work in an automotive administration role
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAKA001	Use information technology systems
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
BSBFIA303	Process accounts payable and receivable
BSBINM202	Handle mail
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
SIRXCEG001	Engage the customer

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20112 Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20216 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks relating to servicing and repairing air conditioning components and systems of cars and heavy vehicles in an automotive service and repair business.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

7 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETU001	Install air conditioning systems
AURETU002	Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURETU007	Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20212 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20316 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who to perform a range of routine assembly and servicing tasks in the bicycle industry. It is suitable for entry into the bicycle retail, service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURBTA004	Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale
AURBTJ001	Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres
AURBTV001	Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURBCA001	Work in a retail bicycle environment
AURBCA002	Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders
AURBTA003	Assemble bicycles
AURBTB001	Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems
AURBTB002	Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems
AURBTD001	Service bicycle steering systems
AURBTD002	Service bicycle suspension systems
AURBTJ002	Service bicycle wheels and hubs
AURBTK001	Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment
AURBTQ001	Service bicycle drivetrain systems
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
BSBWOR202	Organise and complete daily work activities
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
SIRXCEG001	Engage the customer
SIRRINV001	Receive and handle retail stock
SIRRINV002	Control stock
TLIA3039	Receive and store stock

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20312 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20416 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks relating to installing, assembling and servicing electrical components and systems of motor vehicles in the automotive electrical installation, service and repair technology sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

10 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR007	Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems
AURETR008	Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURATA003	Produce drawings from design concepts
AURETK001	Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETR042	Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities
AURETR005	Install automotive security systems and components
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR013	Inspect, test and service charging systems
AURETR014	Inspect, test and service starting systems
AURETR016	Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETU001	Install air conditioning systems
AURETU002	Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURPTR002	Test and service electric outdoor power equipment
AURRTR001	Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems
AURSCA001	Select and supply automotive parts and products
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA008	Produce patterns and templates
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components
AURVTT004	Trim vehicle components
AURVTT005	Select trim and fabric materials
AURVTT006	Apply trimming adhesives
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20412 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20516 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of servicing tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

13 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

up to 7 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 4 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTL007	Inspect and service LPG fuel systems
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX005	Inspect and service clutch systems
AURTTZ001	Inspect and service emission control systems

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20512 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20616 Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on a variety of vessels in the marine retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

12 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURRTE002	Inspect and service marine outboard engines
AURRTE003	Inspect and service marine inboard engines
AURRTQ001	Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ002	Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTX001	Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions
AURRTX002	Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURETK001	Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURRGA001	Launch and recover vessels using a trailer
AURRGA003	Moor motor-driven vessels
AURRTA001	Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment
AURRTA003	Winterise vessels and engine systems
AURRTA006	Water test vessels
AURRTA009	Recommission vessels and engine systems
AURRTE001	Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines
AURRTE010	Test marine engines in water tanks
AURRTR001	Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA010	Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
BSBWOR202	Organise and complete daily work activities
TLID1001	Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20612 Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20716 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks relating to identifying and inspecting mechanical and electrical components and systems of light vehicles, heavy vehicles, outdoor power equipment, bicycles, marine craft and motorcycles. This qualification also covers the skills and knowledge required to perform minor maintenance and repair of an automotive vehicle body. The range of technical skills and knowledge is limited.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

7 core units, plus

5 elective units, of which:

all units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I or Certificate II qualification in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR003	Identify automotive electrical systems and components
AURLTA001	Identify automotive mechanical systems and components
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AUMAFA001	Apply for jobs and undertake job interviews
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAFA009	Carry out research into the automotive industry
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURBTA001	Remove and tag bicycle components
AURBTJ001	Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres
AURBTK001	Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment
AURBTQ001	Service bicycle drivetrain systems
AURBTV001	Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories
AURETK001	Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETK003	Operate electrical test equipment
AURETR001	Remove and tag automotive electrical system components
AURETR002	Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR046	Remove and refit vehicle batteries
AURETR047	Recharge vehicle batteries
AURETR048	Construct and test basic electronic circuits
AURHTD001	Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
AURHTF001	Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems
AURHTJ001	Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres
AURHTQ001	Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
AURJTA001	Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles
AURJTA002	Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories
AURJTD001	Inspect motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD002	Inspect motorcycle steering systems
AURJTJ003	Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURPTA001	Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA002	Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA003	Service and repair rotary cutting systems
AURPTA006	Inspect and service line trimming systems and components
AURPTE002	Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines
AURRTE001	Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines
AURRTE002	Inspect and service marine outboard engines
AURRTQ001	Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ002	Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTR001	Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems
AURTTA001	Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components
AURTTA002	Assist with automotive workplace activities
AURTTA003	Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA027	Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations
AURTTB007	Remove and replace brake assemblies
AURTTC004	Remove and replace radiators
AURTTD006	Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs
AURTTD007	Remove and replace steering assemblies
AURTTE003	Remove and tag engine system components
AURTTE006	Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies
AURTTE007	Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines
AURTTE008	Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines
AURTTE009	Remove and replace engine cylinder heads
AURTTJ003	Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies
AURTTQ002	Remove and refit driveline components
AURTTX001	Remove and tag driveline components
AURTTX012	Dismantle and assemble conventional manual transmissions
AURTTX013	Remove and replace clutch assemblies
AURVTA005	Clean vehicles
AURVTK001	Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools
AURVTN003	Remove and store vehicle body components
AURVTN038	Carry out basic repairs to vehicle body panels
AURVTN039	Set up body alignment equipment on vehicles
AURVTN040	Repair vehicle plastic components
AURVTN041	Remove and realign vehicle body panels
AURVTP006	Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces
AURVTP008	Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces
AURVTP029	Prepare surface and prime repaired body panels
AURVTP030	Apply paint to vehicle body panels
AURVTP031	Cut and polish painted vehicle body panels
AURVTP032	Prepare and mask vehicle body panel surfaces
AURVTT008	Clean vehicle interior trim
AURVTW010	Set up and use welding equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20816 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks in the outdoor power equipment retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURPTE002	Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURPTA001	Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA002	Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA003	Service and repair rotary cutting systems
AURPTA004	Service and repair drum cutting systems
AURPTA005	Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems
AURPTA006	Inspect and service line trimming systems and components
AURPTA007	Service and repair post boring systems
AURPTA008	Service and repair post hole digging systems
AURPTA009	Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems
AURPTA010	Inspect and service pumping systems
AURPTA011	Diagnose and repair pumping systems
AURPTE003	Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines
AURPTR001	Test and service 240 volt portable generators
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20812 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR20916 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on vehicle bodies in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

5 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to I below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 5 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Auto Body Repair

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTN002	Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs
AURVTN003	Remove and store vehicle body components
AURVTN016	Repair vehicle body panels using filler

Group B: Paint-Less Dent Repair

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTN013	Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels
AURVTP020	De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

Group C: Automotive Painting

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTP001	Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces
AURVTP003	Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use
AURVTP006	Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces

Group D: Automotive Trimming

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTT002	Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components
AURVTT004	Trim vehicle components

Group E: Automotive Glazing

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTG002	Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens
AURVTG004	Remove and install direct glazed windscreens
AURVTG009	Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass

Group F: Automotive Dismantling

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTN007	Remove and clean salvageable vehicle components
AURVTN037	Test vehicle components for correct operation
AURVTN042	Dismantle vehicle components

Group G: Automotive Detailing

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTN008	Clean vehicle body and door openings
AURVTT008	Clean vehicle interior trim

Group H: Vehicle Body Assembling

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR042	Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities
AURVTN004	Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components
AURVTT009	Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings

Group I: Vehicle Tinting

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTG006	Apply vehicle window tinting
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETU002	Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTG001	Repair laminated glass windscreens
AURVTG003	Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens
AURVTG007	Clean vehicle glass surfaces
AURVTG010	Remove and install vehicle movable body glass
AURVTG011	Install side vehicle windows
AURVTK001	Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools
AURVTN004	Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components
AURVTN005	Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles
AURVTN009	Clean vehicle engines and engine components
AURVTN010	Clean vehicle underbody
AURVTN011	Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors
AURVTP002	Mask vehicle panels and components
AURVTP005	Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components
AURVTP008	Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces
AURVTP010	Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment
AURVTP013	Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing
AURVTP019	Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces
AURVTP020	De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces
AURVTP021	Restore vehicle body exterior paint
AURVTT001	Carry out sewing repairs to automotive and marine trim
AURVTT005	Select trim and fabric materials
AURVTT006	Apply trimming adhesives
AURVTT007	Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles
AURVTT021	Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW007	Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR20912 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21016 Certificate II in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on competition vehicles in the motor sport industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

8 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURMGA001	Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events
AURMMA001	Operate in a motor sport environment
AURMTA001	Prepare and service light competition vehicles
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURATA003	Produce drawings from design concepts
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR042	Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURMBA001	Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment
AURMDA001	Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge
AURMDA002	Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events
AURMLA001	Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating
AURMSA001	Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures
AURMTA006	Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB002	Attach friction materials and radius grind
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTC002	Repair radiators
AURTTD001	Inspect steering systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD003	Inspect suspension systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTS001	Fabricate exhaust systems and components
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTZ001	Inspect and service emission control systems
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTS006	Fabricate automotive and marine trim components
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW005	Carry out spot welding
AURVTW006	Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21012 Certificate II in Motorsport Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21116 Certificate II in Automotive Sales

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform sales-related tasks in the automotive service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

3 units must be chosen from one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to C below

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 3 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURSLA001	Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services
SIRXRSK001A	Minimise theft

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Service Station Sales and Service

Unit code	Unit title
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXMER201	Merchandise products
SIRXSLS002	Follow point-of-sale procedures
SIRXWHS003	Maintain workplace safety
TLIA2020	Replenish stock

Group B: Bicycle Sales

Unit code	Unit title
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURBTA004	Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale
AURBTV001	Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXMER201	Merchandise products
SIRXWHS003	Maintain workplace safety

Group C: Outdoor Power Equipment Sales

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
SIRRINV001	Receive and handle retail stock
SIRXICT001A	Operate retail technology
TLIA2013	Receive goods

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
ICTWEB201	Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement
SIRRRTF001	Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal
SIRXSLS002	Follow point-of-sale procedures

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21112 Certificate II in Automotive Sales

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21216 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on the underbody systems of a variety of vehicles in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

8 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTS001	Fabricate exhaust systems and components
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21212 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21316 Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks relating to braking systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

7 core units, plus

5 elective units, of which:

up to 5 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTB002	Attach friction materials and radius grind
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB004	Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTJ002	Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21312 Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21416 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on cooling systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

8 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTC002	Repair radiators
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURVTW006	Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETU002	Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21412 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21516 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on engine cylinder heads in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

7 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

up to 7 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTW003	Carry out machining operations
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21512 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21616 Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on driveline and transmission systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

8 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTQ002	Remove and refit driveline components
AURTTX005	Inspect and service clutch systems

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21612 Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21716 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on exhaust systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

8 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTS001	Fabricate exhaust systems and components
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTW003	Carry out machining operations
AURTTZ001	Inspect and service emission control systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21712 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21816 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a limited range of tasks on steering and suspension systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

8 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURHTD004	Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTD009	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURTTD001	Inspect steering systems
AURTTD003	Inspect suspension systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21812 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR21916 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on tyres in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 14

4 core units, plus

10 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to D below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and General Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Light Vehicle Tyres

Unit code	Unit title
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Group B: Heavy Vehicle Tyres

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTJ002	Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTJ006	Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Group C: Agricultural Tyres

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTJ002	Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTJ004	Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Group D: Earthmoving and Off-the-Road Tyres

Unit code	Unit title
AURKTJ001	Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ002	Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
AURKTJ005	Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications
AURKTJ006	Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURJTJ001	Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURJTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes
AURKTJ003	Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTJ002	Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
RIICOM201D	Communicate in the workplace
RIIQUA201D	Maintain and monitor site quality standard
RIIRIS201D	Conduct local risk control
RIIWHS201D	Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures
RIIWHS204D	Work safely at heights
TLID3011	Conduct specialised forklift operations
TLILIC2001	Licence to operate a forklift truck

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR21913 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30116 Certificate III in Automotive Administration

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of administrative tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

10 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA001	Work in an automotive administration role
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAKA001	Use information technology systems
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA002	Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSAA002	Maintain customer aftermarket relations
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
AURSLA001	Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services
BSBFIA303	Process accounts payable and receivable
BSBINM202	Handle mail
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30112 Certificate III in Automotive Administration

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30216 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of mechanical tasks on a variety of bicycles in the bicycle retail, service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

16 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURBCA001	Work in a retail bicycle environment
AURBTA004	Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale
AURBTB001	Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems
AURBTB002	Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems
AURBTB003	Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems
AURBTD001	Service bicycle steering systems
AURBTD002	Service bicycle suspension systems
AURBTD003	Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems
AURBTJ002	Service bicycle wheels and hubs
AURBTJ003	Design and build bicycle wheels
AURBTJ004	Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs
AURBTQ001	Service bicycle drivetrain systems
AURBTQ002	Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems
AURBTV001	Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURAQA002	Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURBCA002	Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders
AURBTA003	Assemble bicycles
AURBTA005	Restore bicycles
AURBTA006	Assemble components for custom bicycles
AURBTA007	Provide mechanical support during cycling events
AURBTD004	Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems
AURBTJ001	Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres
AURBTK001	Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment
AURBTR001	Service electric power-assisted bicycles
AURBTR002	Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters
AURBTY001	Repair bicycle frames
AURBTY002	Design and build bicycle frames
AURBTY003	Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
BSBWOR202	Organise and complete daily work activities
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
SIRRINV001	Receive and handle retail stock
SIRRINV002	Control stock
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TLIA3039	Receive and store stock

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30212 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30316 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who service, diagnose and repair electrical systems and components in vehicles in the automotive electrical service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 32

20 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR007	Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR027	Install ancillary electronic systems and components
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR035	Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation
AURETR043	Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAQA002	Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURATA004	Provide technical guidance
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
AURETB001	Diagnose and repair electric braking systems
AURETD001	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH002	Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR005	Install automotive security systems and components
AURETR008	Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR013	Inspect, test and service charging systems
AURETR014	Inspect, test and service starting systems
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR016	Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings
AURETR017	Overhaul charging system alternators
AURETR018	Overhaul starting system motors
AURETR019	Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems
AURETR020	Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems
AURETR021	Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR036	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURETR042	Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURETR045	Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems
AURETU001	Install air conditioning systems
AURETU002	Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU007	Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURLTF001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems
AURPTR002	Test and service electric outdoor power equipment
AURRTR006	Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems
AURRTR007	Install marine electrical systems and components
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA017	Carry out vehicle safety inspections
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTL010	Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTA002	Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems
AURVTA004	Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
BSBINN301	Promote innovation in a team environment
BSBWHS301	Maintain workplace safety
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30416 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of agricultural machinery in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

24 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTQ003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts
AURKTA011	Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTB001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems
AURKTD002	Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems
AURKTQ001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies
AURKTX001	Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR020	Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems
AURETR021	Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTD003	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTJ004	Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes
AURHTJ006	Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes
AURHTQ002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies
AURHTX001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURKTA001	Synchronise plant and equipment
AURKTA002	Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment
AURKTA003	Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment
AURKTA004	Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment
AURKTA005	Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems
AURKTA010	Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment
AURKTD001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems
AURKTX004	Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA007	Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems
AURTTA011	Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA012	Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA014	Assemble and install pneumatic system components
AURTTB004	Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30412 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30516 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks in the marine industry. It is suitable for entry into the marine mechanical service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

11 core units

19 elective units, of which:

up to 19 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURRTE008	Install marine engines, controls and instruments
AURRTR006	Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems
AURRTR007	Install marine electrical systems and components
AURTTE001	Apply knowledge of engine science
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA005	Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURETB001	Diagnose and repair electric braking systems
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR021	Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURRGA002	Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels
AURRTC001	Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems
AURRTD001	Diagnose and repair marine steering systems
AURRTE002	Inspect and service marine outboard engines
AURRTE003	Inspect and service marine inboard engines
AURRTE006	Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines
AURRTE007	Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines
AURRTE011	Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines
AURRTQ001	Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ002	Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTQ004	Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ005	Install marine jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTQ006	Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTX001	Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions
AURRTX002	Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions
AURRTX003	Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions
AURRTX004	Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions
AURTGA001	Drive and manoeuvre trailers
AURTTA010	Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
BSBWOR202	Organise and complete daily work activities
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
TLID1001	Shift materials safely using manual handling methods
TLILIC2001	Licence to operate a forklift truck

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30514 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30616 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of light vehicles in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

20 core units, plus

16 elective units, of which:

up to 16 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURLTZ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETD001	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH002	Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR020	Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR036	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURETR043	Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURLTD001	Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products
AURLTD002	Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTF001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems
AURLTF002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURLTX002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA017	Carry out vehicle safety inspections
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB005	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTL007	Inspect and service LPG fuel systems
AURTTL008	Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTA004	Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30716 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks in the outdoor power equipment retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

15 core units, plus

21 elective units, of which:

up to 21 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURPTA003	Service and repair rotary cutting systems
AURPTA005	Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems
AURPTA006	Inspect and service line trimming systems and components
AURPTA007	Service and repair post boring systems
AURPTA008	Service and repair post hole digging systems
AURPTA009	Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems
AURPTA010	Inspect and service pumping systems
AURPTA011	Diagnose and repair pumping systems
AURPTE002	Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines
AURPTE003	Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines
AURPTE004	Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA002	Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURATA001	Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR015	Inspect, test and service batteries
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURKTA005	Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURLTF002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURLTZ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURPTA004	Service and repair drum cutting systems
AURPTR001	Test and service 240 volt portable generators
AURPTR002	Test and service electric outdoor power equipment
AURPTR003	Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD003	Inspect suspension systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTJ002	Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
TLID1001	Shift materials safely using manual handling methods
TLID2004	Load and unload goods/cargo
TLID2013	Move materials mechanically using automated equipment

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30713 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30816 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

24 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURJTB001	Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems
AURJTD003	Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD004	Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems
AURJTE001	Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines
AURJTQ002	Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems
AURJTX001	Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems
AURJTX002	Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURJTJ001	Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURJTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes
AURJTQ001	Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems
AURJTX003	Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTZ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30812 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR30916 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on competition vehicles in the motor sport industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

21 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

up to 15 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURMBA002	Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment
AURMDA002	Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events
AURMMA001	Operate in a motor sport environment
AURMMA007	Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements
AURMMA008	Coordinate operations of a motor sport team
AURMTA002	Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events
AURMTA004	Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events
AURMTA005	Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events
AURMTA006	Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTA009	Collect and log motor sport data
AURMTS001	Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURATA003	Produce drawings from design concepts
AURETD001	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR017	Overhaul charging system alternators
AURETR018	Overhaul starting system motors
AURETR020	Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR036	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURETR043	Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURJTD003	Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD004	Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems
AURJTY001	Repair and align motorcycle frames
AURLTB001	Overhaul light vehicle braking system components
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURLTF001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURLTX002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURMBA001	Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment
AURMDA001	Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge
AURMDA004	Recover vehicles at motor sport events
AURMDA005	Act as a marshal at motor sport events
AURMDA006	Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events
AURMDA007	Act as a steward at motor sport events
AURMGA001	Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events
AURMGA002	Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment
AURMKA001	Manage motor sport data
AURMLA001	Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating
AURMLA002	Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations
AURMLA003	Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance
AURMMA002	Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles
AURMSA001	Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures
AURMSA002	Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment
AURMTD001	Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer
AURMTD002	Prepare competition vehicle suspension
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURMTF001	Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems
AURMTF002	Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURMTJ001	Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels
AURMTQ001	Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults
AURTTB005	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD005	Overhaul steering system components
AURTTE005	Overhaul engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTF007	Overhaul carburettor fuel system components
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTM003	Apply metal to rebuild engine components
AURTTM004	Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM008	Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM010	Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ004	Overhaul final drive assemblies
AURTTS001	Fabricate exhaust systems and components
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTX007	Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions
AURVTA002	Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW005	Carry out spot welding
AURVTW006	Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
MEM07005C	Perform general machining	MEM09002B MEM12023A MEM18001C
MEM09002B	Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A	Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR30912 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31016 Certificate III in Automotive Sales

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform sales-related tasks in the automotive service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 20

10 core units, plus

10 elective units, of which:

6 units must be chosen from one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A or B below

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 4 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA005	Sell automotive products and services
AURSCA006	Promote automotive products and services
AURSCA011	Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace
AURSLA001	Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Parts Interpreting

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURSBA001	Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace
AURSBA002	Identify and match uncommon automotive parts
AURSCA001	Select and supply automotive parts and products
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXMER201	Merchandise products
TLIA2012	Pick and process orders

Group B: Vehicle, Farm Machinery and Motorcycles Sales

Unit code	Unit title
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA003	Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace
AURSCA007	Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements
AURSCA008	Wholesale used motor vehicle stock
AURSCA009	Provide vehicle technology information
BSBSLS407	Identify and plan sales prospects
BSBSLS408	Present, secure and support sales solutions

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAFA001	Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAMA003	Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURSCA001	Select and supply automotive parts and products
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AURSCA007	Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements
AURSCA008	Wholesale used motor vehicle stock
AURSCA010	Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale
AURSCP001	Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products
BSBFIA301	Maintain financial records
SIRRINV001	Receive and handle retail stock
SIRRMER003	Coordinate visual merchandising activities
SIRRRTF001	Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal
SIRXICT001A	Operate retail technology
SIRXSLS002	Follow point-of-sale procedures
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TLIA2012	Pick and process orders
TLIA2020	Replenish stock

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31116 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of heavy commercial vehicles in the automotive service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

22 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

1 unit must be chosen from one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A or B below

of the 13 remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 13 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Group not already chosen and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURHTB001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems
AURHTD002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems
AURHTD003	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTQ003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Heavy Vehicle Manual Transmission

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTX001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Group B: Heavy Vehicle Automatic Transmission

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTX003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETR020	Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR043	Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTB002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems
AURHTB007	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems
AURHTD004	Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTJ006	Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes
AURHTQ002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies
AURHTX002	Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA014	Assemble and install pneumatic system components
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB004	Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTB006	Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31114 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31216 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of mobile plant machinery in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 36

22 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

up to 14 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURKTA005	Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems
AURKTA011	Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTB001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems
AURKTD002	Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems
AURKTQ001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies
AURKTX001	Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTB001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTQ003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts
AURHTX002	Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURKTA001	Synchronise plant and equipment
AURKTD001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems
AURKTJ002	Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
AURHTJ005	Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems
AURKTJ006	Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers
AURKTR001	Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems
AURKTX004	Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA007	Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems
AURTTA011	Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA012	Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA014	Assemble and install pneumatic system components
AURTTA015	Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB004	Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTB006	Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTE005	Overhaul engines
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF003	Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31212 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31316 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who recondition engines in the automotive service and repair sector. It is suitable for entry into the automotive specialist service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

13 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

up to 15 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURTTE001	Apply knowledge of engine science
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTM002	Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines
AURTTM004	Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM007	Carry out crankshaft grinding
AURTTM008	Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM009	Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads
AURTTW003	Carry out machining operations

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTM001	Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines
AURTTM003	Apply metal to rebuild engine components
AURTTM005	Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components
AURTTM006	Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components
AURTTM010	Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components
AURTTM012	Carry out camshaft grinding
AURTTW002	Set, operate and monitor specialist reconditioning machines
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31312 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31416 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of diesel fuel systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 21

13 core units, plus

8 elective units, of which:

up to 8 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 4 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF003	Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURLTF002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA011	Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA012	Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31412 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31516 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on a variety of diesel engines and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

14 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

up to 14 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTM004	Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM008	Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTL001	Inspect and service CNG fuel systems
AURTTL002	Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
MEM05006C	Perform brazing and or silver soldering
MEM05007C	Perform manual heating and thermal cutting
MEM18028B	Maintain engine lubrication systems

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31512 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31616 Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks on a variety of drivetrain systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 25

11 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to D below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ002	Remove and refit driveline components
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Light Vehicle Automatic Drivelines

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURLTX002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions

Group B: Heavy Vehicle Automatic Drivelines

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURHTX003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions

Group C: Light Vehicle Manual Drivelines

Unit code	Unit title
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions

Group D: Heavy Vehicle Manual Drivelines

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTQ002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies
AURHTQ003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts
AURHTX001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURHTX004	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURKTQ001	Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies
AURKTX001	Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions
AURKTX004	Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURTTQ004	Overhaul final drive assemblies
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX007	Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX011	Overhaul torque converters

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31612 Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31716 Certificate III in Forklift Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of forklift systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

18 core units, plus

10 elective units, of which:

up to 10 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURNTA001	Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies
AURNTB001	Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems
AURNTD001	Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH002	Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETK002	Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace
AURETR007	Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR019	Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems
AURETR021	Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURETU003	Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTB001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTJ006	Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes
AURHTQ002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURKTR001	Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTX002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURLTZ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA011	Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA012	Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA017	Carry out vehicle safety inspections
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB006	Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTL001	Inspect and service CNG fuel systems
AURTTL002	Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems
AURTTL007	Inspect and service LPG fuel systems
AURTTL008	Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31712 Certificate III in Forklift Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31816 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of heavy commercial trailers and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

12 core units, plus

16 elective units, of which:

up to 16 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR009	Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR022	Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURHTB001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems
AURHTD003	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
AURHTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURHTY002	Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAQA002	Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURHTB002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems
AURHTB007	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems
AURHTD004	Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURHTJ002	Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications
AURHTJ006	Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes
AURHTR005	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems
AURHTY001	Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA011	Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA012	Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA014	Assemble and install pneumatic system components
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB004	Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTB005	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTB006	Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding
AUMGTY002	Install vehicle components

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31812 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR31916 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on a variety of elevating work platforms and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 32

20 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURHTE002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTQ002	Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies
AURHTQ003	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA005	Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA006	Inspect and service hydraulic systems
AURTTA013	Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTK001	Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETR005	Install automotive security systems and components
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR011	Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components
AURETR021	Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR028	Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR029	Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR030	Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURETR044	Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems
AURHTE001	Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTE001	Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURLTX002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURLTZ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURTTA009	Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations
AURTTA017	Carry out vehicle safety inspections
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB005	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTB006	Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
AURTTC003	Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTF002	Inspect and service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF005	Diagnose and repair engine forced-induction systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTL007	Inspect and service LPG fuel systems
AURTTQ001	Inspect and service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTX002	Inspect and service manual transmissions
AURTTX003	Inspect and service automatic transmissions
AURTTX004	Inspect and service hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTX006	Diagnose and repair hydrostatic transmissions
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems
AURVTA004	Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
RIIHAN301D	Operate elevating work platform

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR31912 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32016 Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who install and repair alternative fuel systems and associated systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 23

11 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

all units in one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to C below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 10 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 4 units may be from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURTTA004	Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTC001	Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTE004	Inspect and service engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTZ001	Inspect and service emission control systems

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: CNG

Unit code	Unit title
AURTTL001	Inspect and service CNG fuel systems
AURTTL002	Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems

Group B: LNG

Unit code	Unit title
AURTTL004	Inspect and service LNG fuel systems
AURTTL005	Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems

Group C: LPG

Unit code	Unit title
AURTTL007	Inspect and service LPG fuel systems
AURTTL008	Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA001	Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURATA002	Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR010	Repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR024	Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems
AURETR031	Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURHTL001	Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines
AURHTF002	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems
AURHTZ001	Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURLTE002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTL003	Install CNG fuel systems
AURTTL006	Install LNG fuel systems
AURTTL009	Install LPG fuel systems
AURTTL010	Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW002	Carry out oxyacetylene brazing of components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32012 Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32116 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks when repairing and maintaining the body of cars, heavy vehicles and other vehicles in the automotive service and repair sector.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

16 core units, plus

14 elective units, of which:

8 units from one of the Specialist Elective Unit Groups A to C below must be chosen

of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Specialist Elective Unit Groups and the General Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA008	Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTY001	Repair vehicle chassis, frame and associated components
AURVTN003	Remove and store vehicle body components
AURVTN004	Remove, replace and align bolt-on vehicle body panels and components
AURVTN016	Repair vehicle body panels using filler
AURVTN020	Remove and replace major welded panels on vehicles
AURVTN022	Repair vehicle body misalignment
AURVTN023	Repair adhesive bonded structural damage on vehicles
AURVTN032	Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures
AURVTN035	Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW007	Carry out oxyacetylene thermal heating and cutting on vehicle body sections

Specialist Elective Unit Groups

Group A: Vehicle Body Repair

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTA002	Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems
AURVTN002	Carry out non-structural vehicle panel repairs
AURVTN005	Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles
AURVTN015	Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing
AURVTN017	Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components
AURVTN018	Repair and replace vehicle structural damage
AURVTN019	Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting
AURVTN026	Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler
AURVTN027	Repair vehicle aluminium body panels using filler
AURVTN028	Identify and repair high strength steel vehicle components
AURVTN029	Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems
AURVTN031	Carry out vehicle sectional repairs
AURVTW005	Carry out spot welding

Group B: Vehicle Body Restoration

Unit code	Unit title
AURTTW001	Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURVTN015	Repair vehicle body panels using metal finishing
AURVTN021	Repair vehicle body components using lead wiping
AURVTN025	Repair corroded vehicle body panels and components
AURVTS001	Fabricate wooden components for vehicles
AURVTS002	Repair wooden components in vehicles
AURVTS003	Fabricate vehicle composite material components
AURVTS005	Fabricate vehicle body panels and components
AURVTS006	Fabricate automotive and marine trim components
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
MEM05004C	Perform routine oxy acetylene welding

Group C: Heavy Vehicle Body and Chassis Repair

Unit code	Unit title
AUMABA002	Operate load shifting equipment
AUMGTY002	Install vehicle components
AURTTA020	Apply heat induction processes
AURVTN019	Repair vehicle structural damage by riveting
AURVTN026	Repair vehicle aluminium body panels without the use of body filler
AURVTN029	Set up and operate universal vehicle measuring systems
AURVTP013	Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing
AURVTW004	Carry out tungsten inert gas welding
MEM24001B	Perform basic penetrant testing
RIIWHS204D	Work safely at heights

General Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR042	Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTN006	Remove and replace mechanical units during vehicle repair
AURVTN012	Install vehicle sunroofs
AURVTN013	Carry out paint-less dent repairs on vehicle body panels
AURVTN030	Service air compressors and air lines
AURVTN033	Service and repair air compressors and components
AURVTP005	Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components
AURVTS004	Repair vehicle composite material components
AURVTT009	Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings
AURVTT021	Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work
AURVTV001	Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32216 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who remove, install, repair and manage glazing technical operations of cars and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

18 core units, plus

12 elective units, of which:

up to 12 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTG001	Repair laminated glass windscreens
AURVTG002	Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens
AURVTG004	Remove and install direct glazed windscreens
AURVTG007	Clean vehicle glass surfaces
AURVTG009	Remove and install vehicle fixed body glass
AURVTG010	Remove and install vehicle movable body glass
AURVTG012	Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and direct glazed windscreens
AURVTG013	Remove and install large vehicle windscreens
AURVTN011	Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors
MSFGG2005	Apply basic glass handling
MSFGG3001	Store and handle glass

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AUMGTG001	Install fixed and movable glass components on vehicles
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURANN001	Estimate and quote automotive body repairs
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA001	Select and supply automotive parts and products
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AURVTG003	Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens
AURVTG005	Remove and install framed type windscreens
AURVTG008	Cut and process vehicle and machinery flat laminated glass
AURVTG011	Install side vehicle windows
AURVTN035	Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs
AURVTP002	Mask vehicle panels and components
AURVTT007	Clean plastic trim and fittings of vehicles
AURVTT008	Clean vehicle interior trim
AURVTV001	Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories
BSBFLM312	Contribute to team effectiveness
BSBWHS301	Maintain workplace safety
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
SIRRINV002	Control stock
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32212 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32316 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who manufacture, repair and maintain trim components of a range of motor vehicles, marine craft, recreational and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

12 core units, plus

18 elective units, of which:

up to 18 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURVTN035	Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs
AURVTS006	Fabricate automotive and marine trim components
AURVTT002	Carry out repairs and alterations to automotive and marine trim
AURVTT003	Remove and replace automotive and marine interior trim components
AURVTT004	Trim vehicle components
AURVTT005	Select trim and fabric materials
AURVTT012	Conduct sewing operations
AURVTT021	Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA002	Determine retail rates for automotive products and services
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR006	Solder electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR008	Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies
AURETR010	Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR026	Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies
AURETR032	Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems
AURVTA002	Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems
AURVTN011	Remove and install vehicle rear vision mirrors
AURVTP002	Mask vehicle panels and components
AURVTP005	Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials to vehicle body components
AURVTP007	Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage
AURVTP008	Clean and polish vehicle paint surfaces
AURVTP019	Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces
AURVTS004	Repair vehicle composite material components
AURVTT009	Remove and replace vehicle and vessel seats and fittings
AURVTT010	Remove and manufacture or repair vehicle head lining
AURVTT013	Fabricate and fit loose and fitted covers to vehicle seats and components
AURVTT014	Fabricate and fit marine covers
AURVTT015	Fabricate and install canvas products for automotive and marine components
AURVTT017	Fabricate and install automotive and marine floor coverings
AURVTT018	Fabricate and install automotive and marine soft top hoods
AURVTT019	Fabricate and install automotive and marine frames, canopies and side curtains
AURVTT020	Select and use leather in automotive and marine trimming
AURVTV001	Remove, replace and test non-electrical vehicle components and accessories
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW006	Carry out thermoplastic welding on vehicle trim components
AUMGTG001	Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles
AUMGTS004	Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies
LMTLG3001A	Make a prototype
LMTTF2012A	Stitch by hand
LMTTF2016A	Install products on and off site
LMTTF2017A	Cut, bend and shape metal
LMTTF3002A	Gain customer acceptance of service proposal
MSFUP3001	Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32312 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32416 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who paint, refinish, repair and maintain painted surfaces on a range of automotive vehicles, recreational vehicles and other vehicles in the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 30

17 core units, plus

13 elective units, of which:

up to 13 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA008	Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURVTP001	Remove paint from vehicle painted surfaces
AURVTP002	Mask vehicle panels and components
AURVTP003	Prepare vehicle spray painting equipment for use
AURVTP004	Apply basic colour matching techniques using vehicle paint codes
AURVTP006	Apply refinishing primers to vehicle surfaces
AURVTP013	Prepare vehicle substrates for refinishing
AURVTP014	Colour match multi-layer and clear over base two-pack paints on vehicles and components
AURVTP015	Match direct gloss solid paint colour on vehicles or components
AURVTP017	Rectify and touch up vehicle paint faults using clear over base two-pack systems
AURVTP019	Prepare and paint plastic and composite vehicle surfaces
AURVTP020	De-nib, buff and polish vehicle painted surfaces
AURVTP023	Apply clear over base two-pack refinishing materials to vehicle body components
AURVTP024	Apply clear over base multi-layer and pearl refinishing materials to vehicle body components
AURVTP025	Apply water-based refinishing materials to vehicle bodies and substrates

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA002	Read and respond to automotive workplace information
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURVTA001	Prepare vehicles for customer use
AURVTA003	Inspect vehicle paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures
AURVTN005	Remove and replace adhesive attached components on vehicles
AURVTN017	Repair vehicle thermoplastic body panels and components
AURVTN032	Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures
AURVTN035	Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs
AURVTP007	Touch up minor vehicle paintwork damage
AURVTP009	Apply vehicle body film wrapping
AURVTP010	Prepare and operate vehicle paint drying equipment
AURVTP011	Apply solid acrylic two-pack materials to vehicle components
AURVTP012	Apply air dry and polyurethane refinishing materials
AURVTP016	Rectify and touch up vehicle direct gloss paint faults using two-pack systems
AURVTP018	Rectify vehicle multi-layer and pearl paint faults using two-pack systems
AURVTP026	Apply basic airbrush techniques to vehicle body panels
AURVTP028	Carry out custom painting techniques to vehicle body panels
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32412 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32516 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a broad range of tasks on the underbody systems of a variety of vehicles in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 28

13 core units, plus

15 elective units, of which:

up to 15 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 5 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURLTB003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTD004	Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURLTJ002	Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes
AURLTJ003	Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURTTA018	Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTJ001	Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTK002	Use and maintain tools and equipment in an automotive workplace
AURTTZ002	Diagnose and repair exhaust systems

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAMA001	Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace
AURETD001	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR036	Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURLLD001	Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications
AURLTD003	Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTJ004	Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations
AURLTX003	Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURTTB001	Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB002	Attach friction materials and radius grind
AURTTB003	Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB005	Assemble and fit braking system components
AURTTD002	Inspect and service steering systems
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTJ002	Remove, inspect and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components
AURTTQ003	Inspect and service drive shafts
AURTTS001	Fabricate exhaust systems and components
AURTTX005	Inspect and service clutch systems
AURVTW001	Carry out manual metal arc welding on components
AURVTW003	Carry out advanced gas metal arc welding on vehicle body sections
AURVTW008	Carry out oxyacetylene welding, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW009	Carry out basic gas metal arc welding

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32512 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR32616 Certificate III in Automotive Tyre Management

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of tasks relating to managing tyres in the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate III in Automotive Tyre Management must have completed AUR21916 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

7 core units, plus

5 elective units, of which:

up to 5 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA003	Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA003	Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURATA004	Provide technical guidance
AURKKJ001	Manage use of tyre management software
AURLTJ004	Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations
FDFPPL3003A	Support and mentor individuals and groups

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA002	Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace
AURAFA003	Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA004	Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURAMA002	Communicate business information in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAQA001	Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace
AURAQA002	Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace
AURASA002	Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURHTJ002	Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications
AURKTJ003	Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ004	Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies
AURKTJ005	Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications
AURKTJ006	Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers
AURLTJ001	Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications
AURSAA001	Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace
AURSCA002	Present automotive products and services for sale
AURSCA004	Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations
AUMAQA001	Apply quality assurance techniques
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
BSBWOR204	Use business technology
CSCORG003	Prepare reports
HLTAID003	Provide first aid
MSMSUP390	Use structured problem solving tools
PMBPROD336A	Inspect heavy off-the-road tyres
RIICOM201D	Communicate in the workplace
RIIQUA201D	Maintain and monitor site quality standards
RIIRIS201D	Conduct local risk control
RIIRIS301D	Apply risk management processes
RIIWHS201D	Work safely and follow WHS policies and procedures
RIIWHS204D	Work safely at heights
RIIWHS301D	Conduct safety and health investigations
SIRRINV001	Receive and handle retail stock
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXMER201	Merchandise products
SIRXRSK002	Maintain store security
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR32613 Certificate III in Automotive Tyre Management

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40116 Certificate IV in Automotive Management

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform management roles in an automotive retail, service and repair environment.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURACA003	Build customer relations in an automotive workplace
AURAEA004	Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA004	Maintain business image in an automotive workplace
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
BSBSMB407	Manage a small team
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA002	Determine retail rates for automotive products and services
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURALA001	Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace
AURAMA003	Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
BSBITS401	Maintain business technology
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBSMB406	Manage small business finances
BSBWOR404	Develop work priorities
FNSASIC302	Develop, present and negotiate client solutions
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40112 Certificate IV in Automotive Management

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform advanced diagnostic tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis must have completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

up to 9 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURETH003	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH004	Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH005	Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH006	Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH007	Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH008	Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	AURETH001
AURETH009	Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 AURETR025
AURETH010	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETR025
AURETR037	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems
AURETU006	Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURHTB006	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
AURHTD006	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURHTE003	Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines
AURHTX006	Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURJTD005	Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems
AURJTE002	Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems
AURKTA009	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTB003	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems
AURKTD005	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems
AURKTX003	Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems
AURLTB004	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTD009	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTE004	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines
AURLTE005	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
AURLTX004	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURMTF001	Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems
AURMTF002	Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURMTQ001	Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems
AURTTA025	Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems
AURTTA026	Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems
AURTTL011	Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems
AURTTL012	Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems
AURTTL013	Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems
AURTTR001	Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40316 Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform as team leaders and supervisors in the motor sport industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology must have completed AUR30916 Certificate III in Motor Sport Technology, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

up to 9 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR012	Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURLTB001	Overhaul light vehicle braking system components
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURMCA001	Manage motor sport team media liaison
AURMCA002	Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing
AURMGA002	Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment
AURMKA001	Manage motor sport data
AURMMA002	Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles
AURMMA003	Manage motor sport operations
AURMMA004	Manage motor sport team development
AURMMA005	Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events
AURMMA006	Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events
AURMTA003	Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTA008	Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles
AURMTA009	Collect and log motor sport data
AURMTD001	Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer
AURMTD002	Prepare competition vehicle suspension
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURMTF001	Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems
AURMTF002	Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURMTJ001	Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels
AURMTQ001	Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTD005	Overhaul steering system components
AURTTE005	Overhaul engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTF007	Overhaul carburettor fuel system components
AURTTQ004	Overhaul final drive assemblies
AURTTX007	Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40312 Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40416 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform advanced analysis and modification tasks to enhance vehicle performance in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement must have completed AUR30616 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

3 core units, plus

7 elective units, of which:

up to 7 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURMTF002	Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA003	Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA006	Conduct research and present technical reports
AURAFA007	Develop and document specifications and procedures
AURAMA006	Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace
AURETR023	Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR033	Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications
AURETR034	Develop and apply electrical system modifications
AURLTB001	Overhaul light vehicle braking system components
AURLTD005	Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems
AURLTQ001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies
AURLTQ002	Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts
AURLTX001	Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions
AURMTA003	Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTA008	Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles
AURMTD001	Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer
AURMTD002	Prepare competition vehicle suspension
AURMTF001	Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems
AURMTJ001	Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels
AURMTQ001	Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems
AURTNA001	Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications
AURTTA022	Develop and apply mechanical system modifications
AURTTA023	Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications
AURTTD004	Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTD005	Overhaul steering system components
AURTTE005	Overhaul engines
AURTTF001	Inspect and service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF006	Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTF007	Overhaul carburettor fuel system components
AURTTL015	Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications
AURTTQ004	Overhaul final drive assemblies
AURTTX007	Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
MEM30012A	Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related environment

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40412 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40514 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New Qualification
Release 2	ISC Upgrade - Units in elective bank upgrade to reflect new standards for Training Packages.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform a range of high level evaluation and assessment functions in the vehicle loss assessing industry.

Entry Requirements

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing are required to have completed an automotive Certificate III qualification in one of the following disciplines.

Automotive vehicle body or equivalent

Automotive paint or equivalent

Automotive mechanical or equivalent

Automotive electrical or equivalent

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 17

11 core units

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below

up to 3 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURVLA001	Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators
AURVNA001	Provide vehicle loss assessments and identify repair requirements
AURVNA002	Provide vehicle total loss assessments
AURVNA003	Review vehicle repair quotations
AURVNA004	Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessments
AURVNA005	Inspect quality of vehicle repair work
AURVNA006	Identify and value vehicle salvage
AURVNA007	Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments
AURVNA008	Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments
AURVNN001	Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements
AURVNP001	Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA002	Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAEA004	Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAKA001	Use information technology systems
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
AURVTA004	Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs
BSBCUE405	Survey stakeholders to gather and record information
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBMGT403	Implement continuous improvement
BSBREL402	Build client relationships and business networks
BSBWHS301	Maintain workplace safety
BSBWOR404	Develop work priorities
BSBWRK408A	Undertake negotiations
FNSPIM410	Collect, assess and use information
PSPTRAN501A	Provide specialist vehicle technical advice

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40616 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who work as master diagnostic technicians the automotive service and repair industry; servicing, diagnosing and repairing vehicle electrical systems and components. A range of advanced electrical diagnostic skills and knowledge is necessary, and leadership and supervision of others would be expected.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology must have completed AUR30316 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

up to 9 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 3 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AURAEA003	Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAFA006	Conduct research and present technical reports
AURAFA007	Develop and document specifications and procedures
AURAKA002	Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace
AURANN001	Estimate and quote automotive body repairs
AURAQA002	Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace
AURAQA003	Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace
AURATA004	Provide technical guidance
AURATA005	Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs
AURETB001	Diagnose and repair electric braking systems
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH002	Service and maintain battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH003	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH004	Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH005	Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH006	Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH007	Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001
AURETH008	Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle	AURETH001
AURETH009	Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles	AURETH001 AURETR025
AURETH010	Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETR025
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURETH012	Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles	AURETH011
AURETH014	Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems
AURETR004	Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems
AURETR025	Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles
AURETR033	Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications
AURETR034	Develop and apply electrical system modifications
AURETR037	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems
AURETR038	Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems
AURETR039	Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems
AURETR040	Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems
AURETU004	Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU005	Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU006	Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU007	Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors
AURTNA001	Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications
AURTTA017	Carry out vehicle safety inspections
AURTTA026	Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems
AURTTE001	Apply knowledge of engine science
AURTTL010	Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBINN301	Promote innovation in a team environment
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
BSBWOR301	Organise personal work priorities and development
TAEDEL301	Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40612 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40716 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform as a team leader or workplace manager in the automotive body repair and refinishing sector. A wide range of technical skills, knowledge, leadership and supervision of others is expected.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology must have completed an automotive Certificate III in one of the following disciplines, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

AUR32116 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

AUR32216 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

AUR32316 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology

AUR32416 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

6 core units, plus

4 elective units, of which:

up to 4 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA003	Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
AURANN001	Estimate and quote automotive body repairs
AURVNA005	Inspect quality of vehicle repair work
AURVTN032	Inspect vehicle damage and determine repair procedures
AURVTN035	Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures during vehicle repairs

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURETH001	Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles
AURETH011	Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles
AURVNA003	Review vehicle repair quotations
AURVNA007	Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss assessments
AURVNA008	Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessments
AURVNN001	Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements
AURVNP001	Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements
AURVTA002	Remove and replace vehicle supplementary restraint systems
AURVTA004	Inspect damaged vehicle systems and recommend repairs
AUMAMM001	Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing workplace
BSBLDR402	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBREL402	Build client relationships and business networks
BSBRKG304	Maintain business records
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
MSS403030A	Improve cost factors in work practices
PSPTRAN501A	Provide specialist vehicle technical advice
TAEDEL404	Mentor in the workplace
TLIL4005	Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40712 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR40816 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform advanced troubleshooting and repair tasks in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling must have completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 10

1 core unit, plus

9 elective units, of which:

up to 9 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURTTA021	Diagnose complex system faults

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURETR017	Overhaul charging system alternators
AURETR018	Overhaul starting system motors
AURETU007	Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors
AURHTB003	Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components
AURHTB004	Overhaul air braking system components
AURHTD004	Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURLTB001	Overhaul light vehicle braking system components
AURLTD006	Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations
AURMTA007	Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTE001	Test engines using a dynamometer
AURPTE004	Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines
AURRTE011	Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines
AURTTD005	Overhaul steering system components
AURTTE005	Overhaul engines
AURTTF003	Overhaul diesel fuel injection system components
AURTTF007	Overhaul carburettor fuel system components
AURTTM001	Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines
AURTTM002	Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines
AURTTM003	Apply metal to rebuild engine components
AURTTM004	Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM005	Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components
AURTTM006	Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components
AURTTM007	Carry out crankshaft grinding
AURTTM008	Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM009	Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders
AURTTM010	Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components
AURTTM011	Recondition engine cylinder heads
AURTTQ004	Overhaul final drive assemblies
AURTTW003	Carry out machining operations
AURTTX007	Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX008	Overhaul manual transmissions
AURTTX009	Overhaul automatic transmissions
AURTTX010	Overhaul hydrostatic transmissions

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR40812 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR50116 Diploma of Automotive Management

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualifications.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who undertake leadership and management roles in the automotive industry. It is suitable for entry into senior management roles in all sectors of the automotive industry.

Entry Requirements

This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

6 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAEA004	Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace
AURAMA005	Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace
AURAMA006	Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace
BSBFIM501	Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBMGT502	Manage people performance
BSBWHS501	Ensure a safe workplace

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAAA002	Determine retail rates for automotive products and services
BSBCUS501	Manage quality customer service
BSBFIA401	Prepare financial reports
BSBFRA403	Manage relationship with franchisor
BSBHRM405	Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBHRM505	Manage remuneration and employee benefits
BSBINN502	Build and sustain an innovative work environment
BSBLED401	Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT517	Manage operational plan
BSBMKG523	Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan
BSBPUR402	Negotiate contracts
BSBWOR501	Manage personal work priorities and professional development
BSBWOR502	Lead and manage team effectiveness
SITXADM004A	Plan and manage meetings
TLIA4005	Check and evaluate records and documentation
TLIA5058	Manage facility and inventory requirements

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR50112 Diploma of Automotive Management

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR50216 Diploma of Automotive Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who diagnose, analyse, evaluate, design and modify vehicle systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Diploma of Automotive Technology must have completed an automotive Certificate IV qualification in one of the following disciplines, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

AUR40216 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

AUR40816 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

1 core unit, plus

11 elective units, of which:

up to 11 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA007	Develop and document specifications and procedures

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAFA006	Conduct research and present technical reports
AURETA001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems
AURETA002	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems
AURETA003	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems
AURETA004	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems
AURETA005	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems
AURETA006	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETB002	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems
AURETE001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems
AURETH013	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems
AURETR033	Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications
AURETR034	Develop and apply electrical system modifications
AURETX001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems
AURHTB005	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
AURHTD005	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURHTE004	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems
AURHTX005	Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURJTA003	Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems
AURJTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems
AURJTD006	Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems
AURJTR001	Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems
AURKTA006	Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems
AURKTA007	Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems
AURKTD003	Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems
AURKTD004	Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems
AURKTE001	Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems
AURKTX002	Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems
AURLTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTD007	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTE003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems
AURLTQ003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURRTA007	Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems
AURRTA008	Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems
AURRTE012	Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems
AURRTX005	Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems
AURTNA001	Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications
AURTTA022	Develop and apply mechanical system modifications
AURTTA023	Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications
AURTTA024	Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications
AURTTL014	Analyse and evaluate faults in gas fuel systems
AURTTL015	Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications
AURVTN034	Evaluate vehicle body repair materials, equipment and work processes
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR50212 Diploma of Automotive Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AUR50316 Diploma of Motor Sport Technology

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New qualification.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who perform as operational managers in the motor sport industry.

Entry Requirements

Those undertaking the Diploma of Motor Sport Technology must have completed AUR40316 Certificate IV in Motor Sport Technology, or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 9

3 core units, plus

6 elective units, of which:

up to 6 units may be chosen from the Elective Units listed below

up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.

Core Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURAMA006	Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace
AURMMA003	Manage motor sport operations
AURMMA004	Manage motor sport team development

Elective Units

Unit code	Unit title
AURETB002	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems
AURETE001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems
AURETR034	Develop and apply electrical system modifications
AURETX001	Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems
AURLTB002	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTD007	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems
AURLTE003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems
AURLTQ003	Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems
AURMCA001	Manage motor sport team media liaison
AURMCA002	Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing
AURMMA005	Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events
AURMMA006	Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events
AURMTA003	Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components
AURMTA008	Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles
AURTTA022	Develop and apply mechanical system modifications
BSBWHS401	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
MSAENV672B	Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Qualification Mapping Information

Equivalent to AUR50312 Diploma of Motorsport Technology

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to understand the structure and culture of an automotive administration environment as well as the expectations of one’s own role, and apply that understanding to own administrative activities. It involves meeting own role requirements, managing daily work activities in a safe and efficient manner, contributing to team activities in a productive automotive administration workplace, and identifying own professional development needs.

It applies to those working in an automotive administration role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Meet automotive administration employment requirements	1.1 Structure of automotive industry sector and relevant associations, occupations and job roles are identified 1.2 Company business requirements are interpreted and work conditions identified 1.3 Company organisational structure, and roles and responsibilities of team members and team leader, are identified 1.4 Own work role, personal responsibilities and accountabilities are clarified 1.5 Lines of authority and reporting requirements are identified and followed 1.6 Company expectations and requirements, including client focus and privacy and confidentiality requirements, are identified and followed
2. Manage daily work activities	2.1 Individual tasks are prioritised and completed according to work schedule, company standards, workplace procedures and team expectations, and within required timeframes 2.2 Assistance is sought from team leader when difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks 2.3 Changes are made to workload or work priorities as required 2.4 Own work is monitored and adjusted according to feedback from supervisors
3. Maintain a safe environment	3.1 Safety requirements are identified and followed 3.2 Personal work space is kept in a clean, organised and safe condition according to workplace procedures 3.3 Potential hazards and hazardous practices are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4. Contribute to a productive team environment	4.1 Information and instructions relevant to team activities are identified and shared with team members to ensure work goals are met 4.2 Individual contributions to team activities are clarified and confirmed with team members 4.3 Assistance is provided to team members and constructive feedback is provided and encouraged 4.4 Improvements to work activities and variations in the quality of components and work practices are noted and reported to team leader according to workplace procedures 4.5 Causes of disharmony and other barriers to achievement are referred to team leader for resolution
5. Identify own development needs	5.1 Personal skills are assessed to identify strengths and improvement opportunities, and are matched against job role and company requirements 5.2 Personal goals are determined and potential automotive career path options explored and matched against personal goals 5.3 Steps are taken, in consultation with team leader or manager, to identify own learning needs for future work requirements 5.4 Opportunities to learn and develop required skills and knowledge for future automotive industry work are identified and acted on as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret textual and numerical information in product or service documentation.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into workplace schedules, forms and databases.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate timeframes to manage work schedules.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to communicate with others access, organise and present information.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to complete work schedules.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) following ergonomic work practices using correct manual handling procedures when moving workplace items.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAAA2001 Work in an automotive administration environment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA001 Work in an automotive administration role

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

complete assigned administrative work activities in an automotive administration workplace or a simulated environment on three occasions doing different administrative activities within commercially realistic timeframes

prepare one daily and one weekly individual work plan or schedule outlining own administrative duties and highlighting the interactions with other team members or activities

prepare a personal learning and development plan.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to working in an automotive administration workplace, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

following ergonomic work practices

using correct manual handling procedures when moving workplace items

structure of relevant automotive industry sector, and roles of the key industry associations, regulatory bodies, occupations and job roles

typical administrative duties in the relevant automotive industry sector

key features of relevant industrial awards, workplace agreements, and trainee or apprentice agreements

company expectations and requirements, including:

working hours, work ethic and presentation standards

authority and reporting lines

automotive terminology relating to work activity

privacy and confidentiality

client and customer service ethos

own job role and accountabilities, including:

position description

reporting and supervisory arrangements

role within team or work group

techniques for prioritising own work

methods for documenting work schedules or action plans

features of effective teams, including:

composition of work groups or teams

roles and responsibilities of members

group dynamics

impact of working effectively with others on individual and group performance

meeting and reporting procedures

communication techniques for obtaining and clarifying information and instructions, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

conflict resolution techniques

methods for obtaining and giving feedback, including:

formal and informal performance appraisal methods

verbal and non-verbal communication techniques

techniques for supporting team members

personal learning and development, including:

techniques for assessing own strengths and opportunities for improvement

goal setting methods and techniques

sources of information on learning opportunities

formats for documenting personal learning and development plans.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the assigned administrative work activities they have completed in an automotive workplace, e.g. an individual work plan, or a personal learning and development plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive administration workplace or simulated workplace

team members

workplace procedures relating to administrative processes

individual work space and office equipment and technology to complete administrative duties

sources of information relating to learning opportunities in the automotive industry.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to calculate fixed and variable costs to determine retail labour rates and cost of products and services for sale in automotive service and repair workplaces.

It applies to those working in administrative and sales areas of an automotive workplace who are required to calculate costs of products and services to ensure business profitability.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine fixed costs	1.1 Fixed cost components are identified and classified into categories 1.2 Past records and business requirements are used to estimate fixed costs for next period 1.3 Fixed administrative and business operation overhead costs are calculated 1.4 Proportion of fixed costs to be included in retail rates is determined
2. Determine labour rate	2.1 Cost components of labour are identified and classified into categories 2.2 Average charge per hour for each identified category is calculated 2.3 Cost component of subcontractors used on jobs is determined and included in calculations for relevant jobs 2.4 Hourly labour rates are calculated according to workplace procedures
3. Determine variable costs	3.1 Variable costs are identified and calculated using data obtained from accounting records or supplier information 3.2 Required materials are estimated and recorded
4. Determine retail price of products and services	4.1 Previous sales figures and trends in turnover volume are reviewed 4.2 Competitors’ price for similar products or services is researched and reflected in final retail rate 4.3 Retail prices, margins and mark-ups for each product or service category are finalised according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and research pricing information in order to cost products and services.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter data and record information in workplace documentation prepare quotations and reports based on pricing and costing of products and services.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentages and fractions, relating to quantity and time use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate fixed and variable costs, labour rates, and profit margins.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and software to access, filter, extract and organise information in order to determine costs and retail rates of work, including spreadsheets and databases.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace procedures and prepare retail rates and price information within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine pricing to meet workplace requirements relating to profitability and break even points.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hourly labour rates must include:	provision for: fixed costs on costs.
Previous sales figures must include:	wholesale cost of product or service retail price of product or service.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAAA002 Determine retail rates for automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

research and compare costs from external suppliers and competitors for:

two automotive workplace services

one consumable item

one automotive accessory product

calculate retail rates for above products and services.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic accounting principles and practices relating to costings:

Goods and Services Tax (GST) calculations

mark-up, break even and profit calculations

simple and compound interest

inflation effects

straight line depreciation

factors impacting on pricing products and services:

overheads, including accommodation costs, utilities, depreciation, insurances, licences and other business charges

labour costs, including on costs covering leave provision, superannuation, training and workers’ compensation

actual employee chargeable hours

sources of information on prices and costs:

supplier or component price lists

accounting records

labour or payroll records

purchasing records

repair orders and job cards

standard repair and warranty times

key features of workplace software and technology relating to extracting and manipulating data and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to determining retail rates for automotive products and services, e.g. itemised calculation of retail rate.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

range of information and data relating to product and service costs, including supplier price lists, workplace sales and service data, financial data and payroll records

calculator, computer hardware and software, and general office equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify customer needs and enquiries, and provide effective information and advice when supplying automotive products and services.

It applies to those working in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify customer need or enquiry regarding product or service	1.1 Customer is greeted according to workplace procedures and customer service standards 1.2 Customer requirement relating to specific product or service is identified and clarified 1.3 Referrals to appropriate personnel are provided where customer need or enquiry is outside scope of own responsibility or authority
2. Provide information and advice to customer	2.1 Information that addresses customer need or enquiry is provided in a timely, efficient and courteous manner to build a positive relationship and customer loyalty 2.2 Questions are asked to confirm that information satisfies customer need or enquiry 2.3 Outstanding customer requirements are identified and promptly addressed in a courteous and discreet manner, or are referred to appropriate personnel
3. Finalise customer contact	3.1 Customer feedback about product or service is sought and recorded as required according to workplace procedures 3.2 Required follow-up action is completed effectively according to workplace procedures and timeframes 3.3 Customer complaints or dissatisfaction are addressed or escalated to appropriate personnel as required 3.4 Interaction with customer is concluded in line with workplace procedures and customer service standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation provide information or record customer requirements in relevant forms or documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly to be understood, using appropriate automotive workplace terms use appropriate visual gestures to assist customer understanding listen effectively, giving feedback to customer to confirm clear understanding.
Planning and organising skills to:	set and monitor timeframes or schedules relating to customer service.
Problem solving skills to:	identify own role and responsibilities in the workplace follow workplace procedures for responding to customer enquiries.
Technology skills to:	operate telephone systems and other communication equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Clarification must include:	open and closed questioning active listening.
Information must include:	explaining features and benefits of workplace product or service using clear, jargon-free language discussing alternative product or service where appropriate recommending product or service suitable to customer requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURACA001 Respond to customer needs and enquiries in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify needs or enquiries of three different customers with different requirements, including one dissatisfied customer

provide advice or information on automotive products and services to above customers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

techniques for assisting customers, including:

effective questioning

active listening

building rapport

explaining clear options

making recommendations

finalising contact

customer service standards and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

greeting and farewelling customers

recording customer requirements and enquiries

customer service delivery standards

contact and follow-up procedures

indicators of customer dissatisfaction, including verbal and non-verbal cues

techniques for resolving customer problems, including procedures for complaint escalation

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

procedures for making referrals relating to:

customer dissatisfaction

suppliers of other products and services

key features and benefits of workplace-specific products and services

techniques for undertaking basic calculations to provide information to customers relating to quantities, timeframes, and delivery of automotive products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having responded to customer needs and enquiries, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different requirements, including one dissatisfied customer.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to manage and assist customers with complex automotive industry product or service requirements. It involves confirming customer needs, suggesting options and providing costs, and determining a course of action for customers with complex requirements.

It applies to those working in customer service sales and administrative roles in an automotive workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Confirm customer requirements	1.1 Collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning, are used to elicit, clarify and confirm customer requirements 1.2 Customer requirements are clearly and legibly documented according to workplace procedures and organisational legal requirements 1.3 Customer acknowledgement and confirmation of the documented requirements are obtained
2. Advise customer of available options	2.1 Viable options are generated in response to customer needs and workplace legal requirements according to workplace procedures 2.2 Further information is researched as required to confirm or clarify options 2.3 Options are explained and discussed with customer to assist informed decision making 2.4 Supporting information is provided as required to assist customer understanding 2.5 Sales or service conditions are communicated verbally or in writing according to workplace procedures
3. Agree action plan with customer	3.1 Customer's preferred option is detailed and documented in action plan 3.2 Customer commitment to agreed action plan is gained according to workplace procedures 3.3 Assistance in completing relevant documentation is provided to customers as required 3.4 Customer feedback is sought on services provided

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	use customer feedback and experience to inform future options and customer dealings.
Reading skills to:	interpret sales or service conditions relating to workplace products and services research and review information about product and service options that meet customer needs.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace action plans, quotations and documentation outlining customer requirements and options.
Oral communication skills to:	summarise and present key information in presenting options to customers relate to people from diverse backgrounds using clear language and tone, and unambiguous terminology.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and percentages, to determine price and timeframes suitable to customer options.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Planning and organising skills to:	use a planned approach to sequence and schedule customer requirements in the action plan.
Problem solving skills to:	develop solutions unique to a customer and their issue use conflict resolution techniques to avoid escalation of issues.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to prepare written information and to communicate with customers and suppliers via a range of channels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Options must include:	benefits timeframes approximate costs.
Documented action plan must include:	agreed delivery timeframe agreed cost.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURACA002 Manage complex customer requirements in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop an action plan for three different customers with different complex requirements relating to automotive products or services, which must include:

costing details

quotation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

negotiation, communication and problem-solving techniques, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

negotiating or closing a deal

types of complex customer requirements relating to:

cost requirements

warranty requirements

customised, bespoke, or unusual requirements

special timeframes

availability of parts or components

requirements of special or important customers

complex technical problems

matters involving more than one solution or area of service

needs of customers dissatisfied with previously provided product or service

complex financial or insurance arrangements

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL), including:

antidiscrimination

equal opportunity

privacy and confidentiality

consumer protection and rights

freedom of information

industry codes of practice and ethical principles, including duty of care and consumer access to appeal processes

workplace policies and procedures relating to:

customer service

feedback and complaints handling

quality requirements

documentation and recording procedures

detailed automotive product and service knowledge relevant to workplace, manufacturers or suppliers

sources of additional information about automotive products and services, including:

manufacturers and suppliers

internet and social media

competitors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed complex customer issues in an automotive workplace, e.g. complaints register.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service

three different customers with different complex requirements

commercially realistic workplace with manufacturer and/or supplier product or service information

computer hardware and software and general office equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to maintain a customer database, monitor existing customer service processes and operations, and identify opportunities to value add to customer experiences in an automotive workplace.

It applies to those working in the automotive vehicle or component sales and service environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Maintain customer database	1.1 Information relating to new customers is uploaded regularly to database according to workplace procedures 1.2 Information relating to existing customers is regularly updated to maintain relevance and currency of database 1.3 Information relating to customers and their sales and service history is accessed and analysed
2. Determine customer value-adding opportunities	2.1 Customer needs and value-adding opportunities are regularly monitored via information accessible on the company database and through informal channels 2.2 Current automotive products and services are assessed against customer needs 2.3 Trends in customer service needs and value-adding opportunities are documented and reported to supervisor
3. Contribute to workplace business operations	3.1 Customer service operations are reviewed with supervisor to check alignment with current customer service requirements 3.2 Recommendations for changes to customer service operations are made following consultation with supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret textual and numerical information in automotive product and service documentation.
Writing skills to:	logically structure customer service reports using accurate data and correct spelling and grammar.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly explain customer needs and product and service information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information relating to percentages and trends over time in workplace databases, charts and documentation.
Problem solving skills to:	interpret information and recommend improvements to customer service.
Technology skills to:	operate workplace business technology to prepare reports and information obtained from workplace database.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURACA3003 Build customer relations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURACA003 Build customer relations in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

update and maintain a customer database according to workplace procedures

provide a report that shows evidence of monitoring and reviewing information relating to customer needs and value-adding opportunities

provide evidence of conducting one of the following activities to address customer service standards and requirements:

staff or team meeting

staff or team training session

staff or team information session

staff or team member feedback or review.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for using workplace databases, including:

accessing database and entering data

retrieving data

analysing data, including basic statistical processes, including mean, median and mode

presenting data, including tables and graphs

customer service principles and practices relevant to automotive workplaces, including:

recording customer requirements and enquiries

contact and follow-up procedures

feedback and complaints handling, including feedback surveys

techniques for value adding to customer services, including creating positive consumer experiences through customer-centred approaches

procedures for comparing actual customer service operations against expected operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to customer relationship building activities in an automotive workplace, e.g. customer feedback surveys.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources should be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

office equipment, computer and database software

customer database containing customer information and data

workplace procedures relating to customer service and use of database.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace. It involves identifying direct hazards to the environment from the service and repair of vehicles, as well as identifying sustainability practices that may reduce the environmental impact of work practices and outputs.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify methods of controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems	1.1 Storage methods for parts and components containing environmentally hazardous materials are identified 1.2 Trapping, storing and disposal procedures for liquid wastes are identified 1.3 Actions are identified that prevent waste from entering either stormwater or wastewater drainage systems 1.4 Uses of a spill kit are identified
2. Identify methods of protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards	2.1 Methods of minimising airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified 2.2 Methods of containing airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified 2.3 Methods of minimising noise are identified 2.4 Methods of insulating noise from immediate environment are identified
3. Identify general workplace sustainability practices	3.1 Methods of minimising waste are identified 3.2 Methods of sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal are identified 3.3 Methods to reduce resource consumption are identified

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from workplace procedures and literature when identifying environmental and sustainability best practices.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA1001 Identify environmental requirements in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA001 Identify environmental and sustainability requirements in an automotive service or repair workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

identify the environmental and sustainability best practices of one automotive service and repair workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types of waste produced by automotive repair workplaces, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases, fumes and noise

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive repair workplace in which they have identified environmental and sustainability best practices, e.g. company name, address and workshop supervisor.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace that complies with current state or territory environmental regulations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to follow environmental and sustainability best practices, including complying with established workplace procedures and environmental regulations as well as following sustainability practices that may reduce the environmental impact of work practices and outputs.

It applies to those working in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify environmental and sustainability best practices relating to own automotive workplace	1.1 Reasons for ethical environmental practice in workplace are identified 1.2 Own environmental responsibilities in the workplace are identified 1.3 Procedures and equipment that enable compliance with environmental regulatory requirements are identified in own workplace 1.4 Procedures and equipment that support sustainability best practice are identified in own workplace
2. Follow environmental best practice procedures in course of own work	2.1 Wastewater and contaminants are identified and prevented from entering water systems or from contaminating land according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.2 Hazardous airborne particles, gases and fumes are identified and reduced or prevented from being emitted according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.3 Hazardous noise types and activities are identified, confined to agreed operating hours, and reduced or prevented according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 2.4 Environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations are reported as required to supervisor
3. Follow sustainability best practice procedures in course of own work	3.1 Recyclable and non-recyclable materials are identified, sorted and stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Recyclable and non-recyclable materials are disposed of according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 3.3 Methods to reduce energy resource consumption are followed according to workplace procedures 3.4 Problems with complying with sustainability best practice are reported as required to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from workshop literature when seeking environmental and sustainability best practice procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly and directly when presenting problems and issues and communicating information relating to environmental issues discuss environmental and sustainability best practice in automotive workplace with colleagues.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and actions to ensure environmental and sustainability best practices are followed.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA2002 Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA002 Follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace on three different occasions

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures for reporting environmental damage and breaches

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed environmental and sustainability best practice in their automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to monitor environmental and sustainability practices and processes in an automotive repair workplace. It involves ensuring that existing environmental and sustainability workplace procedures and processes comply with workplace requirements and environmental regulations.

It applies to those working in the automotive repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to monitor workplace compliance with environmental regulations	1.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards relevant to own workplace are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Procedures and equipment that enable compliance with environmental regulatory requirements are identified in own workplace 1.3 Procedures and equipment that support sustainability best practice are identified in own workplace
2. Monitor workplace compliance with environmental best practice	2.1 Cleaning activities are monitored to ensure wastewater and contaminants do not enter water systems or land areas according to workplace procedures 2.2 Liquid waste disposal activities are monitored to ensure waste is trapped, stored and disposed of according to workplace procedures 2.3 Hazardous airborne particles, gases and fumes reduction and containment procedures are monitored according to workplace procedures 2.4 Hazardous noise reduction and containment procedures are monitored to ensure they are at safe levels according to workplace procedures 2.5 Environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations are monitored, responded to, and reported as required according to workplace procedures
3. Monitor and contribute to sustainability best practice in own workplace	3.1 Workplace sustainability best practice activities that minimise waste are monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace sustainability best practice activities that reduce energy resource consumption are monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures 3.3 Problems with complying with sustainability best practice are identified, responded to, and reported as required according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from workshop literature when seeking environmental and sustainability best practice procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting issues.
Oral communication skills to:	inform colleagues and supervisors of workplace environmental problems and issues.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	collaborate and cooperate with other team members.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Environmental laws, regulations and standards must include:	commonwealth, state and territory legislation local government by-laws and regulations.
Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive mechanical industry

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out an environmental and sustainability audit of one automotive workplace that:

identifies the workplace’s environmental and sustainability practices and equipment

assesses the workplace’s ability to comply with commonwealth, state and territory environmental legislation and local government by-laws and regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures for reporting environmental damage and breaches

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for monitoring workplace environmental and sustainability practices and equipment, including workplace environmental auditing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having monitored environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace environmental audit.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

workplace environmental auditing documentation.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to plan and implement a management system to ensure the protection of the environment, and implement and manage sustainability best practice activities in an automotive workplace.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Environment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Plan compliance with environmental regulations and sustainability best practice	1.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to own automotive workplace are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Penalties for workplace and individual breaches of legislation are identified 1.3 Workplace activities and equipment that are required to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards are identified 1.4 Workplace activities relevant to sustainability best practices are identified 1.5 Environmental action plan is developed that incorporates workplace activities, environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices
2. Implement environmental action plan	2.1 Workplace procedures, equipment and materials are established to meet workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements, or existing procedures, equipment and materials are evaluated and updated as required to determine ability to meet requirements 2.2 Checklists are developed to ensure procedures are followed 2.3 Safety data sheets (SDS) are sourced and stored, and staff notified of their location 2.4 Emergency response procedures for major environmental accidents are developed and documented, and staff are notified of location and documentation developed for recording accidents and spills 2.5 Staff are advised of workplace procedures, and use of equipment, materials and checklists 2.6 Workplace procedures are put in place to address complaints regarding environmental issues
3. Review environmental action plan	3.1 Environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to work in the automotive industry are regularly sourced and interpreted 3.2 Environmental audit of workplace is carried out regularly and results are compared with environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices 3.3 Environmental action plan is updated as required to ensure compliance with environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices relevant to work in the automotive industry 3.4 Workplace procedures, equipment and materials are put in place, or existing ones modified, to meet changed workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret information relating to environmental laws, regulations and standards, and sustainability best practices.
Writing skills to:	develop workplace documentation, such as workplace procedures and checklists legibly and accurately complete environmental incident reports.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to ensure all work is undertaken according to environmental best practice.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, estimate material requirements required for the work, and calculate wastage rates of various methods.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise activities, including: preparing equipment material recycling and waste management systems use planning, checking and inspection techniques to avoid environmental contamination and wastage.
Self-management skills to:	work autonomously.
Teamwork skills to:	supervise others in ensuring compliance with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sustainability best practice must include:	recycling or reusing waste conserving energy conserving natural resources, such as water.
Environmental action plan must include:	workplace environmental and sustainability best practice requirements actions to meet requirements person or people responsible for carrying out actions timeframe for carrying out actions quantified reduction targets in volume, weight or costs.
Emergency response procedures must include:	dealing with large spills dealing with toxic chemical leaks.
Environmental audit must include:	determining staff adherence to workplace procedures determining types and occurrences of accidents identifying workplace activities and equipment that are required to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards identifying workplace activities relevant to sustainability best practices analysing suitability of safety data sheets analysing suitability of workplace procedures and equipment to comply with environmental laws, regulations and standards, including analysing new technologies.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAEA004 Manage environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop, implement and review an environmental action plan for one automotive workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

environmental regulations and standards relevant to own automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

procedures and processes that support environmental sustainability practices, including:

reducing waste

reusing materials

recycling waste

types of waste produced by automotive workplaces and their impact on the environment, including:

vehicle wastes, including:

coolants

oils

exhaust emissions

evaporative fuel emissions

waste components, including tyres

noise

workplace wastes, including:

cleaning materials

paper waste

general rubbish

procedures for minimising waste

procedures for sorting and storing items for recycling or disposal

procedures for reducing resource consumption, including water, electricity, fossil fuels and chemicals

procedures for controlling hazards to stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including:

capturing, storing and disposing of fluids released from vehicles

trapping spills, including the use of spill kits

preventing hazards entering stormwater and wastewater drainage systems, including bunding, grease traps and triple interceptors

procedures for protecting air quality and controlling noise hazards, including:

minimising the emission of airborne particles, gases and fumes

containing and redirecting airborne particles, gases and fumes

insulating noise from automotive workshops

procedures for developing an environmental action plan, including:

identifying environmental and sustainability best practice requirements for an automotive workplace

identifying workplace measures, including equipment and processes, to meet environmental and sustainability best practice requirements

identifying persons responsible for carrying out measures within and outside the workplace

identifying timeframe for carrying out measures

identifying quantified reduction targets in volume, weight and costs

identifying frequency of performing workplace environmental audits

procedures for implementing an environmental action plan, including:

evaluating workplace environmental and sustainability measures

selecting suitable workplace environmental and sustainability measures

establishing workplace environmental and sustainability measures, including:

developing checklists

developing emergency response procedures

instructing staff

procedures for addressing complaints from the public, regulatory authorities and staff

procedures for reviewing an environmental action plan, including workplace environmental audit.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed environmental and sustainability compliance in their automotive workplace, e.g. environmental action plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

environmental regulations and standards relevant to automotive workplace, including commonwealth, state and territory legislation and local government by-laws and regulations

workplace environmental auditing documentation.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to make basic mathematical measurements and calculations relating to vehicle inspection, service and repairs. It includes undertaking calculations to inform parts and labour quotations and the completion of other automotive workplace documentation.

It applies to those required to apply entry-level proficiency in numerically orientated problem-solving skills.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Estimate and make measurements for work	1.1 Requirements for measurements are identified from task instructions 1.2 Numerical information in automotive workplace texts and tasks is identified 1.3 Workplace measuring equipment and operations appropriate to text and task are identified and selected 1.4 Accurate measurements are made according to task requirements and workplace procedures
2. Undertake mathematical calculations in workplace activities	2.1 Procedures are established for recording numerical information or interpreting measurement information relating to automotive inspection, service or repair 2.2 Calculations using required mathematical operations are undertaken as required 2.3 Conversions between units of measurement are undertaken as required 2.4 Problem solving processes are used to resolve measurement and calculation tasks
3. Check and communicate results	3.1 Measurement and calculation outcomes are reviewed and checked 3.2 Final calculations and numerical information are documented according to workplace procedures and using mathematical language and symbols appropriate for the task

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information and complete workplace documentation.
Numeracy skills to:	fill out workplace documentation, such as daily time sheets and repair work orders.
Technology skills to:	use calculators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Text and task must include one of the following:	text: repair work orders and job cards time sheets work schedules material and part requisitions repair quotations stock records supply quotations task: estimating resource or time requirements estimating and adjusting equipment and machinery settings sourcing numerical information from workshop service manuals and vehicle repair information.
Calculations must include:	using simple mathematical operations involving automotive data and equipment, with or without the assistance of a calculator and involving: addition subtraction multiplication division whole numbers, fractions and percentages.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

make accurate measurements relating to three vehicle inspection, service or repair tasks, presenting the measurement outcomes in whole numbers, fractions and percentages

make accurate calculations based on above measurements demonstrating the use of the following mathematical operations:

addition

subtraction

multiplication

division.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to collecting numerical information

metric and non-metric systems of measurement as they relate to vehicle repairs

units of measurement used in vehicle inspection, service and repairs

mathematical operations involving calculations of whole numbers, fractions and percentages, including:

addition

subtraction

multiplication

division

procedures for checking measurement and calculation outcomes

protocols for using numbers when filling out:

timesheets

repair orders.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having used numbers in the automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders showing parts, time worked and work done.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

written automotive text and service information and documentation, such as workshop service manuals, vehicle repair information, stock records, job cards, repair quotations, time sheets, and supply quotations

equipment appropriate for undertaking measurements and calculations, such as calculators or computers.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read automotive workplace documentation in order to perform routine inspection, service and repair tasks. It involves reading texts and manuals, and identifying and applying key information.

It applies to those working in an automotive workplace required to apply entry-level proficiency in reading inspection, service and repair texts and related manuals.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to read automotive workplace text	1.1 Type of automotive text is identified 1.2 Purpose and audience of text are identified 1.3 Features of text are identified
2. Identify key information in text	2.1 Relevant information is located using text navigation skills and reading strategies 2.2 High frequency automotive vocabulary and terms are identified
3. Confirm understanding and respond to automotive text	3.1 Understanding of information is checked 3.2 Information is used to respond appropriately

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to carry out the job and learning opportunities to gain required reading comprehension skills.
Reading skills to:	interpret written documentation found in the automotive workplace.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify understanding of written texts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2002 Read in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA002 Read and respond to automotive workplace information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills:

read and respond to three of the following types of automotive text:

repair order

repair manual

workplace signage, including safe operating procedures

safety data sheet (SDS)

purchase order

packing slip.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and purpose of common automotive texts, including:

repair orders

repair manuals

workplace signage, including safe operating procedures

SDS

purchase orders

packing slips

high frequency vocabulary in automotive texts, including automotive glossaries

reading strategies for locating and recognising information in automotive workplace texts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having read automotive-specific texts in an automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

written automotive text specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to communicate in an automotive workplace. It involves communicating effectively by conveying and receiving information using verbal and non-verbal techniques and correct automotive technical terminology.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to communicate	1.1 Purpose of communication is established and relevant information is identified 1.2 Non-verbal information is examined and interpreted, as required 1.3 Suitable communication method is chosen to suit audience and purpose 1.4 Relevant information is prepared and prioritised in a logical manner
2. Participate in routine verbal communication	2.1 Information is conveyed clearly in verbal exchanges using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and purpose 2.2 Automotive terminology, including vehicle and component descriptions, is used accurately and according to industry conventions 2.3 Verbal exchanges with others are conducted in a courteous and professional manner 2.4 Active listening and questioning techniques are used to clarify and confirm understanding 2.5 Own opinions are clearly expressed and those of others are listened to without interruption
3. Carry out routine written and non-verbal communication	3.1 Accurate and factual information is conveyed clearly in written and other non-verbal communication 3.2 Non-verbal techniques appropriate to the situation are used effectively in interactions with others 3.3 Intended meaning is clarified with recipients as required
4. Operate workplace communication system	4.1 Workplace communication device appropriate for the task is selected according to workplace procedures 4.2 Key functions of workplace communication system are used according to equipment specifications and workplace procedures
5. Contribute to workplace communication	5.1 Requests for information from colleagues are responded to in a timely manner 5.2 Contributions are made to work group activities and meetings 5.3 Clarification is sought from supervisor or colleagues relating to instructions or information as required 5.4 Feedback from supervisor or colleagues is sought and incorporated into own communication

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions and requirements in written automotive workplace material.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, extract, organise and present information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Professional manner must be:	consistent with workplace communication protocols appropriate to age, cultural diversity and special needs.
Communication system must include:	communication devices, including: telephones computers.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

complete three of the following communication tasks in an automotive workplace:

exchange verbal information regarding work task with colleague

exchange verbal information regarding work task with supervisor

request verbal clarification of work task from supervisor

request information from external customer using the telephone

request information from external customer using email.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common automotive technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

active listening and questioning techniques

verbal communication techniques, including:

one-on-one

group and team interactions

collaborative and inclusive techniques for interacting with others, including techniques appropriate to differing ages, cultural backgrounds and special needs

workplace forms and documents in electronic and hard copy, including:

workplace instructions or work orders

manufacturer service, repair and equipment manuals

types of non-verbal communication techniques, including:

visual gestures and sign language

body language

signage

electronic and mechanical signals

workplace procedures and requirements relating to:

workplace document style, format and layout

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

reporting

types of communication devices in automotive workplaces

operating features of communication devices, including:

computers and tablets with email and social media software

intercoms and two-way radios

telephone systems, including mobile phones.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated effectively in the automotive workplace, e.g. emails, text messages, or written documentation of conversations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

supervisor, colleagues and customers with whom to communicate in verbal and written exchanges

workplace communication devices, including a telephone system and computer.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, clarify and resolve routine basic problems commonly encountered in an automotive workplace. It involves determining and implementing solutions to identified problems, and identifying and reporting on their effectiveness.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and clarify nature of the routine problem	1.1 Early indicators of problems are identified or anticipated 1.2 Existence of actual problem is verified 1.3 Information regarding problem is gathered from a variety of sources 1.4 Key components of problem are identified within available timeframe
2. Determine, implement and evaluate solution	2.1 Range of possible methods for resolving the problem are identified 2.2 Strengths and weaknesses of each option are analysed 2.3 Optimal solution is determined and applied within workplace timeframes 2.4 Effectiveness of solution is evaluated against options and modifications to solution are made, as required
3. Assist others to identify, clarify and resolve problems	3.1 Assistance is provided to help others identify routine problems 3.2 Problem is discussed with others and any previous solutions are used to help resolve problem

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to perform the job and learning opportunities to gain skills to solve day-to-day problems.
Reading skills to:	interpret and understand written documentation found in the automotive workplace.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, such as quality control sheets and graphs, problem solving checklists and reports.
Oral communication skills to:	speak clearly to be understood speak using appropriate automotive workplace terms use appropriate gestures to assist with understanding listen effectively and give feedback to sender to confirm clear understanding.
Teamwork skills to:	apply knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to support team activities and tasks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Problems must include:	problems in normal work activities within the scope of own responsibility of that of the work group problems caused by internal or external changes in work conditions or the work environment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA004 Resolve routine problems in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

clarify and resolve three of the following routine problems in an automotive workplace caused by:

inaccurate or outdated workplace procedure

internal changes to work conditions or environment

external changes to work conditions or environment

additional or non-standard work activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to problem identification and resolution strategies

problem solving methods and techniques, including:

brainstorming

root cause analysis

trial and error approach

problem cause and effect strategies

reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having solved routine basic problems in their automotive workplace, e.g. workplace memos.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to employee participation in problem solving activities.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and write routine texts and complete standard automotive industry forms that accurately convey meaning and information.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The unit includes routine workplace texts for different purposes, including industry-related forms.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to complete routine automotive workplace text	1.1 Purpose and audience for routine automotive text are identified 1.2 Due date, relevant organisation, and method of lodgement are determined 1.3 Key features of text and workplace conventions for written materials are identified 1.4 Information required to complete the text is sourced and collected
2. Finalise draft of written text	2.1 Text is drafted to convey intended meaning of factual information or message 2.2 Queries or concerns about information required in the text are clarified with relevant internal or external personnel 2.3 Text is reviewed and checked for accuracy and meaning, and revisions are made as required 2.4 Supporting documentation or information is collected, organised and attached as required 2.5 Signatory requirements are determined and obtained as required
3. Submit text	3.1 Routine text, supporting documentation, and any required payment, are lodged in a timely manner 32 Verification of receipt of text is sought and confirmed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information and instructions to determine requirements for written text.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information and record it accurately in documentation.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract, organise and submit written text.
Self-management skills to:	sequence tasks and follow workplace procedures for preparing and lodging written text.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to lodge forms and copy or send written texts.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Key features must include:	layout and organisation of text text that is appropriate for audience and purpose.
Conveying intended meaning must include:	spelling with reasonable accuracy mostly using correct grammatical structure and punctuation using appropriate automotive terminology.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA2005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

write two short routine automotive texts for different audiences and purposes

complete and lodge one industry form with an external organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic principles of effective written communication, including:

differences between requirements for written as opposed to spoken English

purposes of written communication used in automotive workplaces

features of routine formal and informal workplace texts, including layout

writing strategies to complete routine workplace texts, including planning, drafting and reviewing

grammar and vocabulary sufficient to complete routine workplace texts legibly

writing conventions for routine workplace texts

workplace procedures or style guides for preparing written texts, including:

protocols relating to workplace documentation, including emails and memos

workplace sign-off and approval processes relating to written texts

types, applications and layouts of industry forms, including:

forms from licensing and regulatory organisations

workplace-specific forms, including:

leave application forms

requisitions

time cards

electronic and manual lodgement processes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having written a range of routine texts in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace-specific documents and forms that they have completed.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace-specific documents that can be completed

writing equipment and materials

office equipment and communication devices

dictionaries or written language aids.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to research technical subject matter, and prepare and present a technical report of findings. It involves identifying and analysing research requirements, planning and conducting the research, evaluating findings, and developing and presenting the technical report.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry at a specialist technician or manager level.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine research requirements	1.1 Problem requiring research is identified and clarified 1.2 Research purpose, objectives and limits, and timeframe are identified, clearly defined, and confirmed 1.3 Research outline is prepared and confirmed with key stakeholders
2. Plan research	2.1 Systematic methodology for information collection is developed 2.2 Appropriate sources of research information are identified, reviewed and assessed 2.3 Research design is developed according to research requirements 2.4 Resources that support research requirements are identified and sourced 2.5 Pilot study is conducted to identify variations or additions to proposed research plan
3. Conduct research	3.1 Research is carried out according to established purpose, process and objectives 3.2 Research data is collected, manipulated as required, and stored for future reference
4. Analyse research information	4.1 Research data is prepared for analysis 4.2 Data is analysed using appropriate methods according to workplace procedures 4.3 Conclusions, findings and recommendations are drawn from data analysis and documented according to workplace procedures
5. Prepare and present research report	5.1 Technical report, and as required associated presentation materials, are prepared according to report requirements and workplace standards 5.2 Report is presented according to workplace procedures 5.3 Information management and report storage requirements are followed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and analyse a range of technical information and documents relevant to work activities develop strategies to research and write technical reports.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements interpret graphical illustrations, technical information and terminology in manuals and textbooks.
Writing skills to:	communicate ideas and information using relevant automotive terminology prepare and present textual and numerical information in technical reports.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm report requirements, including target audience.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to access technical documents, including computerised technology.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Research outline must include:	information entry, including hard and soft copy data storage and version control print output.
Research must include one of the following:	desk-based research experiments tests.
Research design must include:	research methodology data gathering methods data analysis methods.
Report requirements must satisfy:	purpose objectives timeframe planned process reporting, including findings and proposed actions or recommendations.
Workplace standards must include:	agreed quality standards suitability for intended audience and purpose use of specialist or management summaries compliance with protocols, conventions and legal requirements relating to acknowledgements and intellectual property.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA5006 Prepare technical reports

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA006 Conduct research and present technical reports

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

research and prepare two different technical reports, in which the work must involve:

accessing and interpreting relevant automotive technical information

developing a research outline

undertaking detailed research of the subject area

analysing data

developing conclusions, findings and recommendations

presenting reports to intended target audience.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

research methods, including:

qualitative, including:

participant observations

interviews

focus groups

quantitative, including:

questionnaires

laboratory experiments

procedures for undertaking research, including:

planning the research, including:

identifying the problem

defining purpose and limits of the research

developing a research outline

sourcing information

designing the research, including:

methodology

data gathering

data analysis

conducting pilot studies

conducting the research, including data gathering, including common testing procedures

data analysis, including calculating mean, mode, median and percentages

drawing conclusions from data analysis

preparing and presenting a technical report, including:

writing for a specific audience

using pictures and diagrams

using style guides

storing data and documents.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to researching, preparing and presenting technical reports in the automotive workplace, e.g. technical reports and presentation notes.

Assessment must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

situations requiring research activities and technical report writing

range of reference materials relevant to technical research activities

commercially realistic number of co-workers to which the technical report may be presented.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and analyse work task requirements and activities, and then develop and document technical specifications and procedures providing concise and unambiguous direction and guidance relating to them.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. It involves conducting research and writing technical specifications and procedures at a specialist technician or manager level.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and plan requirements	1.1 Technical activities and tasks requiring specifications and procedures to be developed are identified 1.2 Requirements and formats for specifications and procedures are established and confirmed 1.3 Requirements for information entry, storage, output and quality of document production are identified according to workplace procedures 1.4 Document design is confirmed as appropriate for efficient entry of information and satisfies established document presentation requirements 1.5 Authoritative sources and references are identified for use in preparation of specifications and procedures
2. Prepare and develop specifications	2.1 Technical information for inclusion in specifications is collected and validated according to workplace procedures 2.2 Specifications are developed that reflect document design requirements and are written in a manner appropriate to workplace
3. Prepare and develop procedures	3.1 Technical activities and tasks requiring procedures to be developed are analysed, sequenced and logically grouped 3.2 Technical procedures are developed that reflect document design requirements and are written in a manner appropriate to workplace
4. Document specifications and procedures	4.1 Developed material is documented according to workplace procedures and document design requirements 4.2 Information management requirements, including document storage, are followed according to workplace procedures and document requirements 4.3 Document is presented ready for use as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements in written material as required to carry out technical research activities interpret and understand a range of written document specifications and procedures found in the automotive workplace.
Writing skills to:	communicate ideas and information in a manner appropriate to workplace.
Numeracy skills to:	use standard mathematical terminology and structures to incorporate measurements, calibration and test requirements into technical specifications and procedural documentation.
Digital literacy skills to:	navigate computer software to collect, add and edit information in documents.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise the research and writing of technical specifications and procedural requirements to avoid backtracking and workflow interruptions.
Technology skills to:	use computers and software.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA007 Develop and document specifications and procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

develop and document the technical specifications and procedures of an automotive repair or manufacturing process that would take more than thirty minutes to complete, including:

safety requirements of the process

steps involved in undertaking the process, including:

use of any tools, equipment and materials

explanatory graphics

specifications explaining the requirements that a product or assembly must meet or exceed

bibliography of sources of information.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and application of technical documents, including:

technical background reports

technical guides

technical specifications, including:

open specifications

closed specifications

methods of describing limits, including tolerances, clearances and wear

technical and standard operating procedures, including:

safe operating procedures

dismantle and assembly procedures

literature reviews

technical document writing techniques, including:

confirming document scope

understanding the audience

developing a plan

collecting information, including:

using primary and secondary sources

acknowledging sources

methods of organising information to meet document requirements, including:

linear or chronological

parts of an object graphics

simple to complex

specific to general

general to specific

writing first drafts, including:

using style guides

using graphics

revising and editing drafts

workplace policies relating to publishing documents with company intellectual property content.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the specifications and procedures that they have developed, e.g. procedural documents relevant to their workplace.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

situations requiring research and documentation of technical specifications and procedures

range of reference materials relevant to technical research activities and vehicle specifications and procedures.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA008 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to source, interpret and apply repair requirements from automotive workplace instructions and work orders. It involves following worksheets and work orders when conducting vehicle repairs.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and obtain instructions	1.1 Work order and repair instructions are accessed and interpreted 1.2 Recommended repair procedure is identified and relevant information is located and applied 1.3 Work plan is prepared to maximise efficiency, minimise waste and comply with original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedure
2. Initiate repairs	2.1 Tools, equipment and required materials are identified and checked for serviceability and application 2.2 Repairs are carried out in line with repair instructions, OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedure, and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to vehicles, systems or components 2.3 Additional required work identified during repair process is reported and discussed with supervisor prior to proceeding
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Completed work is checked for compliance against work order, OEM or authorised agency’s specifications, and workplace quality standards 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Repair work sheets are completed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and interpret technical information and diagrammatic representations in written repair instructions and recommended repair procedures.
Writing skills to:	accurately and legibly complete workplace documentation, such as repair work plans and faulty equipment tags.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning to clarify and confirm repair instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate OEM or authorised agency repair measurements and calibrations.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and sequence order of repair work prepare work area and select equipment and materials prior to commencing repair work.
Technology skills to:	use workplace and specialist repair tools, equipment and measuring devices.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Recommended repair procedure must include:	OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair specifications.
Workplace procedures must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with system being repaired.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAFA3008 Read and apply automotive repair instructions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA008 Interpret and apply automotive repair instructions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

interpret three different sets of work orders for different types of automotive repairs, for each work order:

preparing a work plan

following the prepared work plan and recommended automotive repair procedures when carrying out the repair work.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with system being repaired

automotive vehicle and repair terminology

symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations included in workplace manuals and recommended repair specifications

repair work planning processes, including:

planning and sequencing tasks

preparing work area and selecting tools, materials and equipment

checking work against instructions and recommended repair specifications

recommended repair specifications, including:

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) requirements

authorised agency requirements

repair sequence

use of specialist equipment

automotive repair procedures relating to:

quality and continuous improvement processes

workplace instructions and work orders

equipment use, maintenance and storage

environmental management, including waste disposal, recycling and re-use guidelines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements:

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied automotive repair instructions in the workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

OEM or authorised agency’s recommended repair procedures

repair instructions and work orders

three different vehicles with repair requirements matched to work orders

tools and equipment relating to automotive repairs

workplace procedures relating to repair instructions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out research into the nature and structure of an automotive retail service and repair (RS&R) or automotive manufacturing workplace. It also requires the learner to prepare a research report.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Foundation Skills

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare and plan research	1.1 Automotive industry sectors and types of businesses are identified for research 1.2 Information on the structure and operation of the automotive industry is located 1.3 Safety and environmental requirements for the automotive business are sourced
2. Investigate nature and structure of automotive business	2.1 Type of business, product line and customer profile are identified 2.2 Basic supervision or management structure of business is identified 2.3 Employment conditions of business are identified 2.4 Employee clothing requirements for business are identified 2.5 Workplace plan is drawn detailing identified workplace safety features 2.6 Environment protection features of business are identified 2.7 Findings and details are recorded for research report
3. Prepare research report	3.1 Research findings are reviewed and summarised under broad headings 3.2 Research findings are presented as a document

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate key information quickly and efficiently in appropriate sources.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from industry and workplace documents.
Writing skills to:	organise findings and prepare a research report.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to obtain information on business structure and operation from business workers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	relevant workplace procedures reflecting health and safety requirements material safety management systems hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes.
Supervision or management structure must include one or more of the following:	employee supervision line or operational management team leaders trainers.
Employment conditions must include one or more of the following:	employee attendance times induction training shift work and weekend work requirements type of qualifications.
Employee clothing requirements must include:	any requirements in special work areas, such as foundry or paint shop ear protection personal protective clothing and footwear safety glasses any uniform requirements.
Workplace safety features must include:	emergency procedures fire extinguishers (type and location) first aid facilities hazardous warning signs manual-handling procedures.
Environment protection features must include:	emission control material recycling waste material disposal.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAFA009 Carry out research into the automotive industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

produce a research report on an automotive retail service or repair business or a component manufacturing business.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry information, including:

sectors of the industry

types of businesses in each sector, including their products and services

distribution channels for industry products and services

relationships of the automotive industry with other industries

state and commonwealth government agencies responsible for directing safety and environmental requirements for the automotive industry

major automotive industry bodies and associations

career opportunities and career paths in the automotive industry

roles, responsibilities and inter-relationships of individual personnel in an industry environment, including:

unions and employer bodies

professional associations

industrial relations issues, including:

awards and enterprise bargaining agreements

non-award areas

cultural issues

employment obligations in day-to-day work activities in the automotive industry

new technologies in the automotive industry and their effect on the industry

procedures for recording, reviewing and presenting research findings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that validates the industry research.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

reference books and technical manuals

industry journals

computer and internet access

job descriptions

federal and state industrial awards

specialist technical publications.

Links

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use workplace information technology (IT) systems in a manner that complies with workplace procedures and guidelines. It involves operating hardware and software to access, retrieve, edit and update information, and solving a limited range of routine and predictable problems in relation to the IT system.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Information Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to use workplace IT system	1.1 Safe work practices and procedures to be applied when using workplace IT system are identified 1.2 Workplace procedures, manuals or specific instructions relating to the use of IT system and manufacturer or component supplier software are accessed and interpreted
2. Use IT system functions	2.1 Workplace IT system and software applications are accessed and operated according to manufacturer or component supplier instructions and workplace procedures 2.2 Keyboard skills are used accurately to carry out the entry, manipulation and retrieval of data and information according to workplace procedures 2.3 Data is transmitted according to electronic data interchange (EDI) procedures 2.4 Save and back-up procedures are carried out regularly according to workplace procedures
3. Edit or update data and information in IT system	3.1 Data and information on IT system to be edited or updated are identified using appropriate sources 3.2 Data and information are edited or updated and checked for accuracy and completeness before saving or backing up according to workplace procedures
4. Solve problems relating to IT system	4.1 Equipment, hardware or software faults are identified and rectified where possible and within scope of own role, or reported to relevant persons according to workplace procedures 4.2 Assistance with any routine IT problems that arise is positively and actively provided to others within scope of own role and where appropriate 4.3 Established workplace maintenance programs for hardware and software systems are followed according to manufacturer or component supplier specifications and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information in IT user manuals, workplace procedures, and manufacturer or component supplier specifications interpret IT system help files and respond to system help prompts.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into IT systems.
Planning and organising skills to:	sort and sequence relevant data and information to access, process and transmit schedule back-up procedures.
Teamwork skills to:	liaise collaboratively and assist others with workplace IT systems within scope of own role.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safe work practices and procedures must include:	following workplace ergonomic guidelines when operating IT systems using physical aids as required and appropriate to support safe and effective use of IT system hardware.
Software applications must include:	databases menus EDI.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAKA2001 Use information technology systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA001 Use information technology systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

operate a workplace information technology (IT) system on three different occasions in line with workplace procedures and guidelines, in which the work must involve:

accessing and retrieving data and information

entering and transmitting data and information

carry out back-up of workplace IT system following above work activities

problem solve routine IT problems or breakdowns during above work activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to using information technology systems, including:

ergonomic guidelines and practices that maintain own health and safety when operating IT systems

using physical aids to support safe and effective use of IT system hardware

basic IT terminology, especially relating to IT help files and user manuals

key requirements of workplace procedures and manufacturer or component supplier specifications relating to the use of the IT system

key features of workplace IT system, including:

use and operation of equipment

purpose, key features and uses of software applications, including electronic data interchange (EDI) programs

use of hardware and associated relevant input and output devices, including scanning and barcode equipment and, when working in a retail environment, point-of-sale terminals

routine maintenance requirements for hardware and software systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the workplace IT systems they have used, e.g. IT maintenance schedules.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

an IT system consisting of PC, keyboard and software currently used in the workplace

relevant user manuals or workplace procedures relating to use of IT systems

data or information available:

on a current IT system

to enter and manipulate on the IT system.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to investigate the nature of new technologies, and modify existing work processes and procedures to incorporate the new technologies.

It applies to those working in the automotive industry. It involves adapting work processes and new technologies in an automotive service or repair workplace or an automotive office administration environment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Information Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Investigate the new technology	1.1 Information is obtained on new technology through a range of sources and in line with workplace expectations and procedures 1.2 New technologies of value to the workplace are identified and evaluated to determine their application and suitability 1.3 Impact of new technologies on existing work processes is identified and analysed 1.4 Information about additional materials and equipment required to adopt the technology is sourced and evaluated
2. Modify existing work processes and procedures	2.1 Action plan is prepared to implement new technology into work processes 2.2 Processes are modified to incorporate new technologies 2.3 Impact on workflow and productivity is analysed and minimised through planning process and communication with staff 2.4 Information on the use of new technologies is communicated to staff, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand knowledge, skills and understanding relating to new technologies.
Reading skills to:	research and critically analyse text and numerical information about new technologies from a range of sources.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record information about new technologies and convey to others using clear and concise language.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly present information to others about new technologies and changes to work processes using concise language and tone appropriate for audience.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to interpret numerical information relating to new technologies and impact on work processes.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	proactively adopt new technologies and adapt and improve work processes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise implementation of new technologies in work processes.
Technology skills to:	use computers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Sources must include:	desk-based research consultation with technical sources training and information sessions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAKA002 Adapt work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

conduct research and collate information on one new piece of technology to be adopted in the automotive workplace

prepare an action plan outlining the modification of existing work processes and staff training required to incorporate above new piece of technology into the workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

existing workplace activity, processes and procedures relevant to implementation of specific new technology

sources of information on new technology, including:

internet

manufacturer or component supplier specifications

technical journals and manuals

workshops, information sessions, and trade shows

procedures for cost-benefit analysis of opportunities and risks, considering:

cost savings

customer satisfaction

marketing opportunities

new business opportunities

payback period

profit margins

short and long-term benefits

key features of action or implementation plan covering:

timelines

costs

business case or purpose

team or section requirements

procedures for documenting action or implementation plans:

checklists

written documents

visual management board and items.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having adapted work processes to new technologies in an automotive workplace, e.g. action plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

sources of information about new technologies

tools and materials to research information

computer hardware and software and general office equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to act within legal and ethical boundaries of a service and repair contract when dealing with customers, implement measures to avoid disputes, and resolve disputes that do occur.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Interpret service and repair contract	1.1 Legal obligations of all parties involved in a valid service and repair contract are identified 1.2 Legal liabilities of repairer performing work without a valid service and repair contract are identified 1.3 Regulatory bodies with authority to inspect the workplace if the customer takes legal action are identified 1.4 Workplace service and repair contract is analysed to determine relevant legal compliance requirements
2. Comply with service and repair contract requirements	2.1 Procedures are implemented to advise customers of the terms of contract into which they are entering 2.2 Procedures are implemented to ensure staff only use valid service and repair contracts 2.3 Procedures are implemented to minimise liability or customer claims in relation to bailment
3. Establish service and repair warranty requirements	3.1 Warranties document is developed detailing requirements 3.2 Procedures are implemented to ensure staff are aware of warranty requirements 3.3 Warranty requirements are documented and stored according to workplace procedures
4. Enforce service and repair contract requirements	4.1 Workplace policy on payment terms for services provided are implemented according to workplace procedures 4.2 Workplace legal rights and obligations when selling or disposing of uncollected vehicles or goods are identified and observed as required 4.3 Legal procedures to recover payment when a customer defaults are identified and implemented as required
5. Conduct dispute resolution processes	5.1 Procedures to minimise disputes with customers are implemented 5.2 Workplace records are maintained to support outcomes in any customer disputes 5.3 External sources of assistance in dispute resolution are identified 5.4 Outcomes of customer disputes and resolutions are analysed to develop procedures to avoid future disputes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand knowledge, skills and understanding relating to legal and ethical business dealings.
Reading skills to:	interpret: textual and numerical information in product or service documentation relating to contractual agreements original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s service and repair agreements vehicle specifications and job requirements.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: dispute resolution forms and legal action plans outlining customer’s statutory rights and settlement options vehicle warranty documents and reports.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors relating to legal and ethical business dealings participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Warranties document must:	meet legal requirements comply with workplace policies not compromise customer consumer guarantees be written in plain language.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURALA001 Comply with legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

comply with the legal aspects of service and repair contracts with three different customers, in which the work must involve:

an abandoned vehicle

a vehicle kept as bailment

customer dissatisfaction due to failed installed parts.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and purpose of contracts, including:

key phases of contract, including:

offer

acceptance

consideration

oral and written contracts

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements of contracts and service agreements, including:

damages arising from breach of contracts

reasonable costs

proof of transaction

delays in delivery and non-supply

charge back

contracts with minors

unfair contract terms

loss or damage to consumer property

misleading or deceptive conduct

warranties

dispute resolution

key features of automotive service and repair contracts, including:

terms of the relationship, including:

acknowledgements and agreements from customer

definitions

rights, responsibilities and obligations of the service provider and principal, including:

level of performance and services being provided

authority in respect of the vehicle, including entering and test driving the vehicle

guarantees and warranties

lien to secure payment

abandonment of vehicle

liability

privacy

jurisdiction of the contract

business processes, including:

pricing

payment and invoicing

returns policies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having complied with the legal aspects of a service and repair contract in an automotive workplace, e.g. correspondence between customer and business.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace n

commercially realistic range of automotive service and repair contracts

three different customers with the service and repair contract issues specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work effectively with a range of people in an automotive workplace. It involves identifying own and others’ job roles, communicating appropriately, working in shared tasks, and dealing with issues, problems and conflicts.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine own and others’ roles and job requirements	1.1 Own and others’ workplace responsibilities and duties are identified 1.2 Clarification is sought from colleagues and supervisor where uncertainty or overlap of job roles occurs 1.3 Communication with colleagues and others is performed in a courteous manner, using language appropriate to the audience, and according to workplace procedures 1.4 Differences in personal values and beliefs of colleagues are accepted and professional behaviour maintained in all activities 1.5 Safe and appropriate workplace attire is identified, used and maintained
2. Work in shared tasks	2.1 Own and others’ roles in shared tasks are determined and clarified 2.2 Participation in task planning is carried out as required, work-related information is shared, and constructive contributions are made 2.3 Work tasks are carried out according to personal roles and responsibilities and workplace requirements 2.4 Support is provided to colleagues to ensure tasks and goals are met, as required 2.5 Constructive feedback on performance provided by colleagues is requested, acknowledged, and acted on 2.6 Suggestions for improvements to processes are made and discussed with colleagues
3. Deal effectively with issues, problems and conflict in work groups	3.1 Personal issues that impact on own work and relationships with colleagues are discussed with supervisor, as required 3.2 Workplace issues with colleagues are identified, discussed and a resolution found according to workplace procedures 3.3 Difficult to resolve issues, problems and conflict are escalated to appropriate person according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and knowledge to perform the job and identify gaps.
Reading skills to:	access workplace procedures and identify and interpret sections relating to workplace diversity, equal opportunity, discrimination and conflict resolution access and interpret work task instructions and work schedule requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm information and instructions using active listening and questioning techniques speak clearly and directly to present problems or issues to appropriate person.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Identification must be based on:	information and instructions about: objectives performance requirements workplace procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA2001 Work effectively with others

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA001 Work effectively with others in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

work effectively with others in an automotive workplace, in which the work must involve:

participating in one shared work task involving two colleagues

providing support on a work task to a colleague

responding to feedback provided by a group member

facilitating the resolution of a work issue or problem.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common types of automotive workplace job roles and accountabilities, including:

trainee assistant

technician

diagnostic technician

workshop supervisor

accounts person

sales person

business owner

customer

key features of workplace policies and procedures, including:

codes of conduct, including those for workplace:

discrimination

violence, bullying and harassment

disciplinary policies

leave policies

basic communication techniques and styles for different audiences, including appropriate language, tone and emphasis

fundamentals of working effectively with others, including:

active listening

establishing common goals

assigning roles

creating objectives and timelines

resolving conflicts quickly and fairly

methods for obtaining and giving feedback, including:

formal and informal performance appraisal methods

verbal and non-verbal communication techniques

techniques for supporting work group members

basic ethical principles of respect for persons, including:

understanding and respecting cultural differences

identifying common ground

basic conflict-resolution strategies

workplace procedures and requirements relating to personal presentation, attire and grooming.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having worked effectively with others in an automotive workplace, e.g. supervisor performance reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of diverse workplace colleagues

documentation, including workplace policies and procedures manuals relating to ethics, employee and employer rights and responsibilities, attire and grooming, job descriptions and organisational charts.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to communicate business information effectively in verbal and written forms and through participating in meetings, and presenting information to others. It involves reaching agreement on work-related issues and formally communicating specific business information on a day-to-day basis using a range of communication devices and methods.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Communicate information verbally	1.1 Purpose of verbal communication is determined and communication style is chosen to suit audience and purpose 1.2 Information is delivered verbally using clear, succinct and unambiguous language and accurate industry terminology 1.3 Listeners are questioned to verify that information provided has been received and understood accurately 1.4 Clarification, rephrasing or additional explanations are provided as required 1.5 Verbal information received from others is listened to carefully, and clarified and confirmed with the speaker as required
2. Communicate information in writing	2.1 Purpose or objectives of written communication are determined and communication style is chosen to suit audience and purpose 2.2 Written text is drafted using correct vocabulary, grammatical structures and conventions 2.3 Text is logically structured, formatted and presented following workplace procedures 2.4 Text is checked to confirm that key messages are clear, succinct and unambiguous and meet intended purpose 2.5 Written information received from others is read carefully and information is clarified as required
3. Communicate in meeting	3.1 Purpose of meeting is identified and clarified as required 3.2 Meeting is attended and positive contribution to outcomes is made according to workplace meeting procedures and own level of responsibility 3.3 Own responsibilities relating to meeting outcomes are carried out according to workplace meeting procedures
4. Present information to others	4.1 Purpose for presenting information to others and features of the target audience are identified and clarified 4.2 Information to be presented is planned and organised logically 4.3 Resources needed to present information are identified and selected 4.4 Resources are checked prior to presenting information to ensure that they are functioning properly 4.5 Presentation is conducted as planned and appropriate responses to audience questions and feedback are provided 4.6 Audience feedback on presentation is reviewed to improve future practice
5. Discuss and resolve a workplace issue	5.1 Key factors and issues relating to a workplace issue are analysed 5.2 Key discussion points and suitable approach to discussion are planned 5.3 Discussion is conducted according to planned approach with solutions or outcomes acceptable to both parties negotiated and agreed 5.4 Required follow-up action is carried out according to workplace procedures and further discussions with other parties conducted as required 5.5 Solutions or outcomes are documented according to workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and convey numerical or financial information in verbal information and written texts.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, extract, organise and present information.
Planning and organising skills to:	sequence and structure information to convey to others in a clear and logical manner.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team by using collaborative communication techniques.
Technology skills to:	operate equipment and technology to present information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA2002 Communicate business information

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA002 Communicate business information in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

receive and respond to one piece of verbal communication relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

receive and respond to one piece of written communication relating to the automotive workplace

participate in one workplace meeting relating to the automotive workplace that includes asking questions and providing responses

prepare and make one presentation of information relating to the automotive workplace

prepare for and participate in one discussion to resolve a workplace issue and document the outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

use of communication systems, including email, telephone, intercom and social media

procedures for communicating verbally, including:

active listening and questioning techniques

creating clear, succinct and unambiguous language

clarifying meaning

choosing language to suit audience

procedures for communicating in writing, including:

accessing and interpreting key concepts of written material

organising responses to address questions and according to communication medium

creating draft documents, including structure and formatting

editing documents

procedures for participating in meetings, including:

accessing and reviewing previous meeting minutes and agendas

contributing to meeting outcomes

determining own role in meeting outcomes

procedures for presenting information, including:

determining target audience

determining presentation format, including choosing equipment and materials

delivering a presentation

procedures for negotiating between parties, including:

determining key factors of issues

planning discussions

conducting discussions, including:

establishing rapport

acknowledging disagreements and the views of others

dealing constructively with differences

staying focused

making a strong case without overselling or becoming personal or aggressive

compromising to achieve realistic and achievable outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having communicated business information in an automotive workplace, e.g. emails, meeting minutes, or presentation slides.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of internal and external customers with whom to communicate

written communication from internal or external customers

meetings to attend, including meeting agendas and previous minutes

equipment and materials appropriate for workplace presentations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and present information sessions conducted in an automotive workplace, and then follow up on their outcomes. It involves preparing and presenting technical workplace information in structured sessions with workplace participants.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for information session	1.1 Specific purpose and objectives of information session are determined and confirmed 1.2 Arrangements are made for session and participants are invited or notified of session in a timely manner 1.3 Equipment, tools and other resources required for session are selected and sourced 1.4 Information to be communicated in session is planned, structured logically, and organised
2. Present information session	2.1 Reason for session and relevance of information being presented are clearly explained to participants 2.2 Information is presented clearly using resources and presentation techniques to enhance participant understanding 2.3 Session is delivered according to required objectives
3. Follow up outcomes of information session	3.1 Participants are encouraged to comment or ask questions relating to session and appropriate responses are provided 3.2 Participant feedback on session are sought and used to guide future information sessions 3.3 Actions required as a result of session are carried out

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret instructions and requirements in written material relating to information session.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately present textual and numerical information in a documented format for the information session.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly and effectively present information using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and purpose.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to ensure times are allocated and followed in the information session.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to communicate with others access and organise information.
Technology skills to:	operate media devices and workplace technology to conduct an information session.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Arrangements must include:	time and place of session session duration number and type of participants for session.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA3003 Conduct information sessions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA003 Conduct information sessions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

plan and conduct two information sessions, each covering a different automotive technical or workplace topic

during above sessions, demonstrate effective communication skills, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

collaborative activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

automotive industry technical terms and their application to an automotive workplace

automotive industry technical information relevant to information session

workplace procedures relating to conducting presentations, information sessions or meetings

adult learning principles and training techniques

types of information sessions, including:

demonstration

discussion and questioning

group work

simulations and role play

presentation aids and materials, including:

computer simulations and presentations

diagrams, charts and posters

models

paper-based materials

data projector and whiteboard

techniques to evaluate presentation effectiveness, including:

critical friends

participant survey or written feedback

participant interviews.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the information sessions they have conducted in their workplace, e.g. copies of presentations delivered.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

participants to be involved in the information sessions specified in the performance evidence

equipment, information, materials and tools appropriate for conducting information sessions

computers, presentation media and business technology required to prepare information sessions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to monitor staff attire and grooming standards, maintain the physical appearance of the workplace, implement waste disposal processes, and promote business products and services.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Maintain physical appearance of the workplace	1.1 Cleanliness and tidiness of the workplace are maintained according to workplace procedures, local government requirements, and safety requirements 1.2 Workplace is kept free of rubbish and waste according to workplace procedures, local government requirements, and safety requirements 1.3 Defined areas for specific tasks are maintained according to workplace procedures 1.4 Maintenance plan is monitored to ensure facilities and equipment are regularly maintained 1.5 Workplace signage is clearly and appropriately displayed throughout the organisation
2. Monitor workplace attire and grooming standards	2.1 Expectations regarding attire and grooming are communicated to staff on a regular basis 2.2 Standards are updated as needs arise according to workplace requirements 2.3 Dress and grooming of staff are monitored to ensure standards are met 2.4 Breaches of standards are identified and staff informed
3. Monitor waste disposal processes	3.1 Waste disposal is monitored to ensure compliance with workplace procedures and local government requirements 3.2 Recycling opportunities are identified and implemented according to workplace procedures and local government requirements 3.3 Workplace environmental documents are maintained
4. Promote workplace products and services	4.1 Promotional activities are monitored to ensure planned implementation according to workplace procedures 4.2 Promotional activities are actively supported according to own role and workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret relevant safety information, local government requirements, and workplace procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities relating to housekeeping activities.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work with staff and supervisors when monitoring and following procedures that impact on business image.
Technology skills to:	operate housekeeping and general office equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling goods using cleaning chemicals and dangerous goods selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA3004 Maintain business image

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA004 Maintain business image in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

maintain the business image of an automotive workplace over one week, including:

ensuring a clean and tidy appearance of the workplace

ensuring correct staff attire and grooming

ensuring waste is correctly disposed of

engaging in one promotional activity to the limits of own role.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to maintaining business image in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

manually handling goods

using cleaning chemicals and dangerous goods

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for maintaining the physical appearance of an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

cleaning buildings, grounds and equipment

waste disposal and recycling processes, including designated locations for waste storage and collection

maintaining defined areas for specific tasks, including:

reception area

staff and public amenities

service and repair work areas

monitoring maintenance plans

monitoring workplace signage, including:

checking currency

placement

condition

procedures for monitoring workplace attire and grooming standards, including procedures for:

communicating requirements to staff

evaluating staff attire and grooming against workplace standards

procedures for monitoring waste disposal processes, including:

workplace and local government requirements

recycling procedures for:

office waste

service and repair work area waste

waste collection schedules

procedures for promoting workplace products and services, including:

basic principles of display and design, including layout and presentation

types of display areas, including:

signage and fixtures on floor

interior or exterior areas

permanent or temporary displays

publicly accessible areas

shelves and windows in areas

displaying products, including their rotation, maintenance, storage requirements, pricing and labelling

arranging advertising and promotional information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having maintained the business image of an automotive workplace, e.g. maintenance plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to:

maintaining equipment and facilities

personal presentation, attire and grooming

waste disposal and recycling processes

commercially realistic number of diverse staff working in an automotive workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to resolve complex customer issues and complaints. Complex customer issues include those caused by cost variations, warranty issues, policy matters, additional repair time and disputed work standards. The unit involves examining the exact nature of a customer issue, communicating effectively, making informed judgements, negotiating an outcome or referring the issue to an appropriate person, and documenting outcomes for continuous improvement.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Examine the nature of the issue	1.1 Customer issue and associated feelings and opinions are identified 1.2 Facts relating to the issue are determined using appropriate communication skills 1.3 Workplace procedures and manufacturer or supplier policy relating to the issue are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Further information is researched as required to confirm or clarify issue 1.5 Rights and responsibilities of customer and workplace are determined and communicated to customer
2. Resolve or escalate the issue	2.1 Implications of the issue for customer and workplace are analysed and determined, and suitable resolution options are identified 2.2 Options for resolving the issue are explained and negotiated with customer according to workplace policies and procedures 2.3 Information required to assist customer in evaluating service and product options that best meet customer needs is provided 2.4 Complaints requiring attention from an external party are actioned by referring to appropriate person according to workplace procedures 2.5 Where a resolution cannot be negotiated and agreed, issue is escalated to appropriate person
3. Document issue and outcome	3.1 Record issue, outcome and customer feedback according to workplace procedures 3.2 Report agreed outcome to appropriate person according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	use feedback and experience obtained from negotiating with customers to inform future customer dealings and workplace procedures.
Reading skills to:	research and review information about supplier products and services relevant to customer issues.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace reports outlining customer issues and associated outcomes.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using collaborative techniques, including active listening and questioning, to gather, clarify and confirm customer issues or complaints summarise and present key points of information to negotiate effectively to resolve the issue.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication division and percentages, to determine additional costs, refunds and time implications relating to the issue.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to: communicate with others access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Initiative skills to:	present options and alternatives to negotiate solutions to customer issues.
Planning and organising skills to:	select problem resolution methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances use a planned approach to resolving and negotiating a customer’s issue or complaint.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to prepare written information and to communicate with customers via a range of channels.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Appropriate communication skills must include:	active listening questioning techniques interpreting body language.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA005 Manage complex customer issues in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate that they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

manage the complex issues of three different customers in an automotive service and repair environment, including issues involving two of the following:

cost variations

warranty issues

policy matters

additional repair time

disputed work standards

one of the above must involve escalating the issue to appropriate person.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures relating to:

customer service

dealing with dissatisfied customers

complaints handling and recommending appropriate action

escalating issues to appropriate person

reporting and documenting complaints

common complex customer issues, including disputes concerning:

cost

work standards

time taken or expected for repairs

selection of parts

warranties

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer, and business obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

negotiation, communication and problem-solving strategies, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

negotiating or closing a deal

automotive product and service knowledge relevant to workplace manufacturers or suppliers in order to recommend:

alternative products and services

variations in a limited product and service range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed complex customer issues in an automotive workplace, e.g. complaint resolution report.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service and workplace legal obligations

three different customers with the complex issues specified in the performance evidence

workplace and manufacturer or supplier product or service information.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to contribute to the business improvement of an automotive workplace. It involves contributing to the budget process, managing expenses in order to maintain levels of profitability in the specific area of responsibility, and reviewing and contributing to the planning of business promotions and improvements.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Review business plan and business performance	1.1 Goals and key performance indicators (KPIs) specified in workplace business plan are analysed and relevance to operational area is assessed 1.2 Gaps and risks to achieving business goals and KPIs are identified 1.3 Risk management strategies to meet business goals and KPIs are identified and developed 1.4 Contingency plan to address possible areas of non-conformance with the plan is developed
2. Assist in developing, implementing and monitoring marketing and promotional strategies	2.1 Key business products or services are analysed to determine a suitable focus for marketing and promotional activities, according to the objectives of the business plan 2.2 Costs and benefits of using different distribution channels and providing different levels of customer service are analysed to determine the appropriate marketing mix 2.3 Agreed marketing and promotional strategies are agreed and implemented 2.4 Marketing activities are monitored and business performance is evaluated according to the objectives and targets of the business plan
3. Seek continuous improvement opportunities	3.1 Business development strategies are regularly reviewed with supervisor 3.2 Operational plans are reviewed to determine possible improvements to business 3.3 New ideas or activities are presented as a business case and discussed with line manager 3.4 Approval is sought from line manager before implementing new ideas and activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently evaluate appropriateness of information for its purpose.
Reading skills to:	interpret literature containing different forms, including text, diagrams, charts and graphs, and pictures evaluate text in business plan and associated literature to determine its ability to impart intended meaning to others.
Writing skills to:	integrate information and ideas from a range of technical information, using appropriate support material and embedded information in a range of sources logically convey and present textual and numerical information in a structured format appropriate to the audience.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to convey and clarify information about business KPIs and financial targets summarise and clearly present key points of information in discussions with others about business improvements.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations to calculate percentages and ratios and interpret trends in financial data interpret numerical information embedded in cost-benefit analyses.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract and organise numerical information.
Planning and organising skills to:	sort and sequence relevant financial data and information to support a position and to present to others.
Problem solving skills to:	identify and rectify issues within own control to meet KPIs.
Teamwork skills to:	liaise collaboratively with management and staff to contribute to discussions and planning processes.
Technology skills to:	select and use business technology to prepare and communicate business information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAMA006 Contribute to planning and implementing business improvement in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

review the performance of an automotive workplace against its business plan over twelve months

analyse the effectiveness of the business marketing strategies against sales over twelve months

develop a strategy to improve business performance based on the above review and analysis.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of a business plan, including:

purpose of business plan

types of business planning, including:

feasibility studies

strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning

setting short, medium and long-term goals and objectives

role of key performance indicators (KPIs) and targets

key components of financial statements, including:

cash flow

trends

areas of risk

principles and factors to consider in setting budgets, including:

setting targets and stretch targets

business profit margins

expenditure, including fixed and variable costs

calculating service and hourly rates

contingency and unplanned events

stock holding costs

rework components and costs

subcontracting costs

business development principles, and strategies for improving business performance, including:

stages in business development

basic marketing concepts and principles

promotional activities

ways to reduce costs and address budget deficits

report formats for preparing a business case, including financial analysis.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having contributed to business planning processes and improvement activities in an automotive workplace, e.g. business plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

financial information for an automotive workplace budget over a period of 12 months

workplace business plan

computer, office equipment and technology to prepare financial and written reports.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURANN001 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare vehicle or equipment repair quotations for customer and insurance purposes, including associated materials and labour costs. It involves preparing for the task, estimating repair costs, producing written quotations, and completing workplace documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry. The quotes are for light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles or motorcycles. It does not apply to estimating and quoting on vehicle mechanical and electrical repairs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to quote	1.1 Repair requirements are clarified 1.2 Workplace quotation information and recommended labour time guides are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Job cost estimation and calculation details are sourced and interpreted
2. Estimate and cost repairs	2.1 Required replacement parts and materials are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.2 Direct labour and subcontractor services are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.3 Overheads and mark-up percentages are estimated and costed according to workplace procedures 2.4 Potential quotation variations relating to unsighted damage are noted on the quotation 2.5 Quotation is prepared according to workplace procedures 2.6 Final costs, calculations and other details are verified with workplace supervisor
3. Present quotation to customer	3.1 Quotation is presented to customer or insurer for approval 3.2 Approval is obtained from customer or insurer to commence repairs 3.3 Documentation is completed and quotation filed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret vehicle specifications and job requirements interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and recommended labour time guides.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: vehicle damage inspection reports repair quotations.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to perform calculations and check accuracy of costs of options and solutions.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology when preparing a vehicle body repair quotation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURANN4001 Prepare a vehicle repair quotation

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURANN001 Estimate and quote automotive body repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect three different vehicles or equipment with body damage, and for each vehicle or equipment:

estimate the cost of replacement parts and labour

prepare a written repair quotation for insurance claim purposes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to estimating and quoting automotive body repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using hand tools and equipment

location and content of specifications relating to the damaged vehicle or equipment being inspected

body repair quality standards

procedures for identifying and determining location and extent of vehicle damage

procedures for estimating and job costing, including calculating:

labour costs, including calculating time to perform work, from:

inspecting vehicle damage

analysing original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency repair procedures

analysing workplace procedures

parts costs, including those of:

new parts

second-hand parts

repaired parts

costs relating to external products or services

procedures for gaining evidence to support repair quotation, including:

part dismantling of damaged area for repair plan

estimating and documenting indirect or unforeseen damage

taking and storing photographs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having prepared an automotive body repair quotation, e.g. workplace-specific quotations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive body repair workplace or simulated workplace

three different vehicles or equipment requiring body repairs

manufacturer and component repair and replacement costing guides

OEM repair time manuals and labour rates

office equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software

workplace procedures relating to vehicle or machinery body repairs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to achieve quality work outcomes in own work role by complying with environmental and legal requirements and by planning, preparing and monitoring own work outcomes.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Plan and prepare for quality outcomes in own work role	1.1 Quality work outcomes of own work role are identified and confirmed with supervisor 1.2 Individual quality performance indicators are identified and agreed with supervisor 1.3 Work plans and processes to achieve quality performance indicators are reviewed and discussed with supervisor
2. Achieve and maintain quality work outcomes	2.1 Own work activities are carried out to reflect quality outcomes 2.2 Changes needed to ensure the quality of own work outcomes are implemented according to workplace procedures and within own level of responsibility 2.3 Quality performance indicators of own work are monitored and discussed with supervisor to meet changing circumstances 2.4 Loss and damage are minimised by monitoring work processes, reporting incidents to appropriate person according to workplace procedures, and following established risk control processes 2.5 Improvements and recommendations to improve quality outcomes are documented and communicated to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and interpret operating instructions and quality information in workplace literature.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace forms relating to work quality.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm key performance indicators (KPIs) and operational processes using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	carry out mathematical operations relating to time and quantity, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
Initiative skills to:	recognise a potential improvement to processes or procedures and take appropriate action.
Planning and organising skills to:	prepare work plan, prioritise work and meet performance indicators.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace procedures and work within parameters of own work role.
Technology skills to:	use relevant business or technical equipment to produce quality work outcomes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA2001 Contribute to quality work outcome

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA001 Contribute to quality work outcomes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

contribute to quality work outcomes in three different activities in an automotive workplace, in which the work must involve:

identifying quality performance indicators of the activity

demonstrating own ability to achieve quality performance indicators

demonstrating quality outcome improvements of each workplace activity.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of basic quality concepts, including:

taking responsibility for own work

getting it right the first time

reducing variability

achieving customer satisfaction

key features of workplace quality systems and procedures, including:

work instructions

safe work procedures

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

loss and damage control systems covering personal injury, plant, equipment and materials

work planning processes and performance indicators, including:

prioritising tasks and time

setting targets for own work

identifying reasonable criteria for evaluating own work outcomes

identifying measures to avoid wastage

identifying reasonable criteria to judge internal and/or external customer satisfaction

identifying processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having contributed to the quality of work outcomes in an automotive workplace, e.g. work plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to quality requirements.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to gather information to inspect work done by colleagues to support workplace quality outcomes. It involves demonstrating discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and contributing to a productive team environment.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Gather information to carry out inspection	1.1 Quality inspection specifications and tolerances are accessed and analysed 1.2 Equipment and materials required to support inspection are identified and prepared 1.3 Options for inspection methods are analysed and those most appropriate to the situation are selected and prepared 1.4 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted
2. Inspect work	2.1 Work to be inspected is identified and confirmed according to workplace procedures 2.2 Inspections of work are conducted at regular intervals and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and coordinated with other workplace activities according to workplace quality systems and procedures 2.3 Faults or non-compliances identified are reported to supervisor according to workplace procedures 2.4 Documentation, including non-compliance report, is completed accurately according to workplace procedures
3. Make recommendations	3.1 Corrective action to be carried out is agreed and authorised by the responsible supervisor 3.2 Quality improvements and recommendations are communicated to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking quality specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record information and complete workplace forms using correct spelling, grammar and technical information.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges to provide feedback to supervisors and staff on quality problems and issues, using clear language and correct technical terminology.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in product and service quality specifications use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to check calibrations, tolerances and work outcomes against quality specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialist quality inspection equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection information must include:	manufacturer and component supplier specifications legal requirements safety requirements workplace environmental requirements workplace procedures relating to the inspection.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA3002 Inspect technical quality of work

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA002 Inspect technical quality of work in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out two technical quality inspections in an automotive service and repair workplace

complete a workplace quality report relating to the above inspections.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common automotive industry and quality terminology

quality systems and procedures relating to automotive workplace, including:

quality system documentation, including work instructions

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

technical procedures and specifically prepared standards

vehicle safety requirements

work planning processes

safe operating procedures

work site environmental control measures

workplace reporting procedures

types of quality inspections, including:

periodic inspection during job

observation at completion of job

random inspections

component inspections

invoicing compliance

checks of rectification of reported and diagnosed problems

types of quality specifications or performance indicators, including:

time, quantity, quality and cost

targeting high risk areas

measures to avoid wastage

internal and/or external customer satisfaction

processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach

procedures for carrying out technical quality inspections, including:

identifying relevant quality specifications or performance indicators

assigning rankings to quality specifications or performance indicators

measuring performance against quality specifications or performance indicators

documenting quality inspections, including non-compliance reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having inspected the technical quality of work in an automotive workplace, e.g. inspection reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service, repair, sales or office administration workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic situations requiring inspections of technical quality

work instructions and workplace procedures relating to technical quality inspections.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct the final quality check on completed work or orders, report on the quality of processes and work outcomes, and recommend improvements to work processes. It involves generating improvements to work processes by seeking input from staff.

It applies to those working in service, repair, sales or office administration job roles in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Quality

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Conduct quality check of completed work	1.1 Completed work is checked for compliance with workplace procedures and manufacturer, supplier or customer specifications according to size and importance of job 1.2 Quality inspection documentation is completed according to workplace procedures 1.3 Documents relating to outcomes of quality checks are kept according to workplace procedures or quality system requirements
2. Report on the quality of work outcomes and processes	2.1 Outcomes of quality checks are assessed against workplace performance indicators 2.2 Problems relating to quality of outcomes and processes are identified and documented according to workplace procedures 2.3 Information relating to quality of work outcomes and processes is provided to appropriate persons on a regular basis
3. Generate improvements to work outcomes and processes	3.1 Staff are encouraged to contribute ideas and possible solutions to address identified quality issues 3.2 Options for solving quality issues are generated and benefits of each option evaluated 3.3 Recommended solutions to quality issues are discussed with and reported to supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	locate and interpret workplace procedures and documentation relating to quality checks, audits and reporting.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace forms and quality documents.
Oral communication skills to:	gather, clarify and confirm information from staff and supervisors about quality issues using active listening and questioning techniques.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations to calculate quantities and timeframes calculate percentages and ratios to compare actual data with workplace performance indicators.
Planning and organising skills to:	sequence and coordinate workplace quality checks.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse data and quality process problems.
Technology skills to:	use office equipment to complete, transmit and store quality documentation operate workplace equipment to perform quality checks.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURAQA3003 Maintain quality systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURAQA003 Maintain quality processes in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

conduct a quality check of three different workplace activities

for the above activities:

analyse the extent to which work outcomes or processes meet expected quality outcomes

document one recommendation for improvement to a process or procedure.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of basic quality concepts, including:

taking responsibility for own work

getting it right the first time

reducing variability

achieving customer satisfaction

key features of workplace quality systems and procedures, including:

work instructions

safe work procedures

product specifications

equipment maintenance schedules

loss and damage control systems covering personal injury, plant, equipment and materials

work planning processes and performance indicators, including:

measures to avoid wastage

processes to ensure a ‘right first time’ approach

judging internal and/or external customer satisfaction

procedures for carrying out technical quality inspections, including:

identifying relevant quality specifications or performance indicators

assigning rankings to quality specifications or performance indicators

measuring performance against quality specifications or performance indicators

documenting quality inspections, including non-compliance reports

common procedures for improving work outcomes and processes, including:

empowering workers

eliminating valueless processes

improving training

establishing goals

implementing gradual changes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having maintained quality processes when working in an automotive workplace, e.g. workplace quality and continuous improvement documents.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service, repair, sales or office administration workplace or simulated workplace

opportunities to conduct workplace quality checks

workplace quality procedures and related documentation

commercially realistic number of co-workers and management

materials, tools and equipment appropriate for completing quality checks.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals. It involves preparing for the task, and identifying basic workplace emergency and safety practices and procedures.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and apply basic safety practices and procedures in the workplace	1.1 Own work responsibilities and workplace procedures that achieve a safe work environment are identified and followed 1.2 Hazards associated with the workplace, including fire and safety hazards, are identified and communicated to team members and supervisor 1.3 Safety requirements, including personal safety needs, are identified and confirmed with supervisor as consistent with job requirements
2. Identify and apply basic emergency procedures in the workplace	2.1 Workplace site emergency procedures are identified 2.2 Location of workplace safety alarms are identified 2.3 Fire safety and firefighting equipment and appliances are identified 2.4 Appropriate persons to be contacted in the event of accident or sickness of staff and customers are identified 2.5 Workplace evacuation procedures are identified and followed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information in written instructions relating to recognising and reporting situations.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret simple numerical information in workplace procedures, equipment and materials.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Workplace procedures must include procedures for:	selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safe work practices handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances emergency, fire and accident.
Emergency procedures must include:	incident or accident reporting evacuation involving staff and customers environmental incidents, including incidents or accidents involving dangerous goods and hazardous substances.
Appropriate persons must include:	those holding a current recognised qualification in either: first aid cardiopulmonary resuscitation fire warden and workplace evacuation officer occupational or work health and safety representative.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURASA1001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURASA001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

source and interpret the procedure for safely moving one heavy item, and move the item

source and interpret the procedure for safely handling one dangerous substance in an automotive workplace, and use the substance

source and interpret the procedure for safely using a piece of electrical equipment in an automotive workplace, and use the equipment

identify fire safety equipment and its correct application in an automotive workplace

identify emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in an automotive workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

reasons for ensuring safe work practices in an automotive workplace

common automotive workplace hazards, including:

electricity and water

toxic substances

flammable materials and fire hazards

spillages, waste and debris

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures and requirements, equipment, and material relating to automotive workplace and personal safety, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

moving heavy items

handling dangerous substances, including:

cleaning materials

paints

fuels and oils

chemicals

using and storing electrical equipment, including:

pre-use checks

operating procedures

location and content of workplace safety procedures

location and application of fire safety and firefighting appliances and equipment in the workplace

workplace emergency and evacuation procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied knowledge of automotive safety fundamentals in an automotive workplace, e.g. task instructions.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

an automotive workplace or simulated workplace

tools, equipment and materials used for the automotive service and repair activities specified in the performance evidence

workplace procedures relating to safe work practices.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and follow safety and emergency procedures in an automotive workplace. It involves those safety procedures to be followed when using workplace hand tools and hand-held power tools, fixed equipment, and chemicals, and when running vehicles and machinery. It includes the individual’s responsibility for safety and emergency response in the event of an accident or incident.

It applies to those working on agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and follow workplace safety procedures	1.1 Workplace procedures relating to personal safety are identified and followed 1.2 Unsafe situations and hazards are identified and reported according to workplace procedures 1.3 Machinery and equipment breakdowns are identified and reported according to workplace procedures 1.4 Fire hazards are identified and reported, and precautions taken according to workplace procedures 1.5 Workplace procedures and safety requirements for handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances are identified and followed 1.6 Workplace manual handling procedures are identified and followed 1.7 Participation in any WHS consultative arrangements established by workplace is undertaken
2. Identify and follow workplace emergency procedures	2.1 Workplace emergency procedures regarding illness and accidents are identified and followed 2.2 Safety warning alarms and workplace evacuation procedures are identified and followed 2.3 Firefighting appliances and equipment are located and identified for emergency use and application 2.4 Qualified persons are identified for contacting in the event of an incident, accident or sickness of self, co-workers, staff, customers and others 2.5 Accident and incident documentation requirements are followed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relating to workplace safety requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking procedures required to carry out work safely.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into workplace safety documents and check sheets.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions inform personnel of workplace hazards.
Numeracy skills to:	match hazardous material weights and volumes to safety data sheets (SDS) and work instructions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements to achieve required outcomes while working according to safety requirements.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace safety requirements without constant supervision identify and look after own safety.
Problem solving skills to:	recognise when unsure of safety procedures and seek help recognise potential workplace hazards and take action.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Workplace procedures must include procedures for:	selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards running motor vehicles in the workplace emergency, fire and accident.
Qualified persons must include:	those holding a current recognised qualification in any of the following: first aid cardiopulmonary resuscitation fire warden and workplace evacuation occupational or work health and safety representative.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURASA2002 Apply safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURASA002 Follow safe working practices in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

move two heavy items in an automotive workplace

use two different dangerous goods in an automotive workplace

identify fire safety equipment and its correct application in an automotive workplace

identify emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in an automotive workplace

raise a safety concern at either a work health and safety (WHS) or occupational health and safety (OHS) consultative meeting

carry out a hazard inspection in an automotive workplace

complete an incident report.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic aspects of relevant state or territory WHS or OHS legislation, including:

employer responsibilities for workplace practices

employee responsibilities to participate in WHS practices

employee responsibility to ensure own work practices protect the safety of self, other workers and other people in the workplace

purpose and structure of WHS or OHS workplace committees, including roles of workplace personnel

personal safety in an automotive workplace, including:

hearing protection

skin protection

protective clothing

protective footwear

eye protection

manual handling, including:

storing items

planning the lift

using correct lifting techniques and equipment

workplace practices, including:

housekeeping

observing personal hygiene

identifying slip hazards and trip hazards

meaning of WHS or OHS symbols and signs

machine and equipment safety, including:

using compressed air

using machine guards

electrical tools, including:

checking before use

faulty equipment tagging and isolation procedures

dangers of using electrical tools around water

vehicle lifting equipment, including:

using jacks and stands

using hoists

safe working load (SWL) of jacks and hoists

vehicle safety, including:

engine moving parts

engine and exhaust hot components

electrical hazards associated with:

high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

batteries

fuel, including petrol, diesel and natural and petroleum gas

high voltage in battery electrical and hybrid vehicles

hazardous materials, including handling and storing:

oils

brake fluid

brake dust

chemicals

cleaning products

safety data sheets (SDS)

emergency procedures, including:

personnel responsibilities

evacuation procedures and assembly points.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed safe work practices while working in an automotive workplace, e.g. documented hazard inspection or incident report.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures and instructions relating to safe work practices

workplace safety and emergency evacuation procedures

hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods information

safety materials and equipment relevant to an automotive workplace

fire safety equipment

documents for recording workplace safety, accidents and incidents.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct basic troubleshooting processes to identify common automotive faults or problems based on evidence provided by customers.

It applies to those identifying basic automotive faults in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Confirm nature of fault or problem	1.1 Nature of customer enquiry or concern is determined using appropriate questioning techniques 1.2 Hazards associated with fault identification process are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.3 Troubleshooting process options are researched and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability according to manufacturer procedures
2. Identify and report on fault	2.1 Automotive system or component relating to fault or problem is identified 2.2 Troubleshooting processes that identify likely cause of fault or problem are followed according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Information and support to assist in the fault identification process are sought as required 2.4 Report is forwarded to appropriate persons for action according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use 3.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and according to workplace procedures 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to perform the job and learning opportunities to gain necessary troubleshooting skills.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety and workplace requirements required to complete the job task interpret testing and troubleshooting procedures and flowcharts from manufacturer and workplace instructions and job requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	seek information from customers speak clearly to be understood using appropriate automotive technical terms give feedback to confirm clear understanding.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan the sequence of work tasks to ensure an efficient job outcome.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice or operating procedures.
Technology skills to:	use tools and equipment relating to troubleshooting processes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA2001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURATA001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow basic troubleshooting processes to identify a basic and familiar automotive fault in three of the following systems:

engine

engine management system

manual transmission

automatic transmission

driveline

final drive

braking system

hydraulic system

electrical system, excluding engine management

steering or suspension system

wheels and tyres

report findings on the identified faults in the above systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to identifying basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

basic troubleshooting techniques and processes, including:

customer questioning skills to facilitate identification of vehicle system fault

use of simple diagnostic charts

procedures for reporting and documenting findings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic faults they have identified in vehicles or machinery using troubleshooting processes, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

vehicles and components with basic faults

equipment appropriate for troubleshooting basic automotive faults

vehicle, machinery and equipment specifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read, interpret and determine work task and material requirements from engineering drawings. It involves referring to engineering drawings of systems and components when fabricating, modifying and repairing vehicles or equipment.

It applies to those working on agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Hazards are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.3 Engineering drawings are sourced that relate to the vehicle or equipment being repaired, manufactured or modified 1.4 Engineering drawings are checked to ensure they are current and include latest amendments
2. Read and interpret engineering drawings	2.1 Symbols, codes, legends and diagrams in engineering drawings are identified and interpreted 2.2 Technical information, material specifications, finishes, dimensions and tolerances are identified and interpreted 2.3 Product, system and components represented by the drawing are identified and interpreted
3. Apply information from engineering drawings	3.1 Information from vehicle and equipment engineering drawings is applied to assist in the fabrication, modification and repair of vehicle and equipment systems and components 3.2 Specific customer and work task requirements are identified as required 3.3 Manufacturing processes are identified from drawings, and materials are selected according to customer requirements and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Work order is prepared according to engineering drawings and workplace procedures 4.2 Engineering drawings are stored and version control maintained according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify own skills and abilities required to carry out the work task and access learning opportunities to expand them.
Reading skills to:	interpret and understand a combination of graphical illustrations and technical terminology when viewing engineering drawings interpret technical information and terminology found in workshop manuals and automotive textbooks relating to vehicle and equipment engineering drawings.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately convey written ideas and information relating to engineering drawings, using vehicle component and system terminology.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information when: confirming work requirements and specifications reporting work outcomes and problems.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to interpret engineering drawing specifications.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to: access engineering drawings use specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices report and document results.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA2002 Read and interpret engineering drawings

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURATA002 Read, interpret and apply engineering drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

interpret and apply engineering drawings when fabricating or modifying three different vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

terminology, symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations used in automotive engineering drawings

requirements of quality standards relating to drawings, including relevant Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

procedures for amending and maintaining version control status for engineering drawings, particularly as they apply to vehicle or equipment fabrication, modification and repairs

quality standards applicable to maintaining vehicle or equipment engineering drawings and service information

procedures for reporting work outcomes and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having read and interpreted engineering drawings when carrying out fabrication, modification or repairs, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

engineering drawings and work task specifications relating to three different vehicles, vessels or machinery

engineering drawing standards, including:

codes

symbols

legends

measurements

ADRs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to produce detailed drawings of objects from design concepts. It involves creating drawings or hand drawn sketches for items, such as mounting brackets for attaching accessories or components to vehicles or equipment. The unit does not involve producing computer-aided design (CAD) drawings.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to produce drawing	1.1 Drawing purpose and design concept are defined and clarified according to workplace procedures 1.2 Drawing specifications are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Operational characteristics of object to be drawn are identified 1.4 Required drawing resources are selected
2. Draft initial drawing	2.1 Initial drawing is drafted from prototype model sketch and specifications 2.2 Production notes or special requirements are documented 2.3 Draft drawing is checked for accuracy against specifications and concept prototype drawing, and required approval is sought
3. Complete final drawing	3.1 Final drawing is compared to original design concepts and modified as required within scope of own authority 3.2 Drawing is checked and approved according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate drawing specifications and other relevant information efficiently keep up-to-date with drawing and sketching processes and new and emerging electronic drawing aids.
Reading skills to:	interpret drawing objectives and specifications and technical information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately produce drawing requirements and material lists.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate with customers and others in the workplace.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate and list dimensions and specifications in drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drawing specifications must include:	dimensions, angles, shapes and component finish fabrication processes measurements and specifications quality and technical information.
Resources must include:	design concept brief and associated specifications drawing equipment object or sub-assembly to be fabricated and drawn.
Drafting initial drawing must include:	appropriate object dimensions connection of dimensional points to match drawing.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA2003 Produce drawings from design concepts

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURATA003 Produce drawings from design concepts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

produce three detailed technical drawings of objects, automotive products or components from design concepts specific to a vehicle or equipment application

produce above drawings in both two- and three-dimensional form, and include dimensional points, fabrication notes and product finish requirements

draw above drawings manually or using electronic drawing aids with appropriate software.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common automotive terminology

techniques for translating design concepts into sketches and detailed technical drawings

technical drawing procedures and specifications

procedures for making and listing drawing measurements and notes

procedures for checking, documenting and storing drawings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to drawings that they have produced from design concepts, e.g. drawings or sketches.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

object, product or sub-assembly to be fabricated and drawn

design concept brief and associated design specifications

drawing work plans and instructions

technical drawing procedures and specifications

manual drawing equipment or computer and appropriate software.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assist co-workers with service and repair work by interpreting and providing technical assistance that facilitates on-the-job learning.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Assist co-workers with their work	1.1 Problems arising from previous service and repair work procedures are identified and opportunities for technical guidance are identified 1.2 Technical information is sought and interpreted to aid own understanding, as required 1.3 Supervisor, team leader or colleague with advanced technical knowledge is identified, and assistance is sought, as required 1.4 Technical guidance is provided to co-workers, appropriate to their skill level and need, to assist in determining suitable repair method 1.5 Assistance is provided to co-worker during work, to ensure work is completed to manufacturer specifications 1.6 Potential faults in co-workers’ work are identified and precautionary steps are taken to prevent them
2. Provide technical information and instruction to co-workers	2.1 Current technical information is communicated to co-workers as it becomes available 2.2 Co-workers are instructed how to access, interpret and apply technical information
3. Facilitate continuous learning of self and co-workers	3.1 Information is shared to build own and co-workers’ skills 3.2 Training opportunities are identified that meet technical and business needs and enhance technical skills of self and co-workers 3.3 Approval to take advantage of training opportunities is sought from supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information, instructions and requirements in written material to inform technical guidance provided.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clearly and effectively convey information using language, tone and pace accessible to co-workers.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in manufacturer specifications and procedures.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access and organise information relating to technical guidance provided.
Planning and organising skills to:	structure and sequence information clearly and logically organise activities relating to providing technical guidance.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse issues and respond effectively to questions and comments when providing technical guidance.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA3004 Provide technical guidance

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURATA004 Provide technical guidance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

provide technical guidance to three different co-workers on different workplace tasks, in which the work must involve:

accessing and interpreting relevant technical information

assisting with service and repair work tasks

providing technical information and instructions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key learning styles, including:

visual

auditory

kinaesthetic

effective communication techniques, including:

giving full attention

speaking clearly and concisely

using appropriate language and non-verbal communication, including:

tone of voice

body language

technical knowledge relevant to subject area

procedures for sourcing and interpreting technical information relating to automotive service and repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided technical guidance to co-workers in the automotive workplace, e.g. on-the-job training program.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

three different co-workers requiring technical instruction on different tasks

supervisor, team leader or colleague with advanced technical knowledge.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare an estimate and quotation to repair the mechanical or electrical systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing an initial estimate of costs, then preparing a detailed quotation for the required work, and presenting the quotation to customer.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. It includes quotations for light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural and plant equipment, recreational vehicles or motorcycles. The unit does not apply to estimating and quoting vehicle body repair costs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Estimate repair or service costs	1.1 Clarify service and repair requirements 1.2 Time requirements for job are estimated from a comparison of previous similar repairs 1.3 Costs associated with replacement parts are estimated 1.4 Parts and work needing to be subcontracted are identified and costs estimated 1.5 Estimate is calculated, feasibility of job is discussed with customer, and agreement is reached to proceed with quote
2. Prepare quotation	2.1 Job labour cost is documented and agreed with workplace supervisor 2.2 Parts and consumables are costed according to workplace pricing procedures 2.3 Quotation variations relating to unsighted damage are noted and prepared for customer acceptance 2.4 Quotation is reviewed by workplace supervisor and finalised
3. Present quotation to customer	3.1 Detailed quotation is provided to customer for approval 3.2 Approval from customer to commence work and undertake any supplementary quotation work is obtained as required 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret vehicle specifications and job requirements interpret original equipment manufacturer (OEM) and recommended labour time guides.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to perform calculations and check accuracy of costs of options and solutions.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology related to preparing a vehicle mechanical and electrical service repair quotation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURATA005 Estimate and quote automotive mechanical and electrical repairs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect four different vehicles or equipment, two with mechanical and two with electrical faults, and:

estimate required repair or replacement of parts and labour

prepare a written repair quotation for the above vehicles or equipment for customer approval.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace procedures and work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to estimating and quoting on repairs, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protection equipment (PPE)

manual handling vehicle components and systems

using hand tools and equipment

components of estimates and job costings, including:

labour

parts

costs relating to external products or services required

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s service and repair procedures

process to identify and determine location and extent of failure or faults in vehicle

evidence to support repair quotation, including:

part dismantle of damaged area for repair plan

indirect or unforeseen damage

photographs

vehicle inspection, failure or fault assessment procedures

service and repair industry standards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to preparing a repair quotation relating to an automotive mechanical and electrical service and repair quotation, e.g. a written quote.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

four different vehicles requiring mechanical and electrical repairs or service

automotive mechanical or electrical repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer and component repair and replacement costing guides

OEM service and repair time manuals and labour rates

office equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software

workplace procedures relating to vehicle mechanical and electrical repairs or service.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBCA001 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work in a bicycle retail environment. It involves determining own career goals, developing bicycle industry knowledge, maintaining tools, equipment and own work space, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to work in a retail bicycle environment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace information relating to own job role is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Workplace and team practices, expectations and lines of communication relevant to own job role are determined
2. Undertake workplace activities	2.1 Customer is greeted in line with customer service standards 2.2 Customer needs are identified and addressed in line with workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Complex customer requirements and feedback are escalated with supervisor as required 2.4 Sale is completed in line with workplace procedures and processes
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.2 Workplace sales equipment is maintained within scope of own role and reported if faulty 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	research bicycle-specific information for customers.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	use bicycle terminology accurately in verbal exchanges with customers clearly report customer issues and outcomes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials and processes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace electronic devices when completing customer sales.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and components identifying workplace hazards using personal protective equipment (PPE) environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBCA2001 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA001 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

sell bicycle product to three different retail bicycle store customers in line with workplace procedures and customer service standards, in which the work must involve:

completing workplace documentation

operating and maintaining workplace equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to working in a retail bicycle environment, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and components

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

retail bicycle workplace procedures and practices, including:

customer service techniques

reporting and communication channels

retail bicycle workplace expectations, including:

ethical practice

maintaining privacy and confidentiality

key features of specialist bicycle equipment

key bicycle industry knowledge, including:

bicycle types and their features

bicycle parts, accessories and their uses

bicycle categories and trends

key bicycle terminology

key bicycle websites and other sources of information

key cycling events

benefits of cycling for transport, health and fitness.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle retail store in which they have worked, e.g. employment contract, training record book or job card.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle retail workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

electronic devices with internet connection

different retail bicycle store customers with commercially realistic bicycle requirements

tools and equipment appropriate to a retail bicycle environment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select and adjust a bicycle to suit its rider. It involves gathering rider information and matching the bicycle to the rider’s ability and cycling requirements, adjusting the bicycle to fit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to adjust bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Customer cycling requirements and preferences are identified and confirmed 1.3 Physical attributes of customer are assessed through discussion, observation and if appropriate measurements 1.4 Suitable bicycle types and configurations are identified to match customer requirements 1.5 Features and benefits of selected bicycle are discussed with customer
2. Adjust bicycle to fit the rider	2.1 Workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.3 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 2.4 Bicycle components are adjusted to match rider’s attributes and requirements using specialist tools and equipment and according to workplace procedures. 2.5 Customer test ride of bicycle is observed to confirm riding comfort and efficiency, and further adjustments are made as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication skills to:	listen actively and use questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer requirements and feedback use bicycle terminology that customers understand and relate to.
Numeracy skills to:	identify customer measurements for bicycle type, size, component and adjustment requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Measurements must include:	rider height rider body shape length of rider’s arms and legs.
Bicycles must include:	with and without gears with lever-operated brakes.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.
Adjusting bicycle components must include:	checking frame size to match rider's physical attributes checking and adjusting seat setting to fit rider checking and adjusting handlebars and stem settings to fit rider checking and adjusting clip-less pedal settings to match rider's needs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBCA2002 Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBCA002 Select and adjust bicycles to fit riders

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select, fit and adjust three different bicycles to suit riders with differing requirements and builds.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to adjusting bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

procedures for use, maintenance and storage of specialist bicycle tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

bicycle types, categories and trends

key bicycle terminology

bio-mechanical principles of cycling

techniques and procedures for selecting and adjusting bicycles, including:

bicycle components and assembly methods

bicycle measuring techniques

bicycle and component adjustment procedures

features of rider comfort on a bicycle, including:

stability

efficiency

aerodynamics.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the riders they have measured and fitted to a bicycle, e.g. bicycle order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle retail workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required when fitting bicycle to rider

bicycle manufacturer specifications

three riders with differing requirements and build requiring bicycle fittings

three different bicycle models, including:

with and without gears

with lever-operated brakes

tools and equipment appropriate for selecting and adjusting bicycles to fit riders.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and tag a range of bicycle components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging bicycle components by title, job number and bicycle application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag bicycle components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and bicycle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Bicycle component information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to workplace procedures
2. Remove components	2.1 Bicycle components to be removed are identified 2.2 Components are removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed components are inspected and findings recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag components	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed components are legibly tagged without causing damage and according to workplace procedures 3.3 Tagged components are stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards. Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking removal and inspection procedures and specifications relating to bicycles.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numeric information in task instructions and part numbers.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA1001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag five of the following bicycle components from one bicycle:

wheel assembly

frame

drivetrain assembly

steering assembly

braking assembly

suspension assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing bicycle components, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle types and related key terminology

bicycle components and their key features

bicycle accessories and their functions

types and use of specialist bicycle tools and equipment

procedures for removing and tagging bicycle components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer bicycle specifications

one bicycle

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging bicycle components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA002 Adjust bicycles and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to adjust bicycles and components. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and checking specialist tools and equipment, adjusting bicycle components to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to adjust bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions and bicycle to be adjusted is identified 1.2 Hazards associated with the work are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.3 Bicycle is inspected to determine component adjustment requirements according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.4 Inspection findings, including adjustment recommendations, are reported according to workplace procedures and authorisation to proceed is obtained
2. Carry out adjustments to bicycle components	2.1 Tools and equipment required for adjusting bicycle are identified and checked for serviceability and adjustment method is confirmed 2.2 Adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Post-adjustment testing is carried out to ensure safe and correct operation of the bicycle according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret adjustment procedures and specifications in manufacturer specifications and workshop literature.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify job requirements and report inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure bicycle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA1002 Adjust bicycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA002 Adjust bicycles and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

adjust the following components on three different bicycles:

brakes

suspension

chain tension

seat

handlebars and steering

gears.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to adjusting bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

key bicycle terminology

techniques and procedures for adjusting bicycles, including:

bicycle measuring techniques

bicycle and adjustment procedures for components specified in the performance evidence

bicycle post-adjustment inspection and testing procedures

types and use of specialist tools and equipment to adjust bicycles

assembly procedures for bicycles and components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycles that they have adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

bicycle manufacturer specifications

three different bicycles with components requiring adjustments

tools and equipment appropriate for adjusting bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA003 Assemble bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assemble bicycles from a semi-assembled state. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting bicycle components, assembling bicycle frames, fitting, adjusting and testing bicycle components and accessories, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to assemble bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle manufacturer assembly specifications and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to bicycles are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Assembly tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work is planned to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Select components	2.1 Components are selected according to job specifications 2.2 Components are removed from packaging and inspected for quality 2.3 Components identified as damaged or faulty are listed and reported to appropriate personnel according to workplace procedures
3. Fit, test and adjust components	3.1 Components are fitted to bicycle frame according to assembly plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Components are lubricated and torque and tensions are adjusted according to manufacturer assembly specifications 3.3 Assembled bicycle is inspected and tested for correct tension of components and operation, and adjusted as required according to workplace procedures 3.4 Assembly is checked to ensure it complies with ACCC product safety standards
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including assembly checklists.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.
Assembly must include:	accessories, including: bell reflectors controls handlebars seat.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA2003 Assemble bicycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA003 Assemble bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble three different semi-assembled bicycles, in which the work must involve:

one bicycle with gears

one bicycle with disc brakes

one road bicycle

fit and adjust the following components during the above assemblies:

head stem and bearings

disc and rim brakes

seats

wheels

pedals

sprockets, gears and chains.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assembling bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to assembling bicycles

key bicycle component and accessory terminology

types of bicycles and their key features

procedures for assembling and adjusting bicycles, including:

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment, including torque wrenches

bicycle measuring techniques

fitting and adjustment procedures for the components specified in the performance evidence

greasing and lubrication procedures

bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycles that they have assembled, e.g. bicycle assembly orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

ACCC product safety standards relating to bicycles

three different bicycles requiring assembly, including one bicycle with gears, one with disc brakes, and one road bicycle

tools and equipment appropriate for assembling bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA004 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assemble new bicycles for retail sale. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying bicycle components, interpreting manufacturer assembly instructions, assembling the bicycle, checking and testing assembled bicycle for safe operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to assemble new bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle manufacturer assembly specifications and the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to bicycles are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Assembly tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work is planned to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Assemble bicycle	2.1 Bicycle is unpacked and checked to ensure all components are included and not damaged 2.2 Missing or damaged components are reported according to workplace procedures 2.3 Bicycle and components are assembled and lubricated, and fastener tensions adjusted according to assembly plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.4 Assembled bicycle is inspected and tested for correct tension of components and operation, and adjusted as required according to workplace procedures 2.5 Assembly is checked to ensure it complies with ACCC product safety standards
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and safety requirements, and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including assembly checklists.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils reusing or recycling surplus boxes.
Assembly must include:	accessories, including: bell reflectors controls handlebars seat.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA2004 Assemble box bicycles for retail sale

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA004 Assemble new boxed bicycles for retail sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble three different new boxed bicycles for retail sale, including:

one with gears

one with disc brakes

fit and adjust the following components during the above assemblies:

head stem and bearings

disc and rim brakes

seats

wheels

pedals

sprockets, gears and chains.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assembling boxed bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

reusing or recycling surplus boxes

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) product safety standards relating to assembling bicycles

key bicycle component and accessory terminology

types of bicycles and their key features

procedures for assembling and adjusting bicycles, including:

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment, including torque wrenches

bicycle measuring techniques

accessory and component fitting and adjustment procedures for the components specified in the performance evidence

greasing and lubrication procedures

bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the new boxed bicycles that they have assembled, e.g. bicycle assembly orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

ACCC product safety standards relating to bicycles

three different new boxed bicycles requiring assembly

tools and equipment appropriate for assembling boxed bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA005 Restore bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to restore a used or vintage bicycle to original condition and full function. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, selecting and matching bicycle components, identifying any required external services, dismantling, reassembling, adjusting and testing the bicycle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for bicycle restoration	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle type, make and model are identified 1.3 Bicycle specifications and original components are located 1.4 Suppliers of new or used original components are identified and sourced 1.5 Work is planned to minimise component damage and waste, and use time efficiently
2. Inspect bicycle	2.1 Bicycle systems and components are inspected for faults and worn or damaged components, and measurements are taken as required 2.2 Original bicycle condition and specifications are compared with job requirements 2.3 Replacement and repair options for bicycle components, including parts and labour outsourcing, are identified 2.4 Required restoration work and associated cost are documented and customer approval is obtained
3. Dismantle bicycle	3.1 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 3.2 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 3.3 Work area is prepared and materials are selected according to job requirements 3.4 Bicycle is dismantled and components are tagged according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
4. Restore bicycle	4.1 Individual components are repaired as necessary according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Work that cannot be carried out is outsourced as required 4.3 Repaired and replaced bicycle components and accessories are reassembled, fitted to the bicycle with correct fastener tensions, and lubricated and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.4 Assembled bicycle is inspected and tested for correct tension of components and operation, and adjusted as required according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including inspection reports.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information to match component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications measure bicycle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes source new or used original bicycle components.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles working with specialist bicycle tools and equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.
Testing must include testing for:	gear changing, as required handling, turning and steering seat, handlebar, control and reflector position component fastener tension.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA3005 Restore bicycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA005 Restore bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

restore a used or vintage bicycle and its following components to original condition and full function according to customer requirements and work instructions:

frame

wheels and rims

drivetrain system and gears

braking system

steering and suspension systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to restoring bicycles, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

working with specialist bicycle tools and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

application, purpose and function of key bicycle components, including appropriate new and used parts

types and use of tools and equipment used to restore, assemble and adjust bicycles

bicycle types, accessories and component fitting methods

bicycle restoration procedures, including:

procedures for planning bicycle restorations

bicycle measuring techniques

bicycle component assembly and adjustment methods

bicycle component fitting, testing and adjustment methods, including fastener tensioning methods

bicycle testing procedures, including post-assembly adjustment and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the used or vintage bicycle that they have restored, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

bicycle manufacturer specifications

a used or vintage bicycle with the components specified in the performance evidence requiring restoration

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for restoring used or vintage bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA006 Assemble components for custom bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select and assemble bicycle components in order to custom bicycles to meet client cycling requirements. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying and selecting bicycle frames, wheels and components, assembling and testing the bicycle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Gather customer information	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Customer requirements and riding style are assessed through observation, discussion and taking measurements 1.3 Sizing cycle or other methods are used to determine optimum bicycle set-up 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Select bicycle frame	2.1 Suitable frame types are identified that match customer requirements 2.2 Frame specifications, design and availability are researched using various sources of information 2.3 Bicycle frame is selected to match customer physical attributes and intended use 2.4 Frame measurements are calculated, and frame material and build method are selected
3. Select wheels	3.1 Wheel size that suits frame measurements is determined 3.2 Rims, spokes and hub types that suit customer needs are identified 3.3 Features and benefits of different wheel designs and components are discussed and determined with the customer 3.4 Stock wheels and components are selected or custom wheel design is chosen and specifications are calculated
4. Select components	4.1 Options for components are researched and discussed with customer 4.2 Components are selected that meet customer design and price preferences
5. Confirm bicycle details	5.1 Custom paint requirements are specified, as required 5.2 Components and parts are listed and details of availability are confirmed 5.3 Costs are calculated and documented, and customer approval is obtained for work
6. Assemble components	6.1 Work area is prepared and work is planned to minimise waste and use time efficiently 6.2 Customer approved components are prepared for assembly 6.3 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 6.4 Bicycle and selected components are assembled and lubricated and fastener tensions adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 6.5 Assembled bicycle is inspected and tested for correct tension of components and operation, and adjusted as required according to workplace procedures
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and custom bicycle is presented ready for use 7.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 7.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 7.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including assembly checklists.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job, customer and supplier requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	match component codes, serial numbers and specifications use bicycle sizing measuring equipment measure bicycle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate: frame size component specifications and ratios adjustments and settings.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	use appropriate methods and processes to select bicycle components that meet customer requirements for a customised bicycle.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle fitting and adjusting tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Customer requirements must include:	bicycle features frame material components: wheels, rims, spokes and hubs handlebars and headset forks and suspension saddle and seat post cassette, chain rim, chain and crank pedals front and rear derailleur bottom bracket brake, brake lever and brake shift racks, lights and other accessories.
Measurements must include:	rider height rider body shape rider length of arms and legs.
Bicycle set-up must include:	fork trail, rake and offset head tube length and angle wheelbase bottom bracket drop seat tube length and angle top tube length setback stem length saddle height.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually handling bicycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA3006 Identify and select components for custom bicycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA006 Assemble components for custom bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble, adjust and test one custom bicycle to meet customer requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assembling custom bicycles, including procedures for manually handling bicycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste grease and oils

types of bicycles and range of components and accessories

key bicycle terminology

biomechanical principles of cycling

techniques for measuring and/or selecting custom bicycle components, including:

procedures for using bicycle sizing measuring equipment

design requirements of bicycle frames and wheels

purpose and relationships of bicycle frames, wheels, suspension, drivetrain and steering systems

principles of bicycle safety

physical attributes to consider when selecting a bicycle frame, including:

height

body shape and weight distribution

length of arms and legs

fitness, injuries and style of cycling

key features and materials used in bicycle frames, wheels and components

bicycle component specifications

bicycle accessories and fitting requirements

techniques for assembling, adjusting and testing custom bicycles, including:

custom build procedures

testing and adjustment methods

types and use of bicycle assembly tools and equipment

greasing and lubrication procedures

fitting and adjustment procedures for the accessories and components specified in the range of conditions as essential to bicycle set-up

post-assembly safety checks

bicycle and component adjustment procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the components for custom bicycles that they have selected and assembled, e.g. build orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

personal protective equipment (PPE) required to assemble a custom bicycle

bicycle and component manufacturer specifications

customer requiring a custom bicycle

a bicycle frame and components for assembly

bicycle sizing measuring equipment

tools and equipment appropriate for selecting components and assembling a custom bicycle.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work effectively as a bicycle mechanic in a support team for a professional or amateur cycling event. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning mechanical support for an event, setting up a mobile work station, adjusting and repairing bicycles and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Establish cycling event requirements	1.1 Job role and responsibilities for the relevant event are identified 1.2 Event regulations, team expectations and communication procedures relevant to own role are identified 1.3 Safety and environmental requirements and workplace procedures are sourced and interpreted
2. Prepare for event	2.1 Event information is confirmed 2.2 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 2.3 Spare parts, wheels and bicycles are selected and prepared for the event 2.4 Components, tools, equipment and personal items are prepared for transportation to event according to team requirements and event conditions
3. Provide mechanical support at event	3.1 Temporary work station and equipment are set up according to event and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Support vehicle is prepared as required according to team and event requirements 3.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 3.4 Bicycle repairs, adjustments and maintenance are carried out within designated timeframes, according to plans developed in conjunction with other members of the support team, and in line with event regulations 3.5 Team management is consulted as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.2 Work station is packed up and components, tools, equipment and personal items are prepared for transportation according to workplace and safety requirements 4.3 Event and workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including work orders, job cards and event insurance forms.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with team and event personnel report event problems and feedback to management.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations to calculate required adjustments, including matching component codes, serial numbers and manufacturer specifications use bicycle measuring equipment, including metric and imperial units of measurement.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within required timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify bicycle defects and repair requirements.
Self-management skills to:	diagnose and complete required bicycle repairs, adjustments and maintenance when working under event conditions and within tight timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with others in a cycling support team.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles, components, tools and equipment identifying hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Information must include:	event location event management bicycle brand and component specification and websites event rules and regulations.
Tools and equipment must include:	portable bicycle stands hand tools and spare parts lubricants and hydraulic fluid pump and compressor.
Temporary work station must include:	floor and matting tables, benches and bicycle stands lighting bicycle storage location for spare parts and components specialist tools and equipment cleaning agents.
Bicycle repairs must include:	wheel, tyres and tubes brakes, chains, gears, steering and suspension components.
Team management consultation must include:	seeking assistance when difficulties outside scope of own role arise advising of identified hazards providing feedback to inform team performance.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTA3007 Provide mechanical support to cycling events

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTA007 Provide mechanical support during cycling events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

set up a temporary mobile mechanical support work station during two different cycling events

adjust and repair two bicycles during the above events, in which the work must involve:

identifying bicycle components to be repaired or replaced

applying correct repair, replacement, adjustment and testing procedures

working under pressure within required event timeframes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to providing mechanical support during cycling events, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles, components, tools and equipment

identifying hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle mechanical principles

key bicycle components and their specifications

cycling event categories and bicycle types, including:

road, track and mountain

community and recreational

key bicycle and cycling event terminology

cycling governing bodies and their relevant regulations

location and content of workplace procedures relating to adjusting and repairing bicycles during cycling events

optimum set-up and layout of temporary work station at a cycling event

types and use of tools and equipment used by mechanical support teams

repair and maintenance techniques for bicycles and components in a race or event environment, including:

testing and adjustment methods

component repair, replacement, adjustment and tensioning techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks and where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the cycling events where they have provided mechanical support, e.g. cycling event repair reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

temporary workstation at two different cycling events or simulated event locations, including:

floor and matting

tables, benches and bicycle stands

lighting

bicycle storage

workplace instructions

workplace and cycling event information

PPE for mechanical support

bicycle components

bicycles that require repair and adjustment at cycling events

tools and equipment appropriate for providing mechanical support during cycling events, including:

portable bicycle stands

hand tools and spare parts

lubricants and hydraulic fluid

pump and compressor.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTB001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning, inspecting, servicing and repairing, and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect and diagnose braking system	2.1 Mechanical braking system is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Condition of bicycle braking system is determined in line with system specifications and customer requirements 2.3 Service and repair options are identified 2.4 Service and repair items are documented and costed for customer approval according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair of braking system	3.1 Tools and equipment are used according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 3.2 Service and repair of mechanical braking system are carried out according to work plan and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Braking system specifications are checked and tested for correct operation in a safe location 3.5 Adjustments are made to braking system as required according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret mechanical brake component technical information and manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service checklists and repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	use measuring equipment, including metric and imperial units of measurement match component codes, serial numbers and specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle mechanical braking systems during service and repair activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Mechanical braking system must include:	cantilever, disc, internal coaster and drum brakes composite material brake pads mechanical linkages and cables integrated brake and gear levers.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their systems identifying workplace hazards using PPE identifying safe location for testing brakes environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTB2001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service, repair and adjust three of the following different types of bicycle mechanical braking systems:

cantilever

disc brakes

internal coaster

drum brakes

composite material brake pads

mechanical linkages and cables

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle braking system terminology

application, purpose and function of bicycle mechanical braking system principles

mechanical braking system types specified in the performance evidence

types and use of tools and equipment used to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

servicing and repair options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting mechanical braking system components

upgrading braking components

techniques for servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle mechanical brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

brake repair and adjustment techniques

bicycle measuring techniques

mechanical brake testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle mechanical braking systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for mechanical braking system

components and parts to suit different mechanical braking systems

three different bicycles with mechanical braking systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring repair and servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, planning, servicing and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle hydraulic braking system is inspected, using visual and physical methods and compared with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work area is prepared and service sequence, including post-service testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of braking system	2.1 Hydraulic braking system is serviced according to work plan and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Hydraulic braking system specifications are checked according to workplace procedures 2.3 Operation of serviced braking system is tested through its full range and adjustments are made as required 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle hydraulic brake setting adjustments from specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle hydraulic braking systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic braking system must include:	master cylinder hydraulic lines and linkages hydraulic fluid cantilever, disc and drum brakes integrated brake and gear levers.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE identifying safe location for testing brakes environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTB2002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service, adjust and test three different bicycle hydraulic braking systems

during work on the above three bicycles, service the following:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle braking system terminology

application, purpose and function of bicycle hydraulic braking system principles

key features of hydraulic braking system components, including:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

hydraulic fluid

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle hydraulic brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

hydraulic brake servicing and adjustment techniques

hydraulic brake testing procedures

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting hydraulic braking system components

upgrading braking components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle hydraulic braking systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for hydraulic braking system

three different bicycles with the hydraulic braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle braking system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle hydraulic braking system is inspected using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.7 Work area is prepared and repair process, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repair and overhaul of braking system	2.1 Hydraulic braking system is repaired according to repair plan and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Hydraulic braking system specifications are checked according to workplace procedures 2.4 Operation of repaired braking system is tested through its full range and adjustments made as required 2.5 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle hydraulic brake setting adjustments from specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle hydraulic braking system during repair activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic braking system must include:	master cylinder hydraulic lines and linkages hydraulic fluid cantilever, disc and drum brakes integrated brake and gear levers.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE identifying safe location for testing brakes environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTB3003 Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTB003 Repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul three different bicycle hydraulic braking systems

during work on the above three bicycles, service the following:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying safe location for testing brakes

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

purpose, classification and application of bicycle hydraulic braking system principles

key features of hydraulic braking system components, including:

master cylinder

hydraulic lines and linkages

hydraulic fluid

cantilever, disc and drum brakes

integrated brake and gear levers

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems, including:

identification of bicycle hydraulic brake components, materials and specifications

fault identification

measuring techniques

hydraulic brake adjustment techniques

hydraulic brake testing procedures

repair options, including:

on- and off-site repair

repairing and adjusting hydraulic braking system components

upgrading braking components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle hydraulic braking systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle braking system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle hydraulic braking systems

manufacturer or brake component specifications and technical information for hydraulic braking system

three different bicycles with the hydraulic braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTD001 Service bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle steering systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, servicing and testing the bicycle steering system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical – Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Condition of steering system is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components and overall condition using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Materials, parts, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and service sequence, including post-service testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of steering system	2.1 Tools and equipment are used according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Bicycle steering system is serviced according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Operation of serviced steering system is tested through its full range and adjustments are made as required 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to determine steering system condition and operation.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle steering system during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use bicycle tools and equipment to service and test bicycle steering system, and make adjustments as required.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Steering system must include:	forks headsets handlebars and stems.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their steering systems identifying workplace hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTD2001 Service bicycle steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD001 Service bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and test three different bicycle steering systems according to manufacturer specifications

during work on the above three systems, service the following:

bicycle headsets

handlebars and stems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle steering systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their steering systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

application, purpose and function of bicycle steering system principles

bicycle steering system components, including:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems

techniques for servicing bicycle steering systems, including:

identification of bicycle steering components, materials and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

steering system servicing and adjustment techniques

steering system testing procedures

bicycle steering system terminology

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle steering systems

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting steering system components

upgrading steering components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle steering systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle steering system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer and steering system component specifications

three different bicycles requiring servicing and testing of their steering systems

PPE required to service bicycle steering systems

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTD002 Service bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle suspension systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, servicing and testing the bicycle suspension system and its components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle suspension system is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components using visual and physical methods and compared with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work area is prepared and service sequence planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of suspension system	2.1 Tools and equipment are used according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Bicycle suspension system is serviced according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Operation of serviced suspension system is tested through its full range and adjustments are made as required 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to determine suspension system condition and operation identify and calculate bicycle suspension system settings and adjustments.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle suspension system during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Suspension system must include:	elastomer and spring units mechanical systems pneumatic systems hydraulic systems.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems identifying workplace hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTD2002 Service bicycle suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD002 Service bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and test the following three different bicycle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications:

elastomer and spring units system

mechanical system

hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

bicycle suspension system terminology

types of bicycle suspension systems and application of suspension mechanical principles

service requirements of a bicycle suspension system

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle suspension systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle suspension systems, including:

identification of bicycle suspension components, materials and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

suspension system adjustment techniques

suspension system testing procedures

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting suspension system components

upgrading suspension components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle suspension systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle suspension system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications for suspension systems

PPE required to service bicycle suspension systems

three different bicycle suspension systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTD003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle headset, handlebar and stem, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect steering system	2.1 Bicycle steering system is checked for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Repair and replacement options are identified, documented and costed for customer approval according to workplace procedures 2.3 Work area, replacement parts and bicycle are prepared for repair work
3. Carry out repair and overhaul of steering system	3.1 Repair and overhaul activities are carried out according to workplace procedures, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Repaired steering system is checked and tested for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Repaired steering system is adjusted and aligned as required according to workplace procedures 3.5 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to determine repair requirements.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle steering systems.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Steering system must include:	forks headsets handlebars and stems.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their steering systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTD3003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul three different bicycle steering systems according to manufacturer specifications

repair and overhaul the following components in the course of the above work:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their steering systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle steering system terminology

purpose of bicycle steering systems and their relationship to suspension, wheels, drivetrain, frame and braking systems

operating principles of steering system components, including:

forks

headsets

handlebars and stems

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems, including:

identification of bicycle steering components, materials and specifications

fault identification

measuring techniques

steering system adjustment techniques

steering system testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle steering systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle steering system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications and technical information for bicycle steering systems

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

component parts as required

three different bicycles with steering systems requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTD004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle suspension and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Bicycle suspension system is checked for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.2 Repair and replacement options are identified, documented and costed for customer approval according to workplace procedures 2.3 Work area, replacement parts and bicycle are prepared for repair work
3. Carry out repair and overhaul of suspension system	3.1 Repair and overhaul activities are carried out according to workplace procedures, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Repaired suspension system is checked and tested for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Repaired suspension system is adjusted and aligned as required according to workplace procedures 3.5 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle suspension systems.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Suspension system must include:	elastomer and spring units mechanical systems pneumatic systems hydraulic systems.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTD3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTD004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul the following three different bicycle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications:

elastomer and spring units system

mechanical system

hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their suspension systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle suspension terminology

types of bicycle suspension systems, system components and their functions

application of mechanical and hydraulic principles as they relate to bicycle suspension systems

suspension system components, including:

elastomer and spring units

mechanical system

pneumatic system

hydraulic system

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems, including:

identification of bicycle suspension components, materials and specifications

fault identification

measuring techniques

suspension system adjustment techniques

suspension system testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle suspension systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle suspension system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications and technical information for bicycle suspension systems

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

component parts as required

three different bicycles with suspension systems requiring repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTJ001 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, removing the tyres and identifying tyre damage causes, repairing the tyres, inflating them to recommended pressure and fitting, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. The bicycle tyres to be repaired and refitted include road, off-road, tubed or tubeless.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions and customer requirements 1.2 Bicycle rim types and tyre manufacturer specifications and fitting instructions are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste, and use time efficiently
2. Carry out removal, repair and refitting of bicycle tyres	2.1 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed 2.2 Removal, repair, refitting and testing of bicycle tyre and tube are carried out according to safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Tyres and tubes are removed, repaired, refitted and inflated without causing damage to bicycle or wheels 2.4 Refitted bicycle tyres and tube are checked against customer requirements and tested according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Problems outside own area of responsibility are reported to appropriate person 3.3 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.4 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret stock codes and identify tyre sizes interpret and apply tyre inflation pressures from specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Rim types must include:	steel aluminium composite material.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and tyres identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTJ2001 Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ001 Remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, repair, refit, inflate and test five different bicycle tyres, including for the following types of bicycles:

road bicycle

hybrid

BMX

commuter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, repairing and refitting bicycle tyres, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and tyres

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology

types and use of tools and equipment used to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

techniques for removing, repairing and refitting bicycle tyres, including:

bicycle types and categories

tyre and tube sizes

rim size and rim material type

inflation pressures and test procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle tyres that they have removed, repaired and refitted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer tyre and rim specifications and fitting instructions

PPE required to remove, repair and refit bicycle tyres

bicycle wheels, tyres and tubes for the types of bicycles specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for removing, repairing, refitting and inflating bicycle tyres.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTJ002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle wheels and hubs. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, removing, adjusting and refitting the bicycle wheels and hubs, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle wheels and hubs	1.1 Job requirements, including wheel and hub service needs, are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle manufacturer specifications and service instructions for wheels and hubs are researched and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle wheels and hubs is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work area is prepared and work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of wheels and hubs	2.1 Bicycle wheels are removed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Wheels and hubs are serviced according to work plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Serviced wheels and hubs are refitted to bicycle and tested and adjusted as required according to job requirements and workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Problems outside own area of responsibility are reported to appropriate person 3.3 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.4 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate required adjustments and settings.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Wheel and hub service must include:	wheel components: spoke, disc and tri-spoke wheels conventional, clincher, tubular, aero, deep dished and composite material wheel rims hub components: quick release, allen head and nut wheel fasteners vertical and horizontal frame lugs disc, drum and coaster, and internal foot brake hubs loose ball, cage and roller bearings lubricants.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and their wheels identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTJ2002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service three different bicycle wheels and three different hubs.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle wheels and hubs, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to wheels and hubs

application, purpose and function of bicycle wheels and hubs

bicycle wheel and hub components specified in the range of conditions

types of lubricants and their application

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle wheels and hubs

techniques for servicing bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

procedures for different types of bicycles

wheel and hub specifications

wheel and hub mechanical principles

wear or faults in bicycle wheel and hubs

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

wheel and hub testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels and hubs that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

wheel and hub technical and component specifications

PPE required to service bicycle wheels and hubs

three bicycles with differing wheels and hubs requiring servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle wheels and hubs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTJ003 Design and build bicycle wheels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to design and build bicycle wheels with different hub, spoke and rim configurations. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment to design and carry out the building and testing of bicycle wheels, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to design and build bicycle wheels	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions, including wheel materials, components and spoke patterns 1.2 Bicycle wheel design requirements and manufacturer specifications are researched and interpreted 1.3 Bicycle wheel design and specifications are confirmed with customer
2. Prepare to build bicycle wheels	2.1 Wheel components are checked against specifications and inspected for quality prior to build 2.2 Bicycle build is planned, including build sequence and post-build testing process, to use time efficiently 2.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 2.5 Work area and wheels, components and materials are prepared
3. Build and test bicycle wheels	3.1 Bicycle wheels are built according to job and customer requirements, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Bicycle wheel hubs and rims are selected and spoke lengths calculated 3.3 Bicycle wheel spokes are laced and tensioned according to manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions 3.4 Built bicycle wheels are checked for symmetry and tested for trueness against specifications 3.5 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including material and parts lists.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with customers and suppliers.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret stock codes identify wheel and hub sizes and spoke numbers use basic mathematical operations to calculate: spoke lengths settings and adjustments to wheel and hub components.
Problem solving skills to:	identify: potential faults in wheel design technical and procedural problems to avoid waste.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Job requirements must include:	spoke patterns wheel components wheel materials.
Wheel design must include:	hubs, spoke and rim selection 32 hole three-cross spoke pattern disc and non-disc brake specific patterns symmetrical and asymmetrical patterns wheel dynamics and loading.
Wheel components must include:	steel, aluminium and composite material rims high flange, low flange and integrated brake hubs metal and composite hub material steel, aluminium and composite spoke material straight gauge, double butted and bladed spokes spoke nipples spoke lacing patterns.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycle wheels identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTJ3003 Design and build bicycle wheels

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ003 Design and build bicycle wheels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

design and build three different bicycle wheels to specification, with each wheel including:

lacing a 32 hole three-cross spoke pattern

disc and non-disc brake specific patterns.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to designing and building bicycle wheels, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycle wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to wheel build for different bicycle types

key features to be considered in wheel design:

hubs, spoke and rim selection

32 hole three-cross spoke pattern

disc and non-disc brake specific patterns

symmetrical and asymmetrical patterns

wheel dynamics and loading

wheel and hub mechanical principles

bicycle wheel components specified in the range of conditions and their specifications

types and use of tools and equipment used to design and build bicycle wheels

techniques for designing and building bicycle wheels, including:

material used in bicycle wheels

lacing and spoke pattern

calculating spoke lengths

assembly, truing and tensioning of wheels

symmetrical and asymmetrical patterns of wheels

wheel dynamics and loading

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

wheel and hub testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels they have designed and built, e.g. build orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer and technical bicycle wheel specifications

PPE required to design and build bicycle wheels

wheel components specified in the range of conditions

three different bicycle wheels as specified in the performance evidence requiring a complete build

tools and equipment appropriate for designing and building bicycle wheels.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTJ004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels with different hub, spoke and rim configurations. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, repairing and testing the bicycle wheels and hubs to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions, including wheel and hub repair methods and materials 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Bicycle wheels and hubs are inspected for worn or damaged components 1.4 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed, and hazards associated with the work are identified 1.5 Replacement wheel and hub parts and components are sourced 1.6 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.7 Work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently 1.8 Work area and wheel and hub are prepared for repair or overhaul
2. Carry out repair and overhaul of bicycle wheels and hubs	2.1 Bicycle wheels are removed according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Rims are checked and adjusted as required 2.3 Spokes are checked, replaced if broken, adjusted and tensioned 2.4 Wheel truing equipment and techniques are used to check for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications and adjusted, as required, prior to refitting wheel 2.5 Wheels are refitted and wheel hubs are regreased according to workplace procedures 2.6 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with the customer.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret wheel and hub specifications calculate quantities of repair materials and components.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Bicycle wheels and hubs must include:	spoke, disc and tri-spoke wheels conventional, clincher, tubular, aero, deep dished and composite material wheel rims quick release, allen head and nut wheel fasteners disc, drum and coaster and internal foot brake hubs.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycle wheels identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTJ3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTJ004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul three different bicycle wheels and hubs according to manufacturer specifications, including:

one spoke wheel

one disc wheel.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycle wheels

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle wheel and hub terminology

wheel and hub mechanical principles

types of bicycle wheel and hub systems and components

wheel and hub components specified in the range of conditions and their specifications

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs, including:

types of wear or faults in bicycle wheel and hubs

measuring techniques

torque measurement and adjustment of wheels

testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle wheels and hubs that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

wheel and hub technical and component specifications

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

three different bicycles requiring wheel and hub system repair and overhaul as specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle wheels and hubs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTK001 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to maintain specialised tools and equipment used when servicing and repairing bicycles. It involves preparing for the work, identifying correct tools and equipment, maintaining them according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical – Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Select and prepare specialised bicycle tools and equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer operating instructions relating to tools and equipment, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed within scope of own role 1.4 Personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and checked for serviceability
2. Service and maintain tools and equipment	2.1 Tools and equipment are serviced, adjusted and maintained according to workplace procedures and manufacturer schedules 2.2 Damaged or worn tools and equipment are identified, removed and reported according to workplace procedures 2.3 Quality issues are reported as required to authorised personnel
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Tools and equipment are cleaned, checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Maintenance logs and reports are updated and maintained regularly according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret labels and instructions to determine differences between metric and imperial tools, including sizes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycle repair tools identifying workplace hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTK2001 Use and maintain specialised bicycle repair tools

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTK001 Maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

maintain three different specialised bicycle repair tools

complete log or report relating to maintenance of above tools.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to maintaining specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment, including procedures for:

manually handling the tools

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

types and uses of hand tools, including:

sockets and ratchets

spanners, including ring spanners, open-ended spanners

allen keys

screwdrivers

methods of identifying faults in specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

reporting procedures relating to specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment they have maintained, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to maintain specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

maintenance schedules of specialised bicycle repair tools and equipment

operating instructions or manuals relating to specialised tools and equipment

specialised tools and equipment appropriate for repairing bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service bicycle drivetrain systems and their components. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting and testing bicycle drivetrain systems and components according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

This applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drive

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service bicycle drivetrain system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle drivetrain system is inspected for faults and worn or damaged components using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Service options and techniques are identified and confirmed with customer 1.5 Replacement parts for drivetrain are identified and sourced as required 1.6 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.7 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.8 Work area is prepared and service sequence planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of drivetrain system	2.1 Bicycle drivetrain system is serviced according to work plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Operation of serviced drivetrain system is tested and adjusted as required according to job requirements and workplace procedures 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to determine bicycle drivetrain system condition and operation identify and calculate bicycle drivetrain system settings and adjustments from specifications.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials and processes to service bicycle drivetrain systems.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle drivetrain systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drivetrain system must include:	cranks and pedals chains and chain wheels cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers integrated brake and gear lever systems fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTQ2001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service the following bicycle drivetrain systems on three different bicycles:

derailleur

internal hub gear system

integrated brake and gear lever system

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing bicycle drivetrain systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to drivetrain systems

types of bicycle drivetrain systems and their system components, including:

cranks and pedals

chains and chain wheels

cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems

manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers

integrated brake and gear lever systems

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets

types and use of tools and equipment used to service bicycle drivetrain systems

techniques and processes for servicing bicycle drivetrain systems, including:

identification of bicycle drivetrain components, materials and specifications

use of drivetrain lubricants

fault identification

drivetrain system measuring techniques

drivetrain adjustment techniques

drivetrain testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle drivetrain systems that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle drivetrain system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

PPE required to service bicycle drivetrain systems

drivetrain component specifications

drivetrain components specified in the performance evidence

three different bicycles requiring drivetrain servicing and testing

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing bicycle drivetrain systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair bicycle drivetrain systems. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, repairing and testing the bicycle drivetrain system according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drive

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle drivetrain system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Condition of bicycle drivetrain system is inspected using visual and physical methods and compared with manufacturer specifications 1.4 Repair options and techniques are identified and confirmed with customer 1.5 Replacement parts for drivetrain are identified and sourced as required 1.6 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.7 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.8 Work area is prepared and repair process, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out repairs to drivetrain system	2.1 Bicycle drivetrain system is repaired according to job requirements, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Operation of repaired drivetrain system is tested and adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and calculate bicycle drivetrain system settings and adjustments from specifications.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate tools, equipment, materials and processes to repair bicycle drivetrain systems.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with bicycle drivetrain systems during service activities.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drivetrain system must include:	cranks and pedals chains and chain wheels cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric gear changers integrated brake and gear lever systems fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.
Inspection must include for:	faults overall condition worn or damaged components.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and drivetrain systems identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTQ3002 Repair bicycle drivetrain systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTQ002 Repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and overhaul the following bicycle drivetrain systems on two different bicycles:

derailleur

internal hub gear system

integrated brake and gear lever system

fixed and freewheel rear sprockets.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and their drivetrain systems

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to drivetrain systems

types of bicycle drivetrain systems and their system components specified in the range of conditions

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair bicycle drivetrain systems

techniques and processes for repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems, including:

identification of bicycle drivetrain components, materials and specifications

fault identification

drivetrain system measuring techniques

drivetrain adjustment techniques

use of drivetrain lubricants

drivetrain testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle drivetrain systems that they have repaired and overhauled, e.g. repair records.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle drivetrain system

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

drivetrain component specifications

PPE required to repair and overhaul bicycle drivetrain systems

drivetrain components

two different bicycles requiring drivetrain repair and overhaul

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing and overhauling bicycle drivetrain systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTR001 Service electric power-assisted bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service electric power-assisted bicycle systems and components. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting the bicycle condition, interpreting manufacturer specifications, performing routine maintenance and testing on electric bicycle components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. Electric power-assisted bicycles are throttle and pedal assist sensor (PAS) bicycles with 250 watts rated power at the wheel.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service electric power-assisted bicycle	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Work area is prepared and service sequence planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Carry out service of bicycle	2.1 Condition of bicycle is inspected for faults and worn, non-serviceable or damaged parts according to workplace procedures 2.2 Bicycle components needing repair, replacement or maintenance are identified 2.3 Service options and techniques are identified and confirmed 2.4 Routine servicing and maintenance of bicycle are carried out according to service plan and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Testing and operation checks are carried out on serviced bicycle according to manufacturer specifications, and adjustments are made as required 2.6 Results and quality issues are reported to authorised personnel as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Bicycle is cleaned, final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations, and bicycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including service reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements to test electric power-assisted bicycle against manufacturer specifications identify and calculate electric power-assisted bicycle settings and adjustments.
Problem solving skills to:	identify technical and operational faults and defects, quality issues and potential problems associated with electric power-assisted bicycles.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Bicycle components must include:	hub motor motor connectors and plugs electric controllers battery.
Servicing and maintenance must include:	battery testing and charging checking operation of controller checking wiring checking connectors at motor plug testing brake cut-outs, throttle and PAS sensor.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTR3001 Service electric power assist bicycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR001 Service electric power-assisted bicycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service three different electric power-assisted bicycles, in which the work involves:

battery testing and charging

checking operation of controller

checking wiring

checking connectors at motor plug

testing brake cut-outs, throttle and pedal assist sensor (PAS).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing electric power-assisted bicycles, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

electric power-assisted bicycle terminology

operating principles of electric power-assisted bicycles, including:

throttle response

power and performance

pedal assist function

throttle function

function of electric power-assisted bicycle components specified in the range of conditions

types and use of tools and equipment used to service electric power-assisted bicycles

techniques and processes for servicing electric power-assisted bicycles, including:

identification of electric power-assisted bicycle components and specifications

fault identification

bicycle measuring techniques

adjustment techniques

testing procedures

servicing options, including:

on- and off-site servicing

servicing and adjusting components

upgrading components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric power-assisted bicycles that they have serviced, e.g. service orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycles

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

workplace procedures relating to the service of electric power-assisted bicycles

electric power-assisted bicycle manufacturer specifications

PPE required to service electric power-assisted bicycles

three different electric power-assisted bicycles requiring service and maintenance

tools and equipment appropriate for servicing electric power-assisted bicycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and adjust electronic gear shifters on bicycles. It involves preparing for the work, selecting components, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, interpreting fitting instructions, assembling components to bicycles, testing electronic gear shifters according to manufacturer instructions and specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycles

Unit Sector

Technical – Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install electronic gear shifting components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Electronic gear shifter fitting instructions and specifications are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Electronic gear shifting unit is identified and selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work is planned and procedures are determined to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Install electronic gear shifting components	2.1 Electronic gear shifting components are identified and checked for damage or missing parts according to manufacturer specifications and parts lists 2.2 Replacement options and techniques are identified and confirmed 2.3 Electric cables are installed according to fitting instructions, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Electronic front junction control boxes and battery are installed according to component manufacturer specifications 2.5 Handle bar brake levers and shifters are fitted and electric cables connected using manufacturer specialist tools 2.6 Front and rear derailleurs are fitted and electric cables connected using manufacturer specialist tools 2.7 Electric cables are secured according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Adjust electronic rear derailleur gear shifting components	3.1 Control device on junction box is activated to allow adjustments to be made 3.2 Chain is positioned on front and rear gear rings according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Rear derailleur adjustment controls are operated until chain runs smoothly 3.4 Control device on junction box is returned to operational shift mode according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Rear derailleur operation is checked to ensure it operates according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including inspection reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate fitting measurements.
Problem solving skills to:	identify bicycle electronic gear shifting component defects and potential problems.
Technology skills to:	use specialist tools and equipment to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifting components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and gear shifters identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTR002 Install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install and adjust electronic gear shifting components on two different bicycles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifters, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and gear shifters

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to electronic gear shifting components

purpose and features of bicycle electronic gear shifting systems

principles of electronic gear shifting operation

types and use of tools and equipment used to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifters

techniques and processes for installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifting components, including:

identification of bicycle electronic gear shifter components, materials and specifications

fault and damage identification

measuring techniques

electronic gear shifter adjustment techniques

electronic gear shifter testing procedures

methods of protecting bicycles from damage when installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifting components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle electronic gear shifters they have installed and adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace, including location to test bicycle electronic gear shifters

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer fitting instructions and specifications

PPE required to install and adjust bicycle electronic gear shifting components

bicycle electronic gear shifting components

two different bicycles requiring the installation and adjustment of electronic gear shifting components

tools and equipment appropriate for installing and adjusting bicycle electronic gear shifters.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTV001 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, refit and adjust electrical and non-electrical bicycle accessories. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, inspecting, removing and replacing bicycle accessories according to fitting instructions and manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Accessories

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle accessory removal and fitting instructions are interpreted and accessory specifications are checked against customer requirements 1.3 Accessories are inspected for quality and compared with customer requirements 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Work area is prepared and work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Remove accessories	2.1 Accessories to be removed or repaired are identified and checked according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Accessories are removed in line with planned sequence according to workplace instructions and without causing damage to bicycle frame, other components and accessories
3. Fit, test and adjust accessories	3.1 Correct positioning of new or repaired accessories is determined with regard to operational requirements, aesthetics and customer requirements 3.2 Bicycle accessories are refitted according to job requirements, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Refitted accessories are tested and adjusted as required according to job requirements and customer requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including inspection reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with customers.
Numeracy skills to:	complete measurements for accessory fitting.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Accessories must include:	bicycle computers seats bicycle carriers pedals water bottle frames.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles identifying workplace hazards using materials, tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTV2001 Fit and adjust bicycle accessories

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTV001 Remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, refit and adjust three of the following bicycle accessories on different bicycles:

one bicycle computer

two of the following:

seat

bicycle carrier

pedals water bottle frame.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using materials, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle and accessory terminology

purpose of bicycle accessories and their relationship to safe bicycle use

types and functions of bicycle accessories, including:

bicycle computers

seats

bicycle carriers

pedals

water bottle frames

types and use of tools and equipment used to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

techniques and processes for removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories, including:

fitting instructions

fault identification

removal instructions

measuring techniques

adjustment techniques

testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle accessories that they have removed, refitted and adjusted, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

technical specifications and fitting instructions for bicycle accessories

PPE required to remove, refit and adjust bicycle accessories

range of accessories specified in the performance evidence to be fitted on bicycles

three different bicycles requiring accessories

tools and equipment appropriate for removing, refitting and adjusting bicycle accessories.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, repair and test bicycle frames. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying frame damage, identifying repair options, carrying out repairs according to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry. It does not apply to the repair of carbon fibre bicycle frames.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair bicycle frame	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Inspect bicycle frame	2.1 Bicycle frame to be repaired is identified and checked against job requirements 2.2 Bicycle frame is inspected for faults, wear or damage using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 2.3 Repair options for bicycle frame are identified and confirmed with customer 2.4 Required parts and materials are identified and their availability checked 2.5 Work area is prepared and repair sequence, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently
3. Carry out repairs to bicycle frame	3.1 Bicycle frame is repaired according to workplace instructions, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications, and identified problems are reported to appropriate person 3.3 Repaired frame is checked and tested against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	identify component codes and serial numbers relating to frame manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialist bicycle tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Bicycle frame must be from the following types of bicycles:	mountain bicycle road bicycle touring bicycle hybrid bicycle recumbent bicycle BMX bicycle.
Repair must include:	facing, reaming, and chasing threads and alignment left and right hand threads.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTY3001 Service and repair bicycle frames

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY001 Repair bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair three different types of bicycle frames according to manufacturer specifications, chosen from the following:

mountain bicycle

road bicycle

touring bicycle

hybrid bicycle

recumbent bicycle

BMX bicycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing bicycle frames, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key bicycle terminology relating to frames

different bicycle frames specified in the performance evidence and their components, including:

braking system

wheel sizes

drivetrain system

steering system

types and use of tools, equipment and materials used to repair bicycle frames

techniques for repairing bicycle frames, including:

measuring techniques

frame preparation techniques

frame repair options

testing procedures and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle frames that they have repaired, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

manufacturer specifications for bicycle frames

PPE required to repair bicycle frames

three different bicycle frames requiring repair

tools and equipment appropriate for repairing bicycle frames.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTY002 Design and build bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to design and build a bicycle frame. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying different frame materials and components, determining rider measurements, assembling the bicycle frame to customer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify frame requirements and prepare to design and build bicycle frame	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Customer requirements are discussed and confirmed 1.3 Physical attributes of rider and his or her riding style are assessed using sizing cycle, observation and measurements 1.4 Bicycle frame design principles and design are researched and component specifications checked 1.5 Work plan and build instructions are prepared to use materials and time efficiently and minimise waste
2. Design bicycle frame	2.1 Frame is designed to meet customer measurements and requirements, using a bicycle computer-aided design (CAD) program or other means 2.2 Frame tubing requirements are specified in terms of diameter and wall thickness to meet durability and user requirements 2.3 Required parts and materials and their availability are determined 2.4 Frame costs are documented and customer approval is obtained 2.5 Order is placed with suppliers for frame materials, parts and components
3. Prepare for frame building	3.1 Frame building methods and sequence, and access to required tools and equipment, are planned 3.2 Parts are laid out and checked for damaged or missing components 3.3 Fabrication tooling and jig set-up are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Welding, brazing or bonding equipment and materials are set up
4. Build bicycle frame	4.1 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability 4.2 Frame building activities are carried out according to design drawing, work plan, and safety and environmental requirements 4.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 4.4 Design drawing angles, measurements and frame alignment are checked throughout the building process and adjustments are made as required
5. Paint and finish frame	5.1 Frame is prepared for painting and finishing 5.2 Paint or finish is prepared and applied according to job and customer requirements and workplace instructions 5.3 Safety and environmental requirements, including the use of PPE and adequate ventilation during frame painting, are followed 5.4 Visible paint defects are removed or repainted according to workplace procedures and quality requirements
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	research information to maintain and update knowledge of bicycle frame designs.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including design specifications.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and requirements, including with customers and suppliers.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and take customer measurements identify and interpret codes and serial numbers relating to component specifications use and interpret sizing cycle electronic measurement equipment use basic mathematical operations to calculate: specifications from drawing measurements costs of repair.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, frame materials, CAD drawings and processes to design and build bicycle frames.
Problem solving skills to:	apply research information to job requirements.
Technology skills to:	use bicycle CAD drawing and computer system use specialist tools and equipment in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Customer requirements must include:	intended use of bicycle preferred design required construction methods and finish two of the following frame materials: steel titanium composite aluminium.
Frame building methods must include:	bicycle CAD drawings tube cutting, mitreing and preparation welding brazing bonding using frame jig controlling distortion and misalignment painting and surface finishing.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycle frames identifying workplace hazards using PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTY4002 Design and build bicycle frames

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY002 Design and build bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

design and build two different bicycle frames to customer specifications, in which the frames must involve two of the following materials:

steel

titanium

composite

aluminium.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to building bicycle frames, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycle frames

identifying workplace hazards

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

sources of information on bicycle frame design and components

mechanical principles and requirements of bicycle frame systems and their relationship to braking, wheels, drivetrain and steering systems

types of bicycle frames and their system components

types and features of materials used in bicycle frames, including:

steel

titanium

composite

aluminium

types and use of tools and equipment used to design and build bicycle frames

procedures for sourcing bicycle parts and materials

techniques for designing and building bicycle frames, including:

application of frame design principles

bicycle computer-aided design (CAD) drawing

using measurements of customer physical attributes, including:

height

body shape and weight distribution

length of arms and legs

using measurements to design a bicycle frame to meet customer requirements, including:

head tube length and angle

bottom bracket drop

seat tube length and angle

top tube length

saddle setback

chain stay length

fork rake or offset

fork trail and bicycle stability

frame construction procedures and techniques, including:

component specifications

painted, anodised, natural state or polished frame surface

welding and bonding techniques

causes of frame failures and design alternatives to reduce failure.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bicycle frames they have designed and built, e.g. build orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements and build instructions

customer build requirements

relevant technical information and bicycle frame component specifications

PPE required to build a bicycle frame

bicycle CAD or other design tools

bicycle sizing measuring equipment

bicycle parts and components to build two different bicycle frames specified in the performance evidence

access to suppliers of bicycle parts

tools and equipment appropriate for designing and building bicycle frames.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURBTY003 Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine the extent of damage to carbon fibre bicycle frames, and undertake the necessary repairs. It involves preparing for the work, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, assessing frame damage, selecting repair materials, repairing and finishing the carbon fibre frame to manufacturer specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the bicycle retail, service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Bicycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Inspect carbon fibre bicycle frame	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Bicycle history, including riding incidents and accidents, is determined through discussion with customer 1.3 Bicycle frame is inspected for faults or damage using visual inspection methods and by comparing measurements against manufacturer specifications 1.4 Non-destructive testing is arranged, as required 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Repair assessment, including replacement options for bicycle frame, is completed 1.7 Repair cost is calculated and documented for customer approval
2. Prepare for repair	2.1 Work area is prepared and repair sequence, including post-repair testing, is planned to avoid damage to bicycle, minimise waste and use time efficiently 2.2 Replacement parts and repair materials are prepared according to frame manufacturer specifications 2.3 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability
3. Repair carbon fibre frame	3.1 Frame surface is prepared for repair and contaminants are removed 3.2 Repairs to bicycle frame, including carbon fibre tubes and seat stay, are carried out according to repair plan, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Repaired area of frame is sealed according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Required replacement parts are checked and fitted according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Tests are completed to ensure fibre frame repairs comply with manufacturer specifications, and problems outside scope of own role are referred to appropriate person 3.6 Carbon fibre bicycle frame is cleaned in preparation for delivery to customer
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including repair reports.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures, including with customers and suppliers.
Numeracy skills to:	correctly interpret manufacturer specifications take measurements to determine bicycle frame condition use basic mathematical operations to calculate cost of repair.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials and processes to repair and test carbon fibre frames.
Technology skills to:	set, adjust and use specialist tools and equipment to repair and test carbon fibre frames in line with workplace procedures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Repair assessment must include:	bicycle history and cause of damage frame construction method cracks, chips, dents, loose joins and misalignment.
Materials must include:	carbon fibre fabric and tapes of various grades and weights unidirectional and woven fabric and braided sock epoxy resin of repair qualified type shrink tape vacuum bag consumables suitable sandpaper cleaning materials.
Tools and equipment must include:	sanding tools bicycle frame jigs curing oven.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling bicycles and frames identifying workplace hazards using tools and equipment, including PPE environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURBTY4003 Assess carbon fibre frames for repair

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURBTY003 Repair carbon fibre bicycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assess two different damaged carbon fibre bicycle frames and repair them according to manufacturer specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assessing and repairing carbon fibre frames, including procedures for:

manually handling bicycles and frames

identifying workplace hazards

using tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

key carbon frame bicycle terminology

structure, properties and characteristics of carbon fibre material

manufacturing processes of carbon fibre frames

causes of damage to carbon fibre frames

types of bicycle frames and their components

types and use of tools and equipment used to repair carbon fibre bicycle frames

techniques for repairing carbon fibre bicycle frames, including:

type of frame damage and defects

non-destructive testing procedures

measuring techniques

frame preparation techniques

frame repair options

testing procedures and safety checks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the carbon fibre bicycle frames that they have assessed and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

bicycle workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing job requirements

carbon fibre bicycle frame manufacturer specifications

PPE required to repair carbon fibre bicycle frames

material required to repair carbon fibre bicycle frames

two different damaged carbon fibre bicycle frames

tools and equipment appropriate for assessing and repairing carbon bicycle frames.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network electronic over hydraulic systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network electronic over hydraulic systems in vehicles or machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for electronic over hydraulic system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Electronic over hydraulic system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to electronic over hydraulic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised electronic over hydraulic system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fluid hazards tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric over-hydraulic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the electronic over hydraulic systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

traction motion control

excavator bucket control

steering control

crane ram control

garbage compactor control.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) or occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from electronic over hydraulic systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of electronic over hydraulic system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating electronic over hydraulic system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

hydraulic control module functions

associated network electronic over hydraulic system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

operator joystick control devices

solenoid and proportional valve control of hydraulic fluid

testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to electronic over hydraulic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronic over hydraulic systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for vehicle or machinery electronic over hydraulic system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating electronic over hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network body management systems of vehicles and machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network body management systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for body management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Body management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to body management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised body management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network body management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

vehicle or machinery access

safety restraint

vehicle or machinery infotainment

theft deterrent

monitoring and tracking

air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in body management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of body management system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of body management system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating body management system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of body management systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for body management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in body management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to body management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the body management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer body management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the body management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for body management system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating body management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network monitoring and protection systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network monitoring and protection systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network monitoring and protection system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Monitoring and protection system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to monitoring and protection systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised monitoring and protection system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network monitoring and protection systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

monitoring system (excluding monitoring control module)

monitoring control module

protection system (excluding protection control module)

protection control module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in monitoring and protection systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures, including procedures for diagnosing:

sensor and actuator mechanical faults

electrical faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of monitoring and protection systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for network monitoring and protection management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to monitoring and protection systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the monitoring and protection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer monitoring and protection system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with monitoring and protection system faults

diagnostic equipment for monitoring and protection system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating monitoring and protection systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network convenience and entertainment systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network convenience and entertainment systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network convenience and entertainment system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Convenience and entertainment system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to convenience and entertainment systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised convenience and entertainment system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network convenience and entertainment systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

convenience system (excluding convenience control module)

convenience control module

entertainment system (excluding entertainment control module)

entertainment control module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of convenience and entertainment system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of convenience and entertainment systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network convenience and entertainment system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for convenience and entertainment systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to convenience and entertainment systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to convenience and entertainment systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer convenience and entertainment system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with convenience and entertainment system faults

diagnostic equipment for convenience and entertainment system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating convenience and entertainment systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network theft-deterrent systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on network theft-deterrent systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network theft-deterrent system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Theft-deterrent system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to theft-deterrent systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised theft-deterrent system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the embedded network theft-deterrent systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

locking and securing

passive entry

integrated alarm

engine immobiliser

remote access.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of theft-deterrent systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated embedded network theft-deterrent system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for theft-deterrent systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to theft-deterrent systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the theft-deterrent systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer theft-deterrent system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the theft-deterrent systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for theft-deterrent system fault diagnosis, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating theft-deterrent systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on the air conditioning and HVAC systems of vehicles or machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for embedded network air conditioning and HVAC system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Air conditioning and HVAC system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory and licensing requirements, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised air conditioning and HVAC system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment identifying fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Regulatory and licensing requirements must include those of:	Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick) Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners Australian Design Rules (ADRs).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETA5006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in climate-control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETA006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

compressor system

control module

system pressure and temperature sensor

erratic performance of air conditioning and HVAC system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network air conditioning and HVAC system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

valve core removing or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

regulatory and licensing requirements relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including those of:

Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick)

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

Australian Design Rules (ADRs).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air conditioning and HVAC system specifications

regulatory and licensing requirements, including:

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC system faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETB001 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electric braking systems of vehicle or machinery. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) circuits and include electric braking systems in light vehicles and machinery fitted with electric trailer braking controllers or trailers fitted with electric brakes. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Electric braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electric braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electric braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electric braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems, including standard precautions such as not wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETB3001 Repair electric braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETB001 Diagnose and repair electric braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electrical non CAN-bus networked braking system of two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electric braking systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems, including standard precautions including not wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

electrical principles, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series and parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

Faraday’s law

Kirchhoff's law

electromagnetic interference and radiation

application, purpose and operation of electric braking systems and components, including:

control systems, including:

electric over hydraulic

electric over vacuum

circuit protection devices

switches, relays and globes, including light emitting diodes (LEDs)

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

sensors (two and three-wire)

actuators, including pulse width modulated (PWM)

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols

diagnostic testing procedures for electric braking systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing resistance and voltage drop

testing open and short circuits

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

visual, aural and functional assessments of electric braking system components, including:

component damage and wear

component or connector corrosion

component water or moisture ingress

repair procedures for electric braking system circuits, including procedures for removing and replacing:

brake controllers

electric drum brakes

electric disc brakes

electric braking system wiring and connectors

post-repair testing procedures, including static and dynamic performance tests of electric braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electric braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with electric braking system faults

diagnostic equipment for electric braking systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle and machinery electric braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network dynamic control management systems in vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method.

The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions. These systems include the functions of an electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, brake assist, descent control, electronic brake force distribution, electronic park brake, hill start assist, stability control, traction control and active roll-over protection.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network dynamic control management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical – Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for dynamic control management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Dynamic control management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to dynamic control management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised dynamic control management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETB5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETB002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the dynamic control management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following:

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

ABS and integrated traction control system

traction and stability control system

electronic braking control module (EBCM).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in dynamic control management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in dynamic control management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of dynamic control management systems, including:

gateway network control module

bus network topography

body control module (BCM) functions

associated network dynamic control management system components

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

ABS

stability control systems (SCS)

traction control systems (TCS)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

testing procedures for dynamic control management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

four-wheel dynamometer

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in dynamic control management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to dynamic control management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the dynamic control management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer dynamic control management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the dynamic control management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for dynamic control management systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating dynamic control management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETD001 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in electronically controlled steering systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in vehicle or machinery embedded network electronic control systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Electronically controlled steering systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronically controlled steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronically controlled steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electronically controlled steering system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETD3001 Service and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETD001 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electronically controlled steering systems of two different vehicles or machinery, including faults in two of the following:

steering wheel torque sensor circuit

steering wheel angle sensor circuit

wheel speed sensor circuit

ultrasonic position sensor self-parking system circuit

power steering motor control circuit

power steering hydraulic pump control circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronically controlled steering systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems

electronically controlled power steering system principles, including:

adaptive steering topography, inputs and outputs

typical vehicle or machinery systems equipped with adaptive steering systems

application, purpose and operation of electronically controlled steering systems and components, including:

adaptive steering control modules

control sensors and actuators

actuators, including pulse width modulated (PWM)

steering control module functions, including:

control of hydraulic fluid settings

pressure control valve settings

power steering pump operation

diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

undertaking resistance and voltage drop tests

testing open and short circuits

testing shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including procedures for removing and replacing electronically controlled steering system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled steering systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronically controlled steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronically controlled steering systems

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the electronically controlled steering system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronically steering controlled system, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing the electronically controlled steering systems of vehicle and machinery.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in embedded network engine management systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network engine management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for engine management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to engine management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised engine management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working on vehicle systems with ignition high voltages identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fuel systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETE5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETE001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the engine management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve two of the following systems:

direct injection diesel engine management system

common rail diesel engine management system

distributor-less electronic ignition petrol engine management system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in engine management systems, including procedures for:

working on vehicle systems with ignition high voltages

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fuel systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in engine management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of engine management systems, including:

spark ignition engine management systems

diesel fuel injection systems

gateway network control module

bus network topography

associated network engine management systems

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for engine management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to engine management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in the engine management systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for engine management systems, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating engine management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves ensuring the vehicle high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) is isolated before commencing any service or repair work. It also involves calibrating vehicle systems that may need resetting once the energy storage system is reinitialised. Importance is placed in the unit on applying RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to depower and reinitialise BEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Vehicle is identified with warning tag or sign to indicate potential hazards
2. Deactivate vehicle RESS	2.1 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 2.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
3. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	3.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in the correct order and vehicle is reactivated 3.2 Diagnostic test equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 3.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 3.4 Post-reactivation faults are reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in depowering and reinitialising information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges when depowering and reinitialising BEVs.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges interpret measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to BEVs.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults in reinitialising process that need to be reported.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH3001 Depower battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely depower the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) and separated extra low voltage (SELV) system of two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and stabilise the vehicles ensuring that no residual high voltage (HV) is measured

safely reinitialise each BEV’s RESS and SELV system and confirm correct vehicle operation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to depowering and reinitialising BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system.

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of RESS and SELV electrical systems relevant to a range of BEVs

application, purpose and operation of a range of vehicle RESS depowering and reinitialising methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs that they have depowered and reinitialised e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the BEVs being depowered and reinitialised

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for depowering and reinitialising BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and maintain battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves working with automotive electrical components, maintaining rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS), and performing basic tests on electric drive motors. Importance is placed in the unit on applying high voltage (HV) RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and maintain BEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test RESS and drive motor system operation	2.1 Diagnostic equipment is used to retrieve system parameters and information 2.2 RESS and vehicle drive motor system are tested for correct operation according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Problems associated with performance of RESS or drive motor system are identified and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Deactivate vehicle RESS	3.1 Vehicle is depowered according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Vehicle is identified with warning tag or sign to indicate potential hazards 3.3 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
4. Check drive motor and associated components	4.1 Electrical drive motor is checked to confirm condition 4.2 Problems associated with performance of electric drive motor and associated components are identified 4.3 Corrective action required to achieve optimum motor performance is reported according to workplace procedures
5. Check associated electrical subsystems and components	5.1 Condition and operation of associated electrical subsystems and components are checked 5.2 Problems associated with performance of electrical subsystems and components are identified 5.3 Required corrective action is reported according to workplace procedures
6. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	6.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in correct order, and vehicle is reactivated 6.2 Diagnostic test equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 6.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 6.4 Post-service testing is carried out to ensure correct and safe operation of BEV, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 7.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 7.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 7.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in testing, servicing and maintenance information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify workplace instructions participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, and service and maintenance findings, and make required repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits measure materials and components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.
Corrective action must include:	tightening connections balancing state of charge replacing faulty or damaged cable connections removing and replacing faulty or damaged components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH3002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely test, service and maintain two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and maintaining BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated high voltage (HV) insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

key components of BEVs and their functions

RESS battery construction, including:

battery internal resistance

battery types

terminal corrosion

terminal resistance

key components of RESS theory, including:

cell failure theory

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

battery charger characteristics and operation, including battery cooling system and refrigerant flow through RESS

battery management system (BMS) theory

power distribution unit (PDU) operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEVs they have serviced and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the BEVs being worked on

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational BEVs requiring service and maintenance

electrical test equipment appropriate to BEVs being serviced, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing, servicing and maintaining BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HV RESS	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose RESS	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair RESS	3.1 Repair information is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 RESS and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool oscilloscope.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH003 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing RESS in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair procedures

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV RESS in BEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

application, purpose and operation of RESS, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for HV RESS in BEVs, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for RESS, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEV, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in BEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for BEV and RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV RESS and their components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). These systems may be referred to as digital motor controllers (DMCs) or motor control units (MCUs). The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Motor speed control systems include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose motor speed control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair motor speed control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Motor control systems and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, such as multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester oscilloscope scan tool residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from traction motor speed control systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair traction motor speed control systems and associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing traction motor speed control systems in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from traction motor speed control systems

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV BEVs and associated components, including:

types of batteries

types of traction motors, including alternating current and direct current

types of motor controllers

battery charging

application, purpose and operation of traction motor speed control systems and components, including:

controller inputs

resolvers

controller outputs

battery interface

diagnostic testing procedures for battery electric vehicle systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

testing motor speed controller cooling system

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor speed controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV traction motor speed control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV traction motor speed control systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with traction motor speed control systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing high voltage traction motors in BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) traction motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HV traction motors include those systems and circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV high voltage traction motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose traction motor	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair traction motor	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 HV traction motors and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from high voltage traction motors.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) traction motors and associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HV traction motors in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from high voltage traction motors

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV BEVs and associated components, including:

motor generators

types of batteries

battery charging

application, purpose and operation of HV traction motors and components, including:

direct current (DC) motor generators

alternating current (AC) motor generators

diagnostic testing procedures for battery electric vehicle systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to traction motor windings

checking insulation resistance of traction motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

conducting vehicle dynamic and static tests

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the traction motor

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of traction motors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HV traction motors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HV traction motor systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HV traction motor systems accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HV traction motors in BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the auxiliary motors of battery electric vehicles (BEVs), and in their associated components and control systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. BEV systems that may use auxiliary motors include power steering, braking and passenger comfort systems. Auxiliary motors and associated components include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV auxiliary motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose auxiliary motor	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair auxiliary motor	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Auxiliary motor and associated components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester oscilloscope scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from auxiliary motors and components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair auxiliary motors, associated components and control systems in two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing auxiliary motors and associated components, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from auxiliary motors and components

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of BEV auxiliary motors and associated components, including:

direct current (DC) motors

alternating current (AC) motors

application, purpose and operation of auxiliary motor systems and components, including:

electric-assisted power steering

electric-assisted braking

electric-assisted passenger comfort systems, including heating, cooling and air conditioning (HVAC) systems

diagnostic testing procedures for auxiliary motor systems and associated components, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing motor controller input and output signals and waveforms

testing auxiliary motor operation

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for auxiliary motor and associated systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing the auxiliary motor and controllers

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance tests of auxiliary motor system.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV auxiliary motors and associated components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV auxiliary motors and subsystems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with auxiliary motors and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing BEV auxiliary motors and their components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the system instrumentation and safety interlocks of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. System instrumentation and safety interlocks include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose system instrumentation and safety interlocks	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 System instrumentation and safety interlocks are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), such as electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in OEM requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair work.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks and their associated components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian Standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced released during repair work

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks and associated components, including reasons for safety interlocks in BEVs

application, purpose and operation of BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

battery charger, including charge cable sensor

controller signals

gear selector inhibitor switch

ignition or power key

inertia or impact sensor

isolation componentry, including HV contactor

motor over temperature control

under voltage protection

diagnostic testing procedures for BEV instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining battery state of charge

operational tests of safety interlocks

testing instrumentation data communication systems using scan tool and oscilloscope

undertaking vehicle dynamic and static tests

repair procedures for instrumentation and safety interlocks, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing instrumentation

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV system instrumentation and safety interlocks

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with system instrumentation and safety interlocks accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in OEM requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing system instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system and cooling system of the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) of battery electric vehicles (BEVs). The unit involves removing and replacing refrigerant, as well as performance testing the HVAC and RESS cooling system. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HVAC and RESS cooling systems include circuits in BEVs.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HVAC and RESS cooling system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose HVAC and RESS cooling system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair HVAC and RESS cooling system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 HVAC and RESS cooling system components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery whilst working around high electrical currents working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements temperature and pressure measuring equipment, including: manifold and gauge set contact thermometer infrared thermometer (pyrometer) electronic temperature probe psychrometer (humidity detector) digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer) refrigerant leak detecting equipment, including electronic leak detector refrigerant recovery equipment, including: recovery unit vacuum pump electronic scales miscellaneous equipment, including: valve core removing or replacement tool oil injector.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from HVAC and RESS cooling systems preventing the escape of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) information must include:	name of the service organisation name of technician Refrigerant Handling Licence Number vehicle registration number service date refrigerant type lubricant type.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH008 Diagnose and repair HVAC and rechargeable energy storage cooling systems in battery electric vehicle

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system and rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) cooling system components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs), in which the work must involve:

repairing or replacing one HVAC system component to correct performance deficiencies

repairing or replacing one RESS cooling system component to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of waste released from HVAC and RESS cooling systems

preventing the escape of refrigerant to the atmosphere

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems and associated components, including:

types of HVAC systems, including engine operated and electric motor operated systems

types of RESS and RESS charging

reasons for cooling the RESS

application, purpose and operation of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems and components, including:

alternating current (AC) electric motor compressors

HVAC control units

HVAC control unit inputs and outputs

HVAC ejector cycle systems

RESS cooling systems, including air cooling, liquid cooling and HVAC cooled systems

diagnostic testing procedures for HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to compressor motor windings

checking insulation resistance of compressor motor windings

checking routing and damage to HV cabling

HVAC dynamic and static testing

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

repair procedures for HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for HVAC and RESS cooling systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of HVAC systems and RESS cooling systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

ARC accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick)

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV HVAC and RESS cooling systems

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with HVAC and RESS cooling system components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV HVAC and RESS cooling being diagnosed and repaired as specified under tools and equipment in the range of conditions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HVAC and RESS cooling systems in BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in high voltage (HV) direct current (DC) to low voltage (LV) DC converters in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. HV DC to LV DC converters include circuits in BEVs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH001 Depower and reinitialise battery electric vehicles

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump start vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair DC to DC converter	1.2 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.3 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.4 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair 1.6 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose DC to DC converter	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair DC to DC converter	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 DC to DC converters are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electric equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand rule’ following live system warning tags and signs depowering the vehicle isolating the HV RESS electrical supply stabilising the vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester scan tool oscilloscope residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair work.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair the DC to DC converter and its system components on two different battery electric vehicles (BEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing DC to DC converters in BEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages in BEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and high voltage (HV) insulating mat with Australian standards rating

identifying and using fire safety equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand rule’

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle

isolating the HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising the vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair work

key requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of DC to DC converters and associated components, including:

step-down converters

step-up converters

continuous current mode

discontinuous current mode

signal noise, including radio frequency (RF) noise, input noise and output noise

application, purpose and operation of DC to DC converters and components, including:

linear converters

switched mode conversion

magnetic converters

capacitive converters

diagnostic testing procedures for DC to DC converters, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking voltage input and output of DC to DC converters

checking routing and damage to cabling

repair procedures for traction motor speed control systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for BEVs, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the BEV DC to DC converters that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE and safety equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and HV insulating mat with Australian standards rating

manufacturer specifications for BEV DC to DC converters

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

two different BEVs with DC to DC converters accessible for diagnostic and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the BEV being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

scan tool

oscilloscope

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing DC to DC converters in BEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) of hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on HV RESS.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair HV RESS	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose RESS	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for required repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair RESS	3.1 Repair information is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and isolated to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 RESS and components are replaced, repaired or adjusted as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.6 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected and vehicle is reactivated 3.7 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages in HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool oscilloscope.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH010 Diagnose and repair high voltage rechargeable energy storage systems in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS) in two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs) to correct performance deficiencies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste released during repair procedures

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of HV RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including:

battery pack construction, including:

battery types

battery internal resistance

battery pack system, including:

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

application, purpose and operation of RESS, including:

HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

battery management system (BMS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

diagnostic testing procedures for HV RESS in HEVs and PHEVs, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

electrical system testing, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing controller input and output signals and waveforms

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

analysing abnormal noise

analysing component failure

RESS cooling system testing

repair procedures for RESS, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

removing and replacing motor controller

post-repair testing procedures for BEV, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

performance testing RESS.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the RESS in HEVs and PHEVs that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications for HEV or PHEV RESS

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different HEVs or PHEVs RESS and associated components accessible for diagnosis and repair or replacement activities

electrical diagnostic equipment appropriate to the HEVs or PHEVs being diagnosed and repaired, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing HEV or PHEV RESS and their components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves ensuring that the vehicle high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) is isolated before commencing any service or repair work. It also involves calibrating vehicle systems that may need resetting once the energy storage system is reinitialised. Importance is placed in the unit on applying RESS and separated extra low voltage (SELV) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to depower and reinitialise HEV and PHEV	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Vehicle is identified with warning tags or sign to indicate potential hazards
2. Deactivate vehicle RESS	2.1 SELV supply is located and disconnected according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is located and removed to depower vehicle HV RESS according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Vehicle is stabilised and checked for zero residual voltage according to manufacturer procedures 2.4 RESS service plug or manual service disconnect is secured and retained to prevent refitting by third party
3. Reinitialise vehicle RESS	3.1 SELV and RESS service plug or manual service disconnect are reconnected in the correct order and vehicle is reactivated 3.2 Diagnostic and testing equipment is used to check and recalibrate subsystems affected by depower process as required 3.3 RESS and vehicle subsystems are checked for correct operation 3.4 Post-reactivation faults are reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in depowering and reinitialising information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges when depowering and reinitialising HEVs and PHEVs.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges interpret measurements of residual voltage and high voltages relating to HEVs and PHEVs.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults in reinitialising process that need to be reported.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely depower the rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) and separated extra low voltage (SELV) of two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs), and stabilise the vehicles ensuring that no residual high voltage (HV) is measured

safely reinitialise each HEV’s or PHEV’s RESS and SELV system and confirm correct vehicle operation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to depowering and reinitialising the RESS in HEVs or PHEVs, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV RESS electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

operating principles of RESS and SELV electrical systems relevant to a range of HEVs and PHEVs

application, purpose and operation of a range of vehicle RESS depowering and repowering methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEVs or PHEVs that they have depowered and reinitialised, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the HEVs or PHEVs being depowered and reinitialised

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational HEVs or PHEVs as specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for depowering and reinitialising RESS in HEVs and PHEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs). It involves working with the automotive electrical components and electrical systems that support the control and operation of the vehicle. Importance is placed in the unit on applying high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical safety procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

AURETH011 Depower and reinitialise hybrid electric vehicles

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and maintain electrical components in HEVs and PHEVs	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test electrical systems and components	2.1 Diagnostic equipment is used to retrieve system parameters and information 2.2 HEV or PHEV systems and components are tested for electrical efficiency according to manufacturer specifications 2.3 Electrical circuits are tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.4 Faults in HEV or PHEV electrical systems and components are identified
3. Service and maintain electrical systems and components	3.1 Problems associated with performance of electrical systems and components are identified, and appropriate corrective action is taken 3.2 Faults within electrical systems and components are identified and required corrective action is taken or reported according to workplace procedures 3.3 Components are repaired, replaced and adjusted according to manufacturer and component specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Post-service testing is carried out to ensure correct and safe operation of HEV and PHEV, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in testing, servicing and maintenance information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when servicing and maintaining electrical components in HEVs or PHEVs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify workplace instructions participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, and service and maintenance findings, and make required repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits measure components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify hazards and risks and take action to minimise them.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when: using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate using the ‘one hand’ rule following live system warning tags and signs depowering vehicle isolating HV RESS electrical supply stabilising vehicle electrical system.
Tools and equipment must include:	those specified in the specific vehicle service maintenance procedures, including: digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating insulation tester residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements scan tool.
Corrective action must include:	tightening connections balancing state of charge replacing faulty or damaged cable connections removing and replacing faulty or damaged components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

safely test, service and maintain two different hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) or plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and maintaining HEV and PHEV electrical components, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on HEV and PHEV electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

determining appropriate procedures for minimising risk associated with hazards, including applying electrical safety precautions when:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated high voltage (HV) insulating mat

identifying and using firefighting equipment as appropriate

using the ‘one hand’ rule

following live system warning tags and signs

depowering vehicle

isolating HV rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply

stabilising vehicle electrical system

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

key electrical components of HEVs and PHEVs and their functions

RESS battery construction, including:

battery internal resistance

battery types

terminal corrosion

terminal resistance

key components of RESS theory, including:

cell failure theory

charging characteristics

open circuit cells

reverse polarisation

series cell configuration

strapping and layout

different types of HEVs and PHEVs, including:

series, parallel and series parallel

strong, mid or weak hybrid systems

operating principles of RESS and battery management system (BMS)

key characteristics of HV battery charger and direct current (DC) to DC converter

operating principles of power distribution unit (PDU).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems and components they have serviced and maintained in HEVs or PHEVs, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

manufacturer specifications and service procedures for the HEVs or PHEVs being worked on

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations - Maintenance and repair

two different operational HEVs or PHEVs requiring service and maintenance

electrical test equipment appropriate to the HEVs and PHEVs being serviced, including:

digital multimeter with Cat III 1000 volt rating

insulation tester

residual voltage tester, if specified in original equipment manufacturer (OEM) test requirements

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and maintaining HEVs and PHEVs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network management systems of hybrid, plug-in hybrid and battery electric vehicles (HEV, PHEV and BEV) in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on HEV, PHEV or BEV embedded network management systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for HEV, PHEV or BEV management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified, appropriate precautions are taken, and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, safety requirements, and requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected, checked and prepared for use 2.5 HEV, PHEV or BEV management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, requirements of ADRs and AS 5732 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised HEV, PHEV and BEV management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems working with hazardous materials and toxic substances wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents minimising risk, including: analysing task to define risk applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the HV RESS electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle HV electrical systems using personal protective equipment, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying fire safety equipment.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH5013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the network management systems of one hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) and one battery electric vehicle (BEV)

the above faults must involve two of the following:

battery management system (BMS)

rechargeable energy storage system (RESS)

power distribution unit (PDU)

high voltage traction motor drive assembly

direct current (DC) to DC converter assembly

RESS cooling system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working with hazardous materials and toxic substances

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

minimising risk, including:

analysing task to define risk

applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the HV RESS electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle HV electrical systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using fire safety equipment

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, Australian standards and Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to embedded network management systems of HEV, plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV) and BEV

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV embedded network management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

mechanical faults

electrical faults

electronics faults

types, function and operation of hybrid and battery electric vehicle systems, including:

DC electric motor types, including:

separately excited motors

permanent magnet motors

alternating current (AC) electric motor types, including:

induction motors

brushless motors

HV traction motor drive assembly and motor controllers, including:

variable pulse width DC types

variable frequency and variable amplitude AC motor types

on-board RESS system and batteries, including:

lead acid

nickel metal hydride

lithium ion

ultra capacitors and super capacitors

key features of associated components and systems, including:

BMS

PDU

DC to DC converter assembly

RESS cooling system, including the vehicle HVAC system

parallel HEVs and PHEVs

series HEVs and PHEVs

power split HEVs and PHEVs

testing procedures for HEV and BEV management systems, including:

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEV, PHEV and BEV management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE, including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

manufacturer HEV, PHEV or BEV management system specifications

one HEV with a network management system fault

diagnostic equipment for HEV and BEV management systems, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating electrical and electronic faults in HEV and BEV management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETH014 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in hybrid, plug-in hybrid and battery electric vehicle (HEV, PHEV and BEV) embedded network management systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations. Importance is placed in the unit on applying electrical safety procedures when working on high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage systems (RESS).

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems include those of light vehicles or heavy commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in HEV, PHEV or BEV network management system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, safety requirements, and requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for network management system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking HEV, PHEV and BEV network management system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure network management system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including digital multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems working with hazardous materials and toxic substances wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents minimising risk, including: analysing task to define risk applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the HV RESS electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle electrical systems using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat identifying fire safety equipment lifting and moving the RESS using safe manual handling techniques using workplace first aid equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETH4014 Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETH014 Diagnose complex faults in hybrid and battery electric vehicle network management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the embedded network management systems of:

one battery electric vehicle (BEV)

one hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) or one plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV)

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in HEV and BEV network management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working with hazardous materials and toxic substances

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

minimising risk, including:

analysing task to define risk

applying electrical safety precautions, including ‘one hand’ rule, live system warning tags and signs, depowering the vehicle, isolating the high voltage (HV) rechargeable energy storage system (RESS) electrical supply, and stabilising the vehicle electrical system

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including electrical safety gloves with 1000 volt rating and Australian standards rated HV insulating mat

identifying and using fire safety equipment

lifting and moving the RESS using safe manual handling techniques

using workplace first aid equipment

types of complex faults relating to HEV and BEV network management systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to network management systems of BEVs, HEVs and PHEVs

requirements of AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

operating principles of network management systems and data multiplexing in HEVs, PHEVs and BEVs

types, function and operation of HEV, PHEV and BEV systems, including:

direct current (DC) electric motor types, including:

separately excited motors

permanent magnet motors

alternating current (AC) electric motor types, including:

induction motors

brushless motors

motor controllers, including:

variable pulse width DC types

variable frequency, variable amplitude AC types

inverters and converters, including:

AC to DC

DC to AC

batteries, including:

lead acid batteries

nickel metal hydride batteries

lithium ion batteries

ultra capacitors and super capacitors

parallel hybrid electric vehicles

series hybrid electric vehicles

power split hybrid electric vehicles

testing procedures for HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems, including:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

AS 5732 Electric vehicle operations: Maintenance and repair

manufacturer HEV, PHEV and BEV network management system specifications

one BEV and one HEV or PHEV with complex network management system faults

BEV, HEV and PHEV network management system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

specialist BEV, PHEV and HEV tools and equipment as specified in original equipment manufacturer requirements

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in HEV, PHEV and BEV network management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, select and safely use basic low voltage (LV) electrical test equipment to test basic LV electrical circuits in vehicles or machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems and components include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and select LV electrical test equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 LV electrical test equipment is identified and selected to meet job requirements 1.3 Function and method of operation of equipment are confirmed before use 1.4 LV electrical test equipment is checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Safety requirements and safe operating procedures for equipment are accessed and interpreted
2. Use electrical test equipment	2.1 Equipment is connected according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to vehicle or machinery 2.2 Electrical test equipment is used according to safety requirements to prevent injury to self and others, and damage to vehicle or other workplace equipment 2.3 Test results or readings are interpreted and confirmed according to job requirements and workplace procedures 2.4 Damaged, faulty or inaccurate electrical test equipment is tagged and isolated for repair or replacement and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Electrical test equipment is cleaned, checked and stored ready for use according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and basic electrical diagrams in manufacturer literature and safe operating procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately record test measurements and enter correct information on tags of faulty LV electrical test equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, confirm use and suitability of LV electrical test equipment, and report findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare appropriate LV electrical test equipment to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

LV electrical test equipment must include:	test lights and probes circuit continuity testers digital multimeters.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETK1001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETK001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use a test light or probe to check the voltage supply at three different points of a basic low voltage (LV) electrical circuit and earth return at two different points of the circuit

use a digital multimeter to check voltage, current and resistance measurements within a basic electrical circuit

use a circuit continuity tester and test three different electrical circuits between a power source, including:

one fuse

one lamp or heating element

one motor control device.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to identifying, selecting and using LV electrical test equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

location and content of manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, including:

LV test equipment selection procedures

basic checking procedures for automotive LV electrical test equipment

checking, identification and isolation procedures for faulty equipment

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of automotive LV electrical test equipment, including:

multimeters

test lights, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED) test probes

circuit continuity testers

procedures for testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

procedures for identifying and tagging damaged electrical test equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the LV electrical test equipment they have identified, selected and used, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications and operator instructions for LV electrical test equipment

materials and equipment relevant to using and checking automotive LV electrical test equipment

LV electrical test equipment, including:

test lights and probes

circuit continuity testers

digital multimeters

electrical components and circuits requiring the use of LV electrical test equipment, as specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select, use and maintain electrical test equipment used in an automotive workplace for the purpose of identifying, diagnosing and rectifying electrical and electronic faults in vehicles or machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems and components include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Select and use electrical test equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Electrical test equipment is identified and selected to meet job requirements 1.3 Electrical test equipment is checked and calibrated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.4 Personal protective equipment (PPE) required for the work is selected and checked before use 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Electrical test equipment is used according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 1.7 Electrical circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to systems and components
2. Service, maintain and store electrical test equipment	2.1 Electrical test equipment is serviced, calibrated and maintained within scope of responsibility according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Calibration inspection schedules and procedures are determined to ensure reliable and accurate operation 2.3 Damaged, faulty or inaccurate electrical test equipment is tagged and isolated for repair or replacement, and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Electrical test equipment is cleaned, checked and stored ready for use according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret requirements of safe operating procedures interpret text, symbols and basic electrical wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications and electrical test equipment operating instructions interpret information on service tags identifying faulty electrical test equipment.
Writing skills to:	legibly record electrical measurements taken when testing electrical circuits and components legibly and accurately enter information on service tags, and in electrical test equipment service and maintenance schedules.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, confirm use, suitability and maintenance requirements of electrical test equipment, and report findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare appropriate electrical test equipment to ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETK2002 Use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETK002 Use and maintain electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use a test lamp to check for continuity, voltage supply and earth return in a basic electrical circuit

use a multimeter to measure:

voltage, current and resistance in a basic electrical circuit

continuity between a control unit and sensor

voltage drop across an electrical resistive load

use an inductive clamp to measure current flowing in a vehicle starting system

gain the oscilloscope waveforms of two of the following engine sensors or actuator:

camshaft

crankshaft

knock

fuel injector

service, maintain and store three different pieces of electrical test equipment

identify and tag one faulty piece of electrical test equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to using and maintaining electrical test equipment in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and calibrating requirements of automotive electrical test equipment, including:

test lights, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED)

continuity testers

test probes, including those for testing voltage positive and negative status

voltmeters, ammeters and ohmmeters

digital multimeters

circuit load testers, including alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC) clamp testers

oscilloscopes

databus test instruments

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

selecting test equipment

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

location and content of workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications, including:

basic maintenance procedures for automotive electrical test equipment

procedures for checking, identifying and isolating faulty equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical test equipment that they have selected, used and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications and operator instructions for electrical test equipment

materials and equipment appropriate for using and maintaining automotive electrical test equipment

electrical test equipment specified in the performance evidence

electrical components and circuits requiring the use of electrical test equipment, as specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor typographical errors corrected

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to operate electrical test equipment.

It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task, select the correct equipment, test electrical and electronic circuits, and check and store the electrical test equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Tools and Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan to operate electrical test equipment	1.1 Safety requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle electrical circuit to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for operating electrical test equipment are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Electrical test equipment is identified according to task instruction and manufacturer specifications
2. Test electrical circuits	2.1 Electrical test equipment is checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Electrical test equipment is used to test vehicle electrical circuits according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.3 Electrical test equipment readings are checked and compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Electrical test equipment readings are recorded
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle electrical system information and electrical test equipment operating procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from job instruction, manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely and effectively operate electrical test equipment select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to support environmental sustainability and to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, when using Ohm’s law and Watt’s law to calculate electrical voltage, current flow, resistance and power read and interpret electrical test equipment correctly, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. Ω for ohms).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of tools identification of electrical hazards application of procedures for operating electrical test equipment.
Electrical test equipment must include:	12 volt test lights and LED test lights ammeters voltmeters ohmmeters multimeters.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETK003 Operate electrical test equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor typographical errors corrected

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly and safely operate electrical test equipment to test electrical circuits on a minimum of two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and, occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements when operating electrical test equipment, including:

procedures for the correct use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

procedures for the correct use of tools

identification of electrical hazards

procedures for operating electrical test equipment

meaning of electrical terms, including:

voltage

amperage

watts

resistance

theory of electrical circuits, including:

Ohm’s law

Watt’s law

circuit types, including series and parallel

electrical component symbols

types of electrical circuits in vehicles, including electrical components

types of electrical circuit diagrams

types, application and operation of electrical test equipment, including:

12 volt test lights and LED test lights

ammeters

voltmeters

multimeters

ohmmeters

procedures for testing electrical circuits on vehicles

procedures for identifying and rectifying faults

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to operating electrical test equipment, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

electrical test equipment, including:

12 volt test light

ammeter

voltmeter

ohmmeter

multimeter

LED test light

two vehicles with operational electrical circuits.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, remove and tag a range of automotive electrical system components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging components by title, job number and application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag electrical system component	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and electrical system to be worked on is identified 1.2 Electrical system component information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove component	2.1 Component for removal is identified 2.2 Component is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed component is inspected and findings are recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag component	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed component is legibly tagged according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Tagged component is stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked, stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature relating to electrical system components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in task instructions and part numbers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current electrical circuits environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR1001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag six of the following automotive electrical system components:

main fuse panel

battery

starter motor

alternator

ignition system

engine control module

body control module

flasher can relay

brake stop lamp switch

electric fuel pump.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and tagging automotive electrical system components, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current electrical circuits

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of waste materials

types and location of automotive electrical system components, including:

main fuse panels

batteries

starter motors

alternators

ignition systems

engine control modules

body control modules

flasher can relays

brake stop lamp switches

electric fuel pumps

procedures for removing and tagging electrical system components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle electrical system components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer specifications for the electrical system components

one vehicle or machinery with the electrical system components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and tagging

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging electrical system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect battery storage systems in heavy vehicle and machinery according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect battery storage system	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to battery storage systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information on batteries.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	inspecting battery, terminals and leads inspecting battery securing system inspecting battery storage compartment.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR1002 Test, service and maintain battery storage systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR002 Inspect heavy vehicle battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the heavy vehicle battery storage system of one heavy vehicle or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy vehicle battery storage systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances

identification and function of heavy vehicle battery storage system components, including:

base, cover and box

battery hold down systems

ventilation and cooling systems

battery switching devices

inspection procedures of heavy vehicle battery storage systems, including:

inspecting battery, terminals and leads

inspecting battery securing systems

inspecting battery storage compartments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle or machinery battery storage systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer battery storage system specifications

one heavy vehicle or machinery with battery storage system requiring inspection

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy vehicle battery storage systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR003 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify the function and basic operation of a range of vehicle electrical systems and components. It involves preparing for the task, locating information on the systems and components, and demonstrating knowledge of electrical systems.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Locate and identify electrical system and its components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle or machinery to be worked on is identified 1.2 Technical information regarding electrical system to be identified is located 1.3 Electrical system major components are located and identified on vehicle or machinery according to safety requirements and task instructions
2. Demonstrate knowledge of electrical system	2.1 System function is determined from technical information and demonstrated during workplace activities 2.2 System major component function and basic operation are determined from technical information and demonstrated during workplace activities 2.3 System relationship to vehicle or machinery operation is determined from technical information, and knowledge of relationship is demonstrated during workplace activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and information.
Numeracy skills to:	use and communicate basic numerical information relating to automotive electrical systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using tools and equipment following workplace safety procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR1003 Apply automotive electrical system fundamentals

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR003 Identify automotive electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify, locate and demonstrate knowledge of the operation of the following electrical systems while carrying out workplace activities:

vehicle electrical power supplies

ignition system

fuel delivery system

charging system

starting system

lighting system

fuses and circuit breakers

wiring looms and harnesses.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to applying automotive electrical system fundamentals, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

following workplace safety procedures

basic theory and principles of automotive electrical systems, including:

alternating current (AC)

direct current (DC)

Ohm’s law

identification, function and basic operation of vehicle electrical systems and components, including:

vehicle electrical power supplies

ignition system

fuel delivery system

charging system

starting system

lighting system

body electrical systems

fuses and circuit breakers

wiring looms and harnesses

automotive terminology relating to electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive electrical system information that they have applied, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workshop or task instructions

information regarding basic electrical principles and fundamentals

information regarding vehicle electrical systems and components

workplace safety equipment, including PPE

a vehicle with the automotive electrical systems specified in the performance evidence

automotive tools and equipment relating to workplace activities being carried out.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR004 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle embedded network convenience and entertainment systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle network convenience and entertainment systems include those in vehicles, vessels or machinery in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in vehicle convenience and entertainment system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for convenience and entertainment system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking convenience and entertainment system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure convenience and entertainment system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working around vehicle supplementary restraint systems (SRS), such as airbags wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4004 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR004 Diagnose complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the convenience and entertainment systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working around vehicle supplementary restraint systems (SRS), including airbags

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

types of complex faults relating to vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and other technical information relating to vehicle, vessel or machinery convenience and entertainment systems

types, function and operation of convenience and entertainment systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

infotainment systems

telematics systems

intelligent transport systems

safety restraint systems

passenger comfort systems

testing procedures for vehicle convenience and entertainment systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the convenience and entertainment systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer convenience and entertainment system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their convenience and entertainment systems

convenience and entertainment system electrical and electronic system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in convenience and entertainment systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test automotive security systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing system and component operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The security systems and components will not require programming following installation as they do not communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical security systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install security system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test security system and components	2.1 Security system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Security system is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in electrical security system and component fitting information in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools relating to the installation of electrical security systems and components, such as multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2005 Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR005 Install automotive security systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following security systems and components on non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) systems in different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

security alarm systems

single point immobilisation (engine start inhibit)

tilt, impact and vibration shock alarm activation sensors

audible and visual alert alarm equipment

theft alert vehicle and equipment tracking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing automotive security systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of automotive security systems, including:

complete vehicle or equipment security alarm systems

single point immobilisation (engine start inhibit)

dual point immobilisation (engine start inhibit and fuel shut-off)

tilt, impact and vibration shock alarm activation sensors

audible and visual alert alarm equipment

theft alert vehicle and equipment tracking systems

procedures for installing automotive security systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

post-installation testing procedures of automotive security system and components, including procedures for:

checking full operation of installed system

checking operation of existing electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automotive security systems and components that they have installed in vehicles, vessels or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

wiring specifications relevant to vehicle, vessel or machinery systems and components being installed

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring the installation of security systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing automotive security systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to solder electrical components, electrical circuits and system wiring. It involves preparing for the task, preparing components, circuits and wiring for soldering, carrying out soldering, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical wiring and circuits include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to solder electrical wiring and circuits	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Prepare components, circuits and wiring for soldering	2.1 Materials and components to be joined are selected and prepared according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Solder and flux type are identified and prepared 2.3 Soldering equipment is cleaned and prepared ready for use
3. Carry out soldering of components, circuits and wiring	3.1 Soldering is carried out according to workplace quality expectations, and without causing damage to vehicle, components, electrical circuits and system wiring 3.2 Soldered connection is inspected visually and checked to ensure effectiveness
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to soldering repair information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret measurements of wire size and gauge relating to electrical wiring and circuits to select correct items measure components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, including soldering irons and heat guns.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using safety data sheets (SDS) selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safely handling materials during solder process safely operating soldering equipment identifying and using firefighting and first aid equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of material released during soldering process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2006 Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and circuits

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR006 Solder electrical wiring and circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

solder the wiring of six different electrical components, in which the work must involve:

different sized gauge wires

electrical terminals

resin core solder

heat shrink sleeving.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including procedures for:

using safety data sheets (SDS)

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely handling materials during solder process

safely operating soldering equipment

identifying and using firefighting and first aid equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of material released during soldering process

location and content of workplace preparation and soldering procedures, SDS and manufacturer specifications

procedures for preparing to solder electrical wiring and circuits, including:

preparing and cleaning components to be soldered, including selecting appropriate cleaning solutions

methods of holding components to be soldered

soldering fluxes and their application

resin core solder types, diameter and application

types and applications of soldering irons

procedures for soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including:

applying heat and solder to the parts to be joined

allowing cooling without movement

work completion procedures for soldering electrical wiring and circuits, including procedures for final visual inspection of soldered connections, including:

manufacturer and workplace specifications for acceptable soldering standard

post-soldering insulation, including heat shrink sleeving and application of electrical tape.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical wiring and circuits that they have soldered, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

six different electrical components requiring soldering of their wiring

tools, equipment and material appropriate for soldering electrical components, circuits and system wiring, including:

automotive wiring

range of electrical terminals

resin core solder

heat shrink sleeving

soldering iron.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply knowledge of electrical principles during the testing and repair of basic electrical circuits in vehicles, vessels and machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical circuits and wiring systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify relevant information of electrical circuit and wiring system construction and operation in work activities	1.1 Components of circuit are identified during testing and repair activities 1.2 Functions of circuit components are identified during testing and repair activities 1.3 Relationships between circuit components, including the effects of testing and repair activities on other electrical circuits, are identified during repair activities
2. Apply relevant information of electrical circuit and wiring system construction and operation in work activities	2.1 Knowledge of electrical circuit construction and operation is used during testing or repair activities to carry out work according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Basic electrical principles are used during fault finding procedures 2.3 Knowledge of basic testing procedures is used when using electrical test equipment
3. Evaluate knowledge of electrical circuit and wiring systems	3.1 Knowledge is regularly checked with colleagues and supervisor to ensure currency and accuracy 3.2 Knowledge is updated as required to complement own work role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret a range of written technical information relating to automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units relating to electrical circuits and wiring systems in automotive technical information interpret electrical measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical circuits interpret wiring gauge dimensional measurements use basic mathematical operations and common electrical formulas to calculate voltage drop, resistance, current flow and electrical power.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Basic electrical principles must include:	relationship between electrical current flow, pressure, resistance and power using Ohm’s law.
Basic testing procedures must include:	voltage drop circuit resistance circuit current flow.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR007 Apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

apply knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems during the testing and repair of the electrical systems of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery

evaluate and expand knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems, including demonstrating knowledge of one of the following:

a new automotive electrical or electronic testing procedure

a new automotive electrical or electronic repair procedure

a new item of automotive electrical or electronic technology.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and location of sources of technical information relating to automotive electrical systems, including:

workplace service information

automotive engine mechanical texts

vehicle workshop manuals

service bulletins

technical articles

automotive textbooks

features of vehicle electrical circuits, including:

voltage source

current load devices

resistive devices

circuit protection devices

switching circuit devices

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

relationships between:

volts, amps and ohms in vehicle electrical circuits

current flow and required wire gauge to carry the current

voltage drop across resistive load and current flowing in the circuit

common fault types found in vehicle electrical circuits, including:

open circuit to power, signal and ground

short circuit to power, signal and ground

high resistance to power, signal and ground

types and construction of vehicle electrical wiring systems, including:

common multi-strand conductor

various wire gauges and insulation types

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) twisted pair wiring

audio speaker shielded wiring

principles of electricity, including:

alternating current (AC)

direct current (DC)

Ohm’s law

Watts law

Kirchhoff’s voltage law

Kirchhoff’s current law

identification, location and function of major components of common automotive electrical systems:

engine electrical systems, including:

battery

ignition

charging

starting

vehicle body electrical systems, including:

exterior lighting

internal lighting

vehicle access

washer and wiper

vehicle entertainment

wiring harness and loom assembly.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the knowledge of electrical circuits and wiring systems that they have applied, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

technical information relating to automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems

automotive tools and electrical test equipment

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with functional electrical systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace electrical units and assemblies. Electrical units and assemblies include headlights, tail-lights, and vehicle and machinery control modules that do not require programming procedures on replacement. These electrical units and assemblies are not connected to vehicle controller area network databus (CAN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical units and assemblies include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and replace electrical unit and assemblies	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove electrical unit and assembly	2.1 Removal information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 2.2 Electrical unit and assembly are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Unit and assembly are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Replace electrical unit and assembly	3.1 Replacement information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2 Electrical unit and assembly are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Test electrical unit and assembly	4.1 Replaced electrical unit and assembly are checked and tested to confirm correct operation and that no other problems are present, according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Test results are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for repairs or adjustments as required
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures, and other workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical units and assemblies measure materials and components to determine compliance with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised testing equipment, such as multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and replace two of the following systems on the non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits of two different vehicles or machinery:

headlight or tail-light assembly

windscreen washer and wiper motor assembly

door and window motor assembly

central door locking system

electric mirror assembly

electric brake controllers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

procedures for removing, replacing, and testing electrical units and assemblies, including procedures for adjusting and calibrating systems and components

key features of basic non CAN-bus networked electrical units and assemblies, including:

headlight assemblies

tail-light assemblies

side and rear vision mirrors

windscreen washer and wiper motor assemblies

door and window motor assemblies

central door locking systems

electric brake controllers

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

CAN-bus wiring

options for diagnosing faults, including:

continuity testing

insulation testing

isolating possible faults

replacing blown fuses or circuit breakers

replacing damaged connectors or terminals

visually inspecting and evaluating components

location and content of technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols relating to electrical units and assemblies

procedures for testing electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders and wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having removed and replace electrical units and assemblies in vehicles or machinery, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workshop or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to removing and replacing electrical units and assemblies

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in their electrical systems

tools and electrical test equipment appropriate for diagnosing electrical units and assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install vehicle, vessel or machinery low voltage (LV) direct current (DC) lighting and wiring systems that are not an integral part of vehicle or machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus) topography. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of lighting and wiring systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. LV lighting and wiring systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install, lighting and wiring system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test system	2.1 Lighting and wiring system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Lighting and wiring system is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or other systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and that any problems detected as having been introduced during installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in lighting and wiring system and component information in manufacturer specifications, fitting instructions and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to work instructions and component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	select most appropriate installation option from a range of options.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialised tools, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2009 Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR009 Install vehicle lighting and wiring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following low voltage (LV) lighting and wiring systems in non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) systems in two different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

trailer lights and wiring harness

driving lights and wiring harness

side clearance lamp

high-mount rear brake lamp

ascent strip light emitting diode (LED) lamp

filament lamp to LED lamp replacement.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing vehicle lighting and wiring systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

LV direct current (DC) lighting and wiring systems of the following:

trailer lights and wiring harnesses

driving lights and wiring harnesses

side clearance lamps

high-mount rear brake lamps

ascent strip LED lamps

procedures for installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems, including:

filament lamp to LED lamp replacement

resistance and voltage drop

circuit performance checks

connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

different cable types and sizes and their current carrying capacity

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, fitting instructions, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

post-installation testing procedures, including:

confirming that electrical system is operating to manufacturer specifications following installation

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the lighting and wiring systems that they have installed, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring the installation of LV DC lighting and wiring systems

materials appropriate for installing LV DC lighting and wiring systems

equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate for installing LV lighting and wiring systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test an existing wiring harness and loom, remove, fabricate and fit the new wiring harness and loom, and then test its operation. It involves preparing for the task, performing the work, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wiring harnesses and looms include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to repair wiring harness and loom	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test wiring harness and loom assembly	2.1 Wiring harness and loom are inspected for damage 2.2 Harness and loom are tested using appropriate tools and fault finding techniques according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection and test results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults are determined
3. Remove wiring harness and loom	3.1 Wiring harness, loom assembly and associated components are labelled before removal 3.2 Harness and loom components are removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Repair and refit wiring harness and loom	4.1 Electrical circuit wiring diagrams are accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.2 Harness and loom are repaired or fabricated using appropriate techniques and according to workplace procedures 4.3 Repaired or fabricated harness and loom assembly is refitted and reconnected according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair or fabrication process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to fabricating, testing and repairing wiring harnesses and looms in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of wire size and gauge relating to wiring harnesses and loom fabrication and repairs measure components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, tools and equipment relating to repairing wiring harnesses and looms, such as soldering irons and heat shrink insulation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools and equipment must include:	multimeter continuity tester crimping tools soldering equipment heat gun terminals and connectors wire and cabling.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using safety data sheets (SDS) selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment safely handling hazardous materials and toxic substances following soldering equipment safe operating procedures environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and toxic substances released during repair processes.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR010 Repair wiring harnesses and looms

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair an existing basic wiring harness or loom assembly of the wiring systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

fabricate a new basic wiring harness or loom assembly for the wiring system of one vehicle, vessel or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing wiring harnesses and looms, including procedures for:

using safety data sheets (SDS)

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

safely handling hazardous materials and toxic substances

following soldering equipment safe operating procedures

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and toxic substances released during repair processes

location and content of workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications relating to wiring harnesses and looms

types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic single wiring, including:

tailer harness

driving lights harness

accessory wiring harness

complex multi-wiring with varying wire gauges

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) wiring, including:

twisted pair

shielded wiring

testing procedures, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

testing wiring harnesses and looms, including resistance and voltage drop and circuit performance checks

visual and functional assessments, including:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

water and moisture ingress

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

terminal and connector damage

removal procedures for wiring harnesses and looms, including:

accessing wiring and removing panels and covers

removing and replacing components

disconnecting terminals from connectors

repair procedures of wiring harnesses and looms, including:

determining cable and terminal types and sizes according to circuit current draw

wire soldering procedures

terminal crimping

replacing male and female terminals within a connector housing

protecting and routing harness and loom

post-repair testing procedures of wiring harnesses and looms, including procedures for checking full operation of associated electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle, vessel or machinery wiring harnesses and looms that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer machinery wiring specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery requiring repairs to their wiring harnesses and looms

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing wiring harnesses and looms, including:

multimeter

continuity tester

crimping tools

soldering equipment

heat gun

terminals and connectors

wire and cabling.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test basic ancillary electrical systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the systems and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation. These electrical systems and components will not require programming following installation as they do not communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Basic ancillary electrical systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install basic ancillary electrical system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test basic ancillary electrical system and components	2.1 Electrical system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Electrical equipment is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Post-installation testing of other electrical systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and diagrams in basic ancillary system and component fitment information in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match material and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools relating to the installation of basic ancillary electrical systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2011 Install and test basic ancillary electrical components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR011 Install basic ancillary electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two of the following basic ancillary electrical systems and components to non CAN-bus embedded networked circuits in different vehicles or machinery, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry

security alarm system

audio system

mobile phone

speed alert system

navigation system

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

electric tailer brake controller

trailer harness connector

driving lights or fog lights

dual battery system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of the common ancillary electrical systems and components, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry systems

security alarm systems

audio systems

mobile phones

speed alert systems

navigation systems

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

electric tailer brake controllers

trailer harness connectors

driving lights and fog lights

dual battery systems

procedures for installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

post-installation testing procedures of basic ancillary electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

checking full operation of installed system

checking operation of existing electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic ancillary electrical systems and components that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to systems and components being installed

manufacturer ancillary electrical system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of basic ancillary electrical systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing basic ancillary electrical systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and repair basic electrical circuits in vehicle and machinery electrical systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the circuit, repairing the circuit, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The basic electrical circuits include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to test basic electrical circuit	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Testing procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Fault finding options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and electrical test equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test circuit	2.1 Basic electrical circuit is checked to establish extent of failure or damage 2.2 Circuit is tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults are determined 2.4 Findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and check circuit	3.1 Repair procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and most appropriate option is selected 3.3 Repair tools and materials are selected according to job requirements 3.4 Circuit components are repaired and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm basic electrical circuit is operating correctly, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to basic electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools, such as test lights and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test a basic electrical circuit, including:

one short circuit across an electrical resistive load

one open circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

one high resistance circuit before or after an electrical resistive load

current flow and voltage drop across an electrical resistive load

test for continuity in a basic wiring harness and visually check terminals in the wiring harness for moisture ingress and corrosion

carry out four different circuit repairs that include:

crimping various terminal sizes

soldering wire gauges to terminals

applying heat shrink insulation to crimped or soldered joints

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

performing terminal retention checks to replaced terminals.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around electrical systems

electrical principles, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

key features of basic electrical circuit components, including:

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

switches

relays

automotive globes

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams and symbols

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights suitable for circuit testing, including resistive and light emitting diode (LED)

test probes suitable for testing circuit continuity

fused test lead

procedures for checking, identifying and isolating faulty equipment

common types of faults, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

testing procedures for electrical systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

electrical measuring and testing procedures, including:

electrical resistance checks

open and short circuit tests

voltage drop tests

current flow tests

visual testing procedures, including:

component moisture ingress

connector damage

repair procedures for electrical circuits, including:

wire soldering procedures

terminal crimping procedures

replacing male and female terminals in a connector housing

connector removal and replacement procedures

basic electrical components removal and replacement procedures

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that electrical system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the basic electrical circuits they have tested and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

vehicle or machinery with faults in the basic electrical circuits specified in the performance evidence

electrical test equipment to test basic electrical circuits and components

consumable materials relevant to repairing basic electrical circuits and components, including connectors, terminals, wire, electrical tape and heat shrink sleeving

electrical repair tools, equipment and materials relating to basic electrical circuits and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and service vehicle, vessel and machinery charging systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting charging systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service charging system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, testing and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are reported 1.4 Tools and equipment, including multimeter, are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Charging circuit is tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service system	3.1 System is serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service testing is carried out to confirm charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycle material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate charging system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking charging system service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	measure system output and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced charging system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2013 Inspect and service charging systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR013 Inspect, test and service charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and service the charging systems of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, in which the work must involve checking:

system output

system control circuit

system wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing charging systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced charging system components

identification and function of charging system components, including:

battery types, including:

lead acid and deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries

generators

alternators

basic operating principles of charging systems, including:

using mechanical energy to produce electrical energy

charging battery and supplying power demands of vehicle

inspection procedures for charging systems, including visual, aural and functional assessments of:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

testing procedures for charging systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

measuring charging system output under load

servicing procedures for charging systems, including:

changing and adjusting drive belts

cleaning and tightening terminals

checking gauges and warning devices for operation

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging systems that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer charging system specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with charging systems requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing charging systems, including multimeter.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and service vehicle, vessel and machinery starting systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting starting systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The starting systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service starting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, testing and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are reported 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System and battery are inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Starting circuit is tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service system	3.1 System is serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out to confirm starting system is operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycle material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate starting system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking starting system service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	match starting system types and identification numbers to workplace instructions and manufacturer specifications compare battery cold cranking amps (CCA) with vehicle starting system specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment, including load testers, inductive ammeters and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools and equipment must include:	electronic testing equipment, including: multimeter load tester inductive ammeter.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced starting system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2014 Inspect and service starting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR014 Inspect, test and service starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and service three different vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems, in which the work must involve checking:

starter motor and solenoid

ignition switch to starter control circuit

battery to starter motor wiring.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing starting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced starting system components

identification and function of starting system components, including:

starter motor

starter solenoid

starter control circuits, including:

key ignition

push button start

proximity transponder

automatic stop and start systems

immobiliser

interlocks

basic operating principles of starting systems, including:

changing electrical energy to mechanical energy

mechanical advantage between ring gear and flywheel

basic circuit operation

inspection procedures for starting systems, including visual, aural and functional assessments of:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

testing procedures for starting systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

measuring starting system current draw

servicing procedures for starting systems, including cleaning and tightening terminals

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that starting system is operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting systems that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer starting system specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with starting systems requiring servicing

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing starting systems, including load tester, inductive ammeter and multimeter.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR015 Inspect, test and service batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and service vehicle, vessel and machinery batteries. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting battery systems, servicing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The battery systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, test and service battery	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, testing and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are reported 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test battery	2.1 Battery systems are inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Battery circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and maintain battery	3.1 Battery is serviced and maintained according to manufacturer and battery specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out to confirm battery is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycle material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate battery information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking battery service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	match battery types and identification numbers to workplace instructions and manufacturer specifications interpret and compare battery specifications and procedures, including: battery-specific gravity measurements cold cranking amp (CCA) measurements.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment when inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including battery load testing devices and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools, equipment and materials must include:	battery load testing device multimeter battery cleaning materials.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working with high current electrical systems manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances conducting risk assessments of battery, vehicle and equipment movement before carrying out work working safely when using battery testing equipment.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced batteries.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR015 Inspect, test and service batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and service the batteries of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, in which the work must involve one maintenance-free battery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working with high current electrical systems

manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances

conducting risk assessments of battery, vehicle and equipment movement before carrying out work

working safely when using battery testing equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced batteries

basic operating principles of batteries, including using chemical energy to produce electrical energy

types of automotive batteries, including:

lead acid batteries

deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries

gel batteries

absorbed glass mat batteries

calcium batteries

lithium ion and lithium ion phosphate batteries

battery classifications, including:

reserve capacity

amp hour rating

cold cranking amps

battery connection methods for 6 volt, 12 volt, 24 volt and 48 volt, including:

series

parallel

series parallel

inspection and testing procedures for batteries, including:

terminals and leads

battery securing system

testing battery with load testing devices

testing battery with a hydrometer

battery memory retention

servicing procedures for batteries, including:

cleaning battery and battery compartments

topping up battery fluid

post-service testing procedures, including confirming that battery is serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the batteries that they have inspected, tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with batteries as specified in the performance evidence requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, testing and servicing batteries, including battery load testing devices, multimeters and cleaning materials.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read and apply technical information in the wiring schematics and drawings of vehicles, vessels and machinery when testing and fault finding electrical wiring systems. It involves preparing for the task, reading and interpreting the schematics and drawings, and completing work processes.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wiring schematics and diagrams include those in electrical systems in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings	1.1 Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Wiring schematics and drawings are sourced that relate to the vehicle, vessel or machinery electrical system being tested 1.3 Schematics and drawings are checked to ensure they are current and include latest amendments
2. Interpret information	2.1 Electrical circuit information in schematics and drawings is correctly identified 2.2 Information is interpreted and applied to assist when carrying out testing and repair procedures on electrical wiring systems
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Schematics and drawings are stored to ensure ease of access and protection from loss or damage 3.2 Damage to schematics and drawings is reported according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret symbols and graphical illustrations in electrical wiring schematics and drawings.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units relating to electrical circuits and wiring systems in automotive workshop hard copy and online documentation determine correct measurement relationships for voltage, current and resistance in electrical circuits from wiring schematics and drawings interpret correct wiring gauge and dimensions from wiring schematics and drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Electrical circuit information must include:	symbols wiring codes legends diagrammatic representations.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

read, interpret and apply information from three different vehicle, vessel or machinery wiring schematics and diagrams when testing and fault finding their electrical wiring systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types of information in wiring schematics and drawings, including:

circuit symbols

wiring codes

vehicle zone tables

legends

diagrammatic representations

key components of wiring schematics and drawings, including:

vehicle wiring schematics

electrical component symbols

electrical operational block schematics

controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuit diagrams

vehicle zoning information tables

electrical component drawings

connector drawings that include connector end view drawings

procedures for identifying currency and version control of wiring schematics and drawings

procedures for maintaining wiring schematics and drawings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle or machinery wiring schematics and drawings they have interpreted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

wiring schematics and drawings relating to three different vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return charging system alternators to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the transmission, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The charging system alternators include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle alternator	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate alternator and components	2.1 Alternator is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to alternator 2.2 Alternator components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble alternator and components	4.1 Alternator is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of alternator is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and alternator is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for charging system alternators efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking charging system alternator specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure charging system alternator components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised charging system alternator overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for disposing of replaced alternator components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul charging system alternators of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, which include an alternator with a:

star connected stator

delta connected stator.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling charging system alternators, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for disposing of replaced alternator components

types, characteristics and operating principles of charging system alternators, including alternators with both star and delta connected stators

charging system alternator overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing charging system alternators for overhaul

charging system alternator dismantling procedures

charging system alternator repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brushes to slip ring alignment

bearings shimmed and seated in alternator housing

rotors rebalanced

rectifier installation to alternator housing

component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of load simulator load tester for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, current clamps, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing procedures of alternator in vehicle, vessel or machinery, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

checking for correct charging voltage at battery.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging system alternators that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to charging system alternators

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with star and delta connected stators and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of alternators.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return starting system motors to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the transmission, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The starting system motors include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle starter motor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate starter motor and components	2.1 Starter motor is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble starter motor and components	4.1 Starter motor is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of starter motor is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and starter motor is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relevant to starting system motor efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking starting system motor specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure starting system motor components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised starting system motor overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for disposing of replaced components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3018 Overhaul starting motors

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR018 Overhaul starting system motors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the starting system motors of three different vehicles, vessels or machinery, which must include:

one direct drive starter motor

one of the following solenoid pre-engaged types of starter motors:

direct drive

reduction drive

one stop-start starter motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling starting system motor, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for disposing of replaced components

types, characteristics and operating principles of vehicle, vessel or machinery starting system motors, including starter motors that are direct drive and solenoid pre-engaged types

starting system overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing starting system motors for overhaul

starting system motor dismantling procedures

starting system motor inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

starting system motor repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brushes to commutator alignment

motor drive shaft to planetary gear assembly

solenoid shift lever to clutch drive assembly

procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of load simulator load tester for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, current clamps, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing procedures of starting system motors in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

checking for voltage drop and starting system motor correct current draw.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting system motors that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer starting system motor specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the starting system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of starting system motors.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair alternating current (AC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting AC electric motor drive systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The AC electric motor drive systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams from manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment to inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following alternating current (AC) electric motor drive systems in different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

AC single phase induction motor

AC three phase induction motor

AC brush commutator motor

AC synchronous motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing AC electric motor drive systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

operating principles of AC electric motor drive systems, including of:

AC single phase induction motor

AC three phase induction motor

AC brush commutator motor

AC synchronous motor

application, purpose and operation of AC electric motor drive systems, including:

forklifts

golf karts and buggies

electric vehicle transportation

recreational vehicles, including quad bikes and motorcycles

inspection procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including for analysing system operation

procedures for testing AC electric motor drive systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

service and repair procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

component and associated system adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures for AC electric motor drive systems, including:

confirming that system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the AC electric motor drive systems that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer AC electric drive motor specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the AC electric motor drive systems specified in the performance evidence requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing AC electric motor drive systems, including multimeter.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair vehicle or machinery embedded network electronic control systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits essential to control engine powertrain, vehicle dynamic control functions and body control functions. They include vehicle infotainment and climate control systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair network electronic control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose network electronic control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair network electronic control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR020 Diagnose and repair network electronic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different network electronic control circuits that set network communication diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including one single wire circuit and one two-wire circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing network electronic control systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of network electronic control systems and associated components, including:

assurance of message delivery, non-conflicting messages, minimum time of delivery, and electromagnetic field (EMF) noise resilience

network topographies

network protocols, including characteristics and data speeds

application, purpose and operation of network electronic control systems and components, including:

controlled area network (CAN), including:

nodes: host processor, CAN controller, and transceiver

gateway modules

terminating resistors

data transmission

vehicle data logic connector (DLC)

local interconnect network (LIN), including:

master and slaves

data transmission

diagnostic testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

DTCs, including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle network electronic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for network electronic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the network electronic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for network electronic control systems

two different network electronic control circuits

diagnostic equipment for network electronic control circuits, including:

multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing network electronic control circuits.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems fitted to heavy vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems include those in heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, servicing and repair procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and electrical test equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use with protective guards, safety features and cowlings in place 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment, including scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures: found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances for recycling and disposing of replaced electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems:

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including procedures for:

using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

environmental requirements, including procedures:

found in safety data sheets (SDS) relating to toxic and corrosive substances

for recycling and disposing of replaced electronic management, monitoring and tracking system components

operating principles of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

system overview

global positioning system (GPS)

electronic sensors and processors

electrical actuators

application, purpose and operation of electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including:

receivers

displays

electronic controllers

steering actuators

telematics

connectors and harnesses

techniques for reading and interpreting automotive technical information, graphic symbols and wiring diagrams

inspection procedures, including:

analysing system operation

identifying software versions

interrogating electronic fault codes

testing electrical systems, including procedures for accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

service and repair procedures, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

downloading and installing relevant component software

component and associated system adjustment procedures to include variable operating conditions

post-repair testing procedures, including:

confirming that vehicle or machinery electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems are serviceable and operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic management, monitoring and tracking system that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

vehicles or machinery with the electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems specified in the performance evidence requiring service or repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems, including scan tool.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in dynamic control systems of vehicles. These systems include the functions of a vehicle electronic braking control module (EBCM), such as anti-lock braking, brake assist, descent control, electronic brake force distribution, electronic park brake, hill start assist, stability control, traction control and active roll-over protection. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Vehicle dynamic control systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose vehicle dynamic control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Repair vehicle dynamic control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the dynamic control systems of:

one vehicle or machinery with an anti-lock braking system (ABS)

one vehicle or machinery with a traction control system (TCS).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing vehicle dynamic control systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of vehicle dynamic control systems and associated components, including:

active roll-over protection

anti-lock braking

brake assist

descent control

electronic brake force distribution

electronic park brake

hill start assist

stability control

traction control

application, purpose and operation of vehicle dynamic control systems and components, including:

ABS, including system inputs, electronic control unit (ECU), ABS modulator, and system outputs

TCS, including system inputs, ECU, and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

electronic stability control (ESC), including system inputs, including yaw and steering angle sensors, and ECU and system outputs, including associated throttle and braking system controls

diagnostic testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including ‘U’ type communication codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

determining damage to system wiring and connectors

repair procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

connector removal and replacement procedures

removal and replacement procedures for vehicle dynamic control system components

post-repair testing procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle dynamic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle dynamic control system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with dynamic control system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle dynamic control systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle dynamic control systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR023 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition engine management systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Spark ignition engine management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine management system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine management system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match spark ignition engine management system components and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle spark ignition engine management system voltages and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems. working with high pressure petrol fuel systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3023 Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR023 Diagnose and repair spark ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the spark ignition engine management systems of three different vehicles or machinery, including:

faults in two system input sensors

faults in one system output actuator.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing spark ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

operating principles of spark ignition engine management systems and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and chemistry of combustion

composition of petrol fuel, including octane rating

indirect and direct fuel injection

application, purpose and operation of spark ignition engine management systems and components, including:

fuel system, including:

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel pressure regulators

fuel injectors

electronic control system, including the following system inputs:

throttle position sensors

coolant temperature sensors

oxygen sensors

load sensors and air flow meters

intake air temperature sensors

crankshaft position sensors

camshaft position sensors

battery voltage

accessory load sensors

knock sensors

key features of electronic control units (ECUs), including:

read-only memory (ROM)

programmable read-only memory (PROM)

electronically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM)

random access memory (RAM)

multiplexing

adaptive learning

short-term fuel trim (STFT)

long-term fuel trim (LTFT)

sensor reference voltages and sensor grounds

system outputs, including:

injectors

idle speed control devices

fuel pump relays

engine cooling fans

air conditioning compressor controls

broadband intake manifolds

exhaust gas recirculation solenoid controls

carbon canister purge controls

throttle motor (drive by wire) controls

variable valve timing controls

assembly line diagnostic link (ALDL)

ignition systems and components, including:

spark plugs

ignition leads

ignition coils, including electromagnetic induction

ignition timing, including varying ignition timing according to engine load, speed and knock sensor input

dwell period

ECU control of ignition coil switching and methods of generating timing signals, including:

profile ignition pick-up (PIP) and crankshaft position sensor signals, including inductive pick-up, Hall effect and light emitting diode (LED)

waste spark ignition systems

coil-on-plug ignition systems

integrated ignition systems

diagnostic testing procedures for spark ignition engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

fault codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair or replacement procedures for spark ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing the following electrical or electronic components:

sensors

actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

clearing fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the spark ignition engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for spark ignition engine management systems

three different vehicles or machinery with spark ignition engine management system faults

diagnostic equipment for spark ignition engine management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing spark ignition engine management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronic compression ignition engine management systems of vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Compression ignition engine management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose compression ignition engine management system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair compression ignition engine management system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to compression ignition engine management systems from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical outputs on multimeters and scan tools measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high pressure diesel fuel systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3024 Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine management systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR024 Diagnose and repair compression ignition engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the compression ignition engine management systems of three different vehicles or machinery, including:

faults in two of the following:

engine position sensor

throttle position sensor

engine coolant temperature sensor

engine mass airflow (MAF) sensor

inlet air temperature (IAT) sensor

faults in one of the following:

fuel injector

engine fuel pressure sensor

boost pressure sensor

low pressure fuel delivery pump

high pressure fuel rail pump

electronic control unit (ECU).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high pressure diesel fuel systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of diesel fuel injection systems and associated components, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel, including cetane and sulphur content

application, purpose and operation of compression ignition engine management systems and components, including common rail fuel systems:

low pressure stage

high pressure stage, including:

high pressure injection pump

common fuel rail

injectors

high pressure fuel line

compression ignition engine management systems, including:

sensors

actuators

wiring harness

electronic control module (ECM)

associated vehicle systems

diagnostic testing procedures for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

diagnostic flow charts

fuel system testing, including:

low pressure fuel system testing

high pressure fuel system testing

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors or wiring

injector testing

sensor testing

actuator testing

accessing and interpreting industry-relevant test equipment data, including:

fault codes

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair or replacement procedures for compression ignition engine management systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing sensors

removing and replacing actuators, including fuel injectors and fuel pumps

adjusting and recalibrating components and their associated systems

post-repair testing procedures, including procedures for:

clearing fault codes

assessing engine performance

checking for electrical connector mating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the compression ignition engine management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for compression ignition engine management systems

three different vehicles or machinery with compression ignition engine management system faults

diagnostic equipment for compression ignition engine management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing compression ignition engine management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test, charge, replace, retest and secure a range of automotive batteries, including vehicle or machinery jump-starting procedures. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the battery to determine serviceability, charging, jump-starting, removing and replacing, and undertaking the final retesting of batteries, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The batteries include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicle	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Technical information for testing batteries and equipment safe operating procedures are accessed and interpreted from vehicle or machinery and battery manufacturer specifications 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test battery and determine serviceability	2.1 Battery is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Battery cables, terminals and case are visually inspected to determine faults or damage 2.3 Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up as required 2.4 Battery and terminals are cleaned using correct equipment and battery cleaning materials 2.5 Battery voltage and load are checked to determine if battery requires charging, jump-starting or replacement
3. Charge battery	3.1 Technical information for charging is interpreted from vehicle or machinery and battery manufacturer specifications 3.2 Tools and equipment for charging battery are identified, selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up as required 3.4 Battery charge rate is determined and battery charger is connected to battery according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Battery is charged according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.6 Battery charger is turned off and disconnected, and electrolyte levels are rechecked, according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements as required
4. Carry out jump-start procedures	4.1 Jump-start is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to vehicle or machinery 4.2 Battery voltage is identified and confirmed as being appropriate to jump-start procedures and vehicle or machinery 4.3 Leads are connected and disconnected in correct sequence and polarity according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
5. Remove and replace battery	5.1 Appropriate power source memory back-up device is connected to ensure no loss of power to accessories as required 5.2 Battery terminals are disconnected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.3 Battery is removed from vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.4 Replacement battery is chosen appropriate to electrical and physical specifications and measurements of vehicle or machinery 5.5 Battery is replaced and secured according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.6 Battery terminals are reconnected and tightened according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.7 Post-replacement testing is carried out to confirm battery charging system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recycled material is collected 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safety data sheets (SDS), and safe operating procedures in manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	identify, interpret and match components and requirements to manufacturer specifications, including: battery types battery identification numbers and specifications cold cranking amp (CCA) and reserve capacity (RC) battery rating requirements use mathematical formulas and operations to calculate correct charge rate and charging period for the type and capacity of battery.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and equipment relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles correctly and safely, including battery chargers, hydrometers and jumper leads.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools, equipment and materials must include:	load testing devices hydrometers multimeters jumper leads battery chargers battery cleaning materials.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: safely operating: battery testing equipment battery charging equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: battery, vehicle and machinery movement before carrying out work wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems environmental requirements, including procedures for: following SDS to trap, store and dispose of toxic and corrosive substances disposing of or recycling batteries.
Determining battery charge rate must include:	calculating correct charge rate calculating charging period for type and capacity of battery.
Choosing replacement battery must include:	determining battery specifications to suit vehicle or machinery manufacturer specifications, including correct: voltage CCA and RC ratings.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3025 Test, charge and replace batteries

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR025 Test, charge and replace batteries and jump-start vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test two different types of automotive batteries

charge two batteries, in which the work must involve:

slow or trickle charging one battery

rapid charging the second battery

remove and replace batteries from two different vehicles or machinery

jump-start two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries and jump-start vehicles, including procedures for:

safely operating:

battery testing equipment

battery charging equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

battery, vehicle and machinery movement before carrying out work

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

following safety data sheets (SDS) to trap, store and dispose of toxic and corrosive substances

disposing of or recycling batteries

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and SDS

types, application and operation of batteries, including:

lead acid batteries, including deep cycle batteries

gel batteries

absorbed glass mat batteries

calcium batteries

lithium ion and lithium ion phosphate batteries

battery connection methods for 6 volt, 12 volt, 24 volt and 48 volt, including:

series

parallel

series parallel

battery classification methods, including:

cold cranking amps (CCA)

reserve capacity (RC)

amp hour rating

battery testing procedures, including:

testing safety requirements

visual inspection procedures

voltage drop testing

hydrometer testing

high rate discharge testing

battery charging procedures, including:

charging safety requirements

slow, fast and trickle charging

battery memory retention

battery replacement procedures, including:

replacement safety requirements

terminal disconnection

battery selection

battery installation and terminal connection

securing battery in vehicle

system recalibration procedures

battery jump-start procedures, including:

vehicle and personnel safety requirements

battery terminal disconnection

jumper lead connection and disconnection.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the batteries that they have tested, charged, replaced and jump-started, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery specifications

PPE for testing, charging, removing and replacing batteries and jump-starting vehicles and machinery, including safety glasses

two different types of serviceable batteries

two different vehicles or machinery requiring jump-starting

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for battery testing, charging and replacement, including:

load testing device

hydrometer

multimeter

jumper leads

battery charger

battery cleaning materials.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies integral to vehicle and machinery controller area network databus (CAN-bus). Electrical and electronic units and assemblies include powertrain control modules, engine and body control modules, and other electronic control modules that may require manufacturer programming procedures.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic units and assemblies include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Removal information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove unit and assembly	2.1 Unit and assembly are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Unit and assembly are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Replace unit and assembly	3.1 Replacement information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 3.2 Unit and assembly are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Program unit and assembly	4.1 Reprogramming options are analysed and those most appropriate are selected 4.2 Component replacement and programming procedures are carried out according to manufacturer and component supplier specifications 4.3 Post-replacement testing is carried out to confirm that unit and assembly are operating to manufacturer specifications and that no other problems are present
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures and workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match component part numbers to workplace instructions and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical and electronic units and assemblies measure components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine cause of faults and select most appropriate diagnostic and reprogramming method.
Technology skills to:	use specialised workplace technology, tools and equipment relating to removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, replace, program and retest two of the following systems on controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits in different vehicles or machinery, including:

supplementary restraint system (SRS) module

body control module (BCM)

engine control module (ECM)

powertrain control module (PCM)

electric brake control (EBC), antilock braking system (ABS) or vehicle stability control (VSC) module

collision avoidance control (CAC) module

adaptive cruise control (ACC) module.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

key features of electrical and electronic units and assemblies integral to vehicle CAN-bus networks, including:

supplementary restraint system modules

body control modules

engine control modules

powertrain control modules

electric brake control, antilock braking system, and vehicle stability control modules

collision avoidance control modules

adaptive cruise control modules

various types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:

basic wiring

twisted pair

shielded wiring

CAN-bus wiring

procedures for removing and replacing electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including:

identifying unit position using wiring schematics and drawings

identifying unit model and configuration

identifying visual indications of unit damage, including:

physical damage and wear

water and moisture ingress

avoiding static electricity discharge when handling units

disconnecting and reconnecting electrical connectors

procedures for programming electrical or electronic units, including:

service programming system (SPS)

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) programming code

flash code or program

vehicle configuration index (VCI) code or password

post-replacement testing procedures, including checking unit system operation

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical and electronic units and assemblies they have removed, replaced and programmed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical and electronic unit and assembly specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring removal, replacement and programming of electrical and electronic units and assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, replacing and programming electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including scan tool.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install and test ancillary electronic systems and components in vehicles or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the systems and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation. These electronic systems and components may require programming following installation to enable them to communicate with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus or LIN-bus) topography.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Ancillary electronic systems and components include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install ancillary electronic system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer specifications and installation fitting instructions are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and test ancillary electronic system and components	2.1 Electronic system and components are checked for correct application and damage 2.2 Electronic equipment is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Programming code is sought and interpreted, as required, to enable installed equipment to communicate with vehicle or machinery controller area network 2.4 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Post-installation testing of other electrical and electronic systems is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm correct operation, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the installation process are rectified
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret text, symbols and diagrams in ancillary electronic system and component fitment information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match material and component part numbers to work instructions and vehicle and machinery component part lists measure voltage, current and resistance, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialist tools relating to the installation of ancillary electronic systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR027 Install ancillary electronic systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install two ancillary electronic systems and components that require communication with the vehicle or machinery controller area network data bus (CAN-bus) topography of different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing ancillary electronic systems and components, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

selecting and using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

types and basic operation of common ancillary electronic systems and components, including:

driver interlocks, including alcohol interlock devices

remote keyless entry systems

security alarm systems

audio systems

mobile phones

speed alert systems

navigation systems

reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and cameras

driver gauges and instruments

trailer harness connectors

types of vehicle and machinery communication networks, including:

controller area network (CAN)

local interconnect network (LIN)

media oriented systems transport (MOST)

types of communication network wiring, including:

single wire

two wire twisted pair

shielded wire

procedures for installing basic ancillary electronic systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing existing electrical components

procedures for sourcing and using programming code to allow communication between installed system and existing vehicle or machinery systems

post-installation testing procedures of basic ancillary electronic systems and components, including procedures for checking:

full operation of installed system

operation of existing electrical and electronic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the ancillary electronic systems and components that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service and repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to systems and components being installed

manufacturer ancillary electronic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of ancillary electronic systems and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing ancillary electronic systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the instruments and warning systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The instruments and warning systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair instruments and warning system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose instruments and warning system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair instruments and warning system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match instruments and warning system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the instruments and warning systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including faults in two of the following:

driver instrument warning gauge assembly

engine monitoring warning assembly

vehicle warning visual alert assembly

vehicle warning audible alert assembly

remove, refit or replace an instrument panel in one vehicle, vessel or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing instruments and warning systems, including procedures for working with high current wiring systems

operating principles of instruments and warning systems and associated components, including types of instruments, gauges and warning systems

application, purpose and operation of instruments and warning systems and components, including:

instrument panel construction

panel illumination

magnetic and thermal gauges

voltage regulators

mechanical gauges

digital electronic gauges and systems

warning lights and indicators

diagnostic testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage instruments and warning systems

repair procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

undertaking static and dynamic performance tests of instruments and warning systems, including test-driving procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the instruments and warning systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer instrument and warning system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with instrument and warning system faults

diagnostic equipment for instruments and warning systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery instruments and warning systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR029 Diagnose and repair charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the charging systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The charging systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair charging system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose charging system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair charging system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match alternator types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, vessel, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret system charging voltage and charge rate measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3029 Diagnose and repair charging systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR029 Diagnose and repair charging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following charging system components in two different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

alternator stator or rotor circuit

alternator internal regulator control circuit

external regulator battery management system circuit

battery to alternator wiring and earthing system circuit

machinery charging system circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing charging systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of charging systems and associated components, including:

charging batteries with direct current

vehicle system power and electrical current requirements

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

producing direct current (DC) EMF

producing alternating current (AC) EMF

changing AC to DC, including half-wave and full-wave rectification

application, purpose and operation of charging systems and components, including:

generators, including:

internal component function and operation

regulation of output voltage and current

alternators, including:

internal component function and operation

star-connected and delta-connected stator windings

regulation of output voltage, including zener diodes and exciter diodes

battery management systems

diagnostic testing procedures for charging systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

load testing charging systems

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of charging system circuits

repair procedures for charging systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for charging systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of charging systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the charging systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with charging system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery charging systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR030 Diagnose and repair starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the starting systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The starting systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair starting system	1.1Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose starting system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair starting system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match starter motor types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle, machinery and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret system starting cold cranking amps (CCA) measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3030 Diagnose and repair starting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR030 Diagnose and repair starting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following starting system circuits in two different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

vehicle starter motor and solenoid circuit

vehicle ignition switch to solenoid control circuit

vehicle battery to starter motor circuit

machinery starting system circuit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of starting systems and associated components, including:

producing movement due to the force between magnetic fields

producing magnetic fields due to current flow through conductors

basic direct current motor operation, including simple armature, magnetic field and commutator

application, purpose and operation of starting systems and components, including:

starter motors, including:

internal component function and operation, including armature, commutator, field windings

starter motor windings, including series wound, shunt wound and compound wound

permanent magnet starter motors

direct drive and reduction-type starter motors

starting electrical systems, including:

solenoids

shift levers

overrunning clutch flywheel ring gears

ignition switching, including key start, push-button start, remote start and start-stop systems

safety switches, including inhibitor switches and clutch neutral switches

diagnostic testing procedures for starting systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance, current flow and voltage drop checks of starting system circuits

field winding tests

armature tests, including using a growler

commutator tests

brushes and holder tests

overrunning clutch and pinion tests

flywheel ring gear tests

starter motor bench tester operation

repair procedures for starting systems, including:

tightening connections

replacing faulty or damaged cable connections

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

post-repair testing procedures for starting systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

checking for electrical connector mating

static and dynamic performance tests of starting systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the starting systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with starting system faults

diagnostic equipment for vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery starting systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the ignition systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The ignition systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair ignition system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose ignition system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair ignition system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to ignition system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match ignition system components and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle ignition system voltages and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters, scan tools and oscilloscope.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the ignition systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery, including faults in two of the following:

magneto with contact points

magneto with solid state trigger

capacitive discharge ignition

distributor with contact points

distributor with hall effect sensor

distributor with induction magnetic trigger

distributor with optical sensor

waste spark

coil on plug.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing ignition systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of ignition systems and associated components, including:

generating principles, including Faraday’s law and inducing an electromotive force (EMF)

application, purpose and operation of ignition systems and components, including:

ignition coils, including:

internal component function and operation: primary windings, iron core and secondary windings

electromagnetic induction in the coil

spark plugs: identification, thread size, reach, heat range, resistance-type plugs, and type and number of earth electrodes

ignition leads

Kettering ignition system, including:

primary section: battery, ignition switch, ballast resistor, ignition coil primary windings, contact breaker point and capacitor

secondary section: ignition coil secondary windings, coil high tension lead, rotor button and distributor cap, spark plug high tension leads and spark plugs

firing order

ignition timing and methods of varying timing according to engine load and speed

electronic ignition systems, including:

pulse generator systems: stator and rotor units, ignition control units, current limiting and dwell control

Hall effect systems: Hall effect device, and permanent magnet and signal waveform

optical ignition systems: light emitting diodes (LEDs), rotating disc and optical electronic semiconductors

magneto ignition systems: shuttle and inductor magnetos, and energy transfer ignition systems

capacitive discharge ignition (CDI) systems:

transformer, charging circuit, triggering circuit, main capacitor and rectifier

alternating current CDI

direct current CDI

waste spark ignition systems

coil on plug ignition systems

diagnostic testing procedures for ignition systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of ignition system circuits

testing ignition coils

using oscilloscopes, including interpreting ignition system primary and secondary waveforms

repair procedures for ignition systems, including:

removing and replacing faulty or damaged components

setting contact breaker gap and checking dwell

adjusting ignition system timing

removing, replacing and re-timing distributors

post-repair testing procedures for ignition systems, including static and dynamic performance tests of ignition systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the ignition systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer ignition system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with ignition system faults

diagnostic equipment for ignition systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery ignition systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electrical systems of vehicles or machinery. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) networked circuits and include entry-exit locking systems, power windows, interior and exterior lighting, turning indicators, brake and hazard warning lights and electric drive motor circuits. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive electrical systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicle, light vehicle, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electrical system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electrical system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electrical system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Compete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electrical components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3032 Repair electrical systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR032 Diagnose and repair automotive electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following electrical system single wire (non CAN-bus) circuits:

entry-exit locking systems with electric motor control circuit

power windows circuit

interior or exterior lighting circuit

turning indicator circuit

brake light circuit

hazard warning light circuit

electrical drive motor circuit

carry out four of the following electrical connector repairs to a vehicle or machinery wiring harness:

crimp two different terminal types and sizes

remove two faulty connectors from the back of different terminals

solder two different wire gauges to electrical terminals

apply heat shrink insulation to two different crimped or soldered joints

check terminal retention on two different female terminals and connectors.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing automotive electrical systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

operating principles of automotive electrical systems and associated components, including:

current, voltage, resistance and power

series circuits

parallel circuits

series and parallel circuits

Ohm’s law

Faraday’s law

Kirchhoff's law

magnetism and direct current (DC) motor operation

electromagnetic interference and radiation

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity

circuit protection devices

application, purpose and operation of automotive electrical systems and components, including:

wiper motors

electric windows

electric door locks

fan motors

horns

lighting

radio aerials

diagnostic testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

visual, aural and functional assessments of electrical system components, including:

component damage and wear

component or connector corrosion

component water or moisture ingress

common faults in electrical circuits, including:

open circuits

high resistance circuits

short circuits

damaged insulation

frayed wires

burnt wiring

water and moisture ingress

connector damage

terminal damage

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

checking resistance, current flow and voltage drop of system circuits

procedures for using:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

repair procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

removing and replacing electrical systems and their components

post-repair testing procedures for automotive electrical systems, including:

checking for electrical connector mating

checking circuit current flow

static and dynamic performance tests of automotive electrical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automotive electrical system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with electrical system faults

diagnostic equipment for electrical systems, including multimeter

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing automotive electrical systems, including:

automotive wiring

heat shrink

soldering iron.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing network electronic control systems in order to vary or enhance performance. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) network circuits. The unit involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The network electronic control systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing network electronic control systems are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for network electronic control system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking network electronic control system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure network electronic control system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including scan tools and oscilloscopes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR5033 Develop and apply electronic systems modification

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR033 Develop and apply network electronic control system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the network electronic control system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify network electronic control system to a significantly changed capability

adapt network electronic control system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant network electronic control system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying network electronic control system modifications, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information relating to modifying network electronic control systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to network electronic control systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of the main automotive industry network electronic control systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for network electronic control system modifications, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to network electronic control system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the network electronic control systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer network electronic control system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to network electronic control system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring network electronic control system modification

diagnostic equipment for network electronic control system modification, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing network electronic control system modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing electrical systems in order to vary or enhance performance. These systems are single wire (non CAN-bus) network circuits. The unit involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical systems include those of agricultural machinery, bicycles, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing electrical system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for electrical system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking electrical system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure electrical system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, including micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR5034 Develop and apply electrical systems modification

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR034 Develop and apply electrical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the electrical system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify electrical system to a significantly changed capability

adapt electrical system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant electrical system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying electrical system modifications, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle ignition systems with injector high voltages

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

location and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other relevant technical information relating to modifying electrical systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to electrical systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of the electrical systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for electrical system modifications, including scan tools and oscilloscopes

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to electrical system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to electrical system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring electrical system modification

diagnostic equipment for electrical system modifications, including digital multimeters and scan tools

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing electrical system modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR035 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine components and systems, as well as of the principles of engine operation, during the testing and repair of basic electrical circuits in vehicles, vessels and machinery.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify relevant information relating to petrol and diesel engine operation in work activities	1.1 Functions of engine components are identified during testing and repair activities 1.2 Functions of engine-related electrical systems are identified during testing and repair activities
2. Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation in work activities	2.1 Effect of electrical system on engine performance is identified during testing and repair activities 2.2 Knowledge is applied of the relationship that a four-stroke cycle petrol engine has with vehicle ignition, starting, air and fuel delivery and cooling systems 2.3 Knowledge is applied of the relationship that a diesel engine has with vehicle ignition, starting, air and fuel delivery and cooling systems
3. Evaluate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation	3.1 Knowledge is regularly checked with colleagues and supervisor to ensure currency and accuracy 3.2 Knowledge is updated as required to complement own work role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret a range of technical information relating to petrol and diesel engines and their operation.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units relating to petrol and diesel engines in automotive technical information use basic mathematical operations to calculate engine dimensions, such as bore, stroke power, and torque interpret numbers and units used with measuring equipment, such as compression gauges and cylinder leakage testers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Engine-related electrical systems must include:	ignition system charging system starting system engine management system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2035 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR035 Apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

apply knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation during the testing and repair of three different vehicle, vessel or machinery electrical systems

evaluate and expand knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation, including demonstrating knowledge of one of the following:

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine testing procedure

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine repair procedure

a new automotive petrol and diesel engine technology.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

types and location of sources of technical information relevant to automotive electrical systems, including:

workplace service information

automotive engine mechanical texts

vehicle workshop manuals

service bulletins

technical articles

automotive textbooks

classifications of engines, including:

internal combustion

reciprocating and rotary engines

spark ignition engines

compression ignition engines

engine cylinder arrangements

engine configurations, including:

inline engines, V type engines and slant cylinder engines

opposed cylinder engines

camshaft and valve locations, including:

overhead cam (OHC)

overhead valve (OHV)

engine operating principles, including:

two-stroke cycles

four-stroke cycles

engine measurement and performance ratings

operating performance of engines, including:

petrol engines

diesel engines

petrol and diesel engine operation, including:

engine construction

engine types and configuration

two-stroke and four-stroke

cycles of engine operation, including:

intake stroke

compression stroke

power stroke

exhaust stroke

firing orders

ignition types, including:

spark

compression

engine mounting location, including:

front longitudinal

front transverse

mid transverse

measurement and performance, including:

bore and stroke

displacement

compression ratio

engine efficiency

torque versus horsepower

engine components, including:

top of engine, including:

timing belt or chain

camshaft timing pulley

camshaft single and dual

rocker arms and shafts

intake valves and springs

exhaust valves and springs

cylinder head

front of engine, including:

crankshaft

crankshaft timing pulley

crankshaft pulley and balancer

rear of engine, including:

flywheel

starter ring gear

bottom of engine, including:

engine block

crankshaft

crankshaft balance weights

crankshaft main bearing journals

pistons

connecting rods

relationships between electrical systems and engine performance, including:

ignition system and engine power and torque, including:

ignition timing

combustion stroke pressure

diesel injection system and engine power and torque, including:

injection timing

combustion stroke pressure

starter motor system, including:

current draw of starting system of high compression engines

types of batteries and starter motors for petrol and diesel engines

wiring requirements of starter motor systems for petrol and diesel engines

charging system, including system requirements for low and high speed engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied knowledge of petrol and diesel engine systems and components to the vehicles and machinery that they have worked on, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

technical information relating to petrol and diesel engines

automotive tools and electrical test equipment relating to the system being tested or repaired

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with functional electrical systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR036 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in electronically controlled suspension systems. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the embedded network electronic control system of a vehicle or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Electronically controlled suspension systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronically controlled suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronically controlled suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electronically controlled suspension system components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including procedures for removing tension from suspension components manual handling heavy suspension system components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3036 Service and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR036 Diagnose and repair electronically controlled suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following electronically controlled suspension system components of two different vehicles or machinery:

ride height sensor circuits

wheel speed sensor circuits

steering rate sensor circuits

ride height control relay circuits

air compressor motor control circuits

air spring fill-vent solenoid control valve circuits

remove, refit or replace either a solenoid actuated shock absorber or a load sensing shock absorber from an electronically controlled suspension system in one of the above vehicles or machinery, and retest the system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronically controlled suspension systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including procedures for removing tension from suspension components

manual handling heavy suspension system components

electronically controlled suspension system principles, including:

vehicle ride and handling

typical vehicle or machinery equipped with electronically controlled suspension systems

application, purpose and operation of electronically controlled suspension systems and components, including:

adaptive suspension control module

control sensors and actuators

suspension control module functions, including:

control of air spring settings

shock damper settings

air compressor operation

diagnostic testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of suspension system.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronically controlled suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for electronically controlled suspension systems

two different vehicles or machinery with faults in their electronically controlled suspension systems

diagnostic equipment for electronically controlled suspension systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing electronically controlled suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle or light commercial vehicle embedded network safety systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle network safety systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in vehicle safety system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for safety system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle safety system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure safety system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems working around the vehicle’s supplementary restraint systems (SRS), such as airbags wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems, as required.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4037 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle safety systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR037 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex faults in the safety systems of two different light vehicles or light commercial vehicles

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working with high voltages on vehicle electrical systems

working around the vehicle’s supplementary restraint systems (SRS), including airbags

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

disarming vehicle airbag and safety restraint systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle safety systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to light vehicle safety systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle safety systems, including:

active and passive collision avoidance

adaptive front lighting systems

airbag systems

lane keeping assist

occupant detection systems

radar cruise control

roll-over protection

seatbelt pre-tensioners

testing procedures for light vehicle safety systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle safety systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle safety systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle safety system specifications

two different light vehicles or light commercial vehicles with complex faults in their safety systems

light vehicle safety system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle safety systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic systems include those in motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in motorcycle electrical or electronic system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for electrical or electronic system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Motorcycle or ATV is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different motorcycles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking motorcycle electrical and electronic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure electrical and electronic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: high voltage vehicle ignition systems high current vehicle electrical systems wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex faults in the electrical or electronic systems of two different motorcycles or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs)

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

high voltage vehicle ignition systems

high current vehicle electrical systems

wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

types, function and operation of motorcycle and ATV electrical and electronic systems, including:

lighting system

ignition system

charging system

starting system

engine management system

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

immobiliser system

testing procedures for motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical and electronic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system specifications

two different types of motorcycles or ATVs with complex faults in their electrical or electronic systems

motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle or ATV electrical and electronic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR039 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle embedded network theft-deterrent systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle theft-deterrent systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle theft-deterrent system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for theft-deterrent system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle theft-deterrent system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure theft-deterrent system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4039 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle theft deterrent systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR039 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the theft-deterrent systems of two different light vehicles

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

vehicle locking and securing

passive entry

integrated alarm

engine immobiliser

remote access

testing procedures for light vehicle theft-deterrent systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle theft-deterrent systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle theft-deterrent system specifications

two different light vehicles with complex faults in their theft-deterrent systems

light vehicle theft-deterrent system diagnostic equipment, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle theft-deterrent systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR040 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle embedded network monitoring and protection systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The vehicle monitoring and protection systems include those in vehicles, vessels or machinery in the automotive industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in vehicle monitoring and protection system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for monitoring and protection system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking monitoring and protection system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure monitoring and protection system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: digital multimeters scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR4040 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR040 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex faults in the monitoring and protection systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

types of complex faults relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems

types, function and operation of vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

display types, including:

liquid crystal display (LCD)

vacuum fluorescent display (VFD)

cathode ray tube (CRT)

heads-up display (HUD)

reconfigurable systems

electronic analogue display

on-board diagnostics

remote and wireless monitoring systems

testing procedures for vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including:

using digital multimeter, scan tool and oscilloscope

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults relating to vehicle monitoring and protection systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the monitoring and protection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle, vessel or machinery monitoring and protection system specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their monitoring and protection systems

monitoring and protection system diagnostic equipment relating to vehicles, vessels or machinery, including:

digital multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in monitoring and protection systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, refit and test the operation of electrical components following body repair activities. Electrical components include headlights, tail-lights, mirrors, antennas, sensors, actuators, and vehicle, vessel or machinery control modules. These components are not an integral part of vehicle controller area network databus (CAN-bus) typography and do not require programming procedures following fitting activities.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical components include those fitted in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Removal and refitting procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards are recognised and precautions are taken according to safety requirements 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove electrical components	2.1 Electrical components are removed using approved methods, tools and equipment and according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Components are inspected for damage according to workplace procedures 2.3 Components are handled and stored according to manufacturer and component supplier requirements
3. Refit electrical components	3.1 Electrical components are replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment 3.2 Electrical components are refitted according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
4. Test operation of electrical components	4.1 Options for testing components are identified 4.2 Electrical components are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 4.3 Faults are identified from operational test results and potential causes of faults are analysed 4.4 Findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for repair or component replacement
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked, stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in manufacturer specifications, safe operating procedures and workplace information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	match materials and component part numbers to workplace instructions, manufacturer specifications, and vehicle and component part lists interpret measurements of voltage, current and resistance relating to electrical components measure materials and components to determine compliance with specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body repair activities

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR042 Remove, refit and operate electrical components following body repair activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, refit and operationally test four of the following systems on non controller area network databus (CAN-bus) circuits on different vehicles, vessels or machinery:

headlight or tail-light assembly

windscreen washer and wiper motor assembly

external electric mirror assembly

antenna, mobile phone or radio

actuators, central door locking or window closure.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, refitting and operating electrical components following body repair activities, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

identification and function of electrical components, including:

headlight assemblies

tail-light assemblies

side and rear vision mirrors

windscreen washer and wiper motor assemblies

door and window motor assemblies

procedures for removing and replacing electrical components, including:

identifying component position using wiring schematics and drawings

identifying component model and configuration

identifying visual indications of control unit damage, including:

physical damage and wear

water and moisture ingress

removing and replacing trim and covers

handling precautions of electrical components, including halogen globes

disconnecting and reconnecting electrical connectors

fitting electrical components to vehicle, vessel or machinery body

post-fitting testing procedures of electrical components, including checking electrical system operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electrical components that they have removed, refitted and tested following body repair activities, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive body repair workshop or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicles, vessels or machinery with the electrical components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and refitting following body repair

tools and equipment appropriate for removing and refitting electrical components following body repair activities.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronic body management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery. These systems include two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) and single wire low speed (LIN-bus) networked circuits in the vehicle or machinery’s embedded network electronic control system and are essential to controlling vehicle, vessel or machinery body control functions, including passenger convenience, comfort, navigation and infotainment systems. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Electronic body management embedded networked systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronic body management system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronic body management system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic body management system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match electronic body control components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3043 Service and repair electronic body management systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR043 Diagnose and repair electronic body management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following electronic body management systems of vehicles, vessels or machinery:

entry and exit systems, which must include:

power door lock circuit

key coding to vehicle

anti-theft immobilisation circuit

power window system

lighting system

navigation system

infotainment system

passenger comfort system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic body management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

electronic body management system principles, including types of electronic body management systems

application, purpose and operation of electronic body management systems and components, including:

entry and exit systems, including:

power door lock circuits

key coding to vehicles

anti-theft immobilisation circuits

power window systems

lighting systems

navigation systems

infotainment systems

passenger comfort systems

diagnostic testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for electronic body management systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for electronic body management systems, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests of electronic body management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic body management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer body management system specifications

vehicles, vessels or machinery with electronic body management system faults

diagnostic equipment for body management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle, vessel or machinery electronic body management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR044 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the engine and transmission management systems of vehicles or machinery. These systems communicate on the vehicle two-wire (CAN-bus) networked controlled circuit, and are an integral part of an engine and transmission management system. The unit involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Engine and transmission management systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair engine and transmission system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronic engine and transmission system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic engine and transmission system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams in information relating to electrical system testing and repair equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match engine and transmission management components and part identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and manufacturer specifications interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including multimeters and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using specialised tools and equipment using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with: working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETR3044 Service and repair electronic drive management systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR044 Diagnose and repair integrated engine and transmission management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the integrated engine and transmission management systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing a system component that affects the operation of both the engine and the transmission management system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing integrated engine and transmission management systems, including procedures for:

using specialised tools and equipment

using appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with:

working on vehicle high voltage ignition systems

wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

integrated engine and transmission management system principles, including:

engine and transmission management system topography, inputs and outputs

typical vehicle or machinery systems equipped with engine and transmission management systems

application, purpose and operation of integrated engine and transmission management systems and components, including:

control modules

control sensors and actuators

communication systems, including controlled area network data bus (CAN-bus)

diagnostic testing procedures for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

using diagnostic flow charts

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including procedures for removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures, including:

DTC clearing procedures

static and dynamic performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the integrated engine and transmission management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for engine and transmission management systems

two different vehicles or machinery with integrated engine and transmission management system faults

diagnostic equipment for integrated engine and transmission management systems, including:

multimeter

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing vehicle engine and transmission management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair direct current (DC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting DC electric motor drive systems, repairing the systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The DC electric motor drive systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and servicing procedures are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Circuits are tested according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 System is serviced and repaired according to manufacturer and component specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 System is performance tested and final adjustments are made 3.3 Post-repair testing is carried out to confirm system is operating to manufacturer specifications, any reported problems are resolved, and no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams from manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle electrical measurements and readings on digital and analogue gauges measure voltage, current and resistance and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tools and electrical test equipment to inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems, including multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working safely with high current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR045 Inspect, service and repair DC electric motor drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair three of the following direct current (DC) electric motor drive systems in vehicles, vessels or machinery:

brush commutator motor

stepper motor assembly

brushless hall effect motor

magnetic flux array motor.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing DC electric motor drive systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working safely with high current electrical systems

operating principles of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

brush commutator motors, including of:

permanent magnet motor

series motor

shunt motor

compound motor

brushless motors, including:

stepper motors, including rotary position actuators

hall effect motor

magnetic flux array motors

application, purpose and operation of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

power operated windows, door and roofs

power operated seats, mirrors and radio antennas

winches and lifting platforms

rotary position actuators

brushless traction motors

magnetic flux array, including wheel hub motors

inspection procedures for DC electric motor drive systems, including analysing system operation

procedures for testing DC electric motor drive systems, including:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

procedures for using and operating electrical test equipment, including:

digital multimeters

test lights and probes

oscilloscopes

service and repair procedures for DC electric motor drive systems, including:

component removal and replacement procedures

component and associated system adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures of DC electric motor drive systems, including:

confirming that system is operating to manufacturer specifications

confirming that no other problems are present as a result of the repair.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the DC electric motor drive systems that they have inspected, serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer DC electric drive motor specifications

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery with the DC electric motor drive systems specified in the performance evidence requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing DC electric motor drive systems, including multimeter.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR046 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor typographical errors corrected

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and refit lead-acid batteries from a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; investigate battery types and connections; perform the task; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Element Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and refit battery	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle battery to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for battery removal and refitting are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for battery removal and refitting are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove battery	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for battery removal according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Battery is removed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Battery is identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Battery inspection results are recorded
3. Refit battery	3.1 Battery is refitted according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.2 Vehicle is checked for correct electrical operation
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle battery information and battery removal and refitting procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and refit batteries select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information imbedded in battery identification codes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to remove and refit batteries.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and lifting equipment application of procedures for handling, storing and disposing of automotive batteries.
Battery must include:	lead-acid battery.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR046 Remove and refit vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	MInor typographical errors corrected

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly remove and refit the automotive batteries of a minimum of two different operational vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements when removing and refitting batteries, including:

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling, storing and disposing of used automotive batteries

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and lifting equipment

battery types and their application, including:

lead-acid batteries, including:

deep cycle batteries

maintenance-free batteries, including gel batteries and absorbed glass mat batteries

lithium-ion batteries

battery identification procedures

battery polarity and connection methods

battery removal and refitting methods, precautions and procedures

battery cleaning methods

post-fitting inspection procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and refitted batteries, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two operational vehicles with lead-acid batteries

hand tools for removing and refitting lead-acid batteries.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR047 Recharge vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to recharge a vehicle’s battery. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; investigate battery types and connections; inspect, test and charge batteries; and maintain a work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to recharge battery	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and battery to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for recharging vehicle battery are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Determine battery serviceability	2.1 Battery testing equipment is checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Battery is cleaned and prepared for inspection and testing according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Battery is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Observations of battery condition and serviceability or issues requiring further exploration are recorded
3. Charge battery	3.1 Battery charging equipment is checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.2 Battery is prepared and charged according to manufacturer specifications and procedures 3.3 Battery post-charging condition and serviceability are checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Observations of battery condition and serviceability post charging or issues requiring further exploration are recorded
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and battery is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle battery information and battery charging procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures relating to recharging vehicle batteries select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in battery identification codes and ratings use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate appropriate charge rates read and interpret electrical test equipment correctly, including voltmeters and hydrometers, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. V for volts).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to recharge batteries.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and battery lifting equipment identifying dangers of working with battery testing and charging equipment applying procedures for handling, storing and disposing of used automotive batteries and battery fluid.
Battery testing equipment must include:	hydrometer high-rate discharge tester.
Battery must include:	lead-acid battery.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR047 Recharge vehicle batteries

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly recharge at least two automotive batteries with different cold-cranking amp (CCA) ratings.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

dangers of working with battery testing and charging equipment

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling, storing and disposing of automotive batteries and battery fluid

battery inspection and testing methods, including:

visual checks

hydrometers

high-rate discharge testers

resting battery voltage

battery charging procedures, including:

methods for determining appropriate charging rate, including reserve capacity (RC) and CCA methods

types, application and operating procedures for automotive battery chargers

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have recharged batteries, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two lead-acid automotive batteries with different CCA ratings

battery testing equipment, including hydrometer and high-rate discharge tester

battery charger

automotive hand tools.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to construct and test basic electronic circuits using a small number of standard electronic components. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task, select the correct equipment, construct and test electronic circuits, and check and store the electrical test equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to construct basic electronic circuit	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and electronic circuit to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for electronic circuitry are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor
2. Draw circuit diagrams and identify equipment and materials to construct electronic circuit	2.1 Electronic circuit diagrams that accurately reflect the circuit specifications are drawn according to manufacturer specifications 2.2 Electronic components are depicted correctly in circuit diagram using standard symbols 2.3 Component and material requirements are identified from electronic circuit diagram and recorded
3. Construct electronic circuit	3.1 Tools, equipment and electronic components are sourced and selected according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.2 Component manufacturer installation and connection information is read, interpreted and applied 3.3 Circuit is constructed using electronic components according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements
4. Test electronic circuit	4.1 Circuit fault testing equipment is identified and sourced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 4.2 Electronic circuit is tested according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 4.3 Faults detected are corrected and circuit is re-tested to confirm their operation 4.4 Circuit testing procedures and outcomes are recorded
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and that electronic circuit is constructed ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of electronic circuit information and electrical test equipment operating procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures relating to constructing basic electronic circuits select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information imbedded in electronic components’ identification codes use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, when using Ohm’s law and Watt’s law to calculate electrical voltage, current flow, resistance and power read and interpret electrical test equipment correctly, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. Ω for ohms).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to construct basic electronic circuits.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses use of tools identification of electrical hazards applying procedures for disposing of used electronic circuit components and materials.
Electronic circuit must include:	printed circuit board.
Electronic components must include:	heat sinks electronic wiring terminals solders switches lamps relays diodes resistors capacitors transistors.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETR048 Construct and test basic electronic circuits

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly and safely construct and test two different basic electronic circuits.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements relating to the construction of basic electronic circuits, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses

use of soldering irons

use of hand tools and electrical test equipment

identification of electrical risks and hazards

disposal of used electronic components

meaning of electrical terms, including:

voltage

amperage

watts

current

resistance

theory of electrical circuits, including:

Ohm’s law

Watt’s law

types and application of electronic components, including:

heat sinks

electronic wiring

terminals

solder

switches

lamps

potentiometers

relays

diodes

resistors

capacitors

transistors

integrated circuits

types, application and operation of basic electronic circuits, including:

flashing circuits

timing circuits

speed control circuits

methods for drawing electronic circuit diagrams

procedures for constructing basic electronic circuits

procedures for testing electronic circuits, and identifying and rectifying faults

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having constructed basic electronic circuits, e.g. circuit diagrams.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace, including a safe work area for constructing electronic circuit boards

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace, including safety glasses

electronic components and materials, including:

heat sinks

electronic wiring

terminals

solders

switches

lamps

relays

diodes

resistors

capacitors

transistors.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install automotive air conditioning systems in vehicles and machinery for driver and passenger convenience and comfort. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of automotive air conditioning systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Air conditioning systems include those being installed in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council (ARCtick) Restricted Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install air conditioning system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Installation information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are considered and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install air conditioning system components	2.1 Air conditioning system components are installed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components and vehicle or machinery systems 2.2 Installation is visually checked prior to pressure testing and system charging
3. Charge air conditioning system with refrigerant and lubricating oil	3.1 System is pressure tested for leaks prior to being evacuated using approved methods and equipment 3.2 System is charged with appropriate refrigerant gas and lubricating oil according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and relevant industry code of practice
4. Test air conditioning system	4.1 Post-installation testing is carried out to ensure performance and operation comply with manufacturer specifications 4.2 Test results are reported according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker, is completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures interpret requirements of the Australian automotive code of practice relating to installing automotive air conditioning systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, manufacturer specifications and regulatory requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights, and readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges interpret measurements of temperature and pressure related to air conditioning system performance and compare with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and specialist tools relating to installing and testing air conditioning systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Installation information must include:	manufacturer specifications installation fitting instructions Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Installation options must include:	refrigerant types: R134a R1234yf R290 and R600a blends fluid levels: refrigerant lubricating oils filter serviceability: receiver dryer cabin filter O rings and seals adjustments and operational testing visual inspections and documentation.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants and refrigerant recovery equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying and using fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to atmosphere.
ARCtick service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician’s name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2001 Install air conditioning systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU001 Install air conditioning systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install an air conditioning system in two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing air conditioning systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants and refrigerant recovery equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

methods for locating manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, including safe operating procedures and current Australian automotive code of practice

requirements of Automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

principal types of vehicle air conditioning systems, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning systems, including:

climate control

multi-zone systems

refrigerant types, operating pressures and suitable lubricating oils

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including:

refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels of humidity

graphic symbols and diagrams

procedures for using and operating tools and equipment, including:

hand tools

manifold and gauge sets

refrigerant hoses and couplers

recovery units and vacuum pumps

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

electronic scales

valve core removal or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

multimeter

procedures for installing air conditioning systems and components, including:

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols

methods of determining wiring and connection type and size for system

methods of determining placement of components on vehicle or machinery

methods of connecting system and components to existing electrical system without causing damage or problems, including:

selecting and soldering wires

selecting and crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

post-installation testing procedures, including:

validating effectiveness of installation, including checking for:

electrical connector mating

ambient temperature

centre vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

manifold gauge pressure readings

refrigerant leaks

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning systems that they have installed in vehicles or machinery, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle and machinery wiring specifications relevant to system and components being installed

manufacturer air conditioning system specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.

two different vehicles or machinery requiring installation of air conditioning systems

material necessary to install air conditioning system components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing air conditioning system components, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)

multimeter

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)

electronic temperature probe

valve core removal or replacement tool

humidity detector (psychrometer)

air conditioning gas appropriate to system being installed.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to recover vehicle air conditioner refrigerants in designated recovery cylinders for disposal according to safety and environmental procedures while observing critical precautions, given that refrigerant may be flammable.

It applies to those working as vehicle dismantlers, automotive parts recycling contractors, and vehicle body repairers in automotive service and repair workplaces who are required to recover automotive air conditioning refrigerants. Automotive air conditioners, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Restricted Refrigerant Recoverer licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for refrigerant recovery	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Refrigerant recovery workplace procedures and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Vehicle air conditioning system, components and refrigerant service ports are identified for refrigerant recovery 1.5 Recovery equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and firefighting equipment, are checked for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
2. Operate recovery equipment	2.1 Vehicle refrigerant is identified with a refrigerant identifier or analyser 2.2 Designated recovery cylinder is weighed to determine available capacity, and tare weight of cylinder is recorded 2.3 Recovery equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Refrigerant is recovered and transferred into designated recovery cylinder using recovery equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.5 Problems are responded to appropriately and escalated according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Quantity and details of recovered refrigerant are recorded according to workplace procedures and regulatory requirements 3.2 Recovery equipment, hoses and recovery cylinder are shut down and disconnected, and cylinders capped, according to workplace procedures 3.3 Refrigerant is stored in designated recovery cylinder according to workplace procedures 3.4 Recovery equipment and tools are checked and stored, and faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams in workplace and safe operating procedures and manufacturer specifications interpret critical precautions of the Australian automotive code of practice relating to automotive refrigerant recovery.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information in regulatory reports and fill out other required workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace procedures and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges complete numerical data in documentation and charts.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant analyser, vacuum recovery equipment, and scales.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Recovery equipment must include:	refrigerant hose and coupler refrigerant recovery unit refrigerant scales refrigerant identifier or analyser designated and appropriately labelled recovery cylinders.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants selecting and using PPE identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere storing and transporting refrigerants.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

recover vehicle refrigerants from three different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve one of the following refrigerant types:

synthetic greenhouse and ozone depleting (SGOD) refrigerant

hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerant

a mixture of SGOD and HC refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to safety requirements for recovering vehicle refrigerants, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements associated with refrigerant recovery and refrigerant waste disposal, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

storing and transporting refrigerants

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

key features of various types of refrigerants and oils found in automotive vehicle and equipment HVAC systems, including:

synthetic SGOD refrigerants, including:

chlorofluorocarbons (CFC)

hydrofluorocarbons (HCFC)

HC refrigerants

mineral and synthetic refrigerant oils

types, application and operation of refrigerant recovery equipment, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

types of recovery cylinders

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder appropriate to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before and after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

work completion procedures for recovering vehicle refrigerant, including:

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements

workplace regulatory documentation to be completed

completing workplace documentation, including Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to vehicle refrigerant that they have recovered from HVAC systems, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace, parts recycling yard or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE and firefighting equipment required when recovering vehicle refrigerants

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

three different vehicles or machinery with refrigerant to be recovered

refrigerant recovery equipment designed for safe operation, including:

hose and vehicle couplings

refrigerant scales

refrigerant identifier or analyser

vehicle refrigerant designated and labelled recovery cylinders

appropriate hand tools for refrigerant recovery.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, carrying out performance testing and correct servicing procedures, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service information, manufacturer specifications, and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Servicing options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Servicing tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Test operation of system and components	2.1 System is visually checked to establish extent of possible failure or damage 2.2 System performance tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 2.3 Findings, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Service system and components	3.1 System and components are serviced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and relevant code of practice 3.2 Code of practice regulations regarding topping up refrigerant are interpreted and applied during service procedures 3.3 Post-service performance tests are carried out to confirm that reported service issue has been resolved and that no other problems are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams relating to service information in manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures interpret key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting test findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements participate in verbal exchanges to report faults, diagnostic and test findings and service repair recommendations to relevant personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, part lists, manufacturer specifications, and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils identifying flammable refrigerants selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.
Post-service performance tests must include:	temperature checks checking for refrigerant leaks.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU2003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

one air conditioning system

one heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system

complete Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal stickers for the above jobs.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying flammable refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.

key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

identification and function of major air conditioning and HVAC system components, including:

compressor

condenser

receiver-dryer

expansion valve

evaporator

blower fan

principles of operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including transferring heat from cabin to exterior using refrigerant gas

types of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

single zone and multi-zone

climate control

inspection procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

conducting visual, aural and functional assessments for:

component damage and wear

component corrosion

vacuum and leaks

system performance testing, including:

using manifold gauges and thermometers to check system pressures and vent temperatures

checking blower fan output

checking engine fan output

checking filters

using manifold gauges and thermometers to check pressure and temperatures

service and adjustment procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

checking and adjusting compressor drive belts

changing filters

clearing evaporator water outlet

cleaning condenser

post-service testing procedures of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including system performance testing and using thermometers to check vent temperatures

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive service repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

thermometer

manifold and gauge set.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery for passenger convenience and comfort. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose air conditioning and HVAC system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements using appropriate tools and techniques without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair air conditioning and HVAC system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 System is recharged with the appropriate refrigerant gas according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.6 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and the vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited service decal sticker (ARCtick) and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify and locate various sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and wiring diagrams relating to diagnostic and repair information from manufacturer specifications and workplace instructions and procedures interpret requirements relevant to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems of the Australian automotive code of practice.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, parts lists, manufacturer specifications, code of practice and regulatory requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, including refrigerant vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying and using fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.
Repairs and component replacement and adjustment requirements must include:	manufacturer specifications workplace procedures Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Post-repair testing must include:	validating the effectiveness of the repair action by checking the following: ambient temperature centre vent temperature condenser and suction line temperature manifold gauge pressure readings refrigerant leaks heater core and system water coolant leaks.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation name of technician Refrigerant Handling Licence Number vehicle registration number service date refrigerant type lubricant type.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU3004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and cooling (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing two of the following:

condenser

evaporator

expansion valve

compressor

heater box.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

key requirements relevant to diagnosing and repairing air conditioning and HVAC systems detailed in the Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

air conditioning and HVAC system principles, including:

heat transfer principles, including convection, conduction and radiation

functions of the following air conditioning components:

compressor

condenser

receiver-drier

evaporator

blower fan

refrigerant

functions of the following heating components:

radiator

thermostat

radiator and heater hoses

heater tap

heater box

single zone and multi-zone vehicle layouts

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

axial type, including variable capacity compressors

scroll type

vane type

electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryer, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tube

evaporator

thermostat

refrigerants, including R12, R134, R1234yf and hydrocarbon refrigerants

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

diagnostic testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

using diagnostic flow charts

using manifold gauges on systems with different refrigerants, including analysis of high and low pressure readings in conjunction with temperature probes

testing electrical systems, including procedures for:

accessing electrical terminals and using test probes without damaging connectors, fuse holders or wiring

resistance and voltage drop tests

open and short circuit tests

checking shorts to signal, power circuits and grounds

repair procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

using manifold gauges to discharge, evacuate and charge system refrigerants

removing and replacing system components

post-repair testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for air conditioning and HVAC systems

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

ARCtick service decal stickers

procedures for servicing and adjusting vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC system faults

diagnosis and repair equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

electronic leak detector

nitrogen cylinder and regulator

multimeter

electronic scales

oil injector

infra-red thermometer

temperature probe

scan tool.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to retrofit and modify air conditioning systems, including heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, fitted to a range of vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct de-gas procedure, carrying out the retrofit and modification procedures, performing post-modification testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Air conditioning systems may contain a mixture of both natural and flammable synthetic refrigerants that are difficult to accurately identify and safely recover. To minimise the possibility of ignition, the procedures and equipment used when recovering refrigerants must be those required for flammable refrigerants.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Automotive air conditioners, including HVAC systems, include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority. An Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) Refrigerant Handling licence is required for those carrying out this work.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to retrofit system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Retrofit information, manufacturer specifications, and relevant code of practice are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Type of refrigerant is determined according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Retrofit options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Retrofit tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. De-gas system	2.1 System de-gas procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 2.2 Refrigerant is recovered into appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinder for the refrigerant type 2.3 Oil recovered is measured to determine replacement volume 2.4 System is evacuated according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Retrofit system	3.1 Technical information relating to vehicle or machinery being retrofitted is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Air conditioning retrofit modification procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 System is pressure tested for leaks before being re-gassed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 System is re-gassed with appropriate refrigerant gas and lubricating oil according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.5 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and test results are checked to confirm system performance is operating to manufacturer specifications, reported pre-modification issue has been resolved, and no other faults are present
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and the vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker and other required workplace documentation are completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret text, symbols and diagrams relating to retrofit and modification information from manufacturer specifications, and workplace instructions and procedures interpret key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice relating to retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including ARCtick stickers, when reporting test findings, making modification recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	listen to workplace instructions and ask questions to clarify job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements interpret weighting measurements, including tare and gross weights interpret readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges measure temperatures and pressures, and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology and tools, such as refrigerant analyser, vacuum recovery equipment and manifold gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Code of practice must include:	Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils identifying flammable refrigerants, including hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerants selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying firefighting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for: preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment.
Australian Refrigeration Council accredited (ARCtick) service decal sticker information must include:	name of the service organisation ARCtick business authority number quantity of refrigerant added refrigerant and oil type service date technician name and licence number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU3005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

retrofit and modify the air conditioning and HVAC systems of two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must include changing the type of refrigerant.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

identifying and handling flammable refrigerants, including hydrocarbon (HC) refrigerants

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying firefighting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

handling materials and refrigerant recovery equipment

key requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

application, purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems and components, including:

high pressure and low pressure sides of air conditioning systems

compressors, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors electromagnetic clutches

condensers

receiver-dryers, including filters and desiccants

expansion valves, including capillary tubes

evaporators

thermostats

refrigerants, including R12, R134a, R1234yf, R290 and R600a blends

compressor oils

air conditioner and heating controls, including levers and ducting

air conditioner and heating electrical circuits and sensors, including:

high and low pressure switches

pressure relief valves

temperature sensors

climate control systems

procedures for retrofitting and modifying air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

determining original system fitted to vehicle, including refrigerant and oil type and types of components

determining appropriate retrofit and modification options, including:

determining required system performance output

component replacement, including O rings and seals

refrigerant and oil selection

procedures for removing and replacing system components

procedures for changing system refrigerant, including:

changing refrigerant gas from R12 to R134a:

receiver dryer filter replacement

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

change oil type

changing refrigerant gas from R134a to R1234yf:

change refrigerant recharging ports

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

changing refrigerant gas from R134a to blends of R290 and R600a:

change refrigerant re-charging ports

change system fittings for manifold gauge attachment

procedures for recovering automotive refrigerant, including:

testing refrigerant to determine its type

connecting manifold and gauge set and recovery unit, including types and location of service ports

identifying recovery cylinder appropriate to the refrigerant

operating recovery unit, including weighing recovery cylinder before after recovery

disconnecting and storing recovery unit and cylinder

procedures for re-gassing air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

testing system for leaks using vacuum and pressure testing

using manifold gauges to charge system

post-retrofit testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for checking for:

refrigerant leaks

heater core and system water coolant leaks

static and dynamic performance tests of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including checking:

ambient temperature

vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

procedures for completing workplace documentation, including ARCtick service decal sticker.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have retrofitted and modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle or machinery air conditioning and HVAC system manufacturer specifications

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners

two different vehicles or machinery with air conditioning and HVAC systems requiring retrofitting and modification

retrofit, modification and testing equipment for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge set

recovery unit

vacuum pump

leak detector

refrigerant analyser.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The air conditioning and HVAC systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in air conditioning and HVAC system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for air conditioning and HVAC system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle, vessel or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles, vessels or machinery.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air conditioning and HVAC system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure air conditioning and HVAC system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, including: manifold and gauge sets leak detectors digital multimeters thermometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants preventing loss of refrigerant to environment using personal protective equipment identifying fire safety equipment (PPE) environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU4006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems of two different vehicles, vessels or machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high electrical currents

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

preventing loss of refrigerant to environment

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

types of complex faults relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

requirements of Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to atmosphere

methods for locating and content of manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and other technical information relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems

types, function and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

climate control systems

single and dual zone systems

electric controlled compressor systems

testing procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

vehicle HVAC performance testing

component failure analysis

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

procedures for using testing and diagnostic tools and equipment, including:

scan tools

oscilloscopes

manifold and gauge sets

vacuum pumps

leak detectors

nitrogen cylinder and regulators

digital vacuum gauges (vacrometer)

digital multimeters

infra-red thermometers (pyrometer)

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air conditioning and HVAC system specifications

two different vehicles, vessels or machinery with complex faults in their air conditioning and HVAC systems

testing and diagnostic tools and equipment appropriate for diagnosing and repairing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

manifold and gauge sets

leak detectors

digital multimeters

thermometers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to overhaul and return air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system compressors to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the compressor, carrying out the overhaul process, reassembling and testing the compressor, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in an automotive service and repair industry. The air conditioning and HVAC system compressors include those fitted to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing requirements apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle air conditioning compressor	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.4 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate compressor and components	2.1 Compressor is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements, and Australian automotive code of practice
4. Assemble compressor and components	4.1 Compressor is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of compressor is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and compressor is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information relevant to compressor efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air conditioning and HVAC system compressor specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure air conditioning and HVAC system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications match refrigerant types and identification numbers to workplace instructions, vehicle and component part lists, and code of practice requirements interpret weight measurements, including tare and gross weights, and readings on digital and analogue pressure gauges interpret measurements of temperature and pressure relating to air conditioner and HVAC system performance.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised air conditioning and HVAC system compressor overhaul equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils handling flammable refrigerants using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying fire safety equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETU4007 Overhaul air conditioning system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETU007 Overhaul air conditioning and HVAC system compressors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the air conditioning compressors of two different vehicles or machinery, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

recover and evacuate refrigerants according to required code of practice and regulations, and recharge the system with the appropriate manufacturer refrigerant and oil type.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling air conditioning and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system components, including procedures for:

working with refrigerants at boiling point given risk of frostbite

working with system lubricants, including carcinogenic oils

handling flammable refrigerants

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying and using fire safety equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing loss of refrigerant to the atmosphere

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including:

refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels of humidity

graphic symbols and diagrams

principal types of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

principal refrigerant types and their respective operating pressures and lubricating oils, including:

R12

R134a

R1234yf

air conditioning and HVAC system component overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing air conditioning and HVAC system compressor for overhaul

air conditioning and HVAC system compressor dismantling procedures

air conditioning and HVAC system compressor inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

air conditioning and HVAC compressor repair and adjustment procedures, including:

piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors

electric compressors

variable displacement compressors

clutchless compressors

procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components

post-overhaul bench testing procedures, including:

use of manifold gauges and surface probe thermocouples for complete system analysis

analysis of system operation while using gauges, temperature probes, electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment

post-overhaul testing of air conditioning and HVAC systems in vehicle or machinery, including:

diagnostic procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

diagnostic flow charts

visual, aural and functional assessments

ambient temperature

centre vent temperature

condenser and suction line temperature

manifold gauge pressure readings

refrigerant leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements and hold an Australian Refrigerant Council (ARC) Refrigerant Handling licence.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air conditioning and HVAC systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

Australian automotive code of practice: Control of refrigerant gases during manufacture, installation, servicing or de-commissioning of motor vehicle air conditioners.

manufacturer specifications for air conditioning and HVAC system components

two different vehicles or machinery requiring overhaul, with operational air conditioning and HVAC systems and with components specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting a range of air conditioning and HVAC compressors.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in the embedded network driveline management systems of vehicles or machinery in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on embedded network driveline management systems of vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Electrical

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for driveline management system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Driveline management system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and any faulty electrical equipment is identified, tagged and isolated according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to driveline management systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised driveline management system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems working with high pressure fluid.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURETX5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in transmission and driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURETX001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate an electrical or electronic fault in the driveline management systems of two different vehicles or machinery

the above faults must involve the following systems:

transmission

driveline.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in driveline management systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

working with high pressure fluid

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures for faults in driveline management systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

electrical faults

electronic faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of driveline management systems, including:

driveline management systems, including:

clutches

torque converters

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

drive and power take-off shafts

differentials

drivelines

gateway network control module:

bus network topography

associated network electronic vehicle or machinery systems

sensor and actuator control and monitoring systems

control signal circuits

testing procedures for driveline management systems, including the use of:

digital multimeter

scan tool

oscilloscope

four-wheel dynamometer

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in driveline management systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to driveline management systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the driveline management systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer driveline management system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with driveline management system faults

diagnostic equipment for driveline management systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating driveline management systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to clean a heavy vehicle body and its major components before beginning repairs. It involves preparing for the task, cleaning the vehicle body and components by mechanical or chemical means, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake pre-repair cleaning	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle, area of vehicle body or components to be worked on are identified 1.2 Cleaning procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Cleaning options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Cleaning tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Clean vehicle body and components	2.1 Area of vehicle body to be worked on is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Vehicle components are cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Used cleaning agents and waste materials are disposed of according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements relating to cleaning a heavy vehicle body and major components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to interpret volumes and calculate chemical mixing requirements for preparation of cleaning agents.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using cleaning tools and equipment safely handling cleaning agents controlling hazards, including hazardous materials and toxic substances environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTA1001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

clean three of the following heavy vehicle systems or components:

vehicle body

engine

transmission

final drive

steering and suspension system

wheels and hubs

chassis

electrical component

fuel system component

use chemical cleaning when cleaning one of the above systems or components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to heavy vehicle pre-repair cleaning, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using cleaning tools and equipment

safely handling cleaning agents

controlling hazards, including hazardous materials and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants

cleaning procedures, techniques and materials appropriate for mechanical and chemical components, and relevant to the task instructions

protective treatment and storage procedures for cleaned heavy vehicle components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct or third-party observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party observation, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicles or components that they have cleaned before repair, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cleaning material specifications

heavy vehicle systems and components specified in the performance evidence requiring pre-repair cleaning

cleaning equipment, cleaning agents, materials and tools appropriate for pre-repair cleaning.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTA003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, replace and make adjustments to heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories. It involves preparing for the work, removing and replacing components or accessories, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and inspect ancillary components or accessories	1.1 Task requirements are determined from workshop or activity instructions 1.2 Removal and replacement procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect ancillary components or accessories	2.1 Ancillary components or accessories are identified and removed according to manufacturer specifications and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Replace ancillary components or accessories	3.1 Ancillary components or accessories are replaced according to manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Adjustments are made to components or accessories according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Post-replacement testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and further adjustments are made as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements relating to workplace activities.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTA2003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTA003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and replace three of the following heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories:

rear vision mirrors

mudguards and mudflaps

ancillary lighting system

dust deflectors

reflectors

trim

audio systems

adhesive signage and stickers

exhaust system ancillary components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and replacing heavy vehicle ancillary components and accessories, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

procedures and specifications for removing, replacing and adjusting heavy vehicle ancillary components and accessories required for the task

types, application and operation of specialist tools and equipment for removing and replacing heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories

post-adjustment testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories that they have removed and replaced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer component and accessory specifications

heavy vehicles requiring the removal, replacement and adjustment of the ancillary components and accessories specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and replacing heavy commercial vehicle components and accessories.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the air braking systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The air braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair air braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose air braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair air braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system diagnostic equipment and measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	friction material wear drum brake component serviceability disc brake component serviceability air pressure testing.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids removing and refitting wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake dust and fibres.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing, replacing and adjusting system components dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting systems.
Post-repair testing must include:	stall testing of service, park, emergency and secondary brakes dynamic brake performance testing using approved methods or equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB3001 Repair air braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three heavy vehicle air braking systems as follows:

one disc braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, disc pads and disc rotors

one drum braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake actuators, brake shoes and drums

one air braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the following:

air compressor, delivery and storage components

slack adjusters

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing air braking systems, including procedures for:

working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

removing and refitting wheel assemblies

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake dust and fibres

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

operating principles of air braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

electronics

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle air braking systems and components, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

air control valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

diagnostic testing procedures for air braking systems, including:

air control system testing

air brake component inspection and evaluation

brake system stationary and mobile performance tests

repair procedures for air braking system components, including:

wheel end components, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems

air compressors, air storage, air dryers and valves

brake actuators

foot valves

manual and automatic slack adjusters

trailer brake valves

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

post-repair testing procedures for air braking systems, including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle air braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different heavy vehicles with faults in the air braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle air braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle air braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to hydraulic pressure brakes in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system diagnostic equipment and measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	friction material wear drum brake component serviceability disc brake component serviceability air braking system testing hydraulic braking system testing.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids removing and refitting wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake fluids and brake dust and fibres.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing, replacing and adjusting system components dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting systems.
Post-repair testing must include:	stall testing of service, park and secondary brakes dynamic brake performance testing using approved methods or equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB3002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in a heavy vehicle hydraulic braking system, including:

master cylinder and wheel cylinders

disc and drum brake wheel end components

parking brake

diagnose and repair a fault in a heavy vehicle air over hydraulic braking system, including:

disc and drum brake wheel end components

air compressor, delivery and storage components

foot valves

parking brake.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

working safely with stored energy in springs and high air pressure systems

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

removing and refitting wheel assemblies

environmental procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including brake fluids and brake dust and fibres

operating principles of heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

hydraulics

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

hydraulic braking systems, including:

disc and caliper assemblies

drum and lining assemblies

master cylinder and boosters

brake lines and hydraulic valves

load compensating valves

proportioning valves

air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

air storage

brake valves

air compressor

brake lines and valves

receiver drier

parking brake systems

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

air control system tests

hydraulic system component inspection and evaluation

air braking system component inspection and evaluation

brake fluid tests

parking brake operational tests

drum and disc brake operational tests

drum brake and shoes, disc and pad measurement and evaluation

stationary and mobile performance tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including:

removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for hydraulic system components, including:

disc and caliper assemblies

drum and lining assemblies

master cylinder and boosters

brake lines and valves

switches

removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components, including:

brake valves

air compressors

air storage

brake lines and valves

receiver driers

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems, including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two heavy vehicles with the faults and braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the braking system components, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the braking system components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle braking system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate braking system and components	2.1 Braking system is dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble components	4.1 Braking system components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of braking system components is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and braking system components are presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for braking system components efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system component specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised braking system component overhaul equipment, such as brake discs and drum lathes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery using chemicals and toxic substances operating for manual and mechanical lifting equipment working with stored energy environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB4003 Overhaul braking system components (heavy)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB003 Overhaul hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the following hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components:

two different wheel end disc and drum brake components

two different hydraulic system components

two different air system components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components, including procedures for:

operating specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

using chemicals and toxic substances

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

working with stored energy

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems

types, characteristics and operating principles of hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

disc and drum wheel end systems

hydraulic systems

air systems

braking system overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing braking system components for overhaul

braking system component dismantling procedures

braking system component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

braking system component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brake actuators

air compressors

air storage and valves

disc and drum wheel end components

slack adjusters

master cylinder

brake booster

component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul testing procedures for braking system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system component specifications

heavy vehicle braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting hydraulic and air over hydraulic braking system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB004 Overhaul air braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return air braking system components to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the braking system components, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the braking system components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The air braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle air braking system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate air braking system components	2.1 Braking system components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble components	4.1 Air braking system components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of air braking system components is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and air braking system components are presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for air braking systems efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking air braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure air braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised air braking system component overhaul equipment, such as brake discs and drum lathes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating specialised air braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery using chemicals and toxic substances operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment working with stored energy environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from air braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB4004 Overhaul air braking systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB004 Overhaul air braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the following air braking system components:

two different wheel end disc and drum brake components

two different air system components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling air braking system components, including procedures for:

operating specialised air braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

using chemicals and toxic substances

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

working with stored energy

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from air braking systems

types, characteristics and operating principles of air braking systems and associated components

air braking system overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing braking system components for overhaul

braking system component dismantling procedures

braking system component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

braking system component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

brake actuators

air compressors

air storage and valves

disc and drum wheel end components

slack adjusters

procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components

post-overhaul testing procedures for braking system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air braking systems and components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air braking system and component specifications

air braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting air braking system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles and heavy trailers. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for heavy commercial vehicle braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised heavy commercial vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids working with stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the braking systems of three different heavy commercial vehicles

the above faults must be in two of the following braking systems:

pneumatic system

air over hydraulic system

hydraulic system

electronic system

auxiliary braking system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

working with stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of braking system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems and components:

foundation brakes

friction materials

anti-lock braking system (ABS)

electronic braking system (EBS)

pneumatic braking system

pneumatic and electronic control circuits and valves

hydraulic braking system

air over hydraulic braking system

heavy trailer braking system

auxiliary braking systems (compression and transmission retarders)

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

brake timing and balancing

air supply performance

vehicle stopping distance

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process required to analyse and evaluate faults in braking systems

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle braking system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of trucks or buses.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in heavy commercial vehicle braking system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for vehicle braking system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking heavy commercial vehicle braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised testing equipment, such as pressure gauges and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy, including pneumatic pressure and spring energy handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake fibres.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the following heavy commercial vehicle braking systems:

air braking system

air over hydraulic braking system

anti-lock braking system

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy, including pneumatic pressure and spring energy

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake fibres

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

air braking systems

hydraulic braking systems

air over hydraulic braking systems

anti-lock braking systems

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including:

vehicle dynamic and static testing procedures

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle braking system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

heavy commercial vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment, including:

pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTB007 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronically controlled braking systems of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronic braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out and diagnostic fault codes are confirmed as having have been rectified according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret electrical measurements and readings on diagnostic test equipment measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring and diagnostic tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with high air pressure systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTB3007 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTB007 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electronic components of two different heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems, including procedures for working safely with high air pressure systems

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems and associated components, including:

electronic systems

pneumatic systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38 relating to repairing heavy vehicle brakes

application, purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems and components, including:

electronic control unit (ECU)

dual circuit pneumatic foot pedal control valve with electronic position sensing

front circuit electric over air modulation and relay valve

rear circuit electric over air modulation and relay valve

wheel speed sensors and pole wheel

tractor protection air valve

pressure sensor in airbag system or load sensor

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems that comply with manufacturer specifications, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems that comply with manufacturer specifications, including removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for electronic braking system components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems that comply with manufacturer specifications, including static and dynamic performance tests of electronic braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle electronic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different heavy commercial vehicles with faults in their electronic braking systems

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems

Australian Design Rules ADR35 and ADR38

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle electronic braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect suspension system	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to compare component wear against manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars lifting and supporting vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD2001 Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension system

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the front and rear suspension systems of one heavy commercial vehicle, including:

springs

spring dampers

arms, mountings and bushings

vehicle curb height.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

lifting and supporting vehicles

identification and function of major suspension system components, including:

airbag, coil spring, leaf spring and torsion bar

spring dampers

pneumatic, mechanical and rubber suspension

lateral and longitudinal arms

self-levelling device, ride control, height control

basic operation of suspension systems, including:

leaf spring

equaliser beam

rubber block

torsion bar

air spring

inspection procedures for suspension systems, including front and rear suspension.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle suspension systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

one heavy commercial vehicle with front and rear suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the steering systems of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair a heavy commercial vehicle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand steering system information in degrees, and metric and imperial units of measurement measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers, vernier calipers, micrometers and hydraulic gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure steering systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3002 Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering systems:

electronically assisted steering

hydraulic power assisted steering

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following heavy commercial vehicle steering components:

power steering pump

hydraulic and electronic valves

tie rods and linkages

king pin

front wheel bearings.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle steering systems, including procedures for working with high pressure steering systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle steering systems and associated components, including:

manual steering systems

power assisted steering systems

application, purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle steering systems and components, including:

manual steering systems, including:

steering box

steering column

tie rods and linkages

king pins

wheel bearings

hydraulic power assisted steering systems, including:

integral piston steering box

power steering pump

hydraulic and electronic valves

twin axle steering systems

electronically assisted steering systems

identification, function and basic operating principles of steering angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

caster

camber

steering axis inclination

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems, including:

operational testing

hydraulic steering system testing

electronic and load sensing steering testing

analysing component wear analysis

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering system components, including:

power steering pump

steering box

steering column

king pin

electronically assisted steering

tie rods and linkages

wheel bearings

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering systems or components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

heavy commercial vehicle with faults in the power assisted steering systems and components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the suspension systems of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs, air springs, accumulators and torsion bars lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3003 Repair suspension systems (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD003 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

the following two heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

leaf spring suspension

air spring suspension

one of the following heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems:

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs, accumulators and torsion bars

lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy vehicle suspension systems

operating principles of heavy vehicle suspensions and associated components, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

spring dampers

spring types

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle suspension systems and components, including:

air spring suspension

leaf spring suspension, including:

front suspension

rear suspension, including single and tandem axle

equaliser beam suspension

torsion bar suspension

electronically controlled suspension

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including:

component wear analysis

checking axle alignment

checking fluid leaks

checking air leaks

checking ride and curb height

control system tests

repair procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

removing, repairing and replacing suspension components, and springs and spring dampers

aligning axles

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

heavy commercial vehicles with faults in the different suspension systems listed in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, carrying out pre-alignment inspection and wheel alignment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel alignment operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Carry out wheel alignment pre-checks	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Alignment pre-check information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Alignment pre-checks of vehicle wheels, steering and suspension condition are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.5 Faults are identified and reported according to workplace procedures as necessary
2. Carry out vehicle wheel alignment activities	2.1 Vehicle wheel alignment specifications are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Wheel alignment is carried out without causing damage to components or systems, and readings are recorded 2.4 Corrective adjustments are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and within manufacturer specifications 2.5 Wheel alignment is re-checked to confirm accuracy of adjustments 2.6 Post-adjustment wheel alignment readings are recorded and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work process	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from workplace signs and procedures and manufacturer specifications interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking vehicle wheel alignment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making recommendations, and recording vehicle pre-alignment checks and pre- and post-wheel alignment readings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement and angles in degrees.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring wheel alignment equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for raising and supporting heavy vehicles or machinery.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD3004 Carry out wheel alignment operations (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD004 Carry out heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

align the wheels on at least three different heavy vehicles, in which the work must involve measuring, recording and adjusting the following angles to manufacturer specifications:

camber

caster

king pin inclination (KPI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle wheel alignment operations, including procedures for raising and supporting heavy vehicles or machinery

application, purpose and operating principles of steering geometry and wheel alignment angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

camber

caster

KPI

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

steering axis inclination

two wheel and twin four wheel steer

vehicle pre-alignment inspection procedures, including:

analysing tyre wear

inflating tyre

adjusting wheel bearing

inspecting steering and suspension

determining wheel run-out

determining vehicle height

checking chassis and axle alignment

wheel alignment equipment types, application and operation

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles, including:

camber

caster

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

post-wheel alignment testing procedures for heavy vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle wheel alignments that they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel alignment specifications

three different heavy vehicles requiring wheel alignment

wheel alignment equipment for heavy vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out wheel alignment operations on heavy vehicles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles or heavy trailers. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for heavy commercial vehicle steering or suspension systems are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Steering or suspension system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from steering and suspension systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and suspension system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

steering system of a heavy commercial vehicle

suspension system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

steering or suspension system of a third heavy commercial vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs, torsion bars and air storage

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from steering and suspension systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of steering and suspension system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

steering system, including:

steering system theory, including steering angles

mechanical steering system components

power assisted steering system

suspension system, including:

spring suspension

air suspension

influences of trailer operations on the heavy commercial vehicle:

steering performance

suspension performance

associated vehicle systems and their impact on steering and suspension system operation, including trailers and loads

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

steering component wear

power assisted steering pressures and operation

suspension component wear

wheel and chassis alignment

axle parallelism

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in steering and suspension systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with steering and suspension system faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTD006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in heavy commercial vehicle steering or suspension system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for steering or suspension system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as pressure gauges and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: stored energy in springs, air springs, air storage and torsion bars high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTD4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTD006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

steering system of a heavy commercial vehicle

suspension system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

steering or suspension system of a third heavy commercial vehicle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs, air storage and torsion bars

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

manual steering systems

power assisted steering systems, including:

power steering pumps

power steering boxes

rack and pinion steering

electronic and load sensing steering systems

leaf spring suspension

equaliser beam-leaf spring and solid rubber spring suspension

rubber block and torsion bar suspension

air spring suspension, including:

pneumatic

combination pneumatic and leaf spring

axle alignment

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing, including hydraulic tests of power assisted steering systems

component inspection

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment, including:

pressure gauge

scan tool

heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension system specifications

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and install engine assemblies fitted to heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, removing and installing the engine assembly, performing post-installation testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The heavy vehicle engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove heavy vehicle engine assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Engine removal and installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Engine removal and installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove engine assembly	2.1 Engine assembly is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Engine assembly, components and systems are inspected and faults are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Install engine assembly	3.1 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Engine assembly is installed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-installation checks, adjustments and tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine removal and installation specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate and adjust lubricant and coolant volumes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising vehicle or machinery using vehicle or machinery lifting devices and supporting equipment working with compression ignition engines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils, fluids, coolants and gases released during removal and installation of engine assemblies.
Post-installation checks, adjustments and tests must include:	pre-start procedures operational testing and run-in procedures engine adjustments and cylinder head bolt retensioning as required throttle adjustments coolant adjustments ancillary engine systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTE2001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and install two heavy vehicle engines, in which the work must involve:

removing and refitting ancillary components and systems

adjusting oil and fluid levels

post-installation adjustments

post-installation testing.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removal and installation of heavy vehicle engines, including:

isolating and stabilising vehicle or machinery

using vehicle or machinery lifting devices and supporting equipment’

working with compression ignition engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils, fluids, coolants and gases released during removal and installation of engine assemblies

methods of disconnecting and reconnecting related systems, including:

air conditioning system

cooling system

electrical systems

exhaust system

fuel system

power steering system

hydraulic system

transmission systems, including:

automatic transmission

manual transmission

removal procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies, including:

correct use of engine lifting devices and supporting equipment

item tagging procedures

methods for correctly disposing of hazardous substances

installation procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies

post-installation testing and adjustment procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies, including:

engine pre-start procedures

operational testing and run-in procedures

engine adjustments and cylinder head bolt retensioning as required

throttle adjustments

coolant adjustments

ancillary engine systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle engine assemblies that they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different heavy vehicles requiring removal and installation of engine assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and replacing heavy vehicle engines, including engine lifting devices and supporting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in heavy vehicle compression ignition engines. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The compression ignition engines include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or marine vessels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret specialised measurement and calibration equipment scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use compression ignition engine test and diagnosis equipment use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising heavy vehicles or machines lifting and supporting heavy vehicle compression ignition engines operating compression ignition engines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil and fluid released from compression ignition engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including diagnosing and repairing a fault in:

an engine cylinder head, which must include removing the cylinder head from the engine

an engine bottom end, which must include removing the crankshaft, pistons and connecting rods from the engine

dismantle and reassemble one of the above compression ignition engines, ensuring that engine is running at the end of the repair.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising heavy vehicles or machines

lifting and supporting heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

working with compression ignition engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil and fluid released from compression ignition engines

operating principles of heavy vehicle compression ignition engines and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

combustion cycle

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

valve timing

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle compression ignition engines and components, including:

lubrication system, cylinder blocks, cylinder liners, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, pistons, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including:

engine compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

source of fluid leak diagnosis

exhaust smoke diagnosis

abnormal engine noise diagnosis

dismantling, inspection and reassembly procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances, including:

crankshaft and camshaft bearings and journals

main bearing and connecting rod tunnels

cylinder bores and pistons

liner depths and protrusions

cylinder heads

inspecting components

repair procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines, including procedures for removing and refitting the:

cylinder head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

cylinder liner

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle compression ignition engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different heavy vehicle compression ignition engines with faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle compression ignition engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle compression ignition engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTE003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in heavy vehicle diesel engine is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for diesel engine are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently from different sources apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking heavy vehicle diesel engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure diesel engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: compression testers cylinder leakage testers oil pressure gauges scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with hot engine components and rotating engine components environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTE4003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex faults in three different heavy vehicle diesel engines

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines, including procedures for working with hot engine components and rotating engine components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines

types of complex faults relating to heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

turbochargers

valve timing

testing procedures for heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

abnormal noise analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle diesel engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle diesel engine specifications

three different heavy vehicle diesel engines with complex faults

heavy vehicle diesel engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression tester

cylinder leakage tester

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and fuel systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for heavy commercial vehicle engine or fuel system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine or fuel system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out analysis and evaluation	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high fuel pressures environmental requirements, including procedures for containing and handling fluids released from engine and fuel systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTE5004 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTE004 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

engine system of a heavy commercial vehicle

fuel system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

engine or fuel system of a third heavy commercial vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems, including procedures for working with high fuel pressures

environmental requirements, including procedures for containing and handling fluids released from engine and fuel systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of engine and fuel system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

engine and components

fuel system and components

impact of other associated vehicle systems on engine and fuel system operation, including:

engine electrical system and components

intake system and components

exhaust system and components

lubrication system and components

cooling system and components

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems, including:

engine wear analysis

engine performance

exhaust gas analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in engine and fuel systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the system analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with engine or fuel system faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle engine and fuel systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect fuel system and components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect fuel system and components	2.1 Fuel system and components are inspected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to fuel systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: high pressure diesel fuel systems flammable fuels running engines and exhaust gases.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTF2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect one heavy commercial vehicle fuel system and components, including:

fuel tanks and fittings

fuel lines

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel injectors

water separators.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems, including procedures for working with:

high pressure diesel fuel systems

flammable fuels

running engines and exhaust gases

identification, function and basic operation of heavy vehicle fuel systems and components, including:

fuel tanks and fittings

fuel lines

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel injectors

water separators

inspection procedures for heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle fuel systems and components that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer fuel system specifications

one heavy commercial vehicle with fuel system and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the diesel fuel injection systems of heavy vehicles and machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel fuel injection systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to electronic compression ignition engine management systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair diesel fuel injection system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose diesel fuel injection system	2.1 Engine tune adjustments are checked and rectified as required according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.3 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.4 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair diesel fuel injection system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking fuel injection system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure diesel fuel injection system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use test and diagnosis equipment such as: vacuum and pressure gauges laptop/scan tool diagnostic equipment temperature gauge use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial indicator gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with: high fuel pressures stored fuel pressures high voltage diesel fuel injectors engine start-up and shut-down.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of diesel fuel released from injection systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTF002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, completing the following with each system:

testing the low pressure fuel supply

removing and refitting a low pressure fuel pump

removing, refitting and timing a diesel high pressure pump

removing, refitting and testing injectors

bleeding a diesel fuel injection system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing vehicle diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

working with:

high fuel pressures

stored fuel pressures

high voltage diesel fuel injectors

engine start-up and shut-down

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of diesel fuel released from injection systems

operating principles of diesel fuel injection systems and associated components, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel

application, purpose and operation of diesel fuel injection systems and components, including:

low pressure fuel supply systems, including:

fuel pumps

filters and separators

high pressure diesel fuel injection systems, including:

distributor type injection pumps

in-line injection pumps

electronic unit injection (EUI)

hydraulic electronic unit injection (HEUI)

high pressure injection (HPI)

injectors

diagnostic testing procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including:

assessing exhaust smoke

testing low pressure fuel systems

testing injector opening pressure, back leakage, nozzle leakage and spray pattern

assessing air induction systems

measuring individual cylinder exhaust temperature to determine underperforming cylinders

repair procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

dismantling, cleaning, adjusting and reassembling conventional injectors

removing, installing and timing high pressure injection pumps

adjusting and tuning mechanical unit injection systems

bleeding fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

checking fuel system leakage

assessing engine performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection system specifications

two different heavy vehicles with faults in their diesel fuel injection systems

diagnostic equipment for diesel fuel injection systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle diesel fuel injection systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the wheels and tyres, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and wheels and tyres to be worked on are identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect wheel and tyre assemblies	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or wheels and tyres are presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to wheels and tyres.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	measure tread depth for comparison to manufacturer specifications measure tyre inflation pressures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: high air pressure tyres and split and multi-piece wheel rims.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ1001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect two front and two rear wheels and tyres of a heavy commercial vehicle, including:

wheels

wheel attachments

tyre condition

inflation fittings.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) occupational health and safety (OHS) procedures, equipment, material and personal safety requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres, including procedures for working with:

high air pressure

tyres and split and multi-piece wheel rims

identification and function of wheels, rims and tyres, including:

types of rims and wheels

tyre construction

tyre coding

tyre inflation

wheel and rim attachments

inspection procedures for heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres, including:

tyre inflation

tyre tread depth

flat spots

cuts and damage

sidewall condition

abnormal tyre wear patterns

wheel and rim condition

wheel and rim attachments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres that they have inspected e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer wheel and tyre specifications

heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres as specified in the performance evidence n

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ002 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims to suit specific applications. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements; preparing for the work; selecting tyres, wheels and rims; and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres, wheels and rims include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to select tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre, wheel and demountable rim information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Select tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications	2.1 Tyre, wheel and rim options are analysed to identify technical compliance and economic benefits 2.2 Tyres, wheels and rims are selected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, relevant Australian Design Rules, and customer requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Selection is provided to appropriate personnel or customer as required and according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre, wheel and rim specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations regarding selected tyres, wheels and rims.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when selecting tyres, wheels and rims understand both metric and imperial units of measurement.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tyre, wheel and demountable rim must include:	tubeless and tubed tyres bias ply and radial ply tyres demountable rims disc wheels tyre tread designs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ2002 Select heavy vehicle tyres and rims for specific applications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ002 Select heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select the tyres, wheels and rims for four different heavy vehicles to suit specific customer requirements, which must involve accessing and interpreting information in manufacturer specifications relating to the selection.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian Design Rules relating to heavy vehicle tyres and rims

heavy vehicle tyre fitment guide

heavy vehicle tyre, wheel and demountable rim assembly terminology and codes

heavy vehicle tread patterns, and tyre, wheel and rim assembly types

specific tyre applications for varying terrain, soils and weather conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims that they have selected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle manufacturer tyre, wheel and rim specifications and tyre, wheel and rim fitment guide

Australian Design Rules relating to heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims

four different heavy vehicles for the selection of tyres, wheels and rims

equipment and material appropriate for selecting heavy vehicle tyres, wheels and rims for specific applications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and refit the wheel and tyre assemblies of heavy vehicles. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements; preparing for the work; removing, inspecting and refitting the wheel and tyre assembly; and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre assemblies include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. This unit does not apply to off-the-road tyres of mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Removal, inspection and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Wheel and tyre assembly is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Wheel and tyre assembly, mounting points and attachment devices are inspected for condition, damage and wear 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs, replacements or adjustments
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Refitting options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Wheel and tyre assembly is fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Tightening sequence and torque settings are completed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Wheel and tyre assembly is checked for correct assembly, run-out and alignment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking wheel and tyre specifications, including tightening procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in: manufacturer specifications, including wheel nut tension settings demountable rim assembly documentation tyres disc wheels tyre inflation gauges understand numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate wheel and tyre assembly removal, inspection, refitting and adjustment tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Wheel and tyre assembly must include:	tyre and demountable rim assembly tyre and disc wheel.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with wheel and tyre assemblies and air inflation pressures working with two piece split wheels, split and multi-piece wheels and rims manually handling wheel and tyre assemblies lifting and supporting heavy vehicles.
Final inspection must include:	wheel and tyre assembly run-out and alignment testing testing the operation of vehicle systems affected by the removal and refitting of wheel and tyre assemblies rechecking tightness of attachment devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, refit and adjust the wheel and tyre assemblies on the steer and drive axle dual wheels of a heavy vehicle

remove, inspect, refit and adjust the demountable rim and tyre assemblies on the steer and drive axle dual wheels of a second heavy vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for:

working with wheel and tyre assemblies and air inflation pressures

working with two piece split wheels, split and multi-piece wheels and rims

manually handling wheel and tyre assemblies

lifting and supporting heavy vehicles

types and applications of wheel assemblies, including:

cast spoke wheels

disc wheels, including:

stud piloted wheels

hub piloted wheels

studs and nuts for disc wheels

two piece split wheels

demountable rims, including:

single piece tyre-to-rim assemblies

multi-piece tyre-to-rim assemblies

spacer band

rim clamps, studs and nuts for demountable rims

procedures for removing, inspecting and refitting heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

wheel nut tensioning procedures

manufacturer wheel and tyre assembly specifications appropriate to the assemblies specified in the performance evidence

post-fitting procedures and checks of heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including wheel and tyre assembly run-out.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel and tyre assembly specifications

two different heavy vehicles and heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

disc wheels and tyres

demountable rims, tyres and cast spoke wheels

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting and refitting heavy vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ004 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and refit tyres and tubes from the wheels and rims of agricultural equipment. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work; inspecting, repairing and refitting the tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, repair and refit agricultural tyres and tubes	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre and tube remove, inspect, repair and refit information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Tyres and tubes are removed from wheels according to manufacturer procedures, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Tyres, tubes, wheels or rims are inspected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tyres and tubes are repaired according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Tyre is mounted to wheel or rim according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Assembled wheel is checked for serviceability and correct assembly, and is inflated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and assembled wheel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer procedures when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes understand both metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate tyre changing tools and equipment operate tyre and tube repair equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: deflating and inflating tyres on agricultural equipment raising and supporting machinery on unstable surfaces manual handling when lifting wheel assemblies removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ004 Remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural equipment tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, repair and refit agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

two tyres and tubes fitted to split or multi-piece wheels

two tyres and tubes fitted to drop centre wheels.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to agricultural tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres on agricultural equipment

raising and supporting machinery on unstable surfaces

manual handling when lifting wheel assemblies

removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

rim or hub mounted multi-piece rims

one piece wheels

types and applications of tyres, tubes, wheels and rims, including:

radial and bias ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

rim or hub mounted multi-piece wheels

one piece wheels

types, application and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of agricultural tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the agricultural tyres and tubes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

agricultural tyres and tubes specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and fitting agricultural tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ005 Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems in heavy vehicles. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, identifying and applying ballasting, chains, weights, inflation levels and tyre tread designs, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The traction systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify traction performance enhancement systems	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Wheeled traction system information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Technical requirements for traction performance enhancement are identified and support equipment is identified and prepared 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Tools, materials and required lifting equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Apply a traction performance enhancement system	2.1 Wheeled traction performance enhancement is applied according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Wheel adjustments made during the traction enhancement comply with manufacturer specifications
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use, including protective guards, safety features and cowlings 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature relating to heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure traction performance enhancement components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret pressure gauge scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment use measuring equipment, including scales, pressure gauges and tape measuring devices.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling heavy vehicle traction performance enhancement systems inflating tyres safely tagging out and isolating machines wheel chocking.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ3005 Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ005 Identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify and apply heavy vehicle pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems on at least two different heavy vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

identifying and applying traction performance enhancement systems that suit the load and weight distribution, and soil and terrain conditions

complying with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures in the selection and application of the systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to traction performance enhancement systems, including procedures for:

manually handling the systems

inflating tyres safely

tagging out and isolating machines

wheel chocking

traction performance enhancement systems appropriate to the following operating conditions:

soil and terrain condition

load and weight distribution

application, purpose and operation of traction performance enhancement systems, including:

ballasting

chains, including chain tensioning equipment

weights

inflation

tread pattern variations

post-fitting testing procedures for wheeled traction performance enhancement systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle or machinery pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems that they have applied, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheeled traction performance enhancement system specifications

two different heavy vehicles or machinery for applying wheeled traction performance enhancement systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying wheeled traction performance enhancement systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTJ006 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes from wheels and rims. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work; inspecting, repairing and refitting the heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and tubes include those of agricultural machinery, forklifts, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. This unit does not apply to off-the-road (OTR) tyres of mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre and tube removal, inspection, repair and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes, wheels and rims	2.1 Tyres and tubes are removed from wheels or rims according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Tyres, tubes, wheels or rims are inspected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tyres and tubes are repaired according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Tyre is mounted to wheel or rim according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Assembled wheel and tyre are checked for serviceability and correct assembly, and are inflated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and wheel assembly is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information in manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes understand both metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate tyre changing tools and equipment operate tyre and tube repair equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: deflating and inflating heavy vehicle tyres manual handling when lifting wheel assembly removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTJ2006 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (heavy)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTJ006 Remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, repair and refit heavy vehicle tyres to both split lock ring and one piece wheels, including repairs to:

two bias ply tyres

two tubes

two radial ply tyres.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres

manual handling when lifting wheel assembly

removing, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

split lock rings

rim or hub mounted multi-piece rims

one piece wheels

two piece split wheels

types and applications of tyres, tubes, wheels and rims, including:

radial and bias ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

rim or hub mounted multi-piece wheels

one piece wheels

two piece split wheels

types, application and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of heavy vehicle tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle tyres and tubes that they have worked on e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

heavy vehicle tyres, tubes, wheel and rim assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting heavy vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTL001 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system and selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out diagnosis and repair work, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on the alternative fuel systems of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Alternative Fuels

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect alternative fuel system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Alternative fuel system information and procedures are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect fuel system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Prepare to diagnose fuel system	3.1 System diagnostic procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Diagnosis options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Diagnose fuel system and analyse results	4.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Diagnostic test results are compared with manufacturer specifications 4.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
5. Repair fuel system	5.1 Repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 5.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 5.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 5.4 System components are repaired, replaced and adjusted according to relevant manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 5.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system is presented ready for use 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace expectations 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking alternative fuel system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	measure alternative fuel system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment and diagnostic equipment, including exhaust gas analyser.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with alternative fuel systems selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing fuel leakage from fuel systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTL4001 Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTL001 Inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, diagnose and repair alternative fuel systems in two different heavy vehicle engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, diagnosing and repairing alternative fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with alternative fuel systems

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for preventing fuel leakage from fuel systems

operating principles of alternative fuel systems

application, purpose and function of alternative fuel systems

inspect and repair procedures for alternative fuel systems

diagnostic testing procedures for alternative fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for alternative fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the alternative fuel systems that they have inspected and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer alternative fuel system specifications

two different heavy vehicle engines with alternative fuel systems requiring repair

diagnostic equipment for alternative fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

repair tools, equipment and materials for alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect driveline components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle components to be worked on are identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect driveline components	2.1 Driveline components are inspected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle or components are presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to driveline components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	compare component wear to manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for preventing entanglement in rotating shafts.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTQ2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the driveline components of one heavy commercial vehicle, including:

universal joints and centre bearings

drive shafts and half shafts

yokes and flanges.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle driveline components, including procedures for preventing entanglement in rotating shafts

identification and function of driveline components, including:

universal joints, constant velocity joints and centre bearings

drive shafts and half shafts

yokes and flanges

inspection procedures for heavy commercial vehicle driveline components, including:

component wear or damage

lubricant leaks

drive shaft mounts and support brackets.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle driveline components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer driveline specifications

one heavy commercial vehicle with driveline components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting heavy commercial vehicle driveline components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTQ002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of heavy commercial vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The final drive assemblies include those in heavy commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose final drive assembly	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair final drive assembly	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or assembly is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking drive assembly specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure final drive components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers, dial indicator gauges and spring gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising vehicles lifting and supporting final drive assemblies.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil released from final drive assemblies.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTQ3002 Repair final drive assemblies (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ002 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in one heavy commercial vehicle final drive assembly and:

undertake a complete dismantle and reassembly of a crown wheel and pinion final drive assembly

remove, refit or replace one final drive assembly

remove, refit or replace one rear axle wheel bearing assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising vehicles

lifting and supporting final drive assemblies

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies and associated components, including:

final drive gears, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

application, purpose and operation of heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies and components, including:

single reduction

two-speed reduction

double reduction

tandem drive

power divider

differentials, including limited slip differentials

axle shafts and bearings

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including:

road-testing procedures, including:

final drive assembly noise diagnosis

final drive assembly operation

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling assemblies

inspecting assemblies

reassembling and adjusting the following components:

pinion depth

pinion bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion backlash

side bearing preload

crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

post-repair testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer final drive assembly specifications

heavy commercial vehicle crown wheel and pinion final drive assembly with faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy commercial vehicle final drive assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in heavy vehicle drive shafts. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Drive shafts include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shaft	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose drive shaft	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair drive shaft	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and drive shaft or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking drive shaft specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure drive shaft components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate angles, distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment such as drive line angle gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines working with rotating shafts.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTQ3003 Repair final drive - driveline (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTQ003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in one heavy vehicle drive shaft, including:

replacing one universal joint

completing two of the following further actions:

replacing centre support bearing assembly

measuring drive shaft angles and phasing

measuring run-out of drive shaft

balancing drive shaft

replacing slip spline.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines

working with rotating shafts

operating principles of heavy vehicle drive shafts and associated components, including:

universal joint working angles

drive shaft phasing angles

velocity fluctuation of universal joints

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle drive shafts and components, including:

single and multi-piece shafts

universal joints

centre support assembly

slip joints

shaft alignment

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts, including:

drive shaft noise and vibration diagnosis

drive line geometry and phasing

drive shaft run-out

repair procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

dismantling drive shafts

inspecting drive shafts

reassembling drive shafts and aligning their components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle drive shafts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle drive shafts that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer drive shaft specifications

heavy vehicle with faults in its drive shaft

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle drive shafts

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle drive shafts.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTR005 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the electronically controlled roll stability systems of trailers over 4.5 tonnes. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronically controlled roll stability systems are fitted to heavy commercial trailers.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose roll stability system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair roll stability system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking roll stability system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure roll stability system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate electronic tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and electrical test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: diagnosing and repairing heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems using specialised tools and equipment.
Post-repair testing must include:	validating effectiveness of repair action confirming that reported fault has been rectified.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTR3005 Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTR005 Diagnose and repair heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the electronically controlled roll stability systems of two different heavy commercial trailers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements including procedures for:

diagnosing and repairing heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

using specialised tools and equipment

application, purpose and operating principles of heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems and components, including:

roll stability control module

wheel speed sensor

yawl sensor

load sensor

electrical wiring and connector

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems, including:

accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes

analysing system operation using electrical test equipment, scan tools and other industry-relevant test equipment

visual, aural and functional assessments, including component damage and wear

repair procedures for heavy commercial trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems and their components, including:

roll stability control module

wheel speed sensor

yawl sensor

load sensor

electrical wiring and connector

post-repair testing procedures for heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy trailer roll stability specifications

two different heavy commercial trailers with faults in their electronically controlled roll stability systems

diagnostic equipment for heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The manual transmissions include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose manual transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair manual transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or transmission is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking manual transmission system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using transmission lifting and supporting equipment manual handling heavy vehicle manual transmissions.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust, brake fluid and oils released from manual transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

disassemble and reassemble one heavy vehicle manual transmission that has a minimum of 9 speeds.

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following components of a heavy vehicle manual transmission:

input shaft

gear shift mechanisms

gears and shafts

transmission bearings

auxiliary section and controls

gasket and seal leaks

remove, refit or replace a heavy vehicle manual transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle transmissions, including procedures for:

using transmission lifting and supporting equipment

manual handling heavy vehicle manual transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust, brake fluid and oils released from manual transmissions

operating principles of heavy vehicle manual transmissions and associated components, including:

gears, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple gear trains

compound gear trains

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle manual transmissions and components, including:

power flows, including:

longitudinal manual transmissions

transfer cases

synchromesh operation

gearshift mechanisms, including:

mechanical

air

electrical/pneumatic

electronically automated manual transmissions

transfer cases

power take-off

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

abnormal noise diagnosis

electronic diagnosis

shift diagnosis

dismantling procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions, including:

gears, shafts and bearings

electronic control systems

gear shift mechanism

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer manual transmission specifications

one heavy vehicle with faults in its manual transmission that has a minimum of 9 speeds

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle manual transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, test and replace automatic or power shift transmissions and associated components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and testing the transmission, replacing the transmission, performing post-installation testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and test transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and testing procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and test equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and test transmission and analyse results	2.1 Inspection and tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection and test results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection and test findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs, replacement or adjustments
3. Prepare to remove and replace transmission	3.1 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 3.2 Removal and replacement procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.3 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
4. Remove and replace transmission	4.1 Transmission is removed and replaced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Adjustments during removal and replacement are made according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 4.3 Post-replacement testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection, testing and replacement procedures and specifications relating to heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection and test findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report test findings and make recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret test equipment readings and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate liquid volumes.
Planning and Organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use transmission test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using lifting and supporting equipment when working with transmissions manually handling heavy vehicle transmissions environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX3002 Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX002 Inspect, test and replace heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, test and replace the automatic transmissions of two different heavy vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, testing and replacing heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for:

using lifting and supporting equipment when working with transmissions

manually handling heavy vehicle transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

fluid couplings

mechanical systems, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque

simple and compound planetary gear trains

gear range and transfer case power flows

hydraulic systems and components

electronic systems, including:

electronic control units (ECU)

electronic sensors

solenoids

inspection procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

visual, aural and functional assessment, including:

fluid leakage

oil condition

speed and range selection

wear, damage, and corrosion

electrical circuit faults

testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

stall testing

pressure testing

scan tool testing

replacement procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

post-replacement testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including operational testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the automatic transmissions of heavy vehicles or machinery that they have inspected, tested and replaced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automatic transmission specifications

two different heavy vehicles or machinery with automatic transmissions requiring testing and replacement

test equipment for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, testing and replacing heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit does not apply to electronic control drive management systems or power shift transmissions.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose automatic transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair automatic transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or transmission is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking automatic transmission system specifications and procedures interpret automatic transmission hydraulic and electrical circuit diagrams.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication interpret hydraulic and electrical test equipment scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use test and diagnostic equipment, such as electronic test equipment and pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using transmission lifting and supporting equipment isolating and stabilising vehicles.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from automatic transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX3003 Repair transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX003 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

disassemble and reassemble one heavy vehicle automatic transmission

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following components of a heavy vehicle automatic transmission:

torque converter

transmission oil pump

front pump seal

valve body

shift or pressure solenoid

clutch pack

one-way clutch

planetary gear set

internal bearings or thrust washers

gasket and seal leaks

governor

sensors

heat exchanger

remove, refit or replace a heavy vehicle automatic transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing automatic transmissions, including procedures for:

using transmission lifting and supporting equipment

isolating and stabilising vehicles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from automatic transmissions

operating principles of heavy vehicle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

fluid couplings

mechanical systems, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque

simple and compound planetary gear trains

gear range and transfer case power flows

hydraulic systems

electronic systems, including:

electronic control unit (ECU)

electronic sensors

solenoids

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle automatic transmissions and components, including:

torque converters, including:

impeller, stator, one-way clutch and turbine operation

lock-up torque converters

automatic transmission mechanical components, including:

clutch packs, one-way clutches, simple and compound planetary gear sets, and transfer case

power flows, including:

longitudinal automatic transmissions

transfer case

power take-off

automatic transmission hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

valve body and hydraulic valves

heat exchanger

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

ECU input sensors

ECU outputs

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

stall testing

pressure testing

scan tool testing

repair procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including for hydraulic, mechanical and electrical components

dismantling procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions, including:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer automatic transmission specifications

one heavy vehicle with faults in its automatic transmission

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle automatic transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The clutch systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose clutch system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair clutch system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking clutch system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure clutch system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and dial indicator gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	inspecting and evaluating clutch assembly components inspecting and evaluating clutch operating system testing stationary and mobile performance.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using transmission lifting and supporting equipment controlling hazards associated with clutch dust and brake fluid.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing, replacing and adjusting: clutch assemblies clutch operating systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust and brake fluid released from clutch systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX3004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in one heavy vehicle clutch system, which must involve:

removing and refitting the heavy vehicle manual transmission

removing and replacing the clutch friction disc, clutch pressure plate assembly, and release bearing

diagnose and repair a fault in one heavy vehicle clutch operating system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

using transmission lifting and supporting equipment

controlling hazards associated with clutch dust and brake fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of clutch dust and brake fluid released from clutch systems

application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle clutch systems and components, including:

single-disc clutch assemblies

multi-disc clutch assemblies

coil spring clutches

diaphragm spring clutches

clutch brakes

flywheel

clutch operating systems, including:

mechanical

hydraulic

pneumatic

electronic

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

inspecting and evaluating clutch assembly components

inspecting and evaluating clutch operating system

testing stationary and mobile clutch performance

repair procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

clutch operating systems

removing and refitting clutch assembly

inspecting and evaluating clutch components

adjusting clutches

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle clutch systems, including testing stationary or mobile performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer clutch system specifications

one heavy vehicle with clutch system faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy vehicle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:

transmission lifting and supporting equipment

clutch aligning and adjusting tools.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles, and include automatic or manual transmissions. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for heavy commercial vehicle transmission or driveline system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Transmission or driveline system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting, supporting and manually handling heavy vehicle transmissions working with rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

transmission system of a heavy commercial vehicle

driveline system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

transmission or driveline system of a third heavy commercial vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

lifting, supporting and manually handling heavy vehicle transmissions

working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of transmission and driveline system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

clutch

manual transmission

automated manual transmission (AMT)

automatic transmission

drive shafts

final drive assemblies

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

oil and pneumatic pressures

transmission performance

powertrain management

driveline angles

driveline vibrations

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in transmission and driveline systems

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with transmission and driveline system faults

diagnostic equipment for heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating heavy commercial vehicle and driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTX006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in heavy commercial vehicle transmission or driveline system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for transmission or driveline system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission and driveline system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as oil pressure gauges and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTX4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTX006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

transmission system of a heavy commercial vehicle

driveline system of a different heavy commercial vehicle

transmission or driveline system of a third heavy commercial vehicle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of heavy commercial vehicle transmission and drivelines, including:

automatic transmissions

manual and automated manual transmissions

Hookes-type joints

drive shafts

final drives

testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

transmission oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

driveline angle measurement

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline system specifications

three different heavy commercial vehicles with complex faults in their transmission and driveline systems

transmission and driveline diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service mechanical connections fitted to both heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the mechanical connections, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the connections, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service mechanical connection system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information relating to mechanical connections of heavy vehicle and trailer is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect mechanical connection system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service mechanical connection system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle and trailer are presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to measure and compare components to manufacturer specifications and tolerances.
Technology skills to:	use measuring tools and gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Mechanical connections of heavy vehicle and trailer must include:	fifth wheel systems king pins landing gear systems.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting heavy vehicles and trailers safely manoeuvring heavy vehicles and trailers.
Service must include:	applying and replacing lubricant undertaking adjustments and operational testing.
Environmental requirements must include:	environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants released from mechanical connections.
Final inspection must include:	final check of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems and components checking heavy vehicle mechanical connection system operation during mobile or stationary tests.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTY2001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the mechanical connections of two different heavy vehicles and their trailers, including five of the following:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear systems

electrical connections

pneumatic connections.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting heavy vehicles and trailers

safely manoeuvring heavy vehicles and trailers

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants released from mechanical connections

identification and function of mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes, including:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbars

landing gear systems

electrical connections

pneumatic connections

types and applications of mechanical connection lubricants

inspection procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

service and adjustment procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

post-service testing procedures for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical connection specifications

two different heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes with mechanical connections requiring servicing

lubricating equipment for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTY002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanical connections fitted to both heavy vehicles and trailers. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical connections include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, trailers over 4.5 tonnes or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle mechanical connections	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic procedures and information on mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose mechanical connection system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mechanical connection system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mechanical connection specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components of mechanical connections and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use test and diagnostic equipment, such as mechanical connection measuring tools and gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers must include:	fifth wheel assemblies king pins and upper couplers landing gear pintle hook and drawbar.
Diagnostic tests must include:	checking for slack in the fifth wheel operation when connected to a trailer inspecting top plate and brackets for cracks inspecting the fifth wheel and mounting plate welds checking fifth wheel operation using a lock tester.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting heavy vehicles and trailers safely manoeuvring heavy vehicles and trailers.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for safely handling and disposing of lubricants.
Post-repair testing must include:	engaging fifth wheel jaws or locks checking clearances according to manufacturer specifications.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTY3002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTY002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following mechanical connections of a heavy vehicle and trailer:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

diagnose and repair a fault in both of the following:

electrical connections of a heavy vehicle and trailer

pneumatic connection of a heavy vehicle and trailer.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting heavy vehicles and trailers

safely manoeuvring heavy vehicles and trailers

environmental requirements, including procedures for safely handling and disposing of lubricants

application, purpose and operation of mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers, including:

fifth wheel assemblies

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

electrical connections

pneumatic connections

types and applications of fifth wheel lubricants

diagnostic testing procedures for mechanical connection of heavy vehicles and trailers, including:

checking for slack in the fifth wheel operation when connected to a trailer

inspecting top plate and brackets for cracks

inspecting the fifth wheel and mounting plate welds

checking fifth wheel operation using a lock tester

testing electrical connections

testing pneumatic connections

repair and adjustment procedures for mechanical connection of heavy vehicles and trailers, including:

fifth wheel assembly

king pins and upper couplers

pintle hook and drawbar

landing gear

electrical connections

pneumatic connections

post-repair testing procedures for mechanical connection of heavy vehicles and trailers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical connection specifications

two different heavy vehicle and trailer mechanical connections with faults

lubricating equipment for mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the emission control systems of heavy vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The emission control systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Emission and Exhaust

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose emission control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair emission control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate emission system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	determine job requirements from workplace instructions interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle emission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand information, such as exhaust gas percentages and ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised emission testing equipment, such as exhaust gas analysers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with engines producing toxic emissions.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for containing and disposing of emission control system fuels, fluids and components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURHTZ3001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURHTZ001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following heavy vehicle emission control systems:

closed crankcase ventilation system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

selective catalytic reduction system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for working safely with engines producing toxic emissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for containing and disposing of emission control system fuels, fluids and components

heavy vehicle emissions and their effects on the environment and health:

carbon monoxide

oxides of nitrogen

ozone

sulphur dioxide

particulate matter

hydrocarbons

application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle emission control systems and components, including:

closed crankcase ventilation system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

selective catalytic reduction system

catalytic converter system

diagnostic testing procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems, including:

closed crankcase ventilation system operation

exhaust gas recirculation system operation

diesel engine particulate filter system operation

selective catalytic reduction system operation

catalytic converter system operation

exhaust gas analysis

repair procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the system components

post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the heavy vehicle emission control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer heavy vehicle emission control system specifications

heavy vehicle engines with faults in the emission control systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for testing heavy vehicle emission control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing, replacing and adjusting heavy vehicle emission control systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out minor adjustments to motorcycle systems, components and equipment. It involves preparing for the work, inspecting the motorcycle and determining the work requirement, carrying out minor adjustments, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the automotive retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to carry out minor adjustments	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and motorcycle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Motorcycle component information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect motorcycle and determine work requirement	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary minor adjustments
3. Undertake minor adjustment activities	3.1 Adjustment options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-adjustment testing is carried out to ensure safe and correct operation of motorcycle
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements relating to adjustment procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	measure component tolerances and compare findings with manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycles avoiding entanglement when working with chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTA1001 Perform minor adjustments to motorcycles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA001 Carry out minor adjustments to motorcycles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out minor adjustments to one motorcycle, including:

clutch

chain tension

one of the following:

brakes

suspension and steering

engine, attachments and controls

foot controls

handlebars and hand controls

accessories.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety(WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out minor adjustments to motorcycles, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

avoiding entanglement when working with chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys

identification and function of motorcycle systems, including:

clutch

chain drive

brakes

suspension

steering

engine, attachments and controls

foot controls

handlebars and hand controls

accessories

motorcycle adjustment procedures, including hand and foot controls

motorcycle post-adjustment testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the minor adjustments that they have carried out on motorcycle components and equipment, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer motorcycle specifications

one motorcycle and the motorcycle components specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out minor adjustments to motorcycles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories. It involves preparing for the work, removing and replacing the component, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and replace motorcycle component or accessory	1.1 Task requirements are determined from workshop or activity instructions 1.2 Removal and replacement procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove component or accessory	2.1 Component or accessory is identified and removed according to manufacturer specifications and without causing damage to other components or systems 2.2 Inspection of component or accessory is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for replacement and minor adjustments
3. Replace component or accessory	3.1 Component or accessory is replaced according to manufacturer specifications and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Adjustments are made to component or accessory according to manufacturer specifications 3.3 Post-replacement testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and further adjustments are made as required
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements relating to motorcycle components and accessories.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and accessories, compare with specifications, and perform minor adjustments to them.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycles selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) avoiding entanglement when working with chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants, oils and fluids released during the adjustment process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTA1002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and replace three of the following motorcycle components and accessories:

wheels

mudguards

lighting system components

suspension system components

brake system components

fuel tank

oil tank

seat

control cables

ignition system components

handlebars and hand controls

foot controls and foot pegs

mufflers and exhaust pipes

windshield

pannier bags

luggage racks.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and replacing motorcycle components and accessories, including:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

avoiding entanglement when working with chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants, oils and fluids released during the adjustment process

identification and function of the motorcycle components and accessories specified in the performance evidence

motorcycle removal and replacement procedures, including the use of tools and equipment

testing procedures and adjustment methods relating to motorcycle component and accessory removal and replacement

motorcycle post-adjustment testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle components and accessories that they have removed and replaced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

motorcycle component and accessory specifications

one motorcycle and the motorcycle components and accessories specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and replacing motorcycle components and accessories.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTA003 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and transmission systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for motorcycle engine or transmission system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine or transmission system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from the available evidence and documented to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to motorcycle engine and transmission systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised motorcycle engine and transmission system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycle engine and transmission systems avoiding entanglement in chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and transmission systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTA5003 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and transmission system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTA003 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

engine system of a motorcycle

transmission system of a different motorcycle

engine or transmission system of a third motorcycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycle engine and transmission systems

avoiding entanglement in chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and transmission systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of motorcycle engine and transmission system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of motorcycle engine and transmission system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating motorcycle engine and transmission system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of motorcycle engines and components, including two-stroke and four-stroke engines

types, functions, operation and limitations of motorcycle transmission systems and components, including:

continuously variable transmission (CVT)

dual clutch transmission

constant mesh transmission

dry, wet and centrifugal clutch

operation and limitations of motorcycle driveline systems and components, including:

chain drive

belt drive

shaft drive

testing procedures for motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including for engine performance under load

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to motorcycle engine and transmission systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engine and transmission systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine and transmission system specifications

three different motorcycles with faults in the engine and transmission systems

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle engine and transmission systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating motorcycle engine and transmission systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTB001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the braking systems of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 pair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of braking system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycles managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTB3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following braking systems of two different motorcycles:

one hydraulically-operated two-wheel disc braking system, in which the work must involve:

removing, bleeding and adjusting hand brake lever and brake pedal, master cylinder, brake hose, brake calipers, brake pads and brake rotors

refitting or replacing them

one mechanically-operated drum braking system, in which the work must involve:

removing and adjusting hand brake lever and brake pedal, cables and rods, brake drums and shoes, and actuating mechanisms

refitting or replacing them.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

operating principles of motorcycle braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including force, pressure and area relationship

application, purpose and operation of motorcycle disc and drum braking systems and components, including:

master cylinders

brake fluids

disc brake systems, including:

types of brake discs

disc pads

self-adjustment of disc pads

fixed, floating and multi-piston brake calipers

drum brake systems, including:

self-energising, servo effect

mechanically operated systems

hydraulically operated systems

manual and self-adjustment systems

combined braking systems

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including:

operational testing of master cylinder

testing brake fluid

operational testing of disc and drum brake, including rod and cable checking and measurement

measuring and evaluating brake drums, shoes, discs and pads

repair procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including:

procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting hydraulic system components, including master cylinder, switches, brake hoses and lines, rods and cables, disc calipers and disc pads, brake drums, brake shoes and wheel cylinders

procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting mechanical braking system components, including brake lever, rods and cables, brake drums and brake shoes

methods of bleeding brake systems

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

brake bedding-in

road testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle braking system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for motorcycle braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from the available evidence and documented to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to motorcycle braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised motorcycle braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycle braking systems managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTB5002 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

mechanical braking system of a motorcycle

hydraulic braking system of a different motorcycle

anti-lock braking (ABS) system of a third motorcycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in motorcycle braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycle braking systems

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of motorcycle braking system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of motorcycle braking system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating motorcycle braking system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of motorcycle braking systems and components, including:

friction materials

mechanical systems

hydraulic systems

ABS systems

electronic control circuits and valves

testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems, including:

mechanical cables and linkages

hydraulic lines and cylinder integrity and leaks

operation of electronic control module

stopping efficiency

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to motorcycle braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle braking system specifications

three different motorcycles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating motorcycle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect motorcycle suspension systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, identifying both the front and rear suspension systems, inspecting the general condition of the motorcycle, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect motorcycle suspension system	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and motorcycle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and motorcycle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information on suspension system specifications.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate suspension travel distances.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures and rulers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs lifting and supporting motorcycles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD2001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD001 Inspect motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the front and rear suspension systems of at least two different motorcycles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to inspecting motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs

lifting and supporting motorcycles

identification and function of motorcycle suspension systems, including:

shock absorbers, including:

twin shock absorbers

mono-shock absorbers

telescopic fork suspension

inverted telescopic fork suspension

front telelever and duolever

rear swing arm suspension

types and applications of suspension fluids and lubricants

inspection procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including:

oil leaks

ride height

component wear

tyres and inflation

mounting bolts and attachments

suspension bearings and bushing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle suspension systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

two different motorcycles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting motorcycle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect motorcycle steering systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect motorcycle steering system	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and motorcycle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect steering system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and motorcycle is presented ready for use 3.3 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.4 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information on steering system specifications.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to steering systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering free play measure tyre inflation pressures.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures and rulers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD2002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD002 Inspect motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the steering systems of two different motorcycles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to inspecting motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycles

identification and function of motorcycle steering system components, including:

telescopic forks and fork legs

wheel and axle assembly

head tube

headstock and bearings

triple clamp

handle bars, clamps and grips

steering damper

steering stops

types and applications of motorcycle steering lubricants

inspection procedures for motorcycle steering systems, including:

oil leaks

component wear

tyres and inflation

mounting bolts and attachments

steering bearings and

front axle alignment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering systems that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

two different motorcycles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting motorcycle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the suspension systems of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension system	1.1 Workplace instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: stored energy in springs suspension system oils gas struts environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the front suspension systems of two different motorcycles, in which the work must involve:

removing, dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting front forks

changing seals, valves, bushings and oil

diagnose and repair a fault in the rear suspension systems of two different motorcycles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs

suspension system oils

gas struts

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from suspension systems

operating principles of motorcycle suspension systems and associated components, including:

brake dive

fork spring rate

fork compression damping

application, purpose and operation of the following motorcycle suspension systems and components, including:

shock absorbers, including:

twin shock absorbers

mono-shock absorbers

telescopic fork suspension

inverted telescopic fork suspension

front tele-lever and duo-lever

rear swing arm suspension (twin-sided, mono-shock and para-lever)

gas struts

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

evaluating performance

analysing component wear

analysing system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including procedures for:

adjusting pre-load and damping

removing, dismantling, reassembling and replacing components, including:

seal, bushing and valve replacement

oil replacement

air purging

replacing front fork slider bushes

removing and replacing rear shock absorbers

dismantling and repairing rear shock absorbers

repairing steering damper assemblies

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle braking system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the steering systems of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs handling steering system bearing grease.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD3004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the steering systems of two different motorcycles, in which the work must involve removing, refitting or replacing, and adjusting:

headset bearings

front fork units in the triple clamps

handlebars.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs

handling steering system bearing grease

operating principles of motorcycle steering systems and associated components, including:

wheelbase

steering axis angle

fork offset

fork length

trail

wheel flop

application, purpose and operation of the following components of motorcycle steering systems and components, including:

head tubes

headset bearings

triple clamps

hydraulic steering dampers

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle steering systems, including:

analysing component wear

checking abnormal system noises

repair procedures for motorcycle steering systems, including procedures for:

removing, refitting and adjusting triple clamp forks

aligning front axles

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle steering system specifications

two different motorcycles with steering system faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnosis requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in motorcycle steering or suspension system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for motorcycle steering or suspension system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Motorcycle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different motorcycles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking motorcycle steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure motorcycle steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycles working with stored energy in springs handling steering system bearing grease.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

steering system of a motorcycle

suspension system of a different motorcycle

steering or suspension system of a third different motorcycle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

working with stored energy in springs

handling steering system bearing grease

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

telescopic forks, including:

fork tubes

gaiters

stanchions

triple clamps

steering dampers

upside down forks

anti-dive fork systems

trailing link fork suspension

leading link fork suspension, including:

springer fork

Earles fork

girder fork

Saxon-Motodd (telelever) fork

duolever front suspension (Hossack or Fior)

coaxial steering front suspension

non-fork front suspension, including hub centre steering

rear suspension, including:

twin shock swingarm

monoshock swingarm

monoshock single sided swingarm

rear monolever

rear paralever

steering angles, including:

wheelbase

trail

offset

rake angle

testing procedures for motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including:

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle steering and suspension specifications

three different motorcycles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle steering and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTD006 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering, suspension and frame systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for motorcycle steering, suspension or frame system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Motorcycle steering, suspension or frame system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with stored energy in springs environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from steering, suspension and frame systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTD5006 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTD006 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

steering system of a motorcycle

suspension system of a different motorcycle

frame system of a third motorcycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems, including procedures for working with stored energy in springs

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from steering, suspension and frame systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

steering, including:

head tube

headset bearings

triple clamp

suspension, including:

shock absorbers, including twin shock and mono-shock absorbers

telescopic fork suspension

inverted telescopic fork suspension

front telelever and duolever

rear suspension, including twin shock swingarm, monoshock swingarm, monoshock single sided swingarm, rear monolever and rear paralever

frames, including:

tubular frame

alloy formed section

composite materials

testing procedures for motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems, including:

mechanical linkages

shock absorber performance under load

damper performance under load

frames for fatigue and stress

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system specifications

three different motorcycles with steering, suspension and frame system faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTE001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the engines of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to the engines of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Engine is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Engine is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Engine components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble engine	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 4.4 Engine is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine or motorcycle is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycle engines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from motorcycle engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTE3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different motorcycle engines in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling, replacing and adjusting the engine cylinder heads

remove and refit or replace one of the above motorcycle engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycle engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from motorcycle engines

operating principles of motorcycle engines and associated components, including combustion, such as:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

key features of engine design, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

application, purpose and operation of the following components of motorcycle engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle engines, including:

testing wet and dry compression

testing cylinder leakage

testing oil pressure

testing sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for motorcycle engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting motorcycle engines

assembly procedures for motorcycle engines, including:

fitting components

checking tolerances and clearances

torquing retaining bolts

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle engines, including:

checking oil pressure

road testing under load

checking for fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine specifications

three different motorcycles with engine faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTE002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and transmission systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnosis requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in motorcycle engine or transmission system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for motorcycle engine or transmission system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Motorcycle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different motorcycles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking motorcycle engine and transmission system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine and transmission system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and transmission systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTE4002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTE002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

engine system of a motorcycle

manual transmission of a different motorcycle

automatic transmission or continuously variable transmission (CVT) of a third motorcycle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting motorcycles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and transmission systems

types of complex faults relating to motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including:

two and four-stroke air and liquid-cooled engines

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

CVT

testing procedures for motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

motorcycle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle engine and transmission systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle engine and transmission system specifications

three different motorcycles with complex faults in their engine and transmission systems

motorcycle engine and transmission system diagnostic equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and refit wheel and tyre assemblies fitted to motorcycles. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, removing, inspecting and refitting the wheel and tyre assembly, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motorcycle service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Removal, inspection and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Wheel and tyre assembly is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Wheel and tyre assembly, mounting points, and fitting are inspected for condition, damage and wear 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs, replacements or adjustments
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Refitting options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Wheel and tyre assembly is fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Tightening sequence and torque settings are completed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Wheel and tyre assembly is checked for correct operation and alignment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and wheel rim specifications, including tightening procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in: workplace instructions manufacturer specifications tyres and wheels tyre inflation gauges understand numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement.
Problem solving skills to:	recognise limitations and seek advice seek information and assistance to solve problems.
Technology skills to:	operate wheel and tyre assembly removal, inspection, refitting and adjustment tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting motorcycles manually handling wheel and tyre assemblies.
Final inspection must include:	wheel and tyre assembly run-out and alignment testing testing the operation of motorcycle systems affected by the removal and refitting of wheel and tyre assemblies checking chain and belt drive tension.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ001 Remove, inspect and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, refit and adjust the wheel and tyre assemblies of three different motorcycles, including:

one front wheel assembly

one of each of the following rear wheel assemblies:

chain driven

belt driven

driveshaft driven.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, inspecting and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting motorcycles

manually handling wheel and tyre assemblies

types and applications of wheel assemblies, including:

wire spoke wheels

composite type wheels

one piece wheels

types and applications of motorcycle drives, including:

chain drive

belt drive

driveshaft drive systems

procedures for removing and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

spoke tensioning

axle nut tensioning

drive chain and drive belt tensioning

procedures for inspecting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

tyre condition

rim condition

anti-lock braking sensor and signal rotor

tyre pressure monitoring units

post-fitting procedures and checks of motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

wheel balancing

wheel and tyre assembly run-out

correct operation of other systems affected by removing and refitting wheel assemblies, including checking wheel assembly coding of the electronic control unit (ECU).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle wheel and tyre assembly specifications

three different motorcycles with the front and rear wheel assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove tyres and tubes from motorcycle wheels, inspect the tyre and wheel to assess serviceability, carry out tyre and tube repairs, and reassemble the wheel assembly. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, inspecting, repairing and refitting motorcycle tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motorcycle service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre and tube removal, inspection, repair and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Tyres and tubes are removed from wheels according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Tyres, tubes and wheels are inspected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tyres and tubes are repaired according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Tyre is mounted to wheel according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Assembled wheel and tyre are checked for serviceability and correct assembly, and wheel assembly is inflated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and wheel assembly is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate tyre repair information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information in manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations and recording material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in: manufacturer specifications wheel and rim assemblies tyres and tubes workplace instructions tyre inflation gauges understand numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate tyre changing tools and equipment operate tyre and tube repair equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: deflating and inflating motorcycle tyres manually handling motorcycle wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit motorcycle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, repair and refit each of the following motorcycle tyres and their tubes:

road radial tyre

road bias tyre

off road tyre.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting motorcycle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating motorcycle tyres

manually handling motorcycle wheel assemblies

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures

types and applications of different types of tyres, tubes and wheels, including:

road radial

road bias

off road

race

types, application and function of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

procedures for deflating, dismantling and inspecting wheel assemblies, including:

rim locks

spoke rims

one piece wheels

procedures for repairing tyres and tubes

procedures for reassembling and inflating wheel assemblies, including:

rim locks

spoke rims

one piece wheels

post-assembly checks of wheel assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle tyres and tubes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

motorcycle tyres, tubes and wheel assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting motorcycle tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair patches and plugs

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and refit wheel and tyre assemblies fitted to motorcycles. It involves preparing for the work, removing and refitting the wheel and tyre assembly, and completing the workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Environmental and safety requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and wheel and tyre assembly to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications for removing and replacing wheel and tyre assembly are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for removing and replacing wheel and tyre assembly are identified and checked for serviceability
2. Remove wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Motorcycle is prepared for wheel removal according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Wheel and tyre assembly is removed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.3 Wheel and tyre assembly is identified according to manufacturer specifications
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Wheel and tyre assembly is prepared for replacement 3.2 Wheel and tyre assembly is replaced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.3 Wheel and tyre assembly on motorcycle is checked for correct operation
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer literature when seeking tyre, wheel specifications, including tightening procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information on tyre inflation gauges.
Technology skills to:	operate wheel and tyre assembly removal, refitting and adjustment tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using: safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear motorcycle lifting and supporting equipment motorcycle wheel assembly removal and refitting equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTJ003 Remove and refit motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, refit and adjust the front and rear wheel assemblies of one motorcycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for using:

safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

motorcycle lifting and supporting equipment

motorcycle wheel assembly removal and refitting equipment

types of motorcycle wheels and tyres

types and applications of motorcycle drives, including:

chain drive

belt drive

driveshaft drive systems

procedures for removing and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies, including:

axle nut tensioning

drive chain tensioning

post-fitting procedures and checks of motorcycle wheel assemblies, including wheel and tyre assembly alignment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer motorcycle wheel and tyre assembly specifications

one motorcycle

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and refitting motorcycle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems. It involves preparing for the task, servicing and adjusting the chain and sprocket, belt and driveshaft drive systems, reporting the inspection findings, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motorcycle service and repair industry. The driveline systems include those of motorcycles and motor scooters, and include road, off-road, agricultural or race motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service motorcycle driveline system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information for motorcycle driveline system is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect driveline system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service driveline system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle or scooter is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to driveline systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Motorcycle driveline system must include:	chain drive belt drive shaft drive.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for avoiding entanglement in chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for handling, trapping and storing oils and lubricants released from driveline systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTQ2001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service each of the following motorcycle driveline systems:

chain

belt

shaft

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for avoiding entanglement in chains, sprockets, belts and pulleys

environmental requirements, including procedures for handling, trapping and storing oils and lubricants released from driveline systems

identification, function and basic operation of motorcycle driveline systems, including:

chain and sprocket

belt drive

driveshaft drive

inspection procedures for driveline systems, including:

chain free play

gear tooth condition

drive shaft backlash

service and adjustment procedures for driveline systems, including:

servicing and adjusting chain tension and wheel alignment

measuring and adjusting belt tension and wheel alignment

lubricating shaft drives

post-service testing procedures for motorcycle driveline systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/ AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer driveline system specifications

three different motorcycles with the driveline systems specified in the performance evidence requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing motorcycle driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTQ002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the driveline systems of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnosis options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose driveline system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair driveline system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking driveline system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure driveline system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling shaft and chain driveline oils and lubricants environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and lubricants released from shaft and chain drivelines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTQ3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTQ002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following driveline systems of three different motorcycles:

one chain drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the chain and sprockets

one belt drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the belt and sprockets

one shaft drive system, in which the work must involve removing, replacing or refitting the drive shaft.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for handling shaft and chain driveline oils and lubricants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and lubricants released from shaft and chain drivelines

operating principles of motorcycle driveline systems and associated components, including final drive gear ratios for:

chain drive systems

belt drive systems

shaft drive systems

application, purpose and operation of motorcycle driveline systems and components, including:

chain drive systems, including:

chain construction, including chain pitch, roller width and roller diameter

cush drives

types of sprockets

belt drive systems, including:

belt construction

methods of tensioning belts

shaft drive systems, including:

side gear assemblies

final gear assemblies

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle driveline systems, including procedures for:

repairing chain drives, including:

procedures for removing and refitting front and rear chain sprockets

procedures for removing chains and fitting new chains

procedures for adjusting chain tension and wheel alignment

repairing belt drives, including:

procedures for removing and refitting toothed belt sprockets

procedures for removing belts and fitting new belts

procedures for measuring and adjusting belt tension and wheel alignment

repairing shaft drive systems

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle driveline systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle driveline system specifications

one motorcycle with a fault in its chain drive system

one motorcycle with a fault in its belt drive system

one motorcycle with a fault in its shaft drive system

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTR001 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electrical and electronic systems include those of motorcycles, motor scooters or all-terrain vehicles (ATVs).

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for motorcycle electrical or electronic systems are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Electrical or electronic system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from the available evidence and documented to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised motorcycle electrical and electronic system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with motorcycle ignition system high voltage identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, tests, test sequence and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTR5001 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTR001 Analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in:

one single wire (non CAN-bus) networked circuit of a motorcycle

one two-wire high and low speed (CAN-bus) networked system of a different motorcycle

one non CAN-bus or one CAN-bus networked system of a third motorcycle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including procedures for:

working with motorcycle ignition system high voltage

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with wearing jewellery while working around high current wiring systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

lighting

charging

starting

ignition

immobiliser

fuel injection

engine management

anti-lock braking (ABS)

procedures for analysing and evaluating motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including:

lighting

charging

starting

ignition

immobiliser

fuel injection

engine management

ABS systems

testing procedures for motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including the use of:

multimeters

diagnostic scan tools

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the system analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to motorcycle electrical and electronic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle electrical and electronic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle electrical and electronic system specifications

three different motorcycles with faults in the electrical and electronic systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating motorcycle electrical and electronic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTX001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working on motorcycles in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose clutch system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair clutch system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking clutch system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnosis findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure clutch system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions and clutches.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTX3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following motorcycle clutch systems:

wet multi-plate clutch system, in doing so removing, replacing or refitting the clutch pack

cable operated clutch system

hydraulic operated clutch system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions and clutches

operating principles of motorcycle clutch systems and associated components, including coefficient of friction

application, purpose and operation of components of motorcycle wet multi-plate clutch, slipper clutch and dry clutch systems and components, including:

pressure plates, including:

coil spring

diaphragm

types and compatibility of clutch system oils and additives

clutch operating systems, including:

cable

hydraulic

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle clutch systems, including procedures for removing, dismantling, reassembling and adjusting system components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle clutch system specifications

two different motorcycles with faults in the clutch systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle clutch systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTX002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose manual transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair manual transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking manual transmission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnosis findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure manual transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTX3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different motorcycles with different manual transmissions, in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling and refitting the transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of motorcycle manual transmissions and associated components, including:

gears types

gear ratios

application, purpose and operation of motorcycle manual transmissions and components, including:

transmission types, including:

vertical split-type crankcase

horizontal split-type crankcase

cassette-type

sliding gear transmissions, including:

dog clutches

shifter drums

cam plates

constant-mesh transmissions, including ball lock-type systems

quick shifters

types and compatibility of transmission system oils and additives

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions, including procedures for removing, dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle manual transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle manual transmission specifications

two different motorcycles with different manual transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle manual transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTX003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of motorcycles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnosis options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose automatic transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair automatic transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking automatic transmission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure automatic transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTX3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTX003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different motorcycles with different automatic transmissions, in which the work must involve removing, dismantling, reassembling and refitting the transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for handling transmission fluids and clutch materials

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of motorcycle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

gears types

gear ratios

application, purpose and operation of the following motorcycle automatic transmissions and components, including:

continuously variable transmissions (CVT), including:

wet types

dry types

semi-automatic transmissions

dual clutch transmissions

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

electronic control module

input sensors, including vehicle speed sensor, throttle position sensor, mass air flow (MAF) sensor, manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, transmission range sensor, engine speed sensor and temperature sensors

electronic control module outputs, including indicator lamps, shift solenoids and pressure control solenoids

types and compatibility of transmission system oils and additives

types of diagnostic trouble codes and procedures for accessing codes

diagnostic testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions, including procedures for removing, dismantling, reassembling, refitting and adjusting components

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motorcycle repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer motorcycle automatic transmission specifications

two different motorcycles with different automatic transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for motorcycle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect motorcycle frames, determine and carry out required repairs, and then align the frames and their components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting, measuring, repairing and aligning motorcycle frames, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motorcycle service and repair industry. It includes all types of motorcycle frames, including those with side cars and carrying compartments.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Motorcycle

Unit Sector

Technical - Chassis and Frame

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and measure motorcycle frame	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Frame specifications and repair procedures are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Inspection and measurement options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Inspection and measurement tools and equipment are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures
2. Inspect and measure frame	2.1 Frame is inspected and repair requirements are determined according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair frame	3.1 Repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Frame is repaired, replaced and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Align frame	4.1 Alignment procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 4.2 Alignment options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Alignment tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 4.4 Frame is aligned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and frame is presented ready for use or stored 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking repair and alignment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making repair and alignment recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make repair and alignment recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure frame alignment and use basic mathematical operation, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers use motorcycle alignment jigs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear lifting and supporting motorcycles using motorcycle frame straightening rigs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURJTY3001 Repair and align motorcycle frames

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURJTY001 Repair and align motorcycle frames

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair and align frames on two of the following motorcycles:

road fully fared

road naked

cruiser

off road

scooter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing and aligning motorcycle frames, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

lifting and supporting motorcycles

using motorcycle frame straightening rigs

types and application of motorcycle frames, including those of:

road fully fared motorcycles

road naked motorcycles

cruiser motorcycles

off road motorcycles

scooters

principles of frame alignment and steering geometry as applied to motorcycles

frame repair procedures, including application, purpose and operation of straightening jigs

frame alignment and adjustment procedures, including procedures for checking and adjusting swing arm alignment

regulatory requirements relating to repairing and aligning motorcycle frames, including Australian Design Rules.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motorcycle frames that they have repaired and aligned, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

motorcycle manufacturer frame alignment specifications

Australian Design Rules

two different motorcycles as specified in the performance evidence

motorcycle frame alignment jig

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and aligning motorcycle frames.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify the scope of information available in tyre management software, and to make decisions using the software. The unit also involves monitoring the use of tyre management software, and providing support for others using the software.

It applies to those who use tyre management software to coordinate the effective use of tyres in a vehicle fleet or similar operation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of endorsement.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Information Technology - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Identify scope of tyre management software	1.1 Categories of information held in tyre management software are identified and accessed 1.2 Categories of information relevant to organisation are identified 1.3 Information available for inputting into tyre management software is identified
2. Use tyre management software	2.1 Data is identified and accessed using software 2.2 Completed tasks are entered into software 2.3 Work processes that require information from tyre management software are identified 2.4 Data and information on current tyre performance are obtained from tyre management software
3. Make decisions using information from tyre management software	3.1 Tyre management software is interrogated to find required current, historical or predicted information 3.2 Information is interpreted and analysed 3.3 Actions are taken in response to information, according to workplace procedures and Australian standards
4. Monitor the use of tyre management software	4.1 Tyre management software is routinely monitored 4.2 Use and performance of tyre management software are reviewed with team
5. Support others to use tyre management software	5.1 Regular communication with team or other work groups is undertaken 5.2 Improvements to software and team use of software are identified 5.3 Actions to implement improvements are taken and recorded

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret workplace procedures and Australian standards interpret and analyse written information on tyre performance.
Writing skills to:	document performance improvement actions complete a range of workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate performance information and receive feedback from team and other work groups report tyre performance data results.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret both metric and imperial systems of measurement. interpret numerical tyre performance data.
Digital literacy skills to:	manipulate data in tyre management software produce reports using tyre management software.
Initiative skills to:	plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
Planning and organising skills to:	use appropriate processes and procedures recognise limitations and seek timely advice.
Self-management skills to:	seek information and assistance as required to solve problems.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify software deficiencies and determine required actions.
Teamwork skills to:	monitor team use of software support team to achieve required outcomes identify team deficiencies and take appropriate action.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Communication must include:	face to face use of tyre management software.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKKJ001 Manage use of tyre management software

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently used tyre management software on a minimum of three occasions, inputting and accessing at least two different types of tyre reports.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

communicate effectively with team regarding software and its use

input and access data into tyre management software

prioritise own work

read, interpret and analyse tyre management information

use basic and advanced computer functions that support the use of tyre management software.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic and advanced computer functions relating to tyre management software

Australian standards and workplace procedures relating to tyre management

key features of the following types of tyre reports:

end of month reports

health safety and environment (HSE) reports

job safety analysis reports

rim reports

tyre failure reports

tyre maintenance reports

tyre management software.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the tyre management software that they have worked on, e.g. tyre reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards and workplace procedures relevant to tyre management

a range of tyre reports

tyre management software.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to synchronise plant and equipment. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct synchronising procedure, carrying out the synchronisation, performing post-synchronising testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The plant and equipment include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake synchronising operations	1.1 Job requirements are determined according to workplace instructions 1.2 Synchronisation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options for synchronisation are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Synchronisation tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.6 Technical and calibration requirements for synchronisation are sourced, and support equipment is identified and prepared
2. Conduct synchronising operations	2.1 Synchronising procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Synchronising documentation is completed and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Analyse results	3.1 Operational tests are carried out and results are compared with manufacturer specifications 3.2 Results are documented and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and plant and equipment are presented ready for use, including protective guards, safety features and cowlings 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking synchronising specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting synchronising tests, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	measure plant and equipment components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, pressures, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret test meters and equipment scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use synchronising test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating engines following electrical safety requirements isolating and stabilising plant and equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils or fluids released from plant and equipment during synchronisation process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA3001 Synchronise plant and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA001 Synchronise plant and equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

synchronise two different pieces of plant and equipment, in which the work must involve:

selecting synchronising procedures appropriate to the circumstances

synchronising the plant and equipment

testing and inspecting synchronised plant and equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to synchronising plant and equipment, including procedures for:

operating engines

following electrical safety requirements

isolating and stabilising plant and equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils or fluids released from plant and equipment during synchronisation process

operating principles of plant and equipment and associated components, including:

electrical

hydraulic

mechanical

plant and equipment synchronisation procedures, including:

electrical:

connect and disconnect

electronic control module

electronic control of implement settings and adjustments

hydraulic:

connect and disconnect

pressure adjustment

fluid, leaks, and pressures

mechanical:

weight

power take-off (PTO)

three point linkage

towed implement

post-synchronisation testing procedures for plant and equipment, including operational test procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the plant and equipment that they have synchronised, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer plant and equipment synchronisation specifications

two different pieces of plant and equipment for synchronisation

test equipment for synchronising plant and equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for synchronising plant and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in crop harvesting equipment. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the equipment to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The crop harvesting equipment is that of agricultural machinery and refers to the specialised equipment involved in harvesting crops, such as grain, sugar cane, cotton, rice, vegetable and fruit crops. It does not cover generalised equipment and systems that form the platform or the towing vehicle. This unit is not for the cutting, raking or harvesting of hay.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect crop harvesting equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information for crop harvesting equipment are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and analyse results	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair crop harvesting equipment	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Equipment and systems are test run and adjustments are carried out as required
4. Prepare equipment for operation	4.1 Variable operating parameters are identified from manufacturer specifications and analysis of proposed work environment and conditions 4.2 Equipment variables, including management system settings, controls and monitoring systems are established and prepared for proposed operations 4.3 Equipment and systems are test run and final adjustments are made 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking harvesting equipment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure crop harvesting equipment components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate crop harvesting diagnostic test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures: isolating and stabilising equipment and machines working with rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA3002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA002 Inspect, service and repair crop harvesting equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair two different crop harvesting equipment, which must include equipment that harvests one of the following crop types:

grain

sugar cane

cotton

rice

potatoes

vegetable

fruit.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing crop harvesting equipment, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising equipment and machines

working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management

operating principles of crop harvesting equipment, including:

threshing

air flow systems

variable speed drives

sheaves

eccentric drives

rotor separation systems

application, purpose and operation of crop harvesting equipment, including:

cutting and feeding systems

threshing and separation systems

trash ejection

grain or crop handling

electronic monitoring systems

inspection procedures for harvesting equipment, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

electronic fault code interrogation

service and repair procedures for harvesting equipment, including removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting equipment components

post-repair testing procedures for harvesting equipment, including:

variable operating parameters

impact of environmental factors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the crop harvesting equipment that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer harvesting equipment specifications

two different operational crop harvesting equipment requiring service and repair

diagnostic equipment for crop harvesting equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting crop harvesting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in crop planting and seeding equipment. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the equipment to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The crop planting and seeding equipment is that of agricultural machinery and refers to specialised equipment involved in planting and seeding. It does not cover generalised equipment and systems that form the platform or the towing vehicle. Work involves purpose-designed and constructed crop planting and seeding and air seeding equipment, which may be self-propelled or towed.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect crop planting and seeding equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and analyse results	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Equipment and systems are test run and adjustments are carried out as required
4. Prepare equipment for operation	4.1 Variable operating parameters are identified from manufacturer specifications and analysis of proposed work environment and conditions 4.2 Equipment variables, including management system settings, controls and monitoring systems, are established and prepared for proposed operations 4.3 Equipment and systems are test run and final adjustments are carried out 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking crop planting and seeding equipment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure crop planting and seeding equipment components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate crop planting and seeding diagnostic test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising equipment and machines working with rotating shafts and crushing hazards environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA3003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair:

one air feed crop planting and seeding equipment

one conventional feed crop planting and seeding equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing crop planting and seeding equipment, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising equipment and machines

working with rotating shafts and crushing hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management

operating principles of crop planting and seeding equipment, including air feed and conventional planting and seeding systems

application, purpose and operation of crop planting and seeding equipment, including:

electronic monitoring system

metering system

seeding delivery system

adjustable tine tension system

adjustable press wheels

inspection procedures for crop planting and seeding equipment, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

electronic fault code interrogation

service and repair procedures for crop planting and seeding equipment, including:

removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting crop planting and seeding equipment

adjusting pressure, volume and coverage of crop planting and seeding equipment

post-repair testing procedures for crop planting and seeding equipment, including:

variable operating parameters

impact of environmental factors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the crop planting and seeding equipment that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer crop planting and seeding equipment specifications

crop planting and seeding equipment specified in the performance evidence and requiring service and repair

diagnostic equipment for crop planting and seeding equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting crop planting and seeding equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in spraying and spreading equipment. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the equipment to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The spraying and spreading equipment is that of agricultural machinery and refers to specialised equipment that may be self-propelled, trailed or three-point linkage, with controls for pressure, volume and coverage. It does not cover generalised equipment or systems that form the platform or the towing vehicle.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect spraying and spreading equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and analyse results	2.1 Inspection of spraying equipment and spreading equipment is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair spraying and spreading equipment	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Equipment and systems are test run and adjustments are carried out as required
4. Prepare equipment for operation	4.1 Variable operating parameters are identified from manufacturer specifications and analysis of proposed work environment and conditions 4.2 Equipment variables, including management system settings, controls and monitoring systems, are established and prepared for proposed operations 4.3 Equipment and systems are test run and final adjustments are carried out 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking spraying and spreading equipment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure spraying and spreading equipment components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate spraying and spreading diagnostic test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Spraying equipment must include:	equipment to distribute: liquid pesticides herbicides fertilisers.
Spreading equipment must include:	equipment to distribute: solids semi-solids, including fertilisers and waste products.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: spraying chemicals high pneumatic and hydraulic pressures rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for waste and chemical management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA3004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair:

one spraying equipment

one spreading equipment

during above work, adjust flow and pressure of delivery system to manufacturer specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing spraying and spreading equipment, including procedures for working with:

spraying chemicals

high pneumatic and hydraulic pressures

rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for waste and chemical management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management

procedures for flushing chemicals from spraying and spreading equipment prior to inspect, service and repair work

operating principles of spraying and spreading equipment, including:

pumps, pressure and flow

drive systems

application, purpose and operation of spraying and spreading equipment, including:

spraying equipment for distributing liquid pesticides, herbicides and fertilisers, including:

pumping system

nozzle liquid delivery system

mixing system

marking and covering system

electronic weed identification system

spreading equipment for distributing solids and semi-solids, including fertilisers and waste products:

distribution control

delivery system

pumping system

material handling and storage

inspection procedures for spraying and spreading equipment, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

electronic system interrogation

service and repair procedures for spraying and spreading equipment, including:

removing, replacing and repairing components

adjusting pressure, volume and coverage of spraying and spreading equipment

post-repair testing procedures for spraying and spreading equipment, including:

variable operating parameters

impact of environmental factors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the spraying and spreading equipment that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer spraying and spreading specifications

one spraying equipment and one spreading equipment requiring service and repair

diagnostic equipment for spraying and spreading equipment

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting spraying and spreading equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in track type drive and support systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The track type drive and support systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect track type drive and support system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and report results	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair track type drive and support system	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking track type drive specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure track type drive and support system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment and wear gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling system components isolating and stabilising machines releasing track chain tensioner working with recoil spring stored energy disassembling track chain tensioner working with stored hydraulic pressure environmental requirements, including procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from track type drive and support systems waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA3005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA005 Inspect, service and repair track type drive and support systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair one machine track type drive and support system, including four of the following components:

carrier roller

track roller

undercarriage idler

drive sprocket

track chain

recoil spring

track chain tensioner

track plate

track frame, including its alignment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing track type drive and support systems, including procedures for:

manually handling system components

isolating and stabilising machines

releasing track chain tensioner

working with recoil spring stored energy

disassembling track chain tensioner

working with stored hydraulic pressure

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from track type drive and support systems

waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management

operating principles of track type drive and support systems, including:

track system

undercarriage system

application, purpose and operation of track type drive and support systems, including:

track links, pins, bushings and track shoes

undercarriage idlers, carrier rollers, drive sprockets, track chain tensioners, recoil spring, accumulator, track plate, track frame and guards

inspection procedures for track type drive and support systems, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

diagnostic testing procedures for track type drive and support systems, including:

component wear analysis, including:

track links, pins, bushings and track shoes

undercarriage idlers, rollers, drive sprockets, tensioners, track frame and guards

track frame alignment

reclamation principles of track type drive components

service and repair procedures for track type drive and support systems, including removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting system components

post-repair testing procedures for track type drive and support systems, including:

track tension adjustment

track frame alignment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the track type drive and support systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer track type drive specifications

machinery with track type drive and support system requiring service and repair

track drive system inspection and measurement tools and gauges, including:

track chain, track link, pin, bushing and track shoe

undercarriage tensioner, roller, idler and drive sprocket

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting track type drive and support systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA006 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The track type transmission, steering and braking systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1 Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for track type mobile plant transmission, steering or braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Track type mobile plant transmission, steering or braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised track type mobile transmission, steering and braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission, steering and braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA5006 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA006 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

transmission system of a track type mobile plant machine

steering system of a different track type mobile plant machine

braking system of a third track type mobile plant machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission, steering and braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

transmissions, including:

continuously variable transmission (CVT)

powershift transmission

hydrostatic transmission

retarding system

steering and braking: including:

mechanical and hydraulic operated steering clutch and brake

independent drives

planetary and differential planetary

hydrostatic drive

single and multi-disc brake units

testing procedures for track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems, including:

system pressure, flow rates and temperature

transmission, steering and braking performance

stall testing

sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking system specifications

three different track type mobile plant machinery with transmission, steering and braking system faults

diagnostic equipment for track type mobile plant transmission, steering or braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating track type mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for mobile plant hydraulic system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Mobile plant hydraulic system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to mobile plant hydraulic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine and justify the rectification method.
Technology skills to:	use specialised mobile plant hydraulic system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from hydraulic systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Testing equipment must include:	stop watches, pressure gauges, flow meters, multimeters, electronic scan tools and temperature sensing devices.
Tests must include:	pressure, flow and temperature, cycle time performance, filter inspection, sequencing, sensor and actuator integrity, and wiring harness integrity.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA5007 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate faults in the mobile plant hydraulic system of three different mobile plant machinery using flow meters, pressure gauges and temperature sensing devices.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from hydraulic systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of mobile plant hydraulic system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of mobile plant hydraulic system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating mobile plant hydraulic system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of hydraulic systems and components: including:

reservoirs

accumulators

pumps

valves

actuators

motors

conductors and connectors

hydraulic fluids

hydraulic symbols and system schematic

testing procedures of mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

system pressure, flow rates and temperature

cycle time performance

sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including flow meters, pressure gauges and temperature sensing devices

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant hydraulic system specifications

three different mobile plant machinery with hydraulic system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant hydraulic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in mobile plant hydraulic system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for hydraulic system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Mobile plant is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different mobile plant.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mobile plant hydraulic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications. use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: scan tools flow meters temperature and pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: managing stored energy in springs and accumulators working with high pressure fluid hazards tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTA4009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the hydraulic systems of three different mobile plant machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

requirements of AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

types, function and operation of mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

reservoirs

accumulators

pumps

valves

actuators

motors

filters

conductors and connectors

testing procedures for mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

abnormal noise analysis

implement creep

oil flow and pressure testing

excessive internal leakage in both actuators and pumps

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems, including:

scan tool

oil pressure gauge

temperature measuring equipment

flow meter

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant hydraulic system specifications

hydraulic systems of three different mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant hydraulic system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

flow meter

oil pressure gauge

temperature measuring equipment

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in hay cutting, raking and baling equipment. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the equipment to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hay cutting, raking and baling equipment is that of agricultural machinery and refers to specialised equipment involved in baling hay. It does not cover generalised equipment and systems that form the platform or the towing vehicle. This unit does not apply to the use of headers for grain, sugar cane, cotton, rice, vegetable and fruit crops.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect hay cutting, raking and baling equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information for hay cutting, raking and baling equipment are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and analyse results	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair equipment	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Equipment and systems are test run and adjustments are carried out as required
4. Prepare equipment for operation	4.1 Variable operating parameters are identified from manufacturer specifications and analysis of proposed work environment and conditions 4.2 Equipment variables, including management system settings, controls and monitoring systems, are established and prepared for proposed operations 4.3 Equipment and systems are test run and final adjustments are made 4.4 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking equipment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure equipment components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use diagnostic equipment to interrogate electronic management system.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hay cutting, raking and baling equipment must include:	equipment for cutting and raking hay in preparation for baling equipment that may be for baling round bales, or small and large rectangular bales.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and stabilising equipment and machines working with rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA010 Inspect, service and repair hay cutting, raking and baling equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair:

hay cutting equipment

hay raking equipment

hay baling equipment, including one of the following:

round baler

small or large rectangular baler.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing hay cutting, raking and baling equipment, including procedures for:

isolating and stabilising equipment and machines

working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up management

operating principles of equipment, including:

hay cutting equipment

hay raking equipment

hay baling equipment, including for round bales or small and large rectangular bales

application, purpose and operation of hay cutting, raking and baling equipment, including:

hay cutting equipment:

disc mowers

sickle bar mowers

hay raking equipment:

side delivery rakes

wheel rakes

tedders

round and rectangular hay baling equipment, including:

electronic monitoring control

pick-up and feed system

packing system

compression system

knotting system

ejection system

inspection procedures for hay cutting, raking and baling equipment, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

electronic fault code interrogation

service and repair procedures for hay cutting, raking and baling equipment, including removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting hay cutting, raking and baling equipment components

post-repair testing procedures for hay cutting, raking and baling equipment, including:

variable operating parameters

impact of environmental factors.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hay cutting, raking and baling equipment that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hay cutting, raking and baling equipment specifications

operational hay cutting, raking and baling equipment specified in the performance evidence and requiring service and repair

diagnostic equipment for hay cutting, raking and baling equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting hay cutting, raking and baling equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic systems of mobile plant. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mobile plant hydraulic systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Mobile plant hydraulic system diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose hydraulic system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair hydraulic system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydraulic system specifications and procedures interpret hydraulic symbols and circuits.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate: distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications hydraulic system pressures, forces, distances and temperature read precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers, vernier calipers, and flow, temperature and pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use hydraulic pressure gauges and flow meters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Mobile plant hydraulic system must include:	reservoirs accumulators pumps valves actuators motors filters hoses, pipes, fittings and couplings.
Diagnostic tests must include:	using pressure gauges and flow meters to determine system pressure settings, pump output and individual system component internal leakage.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using raising, lowering and supporting equipment isolating and stabilising machines working with stored hydraulic pressure working with escaping high pressure oil working with hot fluid hazards environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems.
Repairs must include:	using pressure gauges and flow meters to set system pressure settings and adjust hydraulic valves.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTA011 Diagnose and repair mobile plant hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the hydraulic systems of two different mobile plant or agricultural machinery, and:

remove, refit or replace two different types of hydraulic valves

remove, refit or replace one hydraulic cylinder

in the course of the above work, undertake two the following:

rebuild hydraulic cylinder

rebuild motor or pump

remove, refit or replace hose

remove, refit or replace pump

remove, refit or replace motor

remove, refit or replace accumulator.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored hydraulic pressure

working with escaping high pressure oil

working with hot fluid hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

operating principles of hydraulic systems and associated components, including:

transmission of energy by hydraulic fluid

mechanical advantage

hydraulic circuits, including open and closed centred systems

temperature, force, pressure, area and flow

application, purpose and operation of hydraulic systems and components, including:

reservoirs

gas loaded accumulators

pumps, including gear and piston

valves, including:

directional control, including valve banks

pressure control, including spike or circuit protection valving

flow control, including meter in and meter out

linear and rotary actuators

hoses, pipes fittings and couplings

heat exchangers

hydraulic fluids

hydraulic system schematics

diagnostic testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

applying and using a flow meter to diagnose faults by carrying out an in-line, bypass or ‘Tee’ test to evaluate system components

visually inspecting hoses, pipes and connectors

oil sampling and contamination control

repair procedures for hydraulic systems, including procedures for removing, replacing, repairing and adjusting hydraulic system components

post-repair testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

operational functionality

flow testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant hydraulic system specifications

two different mobile plant or agricultural machinery with hydraulic systems requiring the work specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for hydraulic systems, including pressure gauges and flow meters

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the braking systems of agricultural machinery and mobile plant machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret braking system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment use braking system measuring equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with high fluid pressure and high pneumatic pressure working with stored hydraulic accumulator pressures and stored pneumatic pressures isolating and stabilising machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids, brake fluids and brake fibres released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTB3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different spring applied hydraulically released mobile plant braking systems

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following mobile plant braking systems:

hydraulic applied

full air actuated

air over full hydraulic.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

working with high fluid pressure and high pneumatic pressure

working with stored hydraulic accumulator pressures and stored pneumatic pressures

isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids, brake fluids and brake fibres released from braking systems

operating principles of mobile plant braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

pneumatics

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

mobile plant braking systems, including:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including associated cooling systems

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

application, purpose and operation of mobile plant braking systems and components, including:

air over full hydraulic

full air actuated

hydraulic applied

spring applied hydraulically released

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

repair procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for repairing and adjusting the following braking system components:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including wheel end and inboard mounted

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant braking system specifications

three different mobile plant braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Workplace instructions and reports are used to determine the objective of the analysis and evaluation requirements 1.2 Benchmark specifications for wheeled mobile plant braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Wheeled mobile plant braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying the analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying the rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to wheeled mobile plant braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised wheeled mobile plant braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Tests must include:	accumulator pressure disc stack height pressure system performance with regard to distance and balance sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity sampling collection and processing wear analysis relating to drums, discs and lining material analysis of diagnostic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTB5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant braking system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the braking systems of three different wheeled mobile plant machinery

the above analysis and evaluation must involve two of the following systems:

hydraulic

mechanical

pneumatic

electronic.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of wheeled mobile plant braking system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of wheeled mobile plant braking system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant braking system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

foundation brakes

anti-lock braking (ABS) with traction control

air over hydraulic brakes

air brakes

full hydraulic brakes

auxiliary braking systems, including hydraulic retarders

testing procedures of wheeled mobile plant braking systems, including:

system pressure, flow rates and temperature

braking distance and balance

accumulator pressure

disc stack height

component wear analysis

hydraulic retarders

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the wheeled mobile plant braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheeled mobile plant braking system specifications

three different wheeled mobile plant machinery with braking system faults

diagnostic equipment for wheeled mobile plant braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTB003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in mobile plant braking system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for braking system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Mobile plant is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different mobile plant.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mobile plant braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications. use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: scan tools brake performance test equipment oil pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Mobile plant braking system must include:	hydraulic pressurised spring applied hydraulically released braking systems, including: multi-disc wet braking systems disc braking systems parking brake systems.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: managing stored energy in springs and accumulators working with high pressure fluid hazards tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake fibres.
Testing equipment must include:	scan tools brake performance test equipment oil pressure gauge accumulator pressure gauge component wear gauge temperature gauge.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTB4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTB003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the braking systems of three different mobile plant machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS)) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant braking systems, including procedures for:

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluids and brake fibres

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of mobile plant braking systems, including:

hydraulic pressurised

spring applied hydraulically released

braking systems, including:

multi-disc wet braking systems, including wheel end and inboard mounted

disc braking systems

parking brake systems

testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including:

abnormal noise analysis

brake performance test

oil pressure and flow testing

accumulator pressure

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant braking system specifications

braking systems of three different mobile plant with complex faults

mobile plant braking system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

brake performance test equipment

oil pressure gauge

accumulator pressure gauge

component wear gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTD001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the suspension systems of mobile plant. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret suspension system hydraulic and gas pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: suspension lock-out isolating and stabilising machines working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators working with high pressure fluid hazards using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTD3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three mobile plant suspension systems as follows:

one gas charged hydraulic suspension

two of the following:

pivoting axle suspension

solid rubber suspension

hydraulic suspension.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant suspension systems, including procedures for:

suspension lock-out

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

application, purpose and operating principles of mobile plant suspension systems and components, including:

suspension hydraulic circuitry

pivoting axle suspension

solid rubber suspension

gas charged hydraulic suspension

hydraulic suspension

pneumatic tyres

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant suspension systems, including analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

suspension cylinder

erratic operation

repair procedures for mobile plant suspension systems, including procedures for:

repairing and adjusting suspension components

recharging suspension cylinders

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant suspension system specifications

three different mobile plant suspension systems specified in the performance evidence with system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the steering systems of mobile plant. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret steering system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and locking articulated steering systems isolating and stabilising machines working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators working with high pressure fluid hazards using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTD3002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three mobile plant steering systems as follows:

one articulated steering system

two of the following systems:

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake

inspect and charge one accumulator according to manufacturer specifications and relevant Australian standards.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant steering systems, including procedures for:

isolating and locking articulated steering systems

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored fluid pressures from accumulators

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

operating principles of mobile plant steering systems and associated components, including full hydraulic steering and:

safety protection valves in the circuits

hand metering units (HMUs) and flow amplifier

hydraulic and electrohydraulic control

accumulator steering circuit

application, purpose and operation of mobile plant steering systems and components, including:

articulated steering

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake

identification, function and adjustment of toe-in and toe-out steering angles

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant steering systems, including:

pressure and flow testing the system and individual components

accumulator tests

HMU and flow amplifier tests

testing the pressure settings on all safety protection valves in the circuit

repair and adjustment procedures for mobile plant steering systems, including:

accumulator inspection and charging procedures that reflect manufacturer specifications and Australian standards

pressure settings and adjustment procedures for main and safety protection valves in the steering circuit

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant steering system specifications

three different mobile plant steering systems specified in the performance evidence with system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTD003 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for wheeled mobile plant steering or suspension system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Wheeled mobile plant steering or suspension system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: isolating and locking articulated steering systems tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from steering and suspension systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTD5003 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD003 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

steering system of a wheeled mobile plant machine

suspension system of a different wheeled mobile plant machine

steering or suspension system of a third wheeled mobile plant machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

isolating and locking articulated steering systems

tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from steering and suspension systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

steering system and components, including:

steering system theory

power assisted steering

hydrostatic steering

electrohydraulic steering

steer-by-wire steering

influences of trailer operations on mobile plant steering performance

suspension system and components, including:

wheels and tyres

equalising beam suspension

rigid frame suspension

oscillating axle suspension

hydrostatic suspension

gas charged hydraulic suspension

cushion hitch suspension

influences of trailer operations on mobile plant suspension performance

testing procedures of wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

system pressure, flow rates and temperature

accumulator pressure

component wear analysis

suspension levellers

sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system specifications

three different wheeled mobile plant machinery with steering and suspension system faults

diagnostic equipment for wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTD004 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The track type undercarriage and suspension systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for track type mobile plant undercarriage or suspension system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Track type mobile plant undercarriage or suspension system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment for track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from undercarriage and suspension systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTD5004 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD004 Analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

undercarriage system of a track type mobile plant machine

suspension system of a different track type mobile plant machine

undercarriage or suspension system of a third track type mobile plant machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from undercarriage and suspension systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

undercarriage system and components, including:

track

rollers

idlers

frames

recoil mechanisms

suspension system and components, including:

rigid platform

low track

live axle

dead axle

elevated sprocket

equaliser bars

oscillating undercarriage

testing procedures of track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems, including:

component wear analysis

track alignment

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system specifications

three different track type mobile plant machinery with undercarriage and suspension system faults

diagnostic equipment for track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating track type mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTD005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in mobile plant steering or suspension system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for steering or suspension system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Mobile plant is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different mobile plant.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mobile plant steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: flow meter temperature and pressure gauges scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with hazardous materials and substances, including hydraulic fluid and nitrogen gas managing stored energy in springs and accumulators working with high pressure and high temperature fluid hazards tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from steering and suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTD005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

steering system of a mobile plant machinery

suspension system of a different mobile plant machinery

steering or suspension system of a third mobile plant machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with hazardous materials and substances, including hydraulic fluid and nitrogen gas

managing stored energy in springs and accumulators

working with high pressure and high temperature fluid hazards

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including:

steering systems, including:

articulated steering

front wheel steering

all wheel steering

differential steer

steering clutch and brake system

suspension systems, including:

spring

solid rubber

gas charged hydraulic

hydraulic

testing procedures for mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

operational tests

abnormal noise analysis

flow, temperature and pressure tests

component wear analysis

sources of fluid leaks

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including flow, temperature and pressure gauges

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant steering and suspension system specifications

steering and suspension systems of three different mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment, including:

flow, temperature and pressure gauges

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTE001 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and fuel systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

This unit does not apply to heavy commercial vehicle engines and fuel systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for mobile plant engine or fuel system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Mobile plant engine or fuel system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to mobile plant engine and fuel systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised mobile plant engine and fuel system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with high pressure fuel hazards tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from engine and fuel systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTE5001 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTE001 Analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

engine system of a mobile plant machine

fuel system of a different mobile plant machine

engine or fuel system of a third mobile plant machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure fuel hazards

tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from engine and fuel systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of mobile plant engine and fuel system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of mobile plant engine and fuel system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

mechanical faults

electrical faults

fuel system faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating mobile plant engine and fuel system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

engine and components

fuel system and components

impact of other associated vehicle systems on mobile plant engine and fuel system operation, including:

engine electrical system and components

intake system and components, including:

air charge cooling

after/inter-cooling arrangements

exhaust system and components, including single and multi-staged turbo charging

lubrication system and components

cooling system and components

testing procedures for mobile plant engine and fuel systems, including:

engine wear analysis

engine performance

intake, exhaust, crank case and turbocharger boost

exhaust gas analysis

sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in mobile plant engine and fuel systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant engine and fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant engine and fuel system specifications

three different mobile plant machinery with engine and fuel system faults

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant engine and fuel systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating mobile plant engine and fuel systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, performance criteria, foundation skills, range of conditions, performance evidence, knowledge evidence and assessment requirements

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres to construction, mining, agricultural and industrial vehicles. It involves removing the tyre from the rim; controlling risks; inspecting the tyre, wheel and rim assembly; recommending required repair action; fitting the tyre to the wheel and rim assembly; and preparing the tyre, wheel and rim assembly for use or storage.

It applies to those who fit tyres to wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove tyre from wheel and rim assembly of a vehicle	1.1 Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR tyres, manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and safety information are identified and interpreted 1.2 Site and task hazards are identified and control measures determined 1.3 Safety requirements are identified and applied 1.4 Tyre, rim and mounting system is identified 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
2. Control risk	2.1 Hazardous conditions in work environment are identified and controlled 2.2 Hazardous tyre and wheel and rim assembly conditions are identified and controlled 2.3 Tyre is deflated according to Australian standards, manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3. Remove tyre from wheel and rim assembly	3.1 Australian standards and workplace procedures are accessed and interpreted to determine tyre removal procedures 3.2 Tyre is removed according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 3.3 Tyre removal is completed without causing component damage 3.4 Tyre and rim assembly are cleaned and visually inspected according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
4. Inspect tyre, wheel and rim assembly	4.1 Tyre is cleaned and visually inspected for damage and wear according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 4.2 Wheel and rim assembly are visually inspected for serviceability 4.3 Mounting components and fasteners are visually inspected for damage, wear, corrosion, foreign material and cracks according to workplace procedures
5. Recommend repair action and replace unserviceable parts and components	5.1 Inspection findings are recorded and reported according to workplace procedures 5.2 Recommended repair actions are documented according to workplace procedures 5.3 Unserviceable parts and components are replaced and reported according to workplace procedures
6. Fit tyre to wheel and rim assembly	6.1 Workplace procedures for fitting tyres are accessed and interpreted 6.2 Tyre is fitted according to workplace procedures 6.3 Tyre and rim assembly are checked according to Australian standards and workplace procedures to confirm correct assembly and component compatibility and serviceability prior to inflation
7. Inflate tyre	7.1 Tyre inflation safety procedures are identified and applied prior to inflating tyre 7.2 Tyre is inflated according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 7.3 Tyre and rim assembly are monitored during inflation according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
8. Complete work processes	8.1 Final work inspection is conducted to ensure work is to required standard 8.2 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly are prepared for use or storage according to workplace procedures 8.3 Tools and equipment are checked, tagged where necessary, and stored according to workplace procedures 8.4 Workplace documentation is completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret: written information in Australian standards, workplace procedures, manufacturer instructions, and occupational health and safety (OHS) and work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents.
Writing skills to:	document inspection findings and recommend repair actions.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures report inspection results brief team and customers.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement read and interpret mathematical information, including charts and drawings use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including: gauges pressure testing guns.
Digital literacy skills to:	use workplace computerised technology and tools relating to the removal and refitting of earthmoving and OTR tyres.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	seek information and assistance as required to solve problems identify tyre condition and performance match tyres to wheel and rim assemblies and vehicle type.
Teamwork skills to:	work with team members, such as riggers, doggers, mechanics, tyre fitters, drivers and site operators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	those prescribed under Australian standards, OHS and WHS Acts and regulations, and workplace policies and procedures hazard control manual-handling techniques personal protective clothing and equipment using tools and equipment working with dangerous or toxic substances: chemicals compressed air nitrogen gas polyurethane resin (PUR) tyre fill tyre additive.
Tools and equipment must include:	bead breakers cranes forklifts grab trucks hand tools inflation and deflation tools integrated tool handlers jacks lifting equipment lock ring catcher mufflers pneumatic tools power tools soft face hammers support stands torque tools tyre levers wire brushes.
Hazardous conditions must include:	changing and unstable ground conditions dust hard, soft or uneven ground conditions line of fire noise standard or non-standard heavy rims traffic variable weather conditions working in or around other machinery.
Work environment must include:	day and night indoors and outdoors interaction of work personnel workshop or work site.
Hazardous tyre and wheel and rim assembly conditions must include:	blocked or damaged valves cracks corrosion cuts and damage distortion dislodged components expired scheduled testing date heat damage leakage mechanical damage structural damage tyre defects under- or over-inflated tyre valve gear wear wheel and rim component defects.
Mounting components and fasteners must include:	adaptor rings bolts cleats nuts reducers spacer bands studs washers wedge bands wedges.
Workplace documentation must include:	job safety analysis risk assessment tyre change documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, performance criteria, foundation skills, range of conditions, performance evidence, knowledge evidence and assessment requirements

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres on a minimum of three occasions

perform the above work on tyres fitted to wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres

procedures relating to earthmoving and OTR tyres:

fitting

hazard identification and risk control methods

inflation and deflation

inspection

post-fitting inspection

pre-removal inspection

removal procedures of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies relating to:

methods for undoing fasteners

methods for handling earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

safety lock rim

split industrial rim

rim or hub-mounted multi-piece rim

one piece wheel and rim

types and classifications of earthmoving and OTR tyres, rims and wheel assemblies

types of mounting systems for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

methods for deflating earthmoving and OTR tyres

occupational health and safety (OHS) and work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

crane

earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

forklift

grab truck

integrated tool handler

tyre, wheel and rim assembly specifications and workplace instructions

tools and equipment appropriate for removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres

OHS and WHS requirements and workplace procedures relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres

workplace location or simulated workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, performance criteria, foundation skills, range of conditions, performance evidence, knowledge evidence and assessment requirements

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) wheel and rim assemblies and fasteners.

It applies to those who fit wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare to remove wheel and rim assembly from a vehicle	1.1 Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies, workplace procedures and safety requirements are identified and interpreted 1.2 Site and task hazards are identified and control measures determined 1.3 Wheel and rim assembly to be removed is identified 1.4 Wheel and rim assembly is cleaned and visually inspected to assess potential health and safety threats according to workplace procedures 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
2. Control risk	2.1 Hazardous conditions in work environment are identified and controlled 2.2 Hazardous wheel and rim assembly conditions are identified and controlled
3. Remove wheel and rim assembly from vehicle	3.1 Vehicle is raised and supported according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 3.2 Tyre is deflated according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 3.3 Wheel and rim assembly is removed according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
4. Inspect wheel and rim assembly, mounting surfaces and fasteners	4.1 Wheel and rim assembly is cleaned and visually inspected according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 4.2 Mounting components and fasteners are visually inspected according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 4.3 Findings are recorded and reported according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
5. Fit wheel and rim assembly	5.1 Wheel and rim assembly is checked and confirmed prior to fastening 5.2 Wheel and rim assembly is fitted using handling equipment according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 5.3 Wheel and rim assembly positioning and alignment are checked prior to fastening 5.41 Wheel and rim assembly tightening sequence and torque settings are applied according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
6. Inflate tyre	6.1 Tyre inflation safety procedures are identified and applied prior to inflating tyre 6.2 Tyre is inflated according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 6.3 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly are monitored during inflation according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Vehicle is lowered according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 7.2 Wheel fastener torque settings are re-checked according to Australian standards and workplace procedures 7.3 Wheel and rim assembly clearances are checked 7.4 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace requirements 7.5 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 7.6 Workplace documentation is completed and processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret: written information in Australian standards, workplace procedures, manufacturer instructions, and occupational health and safety (OHS) and work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents.
Writing skills to:	document inspection findings and recommended repair actions.
Oral communication skills to:	follow oral instructions ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures report inspection results brief team and customers.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including: gauges pressure testing guns read and interpret mathematical information, including charts and drawings.
Digital literacy skills to:	use workplace computerised technology and tools relating to removing and refitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	seek information and assistance as required to solve problems identify tyre condition and performance match wheel and rim assemblies to tyres and vehicle type.
Teamwork skills to:	work with team members, such as riggers, doggers, mechanics, tyre fitters, drivers and site operators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	those prescribed under Australian standards, OHS and WHS Acts and regulations, and workplace policies and procedures hazard control manual-handling techniques personal protective clothing and equipment use of tools and equipment working with dangerous or toxic substances: chemicals compressed air nitrogen gas polyurethane resin (PUR) tyre fill tyre additive.
Wheel and rim assembly must include:	one piece wheel and rim rim or hub-mounted multi-piece rim rim or hub-mounted split rim safety lock rim split rim tyre and rim tyre and rim mounted to a hub.
Tools and equipment must include:	bead breakers cranes earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers forklifts grab trucks hand tools inflation and deflation tools integrated tool handlers jacks lifting equipment lock ring catcher mufflers pneumatic tools power tools soft face hammers support stands torque tools tyre levers wire brushes.
Hazardous conditions must include:	changing and unstable ground conditions dust hard, soft or uneven ground conditions line of fire noise standard or non-standard heavy rims traffic variable weather conditions working in or around other machinery.
Work environment must include:	day and night indoors and outdoors interaction of work personnel workshop or work site.
Hazardous wheel and rim assembly conditions must include:	blocked or damaged valves cracks corrosion cuts and damage distortion dislodged components expired scheduled testing date heat damage leakage mechanical damage structural damage tyre defects under- or over-inflated tyre valve gear wear wheel and rim component defects.
Mounting components and fasteners must include:	adaptor rings bolts cleats nuts reducers spacer bands studs washers wedge bands wedges.
Checked and confirmed must include:	component compatibility wheel and rim component serviceability correct assembly of wheel and rim assembly.
Workplace documentation must include:	job safety analysis risk assessment tyre change documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, performance criteria, foundation skills, range of conditions, performance evidence, knowledge evidence and assessment requirements

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) wheel and rim assemblies on a minimum of three occasions

perform the above work on wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

procedures relating to earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies:

fitting

hazard identification and risk control methods

inflation and deflation

inspection

post-fitting inspection

pre-removal inspection

raising, supporting and lowering procedures for mining and construction vehicles that include soft ground support procedures and systems

removal procedures of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies:

methods for undoing wheel or rim fasteners

handling methods

safety lock rim

split industrial rim

rim or hub-mounted multi-piece rim

one piece wheel and rim

types and classifications of earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

types of mounting systems for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

methods for deflating earthmoving and OTR tyres

occupational health and safety (OHS) and work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR tyres.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

crane

earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

forklift

grab truck

integrated tool handler

OHS and WHS requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

tools and equipment appropriate for removing and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

tyre, wheel and rim assembly specifications and workplace instructions

operational vehicles with earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies

workplace location or simulated workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Updated to correct data
Release 3	Minor changes to elements, foundation skills, performance evidence and knowledge evidence

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres.

It applies to those who fit earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheel and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare for inspection of tyre	1.1 Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR tyres, workplace procedures and safety information are identified and interpreted 1.2 Site and task hazards are identified and control measures determined 1.3 Initial workplace documentation for tyre inspection is completed 1.4 Tyre is prepared and cleaned for inspection 1.5 Tyre is positioned and secured for inspection
2. Inspect tyre	2.1 Extent and nature of internal and external tyre damage are identified 2.2 Damage is categorised in line with Australian standards 2.3 Repairable and non-repairable damage and extent of repairs are identified 2.4 Overall repairability of tyre is determined
3. Carry out minor repair	3.1 Information on appropriate manufacturer instructions and Australian standards is accessed and interpreted 3.2 Task hazards and risks are identified, and risk controls are applied to equipment to be used 3.3 Minor repair to tyre is carried out according to workplace procedures, manufacturer instructions and Australian standards
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Workplace documentation relating to tyre repair is completed 4.2 Inspection documentation is completed according to Australian standards 4.3 Tyre is stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Work area is cleared and waste materials disposed of, reused or recycled according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify information and assistance in manufacturer instructions and Australian standards relating to the inspection and repair of earthmoving and OTR tyres
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information in: written Australian standards, workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents.
Writing skills to:	document required repair actions complete inspection documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures report inspection and repair results.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement. read and interpret mathematical information, including charts and drawings use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including: gauges pressure testing guns.
Digital literacy skills to:	use workplace computerised technology and tools relating to the inspection and repair of earthmoving and OTR tyres.
Initiative skills to:	plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures when inspecting and repairing tyres recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	seek information and assistance as required to solve problems identify tyre condition and determine repair requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Updated to correct data
Release 3	Minor changes to elements, foundation skills, performance evidence and knowledge evidence

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect and perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres on a minimum of three occasions on different earthmoving and OTR tyres

perform the above work on wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards and manufacturer instructions relevant to inspecting and repairing earthmoving and OTR tyres

hazard identification procedures and risk control methods relevant to inspecting and repairing earthmoving and OTR tyres

inspection procedures for earthmoving and OTR tyres

indicators of tyre damage

procedures for identifying and undertaking minor repairs to earthmoving and OTR tyres

procedures for reporting damage and repair work on earthmoving and OTR tyres

types of tyre damage, including repairable and non-repairable damage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards relevant to the inspection and minor repair of earthmoving and OTR tyres

earthmoving and OTR tyres

manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures relevant to inspecting and repairing earthmoving and OTR tyres

tools and equipment appropriate for the inspection and minor repair of earthmoving and OTR tyres

workplace location or simulated workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ004 Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct non-destructive testing of vehicle wheel and rim assemblies. It requires the ability to use technical skills to prepare for and conduct non-destructive testing.

It applies to those who conduct non-destructive testing of vehicle wheels and rims in order to determine their serviceability by checking for material defects and malfunctions.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare for non-destructive testing	1.1 Workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions are used to determine job requirements 1.2 Inspection area is cleaned and prepared for testing using workplace materials and in line with required procedures 1.3 Tools and equipment are checked for safety and serviceability 1.4 Non-destructive test equipment is prepared according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 1.5 Work area and equipment problems are reported to appropriate personnel
2. Perform non-destructive testing	2.1 Testing methods are determined in line with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Hazards and safety requirements associated with testing are identified and addressed 2.3 Testing is performed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.4 Non-conformance and defects are identified against workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.5 Test results are verified and documented according to workplace procedures
3. Clean work area	3.1 Testing equipment is maintained and stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned and prepared for subsequent use

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret information in: written workplace procedures manufacturer instructions charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents collect, analyse, organise and understand information relating to non-destructive test results.
Writing skills to:	produce reporting documentation detailing non-destructive test results.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm work requirements report work outcomes and problems.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret both metric and imperial systems of measurement. read and interpret mathematical information including: charts and drawings use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements and estimate material requirements required for non-destructive testing.
Planning and organising skills to:	prepare and lay out work area, and obtain equipment and material to avoid wastage, backtracking and workflow interruptions.
Teamwork skills to:	work with team members, such as technical supervisors, technicians and workers.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ004 Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently conducted non-destructive testing on wheels and rims on a minimum of four occasions, using at least two of the following hardness testing methods:

penetrant

magnetic

Rockwell

Brinell.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

prepare equipment for testing, including zeroing and calibration checks

select and apply testing methods

verify test results

record test outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

principles and methods of penetrant, magnetic, Rockwell and Brinell hardness testing, and limitations, advantages and hazards associated with the testing

non-destructive testing terminology

non-destructive test equipment use, maintenance and storage

non-destructive testing preparation procedures

non-destructive testing verification methods and techniques

non-destructive testing analysis techniques

reporting and recording procedures relevant to non-destructive testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment that they have worked on, e.g. test results.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards relevant to the non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies

workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions

non-destructive testing equipment

workplace location or simulated workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies to suit specific applications. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements; preparing for work; selecting tyres, wheels and rim assemblies; and completing work finalisation processes.

It applies to those working on earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies in the mining, construction and other industrial environments.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to select tyres, wheels and rim assemblies	1.1 Customer and job requirements are determined 1.2 Workplace instructions and information required to select tyres, wheels and rim assemblies are sourced
2. Determine appropriate tyres, wheels and rim assemblies	2.1 Information required to select earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies is accessed from manufacturer and component supplier specifications 2.2 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly options are analysed to identify technical compliance, economic benefits and operational requirements 2.3 Selection procedures are carried out according to workplace instructions and work health and safety (WHS) requirements 2.4 Product is selected according to customer requirements, manufacture and component supplier specifications
3. Complete selection of tyres, wheels and rim assemblies	3.1 Customer is briefed on product selection 3.2 Required documentation regarding selection is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	identify sources of information and assistance in selecting earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret written information in: job instructions manufacturer and component supplier specifications workplace instructions.
Writing skills to:	complete workplace documentation document product selection.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions, procedures or customer requirements brief customer on product selection follow oral instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret both metric and imperial systems of measurement. interpret numerical information in: job instructions manufacturer and component supplier specifications workplace instructions relating to wheels, rim assemblies, and tyres.
Problem-solving skills to:	seek information and assistance to solve problems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently selected a minimum of two different earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres, wheels and rim assemblies.

Individuals must demonstrate they can:

access and interpret information required for selecting tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

select a range of earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies according to customer, workplace, manufacturer and component supplier requirements, observing safety procedures and requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards relating to earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

work health and safety requirements relating to selecting earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assembly terminology and codes

earthmoving and OTR tyre tread patterns; and tyre and wheel and rim assembly types and their applications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace location or simulated workplace

Australian standards relating to earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

earthmoving and OTR vehicles with tyres, wheels and rim assemblies

manufacturer and component supplier specifications

workplace instructions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, elements, performance evidence and knowledge evidence

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use an earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyre handler. It includes checking the tyre handler and work site for suitability, operating the tyre handler, and completing work according to operational requirements.

It applies to those who fit earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers must be operated in compliance with the licence requirements and regulations of the relevant state or territory authority.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Check tyre handler and work site for suitability	1.1 Work site is selected for operations 1.2 Work area is checked for obstructions and proximity to vehicles and equipment 1.3 Barriers and warning signs are erected in areas where there may be passing traffic 1.3 Specialist equipment and tools are selected 1.4 Tyre handler is inspected for serviceability and compliance with relevant Australian standards
2. Operate tyre handler	2.1 Tyre handler pre-operational checks are conducted, and any operating hazards identified and addressed 2.2 Tyre handler, and specialist equipment and tools are operated within safe working limits and to maximise efficiency of operations 2.3 Tyres, wheels and rim assemblies are handled according to workplace procedures and Australian standards
3. Complete work processes	2.4 Barriers and warning signs are removed and stored 2.5 Tyre handler, and specialist equipment and tools are returned to appropriate storage or parking area 2.6 Documentation is completed, reporting any damage or faults

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	read and interpret written information in Australian standards and workplace procedures relating to the use of earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers.
Writing skills to:	document actions required during work.
Oral communication skills to:	report damage or faults.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret vehicle instruments and indicators read and interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement.
Initiative skills to:	identify and avoid potential work obstructions and danger to passing traffic.
Planning and organising skills to:	prepare and lay out work area, and obtain equipment and material to avoid wastage, backtracking and workflow interruptions.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Damage or faults must include:	specialist equipment and tool damage tyre, wheel and rim assembly damage tyre handler damage or faults work area damage.

Unit Mapping Information

AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency
Release 2	Minor changes to the application, elements, performance evidence and knowledge evidence

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use an earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyre handler on a minimum of three occasions, demonstrating that they can:

observe safety procedures and requirements when operating earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers

select methods and techniques to operate an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler appropriate to the circumstances

perform the above work on wheel assemblies and rim assemblies of not less than 600 mm (24 inches) nominal diameter.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian standards and workplace procedures relevant to operating an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

duty of care requirements relating to operating an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

handling procedures for earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers

earthmoving and OTR tyre handler controls, instruments and indicators and their use

operating hazards and procedures to be followed in the event of an operational emergency

procedures for pre-operational checks

factors affecting selection of work site, including site layout and obstacles

typical damage and faults related to operating earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers, including:

specialist equipment and tool damage

tyre, wheel and rim assembly damage

tyre handler damage or faults

work area damage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. vehicle log books.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

Australian standards relevant to the use of an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

earthmoving and OTR tyre and wheel and rim assemblies

tools and equipment appropriate to the use of an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

earthmoving and OTR tyre handler

operational vehicles with earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheel and rim assemblies

workplace instructions relating to the use of earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers

workplace location or simulated workplace.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of mobile plant. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The final drive assemblies include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose final drive assembly	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair final drive assembly	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking final drive assembly specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure final drive assembly components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial indicator gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machines.
Repair information must include procedures relating to:	removing and replacing final drive assemblies dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting final drive assemblies.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from final drive assemblies.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTQ3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTQ001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair faults in two mobile plant final drive assemblies as follows:

one differential carrier assembly

one of the following final drive assemblies:

double reduction

planetary final drive

chain drive.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant final drive assemblies, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of mobile plant final drive assemblies and their:

final drive gears, including:

gear types and specific lubrication requirements

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

chain drives

application, purpose and operation of mobile plant final drive assemblies and components, including:

differential carrier

limited slip, no-spin and differential lock

double reduction

planetary final drive

chain drive

diagnostic testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies, including:

sources of fluid leaks

abnormal final drive vibration, noises and operation

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling final drive assemblies

inspecting final drive assemblies

reassembling and adjusting:

pinion depth, pinion bearing preload, crown wheel and pinion backlash, side bearing preload, and crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

chain drive system

post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant final drive assembly specifications

two different mobile plant with the final drive assemblies specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mobile plant final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant final drive assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in electronic over hydraulic control systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic over hydraulic control systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electronic over hydraulic control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electronic over hydraulic control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking electronic over hydraulic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure electronic over hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specification interpret system hydraulic pressure gauges interpret electrical test meters.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with high pressure fluid hazards isolating and stabilising machines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTR3001 Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTR001 Diagnose and repair electronic over hydraulic control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in electronic over hydraulic control system components as follows:

all four of the following:

hydraulic proportional control solenoids (flow, pressure and directional)

joysticks, potentiometer or touchscreens

sensors and feedback devices

electronic control amplifier units

one of the following:

electronic over hydraulic circuitry

servo control valves (flow, pressure and directional)

electronic control unit (ECU).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing electronic over hydraulic control systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure fluid hazards

isolating and stabilising machines

operating principles of electronic over hydraulic systems and associated components, including operating principles of flow, pressure and directional control in:

electronic open loop circuits

electronic semi open loop circuits

electronic closed loop circuits

application, purpose and operation of electronic over hydraulic control systems and components, including:

hydraulic proportional control solenoids

servo control units

sensors

feedback devices

electronic control amplifier units

joysticks

electronic control units

electronic over hydraulic circuitry

diagnostic testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems, including:

electronic system analysis while using industry-relevant test equipment

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

procedures for inspecting and evaluating the following components:

proportional control valves

servo control units

electronic control units

sensors

feedback devices

repair procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems, including procedures for:

testing electronic devices

replacing electronic devices and adjusting the following:

maximum and minimum flow points

dither

opening ramps

closing ramps

post-repair testing procedures for electronic over hydraulic control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic control system specifications

two different electronic over hydraulic control systems with faults as specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for electronic over hydraulic control systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting mobile plant electronic over hydraulic control systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in powershift transmissions. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The powershift transmissions include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair powershift transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose powershift transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair powershift transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery or transmission is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking powershift transmission specifications and procedures interpret powershift transmission hydraulic and electrical circuit diagrams.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure powershift transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate ratios, distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret hydraulic pressure gauges and other measuring equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from powershift transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTX3001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different vehicles or machines with the following powershift transmissions:

multiple countershaft transmission

planetary shift transmission

conduct powershift transmission stall test during above work according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing powershift transmissions, including procedures for isolating and stabilising machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from powershift transmissions

operating principles of powershift transmissions and associated components, including:

torque converters, torque divider torque converters and variable capacity torque converters

electronically modulated transmission

countershaft transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple and compound gear trains

compound planetary transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple and compound planetary gear trains

transmission control valves and solenoids

hydraulic circuits and schematics

application, purpose and operation of powershift transmissions and components, including:

power flows in:

multiple countershaft transmissions

compound planetary transmissions

torque converters, torque divider torque converters, and variable capacity torque converters

hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

hydraulic valves

electronic transmission pressure modulation

power train electronic control system

mechanical components, including:

clutch packs

one-way clutches

planetary gears

compound gear sets

powershift electronic control systems

transfer cases

hydraulic oils and filters

diagnostic testing procedures for powershift transmissions, including:

following safety requirements when stall testing

stall testing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures

dismantling procedures for powershift transmissions, including:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for powershift transmissions, including procedures for inspecting, evaluating and measuring component wear

post-repair testing procedures for powershift transmissions, including:

stall testing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the powershift transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer powershift transmission specifications

two different vehicles or machines with powershift transmission faults

diagnostic equipment for powershift transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting powershift transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTX002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for wheeled mobile plant transmission or driveline system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Wheeled mobile plant transmission or driveline system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment for wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTX5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant transmission system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX002 Analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

transmission system of a wheeled mobile plant machine

driveline system of a different wheeled mobile plant machine

transmission or driveline system of a third wheeled mobile plant machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for tagging out and isolating machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

pneumatic faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems:

transmission systems, including:

mechanical transmissions

power shift transmissions

automatic transmissions

continuously variable transmissions (CVTs)

driveline systems, including:

drive shafts

final drive assemblies

differential assemblies

testing procedures for wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

oil and pneumatic pressures

transmission performance

stall testing

powertrain management

driveline vibrations

sensor, actuator and wiring harness integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline specifications

three different wheeled mobile plant machinery with transmission and driveline system faults

diagnostic equipment for wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating wheeled mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTX003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in mobile plant transmission or driveline is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for transmission or driveline system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Mobile plant is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different mobile plant.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mobile plant transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission and driveline system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as oil pressure gauges and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking working with rotating shaft hazards environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

transmission of a mobile plant machine

driveline of a different mobile plant machine

transmission or driveline of a third mobile plant machine

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

working with rotating shaft hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

transmissions

drivelines

final drives

testing procedures for mobile plant transmission and driveline systems, including:

transmission and driveline performance test

abnormal noise analysis

component wear analysis

transmission oil pressure test

sources of fluid leaks

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mobile plant transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mobile plant transmission and driveline system specifications

transmission and driveline systems of three different types of mobile plant machinery with complex faults

mobile plant transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in mobile plant transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURKTX004 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the continuously variable transmissions of agricultural machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The continuously variable transmissions include those in agricultural machinery or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Mobile Plant

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair continuously variable transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose continuously variable transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair continuously variable transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to manufacturer procedures 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking continuously variable transmission system specifications and procedures interpret continuously variable transmission hydraulic and electrical circuit diagrams.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret hydraulic pressure gauges and other measuring equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking working with high pressure fluid hazards using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURKTX004 Diagnose and repair continuously variable transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different machines with continuously variable transmissions

remove, refit or replace one of the above transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing continuously variable transmissions, including procedures for:

tagging out and isolating machines, and wheel chocking

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from transmissions

operating principles of continuously variable transmissions and associated components, including:

hydrostatic systems

countershaft transmissions

planetary transmissions

transmission control valves and solenoids

hydraulic circuits and schematics

electronic control system

application, purpose and operation of continuously variable transmissions and components, including:

power flows, including compound planetary transmissions

hydrostatic components

hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

air pumps

filters

hydraulic valves

power train electronic control system

mechanical components, including clutch packs and compound gear sets

continuously variable electronic control system, including:

sensors

solenoids

electronic controllers

calibration

diagnostic testing procedures for continuously variable transmissions that comply with manufacturer specifications, including:

accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

repair procedures for continuously variable transmissions, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for continuously variable transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the continuously variable transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer continuously variable transmission specifications

two different machines with continuously variable transmission faults

diagnostic equipment for continuously variable transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting continuously variable transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLLD001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to advise customers on the compliance of steering and suspension modifications with Australian Design Rules (ADRs) for normal road usage. It involves clarifying modifications, determining modification compliance with ADRs, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems are those of four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light vehicles and light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Clarify details of steering and suspension modification	1.1 Confirmation is sought, through discussion with the customer, of the nature of steering and suspension modification 1.2 Modification specifications and dimensions are determined and documented 1.3 Non-standard steering and suspension components are identified
2. Determine specific ADR information relating to modification	2.1 ADR bulletin applicable to modification is sourced and ruling on the legality of intended modification is identified and interpreted 2.2 Compliance of modification specifications with ADR requirements is identified and documented 2.3 Interpretation of ruling in relation to intended modification is clarified and discussed with customer
3. Recommend a plan of action to achieve ADR requirements	3.1 Suitable plan of action to meet ADR requirements is discussed and clarified with customer 3.2 Workplace documentation, including recommendations for modification, is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of ADR information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from ADR bulletins containing specialised vocabulary and apply information to intended modification interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering and suspension system specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting compliance of steering and suspension modifications.
Numeracy skills to:	understand and communicate steering and suspension system numerical information in degrees, and in metric and imperial distances measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLLD3001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLLD001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

determine the compliance of two of the following vehicle steering and suspension modifications:

lowered or raised normal ride heights

increased track width

variations between front and rear ride heights

replacement wheel and tyre assemblies

replacement steering wheel

fitted or replacement sway bar, track rod or strut brace

conversion of vehicle from left-hand drive to right-hand drive.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

common types of vehicle steering and suspension modifications, including:

lowering or raising vehicle ride heights, including setting different front and rear ride heights

increasing vehicle track width

replacing wheel and tyre assemblies

replacing steering wheels

fitting or replacing sway bar, track rod or strut braces

converting vehicle from left-hand drive to right-hand drive

Australian Design Rules (ADRs), including:

methods for locating

purpose and format

contents relevant to vehicle steering and suspension system modifications

procedures for determining compliance of vehicle steering and suspension system modifications with ADR requirements

procedures for making recommendations to resolve non-compliant modifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering and suspension modifications that they have assessed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

vehicle manufacturer steering and suspension system specifications

vehicle ADRs relevant to steering and suspension system modifications

vehicles requiring the steering and suspension system modifications specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for determining the compliance of steering and suspension modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTA001 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify the function and basic operation of a range of vehicle mechanical systems and components. It involves preparing for the task, locating information on the systems and components, and demonstrating knowledge of mechanical systems.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Locate and identify mechanical system and its components	1.1 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle or machinery to be worked on is identified 1.2 Technical information regarding mechanical system to be identified is located 1.3 Mechanical system major components are located and identified on a vehicle or machinery according to safety requirements and task instructions
2. Demonstrate knowledge of mechanical system	2.1 System function is determined from technical information and demonstrated during workplace activities 2.2 System major component function and basic operation are determined from technical information and demonstrated during workplace activities 2.3 System relationship to vehicle or machinery operation is determined from technical information and demonstrated during workplace activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of technical information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use and communicate basic numerical information that relates to automotive systems and components.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using tools and equipment working safely.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTA1001 Apply automotive mechanical fundamentals

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTA001 Identify automotive mechanical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify, locate and demonstrate knowledge of the operation of the following vehicle mechanical systems while carrying out workplace activities that involve all of the following systems:

engine systems

transmission and drivetrain

steering system

suspension system

fuel system

cooling system

braking system

exhaust system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to identifying vehicle mechanical systems and components, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

working safely

basic theory and principles of automotive mechanical systems, including:

mechanical advantage

gear ratio

hydraulics

pneumatics

identification, function and basic operation of vehicle mechanical systems and components, including:

engine systems

transmission and drivetrain

steering system

suspension system

fuel system

cooling system

braking system

exhaust system

automotive terminology relating to mechanical systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workshop or task instructions

information regarding basic mechanical principles and fundamentals

information regarding vehicle mechanical systems and components

workplace safety equipment, including PPE

vehicle or a range of automotive mechanical systems and components

automotive tools and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return light vehicle braking system components to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the braking system components, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to the braking systems of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle braking system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate braking system components	2.1 Components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble components	4.1 Components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of components is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and components are presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for braking systems efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers use specialised braking system component overhaul equipment, such as brake disc and drum lathes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluids using specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery safely using chemicals and toxic substances environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTB4001 Overhaul braking system components (light)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB001 Overhaul light vehicle braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the following light vehicle braking system components:

tandem brake master cylinder

vacuum brake booster

front and rear brake calipers and disc rotors

drum brake wheel cylinders, brake shoes and drums

brake line.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling braking system components, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluids

using specialised braking system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

safely using chemicals and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from braking systems

types, characteristics and operating principles of light vehicle braking systems and associated components

light vehicle braking system component overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing braking system components for overhaul

braking system component dismantling procedures

braking system component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

braking system component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

tandem brake master cylinders

vacuum brake boosters

front and rear brake calipers

disc rotors

drum brake wheel cylinders

brake shoes and drums

brake lines

component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul testing procedures for light vehicle braking system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the braking system components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle braking system component specifications

light vehicle braking system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting light vehicle braking system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems in order to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light vehicle braking system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Braking system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out analysis and evaluation	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light vehicle braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with brake friction materials environmental requirements, including procedures for managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTB5002 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle braking system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB002 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

hydraulic braking system of a light vehicle

mechanical braking system of a different light vehicle

electronic braking system of a third light vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light vehicle braking systems, including procedures for working with brake friction materials

environmental requirements, including procedures for managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light vehicle braking system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light vehicle braking system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating light vehicle braking system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

disc and drum assemblies

parking brake

hydraulic components, including:

master cylinder

braking system valves and switches

electronic systems, including:

anti-lock braking systems (ABS)

electronic braking systems (EBS)

testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems, including:

disc and drum assemblies

parking brakes

hydraulic components

electronic components

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle braking systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light vehicle braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle braking system specifications

three different light vehicles with faults in the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light vehicle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic braking systems of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic braking systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of hydraulic braking system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydraulic braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use hydraulic braking system measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting light vehicles handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from hydraulic braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTB3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

two different light vehicle four-wheel disc hydraulic braking systems, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake calipers, disc pads and disc rotors

one light vehicle drum braking system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing brake drums, brake shoes and wheel cylinders

one light vehicle brake master cylinder, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the brake master cylinder.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting light vehicles

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from hydraulic braking systems

operating principles of light vehicle hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

properties of brake fluids, including:

Department of Transportation (DOT) classification

synthetic and non-synthetic

compatibility of fluid types

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

front and rear split systems

diagonal split systems

master cylinders, including:

tandem master cylinders

compensating-type master cylinders

centre-valve master cylinders

drum braking system and components, including:

self-energising or servo effect

leading and trailing shoe braking systems

duo-servo braking systems

two-leading shoe braking systems

wheel cylinders

manual and self-adjustment systems of drum braking systems

disc braking systems and components, including:

types of brake discs

disc pads

self-adjustment of disc pads

fixed, floating and dual-piston brake calipers

parking brake systems and components, including:

parking brake levers

drum parking brakes

disc parking brakes

electronic parking brake systems

braking system valves and switches, including:

pressure differential valves and switches

proportioning valves

load-sensing proportioning valves

drum brake check valves

fluid-level warning devices

vacuum operated brake boosting systems

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

checking brake pedal

operational tests of brake booster

operational tests of master cylinder

testing brake fluid

operational tests of hand brake

operational tests of drum and disc brakes

measuring and evaluating brake drums, shoes, discs and pads

repair procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for:

removing, replacing and adjusting hydraulic system components, including master cylinder, proportioning valves, switches, brake hoses and lines, disc calipers and wheel cylinders

removing, replacing and adjusting braking system components, including brake booster, master cylinder, hand brake lever and cables, brake shoes and drums, brake pads and brake discs

bleeding brakes, including anti-lock braking systems (ABS)

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for road testing and bedding in brakes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different light vehicles with four-wheel hydraulic disc brake systems with faults

one light vehicle with a rear drum brake system

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTB004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle braking system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for light vehicle braking system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.3 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and material released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTB4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTB004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle braking systems including one anti-lock braking system

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle braking systems, including procedures for managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and material released from braking systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle braking systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions and operation of light vehicle braking systems, including mechanical, hydraulic and electronic subsystems

testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle braking system specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their braking systems, including a vehicle with an anti-lock braking system

light vehicle braking system diagnostic equipment, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select, install and adjust products to suit a customer’s suspension system modification requirements.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems are those of four-wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motor sport vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify customer requirements and assess their practicality and safety compliance	1.1 Purpose of proposed modifications is established and confirmed 1.2 Practicality of customer requirements is assessed and discussed with appropriate personnel 1.3 Proposed modifications are assessed in relation to safety and Australian Design Rules (ADR) compliance 1.4 Project parameters, including cost and timeframe considerations, are discussed and confirmed 1.5 Vehicle is road tested to ensure proposed modifications are relevant and vehicle condition is appropriate to safely incorporate performance enhanced suspension products 1.6 Written quote is prepared to be authorised by customer according to workplace procedures
2. Prepare for modification	2.1 Required suspension system components are sourced and ordered 2.2 Service information is accessed and interpreted prior to commencing removal procedures 2.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
3. Fit components and make suspension system adjustments	3.1 Original components are removed and stored according to customer requirements, workplace disposal procedures and safety requirements 3.2 New components are inspected before installation to confirm serviceability 3.3 New components are installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Fluids and lubricants are added to components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.5 Suspension system adjustments are completed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
4. Road test vehicle and make final adjustments	4.1 Vehicle is road tested to ensure compliance with project intent 4.2 Suspension system is inspected to confirm it is free of leaks and other malfunctions 4.3 Final adjustments are completed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for suspension system testing, dismantling and assembling equipment from signs and workplace and manufacturer literature interpret information from manufacturer and workshop manuals when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making installation recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand and communicate suspension system information in degrees and metric and imperial units of measurement measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for managing stored energy in springs and torsion bars.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select and fit performance enhanced suspension systems on two different vehicles, in which the work must involve two of the following:

suspension coil springs with modified spring rates

modified shock absorbers and struts

modified sway bars

modified suspension bushes

modified torsion bars.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to selecting and installing performance enhanced suspension system products, including procedures for managing stored energy in springs and torsion bars

operating principles of suspension systems, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

application, purpose and operation of performance enhanced suspension system products, including:

shock absorbers

coil springs, torsion bars and leaf springs

adjustable coil-overs

rubber and urethane bushings

sway bars and sway bar links

strut mounts

tower bars

procedures for removing suspension system components

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to suspension systems

procedures for fitting and adjusting performance enhanced suspension system components

procedures for operating equipment to test suspension systems, including shock absorber testers

suspension system road testing principles and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the performance enhanced suspension system products that they have selected and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle and suspension product specifications

ADRs

two vehicles requiring the installation of performance enhanced suspension system products

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for selecting and installing performance enhanced suspension system products.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service, locate and repair faults in hydraulic or pneumatic light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems. It involves preparing for the task, servicing, repairing and post-repair testing the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The lift assisted suspension systems include those of light vehicles, four wheel drives or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair lift assisted suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect and service lift assisted suspension system	2.1 System is inspected according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications to identify service and repair requirements 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.5 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
3. Repair lift assisted suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 3.4 System is repaired according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking lift assisted suspension system service and repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	measure and calculate suspension system heights calculate distance, volume and pressure for servicing and repairing lift assisted suspension systems.
Problem solving skills to:	determine underlying causes of faults identify risk factors and take action to minimise risk.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using vehicle lifting and supporting equipment working with lift assisted suspension systems, including: hydraulic and pneumatic pressures hydraulic fluids stored energy in springs.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3002 Service and rectify faults in lift assisted suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD002 Service and repair light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair two different lift assisted suspension systems, including one of the following:

pneumatic system

hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems, including procedures for:

using vehicle lifting and supporting equipment

working with lift assisted suspension systems, including:

hydraulic and pneumatic pressures

hydraulic fluids

stored energy in springs

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from suspension systems

operating principles of lift assisted suspension systems, including:

hydraulic systems

pneumatic systems

application, purpose and operation of lift assisted suspension system components, including:

hydraulic system, including:

hydraulic pump and reservoir

switches

valves, hoses and connectors

gauges

hydraulic cylinder

pneumatic system, including:

compressor

switches

valves, hoses and connectors

gauges

airbags

inspection and servicing procedures for lift assisted suspension systems, including:

component wear analysis

checking fluid and air leaks

checking and adjusting ride and curb height

replacing suspension fluids

repair procedures for lift assisted suspension systems, including removing, repairing and replacing lift assisted suspension components

post-repair testing procedures for lift assisted suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for light vehicle lift assisted suspension system

two different light vehicles with lift assisted suspension systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting light vehicle lift assisted suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to reset the steering system alignment according to customer specifications. It involves assessing any modifications made to a steering system against safety and Australian Design Rule (ADR) compliance, checking the vehicle, performing any necessary adjustments, and then testing the vehicle.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems are those of four wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorsport vehicles.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to reset steering system alignment	1.1 Purpose for resetting steering system alignment is established from workplace instructions and confirmed with customer 1.2 Practicality of customer specifications are assessed and discussed with customer 1.3 Proposed modifications are assessed in relation to ADRs and safety compliance
2. Carry out alignment pre-checks	2.1 Vehicle is tested according to workplace procedures and safety requirements to ensure its condition is appropriate to safely reset steering system alignment 2.2 Vehicle wheel alignment pre-check specifications are sourced and interpreted 2.3 Wheel alignment equipment and tools are checked according to manufacturer and workplace procedures
3. Adjust alignment to achieve required specifications	3.1 Vehicle wheel alignment specifications are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Wheel alignment measurements are performed and recorded according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Post-adjustment wheel alignment measurements are performed and recorded according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.6 Vehicle is tested to confirm accuracy of adjustments according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Wheel aligner maintenance is completed and tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Alignment adjustment data is entered into customer's vehicle records and workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from manufacturer specifications and workplace signs and procedures interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking wheel alignment specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making recommendations and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement and angles in degrees.
Digital literacy skills to:	navigate computer-based wheel alignment software.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare appropriate tools and equipment to allow the job to be completed without time wastage.
Problem solving skills to:	determine job requirements and select appropriate tool or equipment assess practicality of customer specifications and recommend steering system alignment adjustments based on safety and ADR compliance.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using air jacks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

reset the steering system alignment of two different vehicles, in which the work must involve measuring, recording and adjusting the following angles on all four wheels of each vehicle:

camber

caster

steering axis inclination (SAI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to resetting steering system alignment, including procedures for using air jacks

application, purpose and function of steering angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

camber

caster

SAI

thrust angle

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

included angle

point of intersection

scrub radius

reasons for making non-standard alignment settings on driving and ride characteristics, including:

fitting modified road springs

fitting revised shock absorbers

fitting modified sway bars

altering ride height

fitting non-standard wheel and tyre combinations

variations to understeer and oversteer

off-road use

vehicle wheel alignment pre-check procedures, including:

assessing steering system alignment adjustments against safety and Australian Design Rule (ADR) compliance

road testing

analysing tyre wear

determining wheel run-out

determining vehicle height

checking frame alignment

types and operation of wheel alignment systems, including:

laser aligners

visual aligners

camera aligners

wheel alignment checking procedures, including:

checking caster

checking camber

checking toe-in

checking toe-out on turns

wheel alignment adjustment procedures, including:

adjusting caster

adjusting camber

adjusting toe-in

adjusting toe-out on turns.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system alignment specifications

Australian Design Rules

two different vehicles requiring steering system adjustments to the angles specified in the performance evidence

wheel alignment equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for adjusting steering system alignment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the steering systems of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand steering system information in degrees and metric units of measurement measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skill to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3004 Repair steering systems (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD004 Diagnose and repair light vehicle steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in a light vehicle power-assisted rack and pinion steering assembly

diagnose and repair a fault in a light vehicle power steering pump

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following light vehicle steering components:

power steering hose

tie-rod end.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle steering systems, including procedures for working with high pressure and high temperature steering systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of power steering hydraulic fluid released from steering systems

operating principles of light vehicle steering systems and associated components, including:

manual steering systems

power steering systems

application, purpose and operation of the following components of light vehicle steering systems and components, including:

steering wheels, including clock springs

steering columns

manual steering systems, including:

rack and pinion

steering boxes

hydraulic power steering systems, including:

integral piston

power assisted rack and pinion

electronically controlled power steering systems

electric steering systems, including steering angle sensors

identification, function and basic operating principles of steering angles, including:

steering angles:

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

caster

camber

Ackermann principle of steering

steering axis inclination

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle steering systems, including:

operational testing

hydraulic steering system testing

electronic and load sensing steering testing

analysing component wear analysis

repair procedures for light vehicle steering systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

one light vehicle with faults in its power-assisted rack and pinion steering system

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing light vehicle steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the suspension systems of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose suspension system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair suspension system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand suspension system information in degrees and metric units of measurement measure suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including when removing tension from suspension components moving heavy suspension components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3005 Repair suspension systems (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD005 Diagnose and repair light vehicle suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in a light vehicle MacPherson strut suspension system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the MacPherson strut

diagnose and repair a fault in a light vehicle coil spring suspension system, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing the coil spring

diagnose and repair a fault in one of the following suspension system components, in which the work must involve removing the spring component from the vehicle:

leaf spring suspension system

torsion bar suspension system

pneumatic suspension system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs and torsion bars, including when removing tension from suspension components

moving heavy suspension components

operating principles of light vehicle suspension systems and associated components, including:

rigid and independent suspensions

sprung and unsprung mass

ride and curb height

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle suspension systems and components, including:

coil spring suspension, including:

types of coil springs and deflection rates

front coil spring suspension arrangements, including short arm and long arm suspension

rear coil spring suspension arrangements

strut or MacPherson suspension

leaf spring suspension

torsion bar suspension

multi-link suspension

hydraulic suspension

pneumatic suspension

suspension system components, including:

ball joint function and operation

stabiliser bar function and operation

Watts link and Panhard rod function and operation

independent rear suspension arrangements and operation

shock absorber function and operation, including:

gas-filled shock absorbers

strut or MacPherson shock absorbers

hub assemblies and bearing arrangements, including:

hubs with tapered roller bearings

hubs with unitised bearings

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for analysing:

component wear

abnormal system noise

repair procedures for light vehicle suspension systems, including procedures for:

removing and replacing ball joints, suspension bushes, shock absorbers, MacPherson struts, coil springs, leaf springs and torsion bars

compressing coil springs

replacing and adjusting bearings for hubs with:

tapered roller bearings

unitised bearings

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

light vehicles with faults in the suspension systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, carrying out pre-alignment inspection and wheel alignment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel alignment operations include those with light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. The unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Carry out wheel alignment pre-checks	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Alignment pre-check information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Alignment pre-checks of vehicle wheels, steering and suspension condition are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.5 Faults are identified and reported according to workplace procedures as necessary
2. Carry out vehicle wheel alignment activities	2.1 Vehicle wheel alignment specifications are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Wheel alignment is carried out without causing damage to components or systems, and readings are recorded 2.4 Corrective adjustments are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and within manufacturer specifications 2.5 Wheel alignment is re-checked to confirm accuracy of adjustments 2.6 Post-adjustment wheel alignment readings are recorded and reported according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for wheel alignment equipment from workplace signs and procedures and manufacturer specifications interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking vehicle wheel alignment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making recommendations and recording vehicle pre-alignment checks and pre- and post-wheel alignment readings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measurements in metric and imperial units of measurement and angles in degrees.
Planning and organising skills to:	select and prepare the appropriate tools and equipment to allow the job to be completed without time wastage.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring wheel alignment equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using air jacks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD3006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD006 Carry out light vehicle wheel alignment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

align all four wheels of:

one front wheel drive vehicle

one rear wheel drive vehicle

above wheel alignment must include adjusting the following steering angles:

camber

caster

steering axis inclination (SAI)

toe (toe-in and toe-out)

toe-out on turns.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to light vehicle wheel alignment, including procedures for using air jacks

application, purpose and operating principles of steering geometry and wheel alignment angles, including:

Ackermann principle of steering

camber

caster

SAI

thrust angle

toe-in and toe-out

toe-out on turns

included angle

point of intersection

scrub radius

vehicle pre-alignment inspection procedures, including:

analysing tyre wear

determining wheel run-out

determining vehicle height

checking frame alignment

types and operation of wheel alignment systems, including:

laser aligners

visual aligners

camera aligners

relationships between fault symptoms and component defects

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles, including:

camber

caster

steering axis inclination

thrust angle

toe

toe-out on turns

procedures for carrying out four-wheel alignments

steering system reset procedures to calibrate on-board system sensors with the steering geometry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle wheel alignments that they have carried out, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel alignment specifications

one front wheel drive light vehicle and one rear wheel drive light vehicle requiring the adjustments specified in the performance evidence

wheel alignment equipment for light vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out wheel alignment operations on light vehicles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light vehicle steering or suspension system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Steering or suspension system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light vehicle steering and suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light vehicle steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD5007 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and suspension system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

steering system of a light vehicle

suspension system of a different light vehicle

steering system or suspension system of a third light vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light vehicle steering and suspension system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light vehicle steering and suspension system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating light vehicle steering and suspension system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following systems, including:

steering system and components:

manual steering

steering system theory, including steering angles

hydraulic power assisted steering

electric power assisted steering

electrohydraulic assisted steering

front suspension system and components, including short and long arm and MacPherson strut

rear suspension and components, including rigid axle and independent suspension

testing procedures for light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

power steering

manual steering

electrical controllers

hydraulic pressures

mechanical components

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the system analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle steering and suspension system specifications

three different light vehicles with steering and suspension system faults

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle steering and suspension systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light vehicle steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTD009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering and suspension systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle steering or suspension system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for light vehicle steering or suspension system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle steering and suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering and suspension system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTD4009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTD009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

steering system of a light vehicle

suspension system of a different light vehicle

steering or suspension system of a third light vehicle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for working with:

stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

high pressure and high temperature steering system fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering and suspension systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including:

hydraulic power assisted steering

electric power assisted steering

active suspension

adaptive suspension

testing procedures for light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

abnormal noise analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle steering and suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle steering and suspension specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their steering and suspension systems

steering and suspension system diagnostic equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in steering and suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and install engine assemblies fitted to light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, removing and installing the engine assembly, performing post-installation testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine assemblies include those of light vehicles, motorcycles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove light vehicle engine assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Engine removal and installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Engine removal and installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove engine assembly	2.1 Engine assembly is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Engine assembly, components and systems are inspected and faults are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Install engine assembly	3.1 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Engine assembly is installed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-installation checks, adjustments and tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine removal and installation specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate and adjust lubricants and coolant volumes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using engine lifting devices and supporting equipment handling oils, fuels and coolant environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils, fluids, coolants and gases released from engine assemblies.
Post-installation checks, adjustments and tests must include:	pre-start procedures operational testing and run-in procedures engine adjustments and cylinder head bolt re-tensioning as required throttle adjustments coolant adjustments ancillary engine systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTE2001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and install:

one front wheel drive engine assembly with water cooling

one rear wheel drive engine assembly with water cooling.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and installing light vehicle engines, including procedures for:

using engine lifting devices and supporting equipment

handling oils, fuels and coolant

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils, fluids, coolants and gases released from engine assemblies

licensing requirements relating to removing and installing engines fitted with alternative fuels and energy sources

methods of disconnecting related systems, including:

air conditioning system

cooling system

electrical systems

exhaust system

fuel system

power steering system

transmission systems, including:

automatic transmission

manual transmission

removal procedures for engine assemblies, including item tagging procedures

installation procedures for engine assemblies

post-installation testing and adjustment procedures for engine assemblies, including:

pre-start procedures

operational testing and run-in procedures

engine adjustments and cylinder head bolt re-tensioning as required

throttle adjustments

coolant adjustments

ancillary engine systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle engine assemblies that they have removed and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle engine assembly specifications

two different light vehicle engine assemblies as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and installing light vehicle engine assemblies, including engine lifting devices and supporting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Engine is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Engine is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Engine components are measured and compared against manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble engine	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 4.4 Engine is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction and multiplication, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting light vehicle engines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair the following faults in three different light vehicle engines:

a fault in an engine cylinder head with an overhead camshaft, in which the work must involve removing the cylinder head from the engine

a fault in two of the following components, in which the work must involve removing the components from the engine:

engine valve timing belt

engine valve timing chain

engine valve lifters

cylinder head valve stem seals

camshaft

camshaft bearings

crankshaft

balance shaft or its bearings

pistons and connecting rods

cylinder block sleeves

main bearings and big-end bearings

internal oil pump

dismantle and reassemble one of the above engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting light vehicle engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of light vehicle engines and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine design, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

application, purpose and operation of the following components of light vehicle engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for light vehicle engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting light vehicle engines

assembly procedures for light vehicle engines, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle engines, including:

checking oil pressure

road testing under load

checking for fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

three different light vehicle engines with faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engine and fuel systems may be petrol or diesel and include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light vehicle engine or fuel system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine or fuel system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light vehicle engine and fuel systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light vehicle engine and fuel system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: hot engine components and rotating engine components hazardous substances, including: diesel fuel petrol fuel engine oil and coolants environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and fuel systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTE5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

engine system of a light vehicle

fuel system of a different light vehicle

engine or fuel system of a third light vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems, including procedures for working with:

hot engine components and rotating engine components

hazardous substances, including:

diesel fuel

petrol fuel

engine oil and coolants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and fuel systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light vehicle engine and fuel system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light vehicle engine and fuel system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating light vehicle engine and fuel system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of the following engine and fuel systems:

petrol engines

diesel engines

petrol fuel systems

diesel fuel systems

testing procedures for light vehicle engine and fuel systems, including:

engine performance under load

fuel flow and pressure

cooling system performance under load

oil pressure

exhaust flow

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle engine and fuel systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light vehicle engine and fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle engine and fuel systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle engine and fuel system specifications

three different light vehicles with engine and fuel system faults

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle engine and fuel systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light vehicle engine and fuel systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTE004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The petrol engines include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle petrol engine is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for petrol engine are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are confirmed, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle petrol engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure petrol engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: compression gauges vacuum gauges cylinder leak-down gauges oil pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with hot engine components and rotating engine components controlling hazards associated with hazardous substances, including engine oil and coolants environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from petrol engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTE4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle petrol engines

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines, including procedures for:

working with hot engine components and rotating engine components

controlling hazards associated with hazardous substances, including engine oil and coolants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from petrol engines

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle petrol engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle petrol engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

valve timing and variable valve timing

testing procedures for light vehicle petrol engines, including:

abnormal noise analysis

compression testing

cylinder leak-down testing

oil pressure testing

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle petrol engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle petrol engine specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their petrol engines

engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression gauge

vacuum gauge

cylinder leak-down gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTE005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel engines include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle diesel engine is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for diesel engine are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle diesel engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure light vehicle diesel engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications use gauges and interpret units, such as kilopascals and pounds per square inch (PSI).
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as: scan tools compression gauges vacuum gauges cylinder leak-down gauges oil pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: hot engine components rotating engine components engine oil and coolants environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTE4005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTE005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in three different light vehicle diesel engines

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines, including procedures for working with:

hot engine components

rotating engine components

engine oil and coolants

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from diesel engines

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle diesel engines, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle diesel engines, including:

intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components

turbochargers

valve timing

testing procedures for light vehicle diesel engines, including:

abnormal noise analysis

compression testing

cylinder leak-down testing

oil pressure testing

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle diesel engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle diesel engine specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their diesel engines

light vehicle diesel engine diagnostic equipment, including:

compression gauge

vacuum gauge

cylinder leak-down gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTF001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanical fuel injection systems of vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical fuel injection systems include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose mechanical fuel injection system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair mechanical fuel injection system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mechanical fuel injection system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure mechanical fuel injection components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret ratios and units, such as parts per million (PPM) from exhaust gas analysers.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic tests must include:	cold-start enrichment inspection cold and hot engine exhaust gas analysis.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure petrol fuel systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel systems.
Post-repair testing must include:	cold-start enrichment inspection cold and hot engine exhaust gas analysis.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTF3001 Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three mechanical fuel injection system components as follows:

one fuel distributor

two of the following:

fuel injector

fuel pressure regulator

fuel pump and filter

fuel accumulator.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for working with high pressure petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel systems

operating principles of mechanical fuel injection systems and associated components, including carburation

application, purpose and operation of mechanical fuel injection systems and components, including:

fuel supply, including:

high and low pressure system

electric fuel pump

fuel accumulator

fuel metering, including:

air-flow sensor

fuel distributor

differential pressure valves

fuel injectors

cold-start enrichment and warm-up enrichment, including:

cold-start valve

thermo-time switch

warm-up regulator

auxiliary air device

full load enrichment

diagnostic testing procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

testing injectors, including:

opening pressure

leakage integrity

spray shape

chatter

testing system pressure, including:

primary system pressure

control pressure

analysing exhaust gas

repair procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and injection pump timing mechanical fuel injection systems

post-repair testing procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical fuel injection system specifications

vehicles with faults in the mechanical fuel injection system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for mechanical fuel injection systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing mechanical fuel injection systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTF002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the mechanically controlled diesel fuel injection systems of vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The diesel fuel injection systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to electronic compression ignition engine management systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair diesel fuel injection system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose diesel fuel injection system	2.1 Engine tune adjustments are checked and rectified as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Fuel system diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Faulty components are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.4 Diagnosis findings and recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair diesel fuel injection system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking diesel fuel injection system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure diesel fuel injection system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, including micrometers and dial indicator gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure diesel fuel systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel injection systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTF002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair two different light vehicles with diesel engines, in which the work must involve:

removing, refitting and timing a diesel high pressure pump

removing, refitting and testing injectors

bleeding a diesel fuel injection system

removing and refitting a low pressure fuel pump.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for working with high pressure fuel systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from fuel injection systems

operating principles of diesel fuel injection systems and associated components, including:

phases of combustion

composition of diesel fuel, including cetane and sulphur content

application, purpose and operation of diesel fuel injection systems and components, including:

high pressure injection pump systems

distributor pumps, including axial and radial types

in-line injection pump systems

mechanically controlled unit type systems

testing procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

assessing exhaust smoke

testing low fuel pressure pump

testing injector opening pressure and spray pattern

testing injector for back leakage and nozzle leakage

assessing and testing air induction system

assessing and testing engine performance

repair procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including procedures for:

dismantling, cleaning, adjusting and reassembling conventional and two-spring injectors

removing, installing and timing high pressure injection pumps

bleeding fuel systems

post-repair testing procedures for diesel fuel injection systems, including assessing:

system leakage

engine performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle diesel fuel injection systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle diesel fuel injection specifications

two different light vehicles with diesel engines with faults

diagnostic equipment for diesel fuel injection systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing diesel fuel injection systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTJ001 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select light vehicle tyres and wheels to suit specific applications. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work, selecting tyres and wheels, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and wheels include those of light vehicles or trailers that are used on sealed or unsealed surfaces.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to select tyres and wheels for specific applications	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre and wheel information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Select tyres and wheels for specific applications	2.1 Tyre and wheel options are analysed to identify technical compliance and economic benefits 2.2 Tyres and wheels are selected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, relevant Australian Design Rules, and customer requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Selection is provided to appropriate personnel or customer as required and according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and wheel specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations regarding selected tyres and wheels.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when selecting tyres and wheels understand both metric and imperial units of measurement.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tyres and wheels must include:	tubeless and tubed tyres bias ply and radial ply tyres directional tyres steel wheels alloy wheels.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTJ2001 Select tyres and rims for specific applications (light)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ001 Select light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select the tyres and wheels of four different light vehicles to suit specific customer requirements, in which the work must involve accessing and interpreting information in manufacturer specifications relating to the selection.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian Design Rules relating to light vehicle tyres and wheels

light vehicle tyre fitment guide

light vehicle tyre and wheel assembly terminology and codes

light vehicle tread patterns, and tyre and wheel assembly types

specific tyre applications for varying terrain, soil and weather conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle tyres and wheels that they have selected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications and tyre and wheel fitment guide

Australian Design Rules relating to light vehicle tyres and wheels

four different light vehicles for the selection of tyres and wheels

equipment and material appropriate for selecting light vehicle tyres and wheels for specific applications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes from wheels. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for the work; inspecting, repairing and refitting the tyres and tubes, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The tyres and tubes include those of light vehicles, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tyre and tube removal, inspection, repair and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect tyres, tubes and wheels	2.1 Tyres and tubes are removed from wheels according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Tyres, tubes and wheels are inspected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Inspection findings and recommendations for necessary repairs are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair and refit tyres and tubes	3.1 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tyres and tubes are repaired according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Tyre is mounted to wheel according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.4 Assembled wheel and tyre are checked for serviceability and correct assembly, and inflated according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and wheel assembly is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer specifications and workshop literature when seeking tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when repairing tyres and tubes understand both metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate tyre changing tools and equipment operate tyre and tube repair equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: deflating and inflating light vehicle tyres manual handling light vehicle wheel assemblies environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTJ2002 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (light)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ002 Remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres and tubes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect, repair and refit light vehicle tyres to both steel and alloy wheels, including repairs to:

two bias ply tyres

two tubes

two radial ply tyres.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to light vehicle tyres and tubes, including procedures for:

deflating and inflating tyres

manually handling light vehicle wheel assemblies

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping and disposing of tyre material produced during repair procedures

procedures for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting tyres and tubes, including:

split lock rings

one piece wheels

types and applications of tyres, tubes and wheels, including:

radial and bias or diagonal ply tyres

tubed and tubeless tyres

steel and alloy wheels

run flat tyres

types, application and operation of tyre changing equipment and tyre and tube repair equipment

post-fitting procedures and checks of light vehicle tyres and tubes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle tyres and tubes that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer tyre and tube repair procedures and specifications

light vehicle tyres, tubes and wheels specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting, repairing and refitting light vehicle tyres and tubes, including:

tyre and tube repair tools and equipment

tyre and tube repair consumables

tyre changing tools and equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and refit wheel and tyre assemblies of light vehicles. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for work; removing, inspecting and refitting wheel and tyre assemblies, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre assemblies include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or trailers. The work does not involve removing the tyre from the wheel.

This unit does not apply to motorcycle or heavy vehicle wheel assemblies.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove wheel and tyre assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Removal, inspection and refitting information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove and inspect wheel and tyre assembly	2.1 Wheel and tyre assembly is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.2 Wheel and tyre assembly, mounting points and fittings are inspected for condition, damage and wear 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs, replacements or adjustments
3. Refit wheel and tyre assembly	3.1 Refitting options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Wheel and tyre assembly is fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Tightening sequence and torque settings are completed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Wheel assembly is checked for correct assembly and run-out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking wheel and tyre specifications, including tightening procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in: manufacturer and component supplier specifications tyres and wheels workplace instructions tyre inflation gauges understand numerical divisions in metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate wheel attachment tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting vehicles using wheel assembly removal tools manually handling wheel assemblies working with high air pressure working with split and multi-piece wheels.
Final inspection must include:	wheel assembly run-out correct operation of vehicle systems affected by the removal and refitting of wheel assemblies rechecking tightness of attachment devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ003 Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove, inspect and refit three different light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including two of the following wheel types:

one steel wheel assembly

one alloy wheel assembly

one four wheel drive vehicle wheel assembly

one split or multi-piece wheel assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles

using wheel assembly removal tools

manually handling wheel assemblies

working with high air pressure

working with split and multi-piece wheels

types and applications of wheel assemblies, including:

stamped or pressed steel wheels

alloy wheels

wheel studs and nuts

run flat tyres

procedures for pre-removal inspections of wheel assemblies, including split and multi-piece wheels

procedures for removing, inspecting and refitting light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies, including wheel nut tensioning procedures

post-fitting procedures and checks of light vehicle wheel assemblies, including wheel and tyre assembly run-out.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer wheel and tyre specifications

three different light vehicles with the wheel and tyre assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing, inspecting and refitting light vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTJ004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to provide advice to customers regarding specific non-standard wheel and tyre combinations that could affect the ride and handling characteristics of their vehicle. It involves confirming customer needs, analysing technical needs and options, providing advice on compliance with Australian Design Rules, recommending best options for wheel and tyre combinations, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The wheel and tyre combinations include those for light vehicles, including four wheel drive (4WD) vehicles, light commercial vehicles or motorsport vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Confirm customer requirement	1.1 Customer is consulted to determine required wheel and tyre combinations 1.2 Alternative wheel and tyre combinations are discussed and confirmed with customer as required 1.3 Specifications of proposed or actual wheel and tyre combinations are clarified with customer
2. Locate and confirm data to inform technical opinion	2.1 Technical product personnel from wheel and tyre manufacturers are consulted as required to obtain technical information and advice 2.2 Compliance of wheel and tyre combinations with Australian Design Rules is confirmed and reported according to workplace procedures 2.3 Proposed or actual combinations are confirmed if they contravene Australian Design Rules and reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Colleagues are consulted for technical knowledge and experience as necessary
3. Recommend wheel and tyre options that meet customer requirements	3.1 Effects of wheel and tyre combinations on vehicle performance, handling and comfort are discussed with customer 3.2 Advice on suitability of wheel and tyre combination is provided and discussed with customer 3.3 Options that meet customer needs are developed according to workplace procedures 3.4 Where wheel and tyre combination does not comply with Australian Design Rules, implications are discussed with customer 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	research wheel and tyre technical specifications.
Reading skills to:	interpret ADR regulations interpret manufacturers’ wheel and tyre technical specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, such as job cards.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm information and instructions speak clearly and directly to present problems or issues to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in wheel and tyre specifications interpret metric and imperial units of measurement.
Problem solving skills to:	determine suitable or alternative wheel and tyre combinations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Wheel and tyre combinations must include:	wheel rim sizes wheel material wheel diameters tyre sizes tyre compounds tyre tread designs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTJ3004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTJ004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

provide advice to three different customers on the effects of different wheel and tyre combinations on their vehicles’ ride and handling characteristics

demonstrate effective communication techniques when discussing technical information with above customers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

principles of wheel and tyre technology, including:

directional tyres

wheel offsets

wheel track

tyre to road contact

effects of wheel and tyre combinations on vehicle comfort, handling and safety

Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to wheels and tyres

legislation concerning ADR compliance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the wheel and tyre advice that they have provided, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

three different customers requiring advice on wheel and tyre combinations

manufacturer wheel and tyre specifications

ADRs relating to wheel and tyre combinations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTQ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the final drive assemblies of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Final drive assemblies include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose final drive assembly	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair final drive assembly	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and assembly or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking final drive assembly specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure final drive assembly components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications, and calculate gear ratios, torque reduction and multiplication.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial indicator gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with hazardous oils environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from final drive assemblies.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTQ3001 Repair final drive assemblies (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle final drive assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following light vehicle final drive assemblies:

removable carrier housing (banjo) type

integral carrier housing type.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for working with hazardous oils

environmental procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from final drive assemblies

operating principles of light vehicle final drive assemblies and associated components, including:

final drive gears, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

differential function

application, purpose and operation of the following components of light vehicle final drive assemblies and components, including:

removable carrier housing (banjo) type final drives

integral carrier housing type final drives

transaxle final drives

differentials, including limited slip differentials

axle shafts for rigid axles, including:

semi floating live axles

three quarter floating live axles

fully floating live axles

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies, including:

road testing procedures, including:

final drive assembly noise diagnostic

wheel bearing noise diagnostic

pre-dismantling inspection procedures

repair procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies, including procedures for:

dismantling final drive assemblies

inspecting final drive assemblies

reassembling and adjusting pinion depth, pinion bearing preload, crown wheel and pinion backlash, side bearing preload and crown wheel and pinion tooth contact

repairing wheel bearings of rear wheel drive light vehicles

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle final drive assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle final drive assemblies that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle final drive assembly specifications

two different light vehicles:

one with faults in its removable carrier housing (banjo) type final drive assembly

one with faults in its integral carrier housing type final drive assembly

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle final drive assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for light vehicle final drive assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTQ002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the drive shafts of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The drive shafts include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shaft	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose drive shaft	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair drive shaft	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and drive shaft or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking drive shaft specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure drive shaft components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, angles, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand angles in degrees.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and inclinometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with hazardous oils environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from drive shafts.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTQ3002 Repair final drive - driveline (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle drive shafts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair the following drive shafts in two different light vehicles, in which the work must involve:

one rear wheel drive vehicle with drive shaft with universal joints, including removing the drive shaft from vehicle, replacing one universal joint, and refitting the drive shaft

one front wheel drive vehicle with constant velocity joint drive shaft, including removing the drive shaft from the vehicle and refitting it.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for working with hazardous oils

environmental procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from drive shafts

operating principles of light vehicle drive shafts and associated components, including:

torque reaction of rear axle housings

torque steer

application, purpose and operation of the following components of light vehicle drive shafts and components, including:

propeller shafts, including:

single and multi-piece shafts

universal joints, including cross and yoke joints, double cardan joints and Lobro joints

velocity fluctuation of universal joints

shaft alignment

constant velocity joints, including:

Birfield joints

double offset joints

tripod joints

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle drive shafts, including road testing procedures that include drive shaft noise and vibration

repair procedures for light vehicle drive shafts, including procedures for:

dismantling drive shafts

inspecting drive shafts

reassembling and aligning components

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle drive shafts.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle drive shafts that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle drive shaft specifications

light vehicle with front engine and rear wheel drive

light vehicle with front wheel drive constant velocity joint drive shaft

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle drive shafts

tools, equipment and materials tools appropriate for repairing light vehicle drive shafts.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of light vehicles, light commercial vehicles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light vehicle transmission or driveline system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Transmission or driveline system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light vehicle transmission and driveline systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light vehicle transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting, supporting and manually handling light vehicle transmission and driveline systems working with rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTQ5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle driveline system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTQ003 Analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the:

transmission system of a light vehicle

driveline system of a different light vehicle

transmission or driveline system of a third light vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for:

lifting, supporting and manually handling light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

working with rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light vehicle transmission and final drive system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light vehicle transmission and driveline system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating light vehicle transmission and driveline system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of light vehicle transmission and driveline systems and components, including:

clutches

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

torque converters

drive shafts

final drives

types, functions, operation and limitations of four-wheel drive system components, including:

transfer cases

differentials

free wheel hubs

testing procedures for light vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including:

transmission shift quality

drive shaft run-out

driveline operating angles

clutch performance under load

transmission fluid quality

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light vehicle transmission and driveline systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle transmission and driveline system specifications

three different light vehicles with transmission and driveline system faults

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light vehicle transmission and driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTX001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the manual transmissions of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The manual transmissions include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose manual transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair manual transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and transmission or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking manual transmission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure manual transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and dial indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle manual transmissions environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle manual transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair two of the following faults in two different light vehicle manual transmissions, including faults in two of the following components:

input or primary shaft gear or bearing

secondary shaft or main shaft gear or bearing

synchroniser assembly

shift rail, shift fork, interlock and detent mechanisms

counter shaft gear or bearing

remove, refit or replace one manual transmission in a light vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle manual transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple gear trains

compound gear trains

lubricant types

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle manual transmissions and components, including:

power flows, including:

longitudinal manual transmissions

transaxles

transfer cases

synchromesh operation

gearshift mechanisms

transfer cases, including:

part-time four wheel drives

full-time four wheel drives

all-wheel drives

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions, including:

abnormal noise diagnosis

shift diagnosis

repair procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle manual transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle manual transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle manual transmission specifications

two different light vehicles with faults in the manual transmission components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle manual transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle manual transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTX002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the automatic transmissions of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The automatic transmissions include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose automatic transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair automatic transmission	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and transmission or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking automatic transmission specifications and procedures interpret automatic transmission hydraulic and electrical circuit diagrams.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure automatic transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle automatic transmissions.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTX3002 Repair transmissions - automatic (light vehicle)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX002 Diagnose and repair light vehicle automatic transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different light vehicles with different automatic transmissions, in which the faults must involve two of the following components:

torque converter

transmission oil pump

front pump seal

valve body

shift or pressure solenoid

clutch pack

brake band

brake band servo

one-way clutch

planetary gear set

continuously variable transmission (CVT) belt or pulley

internal bearings or thrust washers

remove, refit or replace one of the above light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manual handling light vehicle automatic transmissions

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from light vehicle automatic transmissions

operating principles of light vehicle automatic transmissions and associated components, including:

fluid couplings

planetary gears, including:

single planetary gear operation

types of compound planetary gears, including Ravigneaux and Simpson planetary gear sets

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

lubricant types and properties

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle automatic transmissions and components, including:

torque converters, including:

impeller, stator, one-way clutch and turbine operation

lock-up torque converters

automatic transmission mechanical components, including brake bands, clutch packs, one-way clutches, and compound planetary gear sets

power flows, including:

longitudinal automatic transmissions

automatic transaxles

automatic transmission hydraulic components and hydraulic control components, including:

oil pumps

hydraulic valves, including pressure regulating valves, manual valves, shift valves, governor valves and throttle pressure valves

automatic transmission electronic components, including:

electronic control module

input sensors, including vehicle speed sensor, throttle position sensor, mass air flow (MAF) sensor, manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor, transmission range sensor, engine speed sensor and temperature sensor

electronic control module outputs, including indicator lamps, shift solenoids, pressure control solenoids and torque converter clutch solenoids

continuously variable transmissions, including operating principles of belts and pulleys

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions, including procedures for:

stall tests

pressure test

using scan tools when testing

repair procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions , including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting them

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle automatic transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle automatic transmission specifications

two different light vehicles with faults in the automatic transmission components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle automatic transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle automatic transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTX003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the clutch systems of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Clutch systems include those in light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose clutch system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair clutch system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking clutch system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure clutch system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, areas, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and dial indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting light vehicle transmissions handling and controlling clutch dust and clutch fluid environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from clutch systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTX3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and refit a light vehicle manual transmission

remove, refit or replace a light vehicle flywheel, clutch friction disc, clutch pressure plate assembly and release bearing.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle clutch systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting light vehicle transmissions

handling and controlling clutch dust and clutch fluid

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from clutch systems

operating principles of light vehicle clutch systems and associated components, including coefficient of friction

application, purpose and operation of light vehicle clutch systems and components, including:

wet and dry single and multi-plate clutch

dual mass flywheels

dampening systems

cable operated clutch

hydraulically operated clutch

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems, including road testing procedures

repair procedures for light vehicle clutch systems , including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle clutch systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle clutch system specifications

light vehicle with manual transmission and with clutch system faults

diagnostic equipment for light vehicle clutch systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing light vehicle clutch systems, including:

transmission lifting equipment

clutch aligning tool.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTX004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including drive shafts and final drives, and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The transmission and driveline systems include those of light vehicles or light commercial vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnostic requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in light vehicle automatic transmission or driveline system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for automatic transmission or driveline system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.5 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission and driveline system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as pressure gauges and scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manually handling light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTX4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTX004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the:

automatic transmission of a light vehicle

driveline system of a different light vehicle

electronically controlled automatic transmission or driveline system of a third light vehicle

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including procedures for lifting, supporting and manually handling light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmission and driveline systems

types of complex faults relating to light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

electronically controlled automatic transmissions

continuously variable transmissions (CVTs)

constant velocity joints

Hookes-type joints

rear wheel drive shafts

rear wheel drive final drives

front wheel drive final drives

testing procedures for light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems, including:

test drive procedures

abnormal noise analysis

transmission oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

driveline angle measurement

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle automatic transmission and driveline system specifications

three different light vehicles with complex faults in their automatic transmission or driveline systems, including one vehicle with an electronically controlled automatic transmission

automatic transmission and driveline system diagnostic equipment, including:

oil pressure gauge

scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in the automatic transmission and driveline systems of light vehicles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURLTZ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the emission control systems of light vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. Emission control systems include those in light vehicles, light commercial vehicles, marine vessels or motorcycles. This unit does not apply to agricultural vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Light Vehicle

Unit Sector

Technical - Emission and Exhaust

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose emission control system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair emission control system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle emission control system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand numeric information, such as exhaust gas percentages and ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment, such as exhaust gas analysers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with vehicles that produce toxic emissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURLTZ3001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURLTZ001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the emission control systems of two different light vehicles as follows:

one from the following systems:

positive crankcase ventilation system

evaporative control system

air injection system

one from the following systems:

exhaust emission control system

exhaust gas recirculation system

diesel engine particulate filter system

diesel engine selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for working with vehicles that produce toxic emissions

operating principles light vehicle emission control systems, including:

combustion chemistry and combustion emissions

engine blow-by

fuel volatility

application, purpose and operation of petrol and diesel light vehicle emission control systems and components, including:

evaporative control systems, including:

fuel tank vapour space

charcoal canister

crankcase ventilation systems, including:

positive crankcase ventilation (PCV)

diesel engine crankcase ventilation systems

exhaust emission control systems, including:

reduction and oxidation catalytic converters

air injection systems

diesel engine particulate filter systems

diesel engine SCR systems

exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) systems

emission control through engine design, including:

combustion chamber design

valve overlap

variable valve timing

diagnostic testing procedures for light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for testing:

evaporative control system operation

crankcase ventilation system operation

catalytic converter operation

air injection system operation

diesel engine particulate filter system operation

diesel engine SCR system operation

exhaust gas analysis

EGR system operation

repair procedures for light vehicle emission control systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle emission control systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light vehicle emission control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer light vehicle emission control system specifications

two different light vehicles with emission control systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for petrol or diesel light vehicle emission control systems, including exhaust gas analyser

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing petrol or diesel light vehicle emission control systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMBA001 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare support equipment and a light competition vehicle for transportation. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and packing tools and equipment, fitting transportation devices, components and covers to a competition vehicle, and loading and unloading required tools, equipment and competition vehicle.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry. The light competition vehicles are under 300 kg of unladen weight, including go-carts, motorcycles, mountain bikes or jet skis.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare requirements for motor sport event	1.1 Job requirements are determined from team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Specific tooling and equipment needed for event are sourced and selected 1.3 Tools and equipment are packed for transportation and secured to avoid damage 1.4 Equipment listing is checked and resources are accounted for
2. Load and secure light competition vehicle and tools and equipment for transportation	2.1 Checklist for securing resources and vehicle is compiled 2.2 Vehicle, tools and equipment are loaded according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.3 Vehicle, tools and equipment are secured and restraint mechanisms checked according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.4 Hazardous material is stored according to safety requirements and team procedures 2.5 Transporter tailgates, ramps, doors and bins are secured as required according to safety requirements and team procedures
3. Unload vehicle, tools and equipment	3.1 Vehicle, tools and equipment are released from restraints and unloaded according to safety requirements and team procedures 3.2 Transport vehicle is cleaned and prepared for subsequent use 3.3 Restraint mechanisms and holding points are checked for integrity according to team procedures 3.4 Problems with transport vehicle are reported to appropriate personnel as required and according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret equipment listings.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out equipment logs and official documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	report problems with transport vehicle to team members.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to: count equipment calculate weight.
Planning and organising skills to:	use available space within transporter efficiently interpret loading and unloading sequence and avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions.
Problem solving skills to:	determine methods of loading and unloading disabled or damaged vehicles.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure materials are available as needed and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Job requirements must include:	light competition vehicle to be transported materials and equipment to be loaded.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including hearing and eye protection manually handling loads transporting and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMBA2001 Transport a light competition vehicle and support equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA001 Transport light competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

load and unload two different light competition vehicles, each under 300 kg of unladen weight, and support equipment on and off a vehicle transporter, including one vehicle at a sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to transporting light competition vehicles and support equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including hearing and eye protection

manually handling loads

transporting and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals

procedures for transporting light competition vehicles and support equipment, including:

preparing light competition vehicles for transportation

preparing support equipment for transportation, including tools, tyres and wheels

loading and unloading light competition vehicles and support equipment

securing vehicles and support equipment

procedures for cleaning and preparing transport vehicles for subsequent use, including procedures for checking restraints, mechanisms and holding points.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light competition vehicles that they have transported, e.g. team event documentation.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

PPE, including hearing and eye protection

two different light competition vehicles and support equipment requiring transport to a motor sport event

vehicle transporter suitable for a light competition vehicle.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare, load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment for transportation. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and packing tools and equipment, fitting transportation devices, components and covers to a competition vehicle, and loading and unloading the tools, equipment and competition vehicle.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry. The competition vehicles are over 300 kg of unladen weight. This unit does not apply to loading and loading vehicles from car trailers.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare requirements for motor sport event	1.1 Job requirements are determined from team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Toolboxes and storage containers are checked for completeness and security to avoid damage during transportation 1.3 Additional or replacement equipment and materials are sourced as required 1.4 Transporter storage area is checked and cleaned as required 1.5 Straps and restraint mechanisms are checked for serviceability
2. Prepare competition vehicle for transportation	2.1 Competition vehicle is cleaned and prepared for transportation according to schedule, and electrical system is deactivated 2.2 Transportation devices, components and covers are fitted 2.3 Tie-down points on vehicle and transporter are identified 2.4 Problems with equipment or vehicle are reported to appropriate persons as required
3. Load and secure competition vehicle and support equipment for transportation	3.1 Vehicle and support equipment are loaded on to transporter according to team procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Vehicle and support equipment are secured according to team requirements and restraints are checked 3.3 Hazardous material is stored according to safety requirements and team procedures 3.4 Transporter tailgates, ramps, doors and bins are closed and secured according to safety requirements and team procedures
4. Unload vehicle and support equipment	4.1 Competition vehicle and support equipment are released from restraints and unloaded according to safety requirements and team procedures 4.2 Transporter is cleaned and prepared for subsequent use 4.3 Safety equipment is checked for currency and sufficiency, and restraint mechanisms and holding points are checked for integrity 4.4 Team documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret labels on dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals interpret loading and unloading sequence interpret event scheduling and location details on team documentation.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out team documentation and material stock lists.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions from race engineers, team manager and team members report progress against schedule to team members.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to count equipment and calculate weight from volumes of substances.
Planning and organising skills to:	use available space within transporter efficiently.
Problem solving skills to:	determine methods of loading and unloading disabled or damaged vehicles.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure materials are available as needed and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Job requirements must include:	competition vehicle to be transported materials, tools and equipment to be loaded.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including hearing and eye protection handling 200 litre fuel drums, compressed gas bottles, and dry ice working at heights transporting and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals.
Safety equipment must include:	fire extinguishers spill kits PPE, including hearing protection, gloves and sun protection.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMBA3002 Load and unload a competition vehicle and support equipment

Links

- http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMBA002 Load and unload competition vehicles and support equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

load and unload two different competition vehicles, each over 300 kg of unladen weight and with different tie-down requirements, in which the work must involve:

loading and unloading on two different occasions

one load and unload at a sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to loading and unloading competition vehicles and equipment, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including hearing and eye protection

handling 200 litre fuel drums, compressed gas bottles, and dry ice

working at heights

transporting and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals

procedures for transporting, using and storing safety equipment, including fire extinguishers, spill kits, hearing protection, gloves and sun protection

procedures for preparing vehicle for transportation, including:

fitting travel tyres and wheels

fitting tie-down points

de-fuelling vehicle

removing compressed gas containers

additional requirements for transportation by a third party, via road freight, air, rail or sea

load distribution principles for safely loading a transporter

loading and unloading techniques, including use of:

winches

tailgate loaders

trolleys and dollies

procedures for securing vehicles and equipment, including use of:

ratchet straps

chains and dogs

wheel chocks

procedures for recording material and consumable use.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles and support equipment that they have loaded and unloaded, e.g. load list.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

one vehicle transporter over 4.5 tonne unladen

two different competition vehicles requiring transport to a motor sport event

support equipment, tools and materials, including lifting and material handling equipment

load lists, schedules and team procedures.

Links

- http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMCA001 Manage motor sport team media liaison

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to liaise with the media on behalf of a motor sport team and to support team members during media interviews and appearances. It involves researching the media liaison needs of the team and identifying the most appropriate media outlets, arranging media interviews, and preparing a budget to support media liaison activities. The unit requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills when developing media releases and arranging media interviews.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify team media requirements and limitations	1.1 Desired outcomes of media liaison are identified in relation to team goals 1.2 Limitations on information to be provided are identified 1.3 Media liaison budget is developed 1.4 Media outlets and persons are researched, and decision regarding choice of required media is made according to team requirements, ethical conduct, and promotional partner requirements
2. Prepare media information	2.1 Type of media suitable for promotional strategy and team requirements is selected 2.2 Specific media outlet information needs are researched 2.3 Media needs and requests are considered in light of team objectives, confidentiality requirements and ethical issues 2.4 Team information and performance statistics are researched and documented 2.5 Suitable information is prepared for release
3. Issue media information	3.1 Media personnel are contacted and timing arrangements for release are agreed 3.2 Team management approval is obtained and information provided to media outlet 3.3 Promotional partner representatives are advised of release details
4. Arrange media interviews	4.1 Media persons are contacted and requirements negotiated 4.2 Interview schedule and agenda are determined 4.3 Material for interviews is researched and prepared 4.4 Team persons are briefed and coached in presentation techniques as required 4.5 Team management is regularly informed of arrangements and outcomes 4.6 Promotional partner representatives are advised of interview details
5. Evaluate publicity benefits	5.1 Exposure statistics are obtained from media outlets 5.2 Promotional partner feedback on media release and interview is obtained 5.3 Data and feedback are analysed to assess effectiveness 5.4 Outcomes are measured against media liaison budget and team objectives

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and research appropriate media types efficiently.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret information from a range of sources, including internet websites, promotional literature, media statistics and internal workplace literature.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation and produce a range of material, including business emails, letters, team information for media outlets, and updates to team management.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify media requirements with a range of people, including team personnel, team management and media outlet personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret dates and time use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate budgets.
Planning and organising skills to:	ensure personnel are in the right places at the right time.
Problem solving skills to:	determine most effective media for the budget and achieve team’s goals.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with team members to promote the motor sport team.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Identification of limitations must include consideration of:	team requirements confidentiality ethical conduct promotion partner requirements.
Suitable information must be:	clear and succinct appropriate to target audience targeted to team and media outlet needs compliant with industry ethics.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMCA5001 Manage motorsport team media liaison

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA001 Manage motor sport team media liaison

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop different media releases for three types of media

arrange two different media appearances of a motor sport team member, including two of the following:

radio

television

live appearance at a motor sport race event

guest speaker at a motor sport promotional event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for identifying team media requirements, including:

types of media suitable for motor sport

media outlet information needs

legislation and codes of practice relating to ethical advertising

procedures for developing media budgets

procedures for preparing media information, including researching and documenting team information and performance

media interview procedures, including:

appropriate presentation of team personnel

coaching techniques of team personnel

methods of evaluating media publicity, including:

interpreting media outlet exposure

obtaining, analysing and interpreting promotional partner feedback

measuring media publicity against team media budget and team objectives.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the media information and interviews they have managed for motor sport team members, e.g. media releases.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

types of media specified in the performance evidence.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMCA002 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine opportunities and requirements in relation to marketing a motor sport team, and attracting and managing promotional partnerships. It involves researching promotional requirements, devising and implementing marketing strategies, preparing partnership proposals, and coordinating promotional activities. The unit requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills when researching promotional opportunities and devising marketing strategies.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Research team marketing opportunities and promotional partnership requirements	1.1 Strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) of current partnerships and marketing strategies are identified, analysed and documented 1.2 Team members and other parties are consulted regarding potential marketing opportunities, and specialist marketing advice is sought as required 1.3 Promotional partnership requirements are researched and documented 1.4 Principles, policies and strategic direction of the team in relation to marketing and partnerships are identified and documented to enable marketing effort to be focused
2. Devise and implement a team marketing strategy	2.1 Promotional strategies emphasising team strengths are analysed with team members 2.2 Legal, ethical and environmental market constraints are identified and their effect on marketing objectives is determined 2.3 Promotional strategies are researched and a marketing strategy, including measurable performance targets, is developed and documented 2.4 Risk management strategies are developed and documented 2.5 Team members are briefed on their roles and responsibilities with regard to marketing strategy
3. Prepare promotional partnership proposal	3.1 Required team funding or sponsorship amount and type are determined 3.2 Networks for funding and sponsorship are researched and developed in line with team policies, aims and objectives 3.3 Potential promotional partner is identified on the basis of supporting team principles and policies, and approached with the aim of proposing a promotional partnership 3.4 Potential promotional partner requirements are researched and documented 3.5 Benefits to promotional partner are identified and documented 3.6 Information regarding opportunities and benefits is prepared in a professional format and distributed to potential promotional partner
4. Present proposal to promotional partners	4.1 Follow-up is conducted with promotional partner representatives and meeting is arranged 4.2 Presentation and supporting material specific to potential promotional partner are prepared 4.3 Supporting material is forwarded prior to meeting 4.4 Meeting with potential promotional partner is attended and presentation is conducted 4.5 Proposed variations to partnership terms and conditions are identified during negotiations and documented as required
5. Coordinate promotional partnership activities	5.1 Written contract or agreement is established with promotional partner, including full details of commitments made by both parties 5.2 Team members are briefed on details and commitments of promotional partnership arrangements 5.3 Activities are organised according to promotional partnership agreements and agreements made are honoured 5.4 Activities are monitored and evaluated in terms of team and promotional partner objectives 5.5 Feedback is provided to and requested from promotional partner as required 5.6 Payments from promotional partner and other contract formalities are actioned and monitored

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information on marketing opportunities efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from a range of sources, including internet websites, promotional pamphlets, media statistics and internal workplace material.
Writing skills to:	produce a range of material, including business emails, letters and presentations to promotional partners.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss team marketing opportunities and promotional partnership requirements with a range of people, including team personnel, team management and promotional partners.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate payments.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital communication devices to gather and disseminate information.
Planning and organising skills to:	set up meetings organise promotional activities.
Problem solving skills to:	conduct SWOT analyses analyse promotional strategies develop risk management strategies develop networks for funding and sponsorship determine potential benefits to promotional partners.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with team members when managing promotional partnerships and marketing.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMCA5002 Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and marketing

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMCA002 Manage motor sport team promotional partnerships and marketing

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

prepare, present, implement and evaluate two different promotional proposals for a motor sport team, each of which must include:

profile of team and team members

team achievements

proposed partnership arrangements

marketing strategy for team events

benefits to promotional partner.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for identifying team marketing opportunities and promotional partner requirements, including analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT)

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements of advertising, including misleading or deceptive conduct

procedures for devising and implementing a motor sport team marketing strategy

procedures for preparing promotional partnership proposals

methods of presenting promotional partnership proposals to promotional partner representatives

procedures for implementing promotional partnership activities, including:

methods of producing and required content of written contracts or agreements

procedures for monitoring promotional activities for effectiveness and value

procedures for providing feedback to, and gaining feedback from, promotional partners.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the promotional partnerships and marketing that they have managed for a motor sport team, e.g. marketing brief.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

key components of Australian Consumer Law (ACL) relating to legal and ethical requirements.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA001 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop and update general knowledge of the motor sport industry, including industry structure, event categories and classifications, rules and regulations, and roles of officials and volunteers. It involves researching, sourcing, developing and applying current and emerging information about the industry.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Research information on the structure and operation of the motor sport industry	1.1 Motor sport industry structure and operation are determined 1.2 Sources of information about the motor sport industry are identified 1.3 Sources of information are accessed, networks established, and key contacts within the motor sport sector established
2. Source and apply information on ethical and legal issues for motor sport officiating	2.1 Information on legal and ethical issues is obtained to assist effective work performance 2.2 Legal obligations and ethical industry practices are applied in the course of own work
3. Explore opportunities to participate and update motor sport knowledge	3.1 Annual calendar of events is compiled for own motor sport discipline 3.2 Key officiating and volunteer roles at motor sport events relating to discipline are identified and documented 3.3 Roles best suited to own level of knowledge, skills and interest are identified and documented 3.4 Opportunities to improve own performance and update knowledge of the motor sport industry are identified and used

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information and terminology found in: motor sport organisation literature, code of conduct, policies and procedures controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations event policies and procedures relating to own motor sport discipline.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	liaise with team members and other persons involved in the motor sport industry to improve own motor sport industry knowledge.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Information must relate to:	industry structure major industry bodies or associations different motor sport types and disciplines event protocols rules and regulations competition calendars participation opportunities.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA2001 Develop and update motorsport industry knowledge

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA001 Develop and update motor sport industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and document knowledge of the organisational structure, competition categories, event rules and regulations, and roles of officials and volunteers in one of the following motor sport industry disciplines:

automobile (car, truck or go-cart)

motorcycle

powerboat

compile a calendar of events for the above selected motor sport discipline.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key features of the motor sport industry, including:

structure and hierarchy

motor sport disciplines

general knowledge of different types of motor sports

participation opportunities within the motor sport industry

key characteristics of motor sport discipline selected in the performance evidence, including:

competition categories and scope

event rules and regulations, including supplementary regulations

types and roles of officials and volunteers

protocols and procedures for communicating with stewards, officials and other relevant persons

key motor sport organisations and associations

legal and ethical issues that impact on motor sport officials and volunteers, including ethical conduct while officiating.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having developed and updated their motor sport industry knowledge, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

information and communication technology, including the internet

current sources of motor sport industry information

National Competition Rules (NCR) and event supplementary regulations

industry magazines and related publications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to act as a trainee official or volunteer at a motor sport event. It involves pre-event preparation, carrying out assigned duties, and reviewing personal performance. It requires basic knowledge of the conduct of the applicable motor sport category and its rules and regulations.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Make pre-event preparations	1.1 Job requirements are determined from event organisation documentation 1.2 Personal requirements are identified and equipment is checked and prepared for safe and operational condition 1.3 Conditions on the day are checked and prepared for 1.4 Pre-event briefing session is attended, and roles and responsibilities are confirmed
2. Carry out assigned duties	2.1 Designated work practices are confirmed with supervisor 2.2 Instructions for assigned duties are followed and safety hazards and risks are monitored 2.3 Activities are carried out according to event rules and regulations, required code of practice, and organisational safety and emergency procedures 2.4 Own limitations are recognised and advice and help sought as required
3. Review and analyse performance	3.1 Post-event debriefing session is attended as required 3.2 Feedback is sought and analysed on own performance to identify areas for improvement 3.3 Personal plan is developed in consultation with support personnel to improve own officiating performance 3.4 Additional training is undertaken as required to improve performance

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret event documentation, including event rules and regulations, required code of practice, and organisational safety and emergency procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out documentation required by officiating duties.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify documentation with event organiser seek advice and feedback on own performance.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices and contribute to a productive team environment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Conditions must include:	weather personal comfort.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA2002 Assist with motor sport officiating duties

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA002 Assist with officiating duties at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

act as a trainee official or volunteer at two different motor sport events, including at one sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assisting with motor sport officiating duties, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) required for event

key information relating to above motor sport events, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

rules and regulations of motor sport events

procedures for officiating at above motor sport events, including:

personal preparation

selecting and checking resources and equipment required for officiating

policies and procedures relating to above events and own officiating role, including:

ethical requirements

emergency response procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having assisted with officiating duties at motor sport events, e.g. team event documentation.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport event officiating documentation, including event organisation documentation, rules and regulations, and safety procedures

motor sport event officiating equipment, including PPE.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA004 Recover vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to recover damaged or broken down vehicles in motor sport events in a safe and timely manner and without causing further damage to the vehicle. It involves planning, setting up and recovering vehicles that require retrieval due to accident or mechanical breakdown at a motor sport event, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It includes carrying out pre-operational checks on recovery equipment, and operating the recovery equipment and ancillary equipment.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Assess situation and plan recovery	1.1 Type of vehicle to be towed and critical aspects of vehicle design that could impact on recovery operations are identified 1.2 Personnel, equipment and techniques required to carry out the recovery are identified 1.3 Availability of recovery equipment and personnel to carry out the job is confirmed 1.4 Recovery operation is planned with consideration for security and safety of persons, vehicles and property
2. Set up and secure the recovery situation	2.1 Recovery situation is set up and secured according to established recovery operation action plan 2.2 Safety of spectators and other personnel in vicinity of recovery situation is managed according to safety procedures and security requirements 2.3 Recovery equipment is positioned and attachment points on vehicle are identified 2.4 Weight of vehicle being recovered is checked to ensure it is consistent with established guidelines, regulatory requirements, and permissible safe working loads for recovery equipment
3. Recover vehicle	3.1 Vehicle to be recovered is manoeuvred into position using appropriate equipment and according to standard operating procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Recovery equipment is operated according to manufacturer procedures, safe work practices and regulatory requirements 3.3 Recovered vehicle is secured using appropriate winches, ropes and cables according to relevant load restraint regulations and standard operating procedures 3.4 Recovered vehicle is conveyed to designated location and unloaded or unhitched according to standard operating procedures and safety requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Recovery area and its near vicinity are cleared of debris and any spills are cleaned up 4.2 Recovery equipment is checked for operational effectiveness according to standard operating procedures 4.3 Faulty equipment is identified, tagged, isolated and reported according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret recovery equipment operating procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out recovery equipment log, incident reports and official forms tag faulty equipment.
Oral communication skills to:	direct vehicle driver, spectators and event officials during vehicle recovery process report problems with recovery equipment to team members.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when determining vehicle loads and load limits.
Problem solving skills to:	adapt or modify equipment to overcome differing vehicle recovery situations.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure vehicle is recovered safely and efficiently.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Planning must include:	identifying potential hazards at recovery site identifying potential hazards during recovery operation managing risks associated with identified hazards.
Set-up must include:	safety equipment barriers and warning signs.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating recovery equipment, including using portable fire extinguishers and personal protective equipment (PPE) potential workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations principles of risk management.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA3004 Recover a motorsport vehicle

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA004 Recover vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

recover three different motor sport vehicles during one or more motor sport events.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to recovering motor sport vehicles at events, including:

procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating recovery equipment, including using portable fire extinguishers and personal protective equipment (PPE)

potential workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations

principles of risk management

motor sport vehicle recovery procedures, including:

types and application of safety equipment, barriers and warning signs

types and application of towing equipment for motor sport vehicles

key features of towing vehicles, including vehicle designs that could impact on recovery

preparing vehicle for recovery, including identifying towing equipment attachment points and weight of vehicle

methods of cleaning recovery area and its near vicinity

recovery vehicle operating procedures, including:

required pre-operational checks for recovery vehicle and its equipment, and resultant potential action

typical recovery vehicle controls, instruments and indicators

recovery vehicle manoeuvring procedures, including with and without a tow or load

types and application of vehicle log books, incident reports and official forms relating to vehicle recovery operations

motor sport event communication procedures, including reporting lines in the motor sport environment

commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to recovering vehicles in a motor sport event, including safety and environmental regulations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport vehicles that they have recovered, e.g. recovery vehicle log.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport events

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

three different motor sport vehicles requiring recovery

motor sport vehicle recovery equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA005 Act as a marshal at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to perform the assigned duties of a marshal at a motor sport event. It involves pre-event preparation, and carrying out general or assigned duties, such as paddock marshal, assembly marshal, grid marshal, pit marshal, communications marshal, course marshal or sector marshal. It requires the ability to observe event conditions and activities in own area of responsibility and correctly apply rules and regulations to ensure safety and compliance.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry. The unit does not apply to the role of a flag marshal.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Make pre-event preparations	1.1 Event documentation is read and interpreted, including category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Personal documentation is checked to ensure it is current and suitable 1.3 Personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements are identified, prepared and checked for safe and operational condition 1.4 Conditions on the day are prepared for 1.5 Pre-race briefing session is attended and own role and responsibilities are confirmed
2. Prepare allocated post	2.1 Location of allocated post is confirmed and other team members are identified 2.2 Location is assessed for risks, and emergency escape route is planned according to category rules, supplementary regulations and safety requirements 2.3 Allocated post and required equipment are set up according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.4 Communication system is checked for operation according to manufacturer procedures, category rules and supplementary regulations
3. Carry out marshalling duties	3.1 Communication is maintained with chief marshal and other official personnel as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.2 Event conditions are monitored and flags, signals or announcements are responded to according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.3 Emergency situations are responded to according to category rules and supplementary regulations and within limits of own authority 3.4 Participant reactions to decisions are managed and conflict situations dealt with according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.5 Incidents and observations from event are recorded for inclusion in the final report according to category rules and supplementary regulations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Equipment, including communication equipment, is checked, maintained and returned according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.2 Marshalling post is cleaned and secured 4.3 Written final report is prepared for chief marshal according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.4 Post-meeting debriefing session is attended

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	document incidents and observations during event according to event procedures.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate information to other event officials, drivers and the public during the event.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to work with dates, times and simple numbers.
Planning and organising skills to:	determine functional emergency escape route.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure event is run safely and efficiently.
Technology skills to:	operate communication devices, such as two-way radios.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Conditions must include:	weather personal comfort.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE identifying hazards and managing risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA3005 Act as a marshal in a motorsport event

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA005 Act as a marshal at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

act as a marshal at two different sanctioned motor sport events according to event rules and regulations, in which the work must involve:

using communication equipment and hand signals to:

direct vehicles, competitors and spectators

liaise with officials

producing a final report of the event for the chief marshal.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to acting as a marshal at a motor sport event, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and managing risks

motor sport events detailed in performance evidence, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

motor sport officiating, including:

responsibilities and tasks of a marshal

protocols for communicating with other event officials

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for officiating

communication techniques, including:

radio protocols and hand signalling

types and meaning of motor sport flags and light signals

basic conflict management techniques

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to motor sport officiating, including safety and environmental regulations

organisational policies and procedures relating to acting as a motor sport marshal, including:

ethical requirements

emergency response procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having acted as a marshal at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different sanctioned motor sport events

motor sport event officiating documentation, including:

rules and regulations

safety procedures and event procedures

motor sport event officiating equipment, including PPE.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA006 Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to communicate with competitors, officials and other personnel at a motor sport event, using flags and other signalling methods. It involves pre-event preparation and communicating with motor sport event officials using flags and signalling methods according to event rules and regulations. It requires the ability to observe race and track conditions and correctly apply signalling conventions to communicate warnings, alerts and other information.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Make pre-event preparations	1.1 Job requirements are determined from event organisation documentation, including category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements are identified and prepared and checked for serviceability 1.3 Conditions on the day are prepared for 1.4 Pre-event briefing session is attended, and own role and responsibilities confirmed
2. Prepare allocated post	2.1 Location of allocated post is confirmed and other team members are identified 2.2 Location is assessed for risks and emergency escape route is planned according to category rules, supplementary regulations and safety requirements 2.3 Type of communication to be used is confirmed 2.4 Flag set is checked to ensure it is complete and flags are laid out ready for use, or signal lights are checked for correct operation 2.5 Signal boards and related equipment are checked and prepared for operation 2.6 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.7 Communication system is checked for operation according to manufacturer procedures, category rules and supplementary regulations
3. Use flags and signals during event	3.1 Communication is maintained with chief marshal and other official personnel as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.2 Event conditions are monitored and flags and signals responded to and used as required according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.3 Incidents and observations from event are recorded for inclusion in written report according to category rules and supplementary regulations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Communication equipment is checked, maintained and returned according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.2 Marshalling post is cleaned and secured 4.3 Written report is prepared for chief marshal according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.4 Post-meeting debriefing session is attended

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	document incidents and observations during event according to event procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to work with dates, times and simple numbers.
Planning and organising skills to:	determine functional emergency escape route.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure event is run safely and efficiently.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Conditions must include:	weather personal comfort.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: selecting and using PPE identifying hazards and managing risk.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA3006 Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport event

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA006 Communicate using flags and signals at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

communicate with others using communication equipment at two different motor sport events, in which the work must involve two of the following:

using flags

using hand signals

using signal boards

using signal lights.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to acting as a marshal at a motor sport event, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and managing risk

motor sport events detailed in performance evidence, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

responsibilities and tasks of a flag marshal

protocols for communicating with other officials

motor sport event communication, including:

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for officiating

communication techniques, including:

motor sport hand signalling

types and meaning of motor sport flags and light signals

motor sport flag rules and flagging techniques

radio protocols

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to motor sport officiating, including safety and environmental legislation and regulations

organisational policies and procedures relating to acting as a motor sport flag marshal, including:

ethical requirements

emergency response procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having acted as a flag marshal at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events

motor sport event officiating documentation, including:

rules and regulations

safety procedures and event procedures

motor sport event officiating equipment, including PPE

motor sport event communication equipment, including:

motor sport flags

motor sport signal lights.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMDA007 Act as a steward at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to act as a steward at a motor sport event. It requires strong verbal and written communication skills, as well as extensive knowledge of the conduct of the applicable motor sport category, its rules and regulations, and its judiciary processes.

The steward is usually appointed by the motor sport controlling body and has the authority to act on the body’s behalf to ensure the event is conducted in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations. This includes ensuring all aspects of the event organisation meet requirements before the event can proceed. During the event, the steward must ensure it is conducted according to the rules and regulations and has the power to stop the event or suspend participants. The steward can also adjudicate on protests, disputes or breaches of the rules.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Officiating

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Authorise the commencement of event	1.1 Event documentation is evaluated for clarity and compliance with controlling body requirements 1.2 Confirmation is made that all essential official positions are filled by suitably qualified or experienced people 1.3 Confirmation is made that facilities, equipment, personnel and safety arrangements meet controlling body requirements 1.4 Commencement of event is ordered according to category rules and supplementary regulations
2. Monitor the event	2.1 Event progress is monitored to ensure that rules and regulations are followed, and issues that arise are settled and penalties imposed subject to the right of appeal, according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.2 Communication is maintained with Clerk of Course throughout the event according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.3 Modifications to program or event conditions reflecting safety requirements or exceptional circumstances are authorised in consultation with Clerk of Course and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.4 Vehicles deemed unsafe or non-compliant and participants deemed unfit are excluded from event according to category rules and supplementary regulation 2.5 Vehicle, fuel or other compliance test is ordered as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.6 Event results are amended as required according to category rules and supplementary regulations
3. Adjudicate on protests or disputes	3.1 Persons involved in attending hearings on protests and disputes are notified according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.2 Nature of protest or dispute is clarified and applicable rules and regulations are identified 3.3 Evidence is heard and evaluated according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.4 Decision is made and required penalty imposed according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.5 Procedures for appeal are implemented as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.6 Accurate records of proceedings and outcomes are maintained according to category rules and supplementary regulations
4. Complete final report	4.1 Personal notes, event documentation and results on which report will be based are collected at conclusion of event 4.2 Event report is written according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.3 Evidence for appeals is secured and stored for future reference 4.4 Final report is submitted to controlling body within designated timeframe and according to category rules and supplementary regulations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply procedures to different situations and motor sport events keep abreast of motor sport event rules and regulations.
Reading skills to:	evaluate event documentation interpret category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	produce accurate and legible records of protests and disputes.
Oral communication skills to:	gather, interpret and relay information with other stewards, officials and event personnel.
Planning and organising skills to:	ensure events run according to timelines.
Self-management skills to:	work autonomously.
Teamwork skills to:	lead and work effectively with others.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Event report must include:	details of conduct of event results of each competition details of any protests, decisions, penalties and appeals.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMDA3007 Act as a steward in a motor sport event

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMDA007 Act as a steward at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

act as a steward in two different motor sport events, one of which must be a sanctioned event and must include an adjudication of a protest or dispute

produce a final report for each event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

motor sport events in performance evidence, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

motor sport officiating at above events, including:

responsibilities and tasks of a steward

protocols for communicating with other officials

professional and ethical responsibilities of stewards

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for officiating

motor sport protest, inquiry and appeal processes and procedures

principles of administrative law and natural justice when applied to motor sport investigations, protests, inquiries and appeals

conflict management techniques

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to motor sport events, including work health and safety (WHS) and environmental regulations

organisational policies and procedures relating to acting as a motor sport steward, including:

emergency response procedures

risk management procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having acted as a steward at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign on-sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport event officiating documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

motor sport event officiating equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMGA001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to set up a temporary work location and equipment at a motor sport event according to team requirements. It involves preparing, setting up and dismantling a temporary work location and equipment storage, laying out equipment, erecting team promotional signage, and setting up a functional workspace in the temporary location.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare site	1.1 Site information and requirements are determined and confirmed with site supervisor or circuit manager 1.2 Security and confidentiality issues are considered and risk management measures selected 1.3 Hazards associated with work site are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.4 Access paths are considered when positioning equipment and tooling, and measures are taken to eliminate hazards
2. Assemble temporary work shelter	2.1 Tools and equipment are unloaded from transporters according to safety requirements and team requirements and procedures 2.2 Work shelter is sourced and fittings information interpreted 2.3 Shelter and associated fittings are assembled, erected and secured according to shelter manufacturer procedures, team requirements, event supplementary regulations, and safety requirements 2.4 Problems with temporary work shelter are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
3. Position equipment and tooling in work area	3.1 Equipment is assembled and prepared according to manufacturer procedures, team requirements and safety requirements 3.2 Equipment is positioned according to team requirements, controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations, and safety requirements 3.3 Required personal protective equipment (PPE) is identified, fitted and installed according to manufacturer specifications and team requirements 3.4 Problems with work area are identified and reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required 3.5 Effectiveness of area layout is monitored during use, and recommendations are made for change to appropriate persons as required
4. Dismantle temporary work shelter	4.1 Shelter is cleaned, dismantled and packed in preparation for transportation according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Tooling and equipment are accounted for, checked and packed in preparation for transportation according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.3 Shelter, tools and equipment are loaded on to vehicle transporters according to team procedures and safety requirements 4.4 Work area is cleaned and inspected for serviceable condition according to team procedures and local requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret labels and signage associated with dangerous goods and hazardous substances.
Oral communication skills to:	confirm site requirements with site supervisor or circuit manager report unsafe situations and hazards and clarify team safety procedures and requirements with team members.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to count tools and equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	implement team safety requirements, controlling body rules, category rules or supplementary regulations to manage unsafe situations and hazards.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE identifying hazards and managing risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMGA2001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly set up and dismantle a temporary work location at three different motor sport event locations, including one sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to setting up and dismantling a temporary work location and equipment at a motor sport event, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying hazards and managing risks

key requirements of motor sport event category rules and supplementary regulations

principles and functionality requirements of the layout of temporary work shelter, including:

workflow of pit lane and service area operations

tooling and equipment required for specific events

methods of monitoring effectiveness of area layout

temporary shelter assembly and erection methods and techniques, including procedures for:

positioning equipment for ease of access, security, logical workflow and ergonomic use

setting up equipment for safe and effective operation, including:

correct boom height

securing gas bottles

securing service area moorings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport events in which they have set up and dismantled temporary work locations and equipment, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

three different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport event officiating documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

site instructions

temporary shelter

temporary shelter specifications and erection procedures

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for erecting temporary shelter

tools and equipment appropriate for setting up and dismantling temporary work locations and equipment at specific motor sport events.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMGA002 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to manage personal presentation, learning and career options, develop personal conflict management skills and a health and fitness plan in a motor sport environment. It involves being able to identify personal presentation requirements and personal strengths, and support career paths with appropriate learning, manage physical health and fitness, and communicate effectively in a team.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Establish personal presentation standards	1.1 Personal presentation expectations are clarified from position description, and work and team role 1.2 Strategies to achieve personal presentation standards are developed and implemented 1.3 Personal presentation standards are maintained according to team requirements
2. Determine potential career paths in motor sport	2.1 Personal strengths are identified and opportunities for improvement are identified 2.2 Personal goals and team goals are reviewed and linked 2.3 Career options within and outside the team and potential career paths to achieve personal goals are identified 2.4 Career achievements and experience are documented and a comprehensive résumé prepared
3. Manage personal learning in motor sport	3.1 Different learning styles are researched and own learning style preference identified 3.2 Effects of preferred learning styles in the team environment are researched and applied 3.3 Strategies to maximise effectiveness of personal learning are developed 3.4 Learning strategies are reviewed and modified as required
4. Develop personal health and fitness plan	4.1 Personal nutritional requirements required for optimal performance in motor sport environment are identified and managed 4.2 Stress and fatigue are managed using appropriate strategies 4.3 Personal physical fitness requirements in relation to team role requirements are identified and managed 4.4 Strategies to manage impact of negative factors on personal competence and performance within motor sport environment are developed 4.5 Own health and fitness plan is viewed and modified as required
5. Establish personal conflict resolution strategies	5.1 Potential causes of conflict in relation to preferred learning style within the team environment are identified 5.2 Personal strategies for dealing with conflict are implemented 5.3 Communication techniques are researched and strategies for improving communication with team members are implemented

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently develop a simple plan to achieve personal goals.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify own personal presentation requirements, career paths and conflict resolution strategies with team members and supervisors within the motor sport environment.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team, using the team as a resource.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Personal strengths must include:	positive attitude to succeed in motor sport strategies that maximise effectiveness of personal learning.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMGA4002 Manage personal presentation and development

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMGA002 Manage personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

meet team personal presentation requirements throughout three different motor sport events, which must include:

workshop

competition event

promotional activity

develop a personal résumé, including detailed statements of:

qualifications and training

experience in the motor sport industry

relevant experience beyond the motor sport industry

testimony from employers, colleagues or training bodies

develop a personal health and fitness plan, including detailed statements of:

three strategies for managing nutrition needs that demonstrate a knowledge of recommended nutritional intake

three strategies for increasing personal fitness in one of the following:

flexibility

cardiovascular fitness

muscular strength and endurance

three stress management strategies

demonstrate conflict resolution strategies during the following situations at a motor sport event:

tight timeframes or extended work hours

different work styles

persons external to the team.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

personal presentation standards, including:

team roles, responsibilities and relationships

motor sport sectors and categories

presentation standards of motor sport team roles, including hair, clothes, personal hygiene, posture, body language and speech

types of career paths in motor sport

methods for identifying personal strengths

key features of goal setting methods, such as specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timely (SMART)

key features for developing personal learning management program, including:

developing résumé

identifying and catering for different learning styles when working together in teams

key features of personal health and fitness plans, including:

human nutritional requirements, food groups and their effect on the human body, including specific nutritional requirements for functioning in a motor sport environment

impact of legal and illegal drugs on the human body and their implications in motor sport

principles of physical fitness, and fitness requirements for functioning effectively in a motor sport environment

key features of personal conflict resolution strategies and techniques, including:

common causes of conflict within a motor sport team environment

communication principles and techniques

group dynamics in high pressure environments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed their personal presentation and development in a motor sport environment, e.g. own résumé.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workshop, competition event and promotional activity

computer with word processing capabilities.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to configure a data acquisition system, and analyse and present motor sport data. It involves preparing for the task, analysing data requirements, configuring an electronic system, and retrieving, analysing and presenting data in various forms, including charts, graphs, tables, comparisons and reports. The data may be related to weather, circuit, driver or rider characteristics, system capability, and vehicle design specifications.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Information Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm data acquisition requirements	1.1 Team requirements and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations are used to specify data requirements 1.2 Benchmark specifications for a correctly functioning electronic data acquisition system are accessed and interpreted
2. Configure electronic data acquisition system	2.1 Tools and material to support data acquisition process are selected and prepared 2.2 Component rates, ratios and parameters for input sensors are calculated and entered into system math channels 2.3 Sample rates most suited to particular data logging channel are entered 2.4 System operation is checked according to manufacturer specifications and team requirements
3. Retrieve data	3.1 Data acquisition system start-up procedure is carried out according to manufacturer procedures 3.2 Data acquisition system is operated according to its designed capacity and purpose, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.3 Retrieved data is verified, where appropriate, using reliable alternative or optional processes according to team requirements 3.4 Data parameter variables and potential for inaccurate results are identified
4. Analyse data	4.1 Sources of collected data are compared for consistency 4.2 Data is analysed using mathematical processes 4.3 Trends and patterns in data are analysed, including non-conforming results outside of predicted outcomes 4.4 Possible reasons for trends and patterns are investigated 4.5 Potential vehicle performance enhancement solutions are identified 4.6 Problems with required data or operation of equipment are reported to appropriate persons
5. Present data	5.1 End users of statistical data and their preferred format are identified 5.2 Data is represented to meet end user needs 5.3 Recommendations are documented and presented with supporting data
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Equipment and support material are cleaned, maintained and prepared ready for further use according to manufacturer procedures and team requirements 6.2 Faults in acquisition systems and components are diagnosed 6.3 Unserviceable equipment and faults are documented and appropriate action is taken according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	adapt procedures to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	interpret data acquisition system and data analysis software operating procedures from manufacturer instructions.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss needs of data end users.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical processes, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate component rates, ratios and parameters for input sensors compare numerical information with expected values perform basic statistical calculations in data, such as mean and standard deviation.
Digital literacy skills to:	operate computer-based data acquisition systems and data analysis software to analyse data and represent data in differing formats.
Planning and organising skills to:	gather data with a minimum of backtracking or workflow interruptions.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision and within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	connect and disconnect data acquisition system to vehicle without causing damage.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMKA4001 Manage motorsport data

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMKA001 Manage motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

configure data acquisition process for each of the following types of motor sport data on two occasions:

vehicle data

weather data

circuit data

driver or rider characteristics

acquire, analyse and present above acquired data.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to collecting and logging motor sport data, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

types of motor sport data sources, including vehicle, weather, circuit and driver or rider

motor sport data acquisition systems, including:

types, characteristics, components, uses and limitations of signal devices and sensors

methods for determining component rates and ratios

configuration, inspection and system checks of data acquisition systems

operation of data acquisition systems and inputting of variables

data retrieval processes and techniques

data analysis principles, techniques and methodology, including associated mathematical formulas

types of statistical representations of motor sport data, including vehicle, weather, circuit, and driver or rider

data security and confidentiality procedures

data acquisition system inspection, maintenance and system check procedures, including data acquisition system fault diagnosis.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed motor sport data, e.g. analysis reports.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport vehicle

motor sport data acquisition system

motor sport data analysis software.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply the relevant rules and regulations of a motor sport event when acting as an official or volunteer at the event. It requires an understanding of the consequences of not following event rules and regulations. It includes the application of some basic strategies to prevent and/or deal with minor disputes regarding decisions made.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Assess motor sport event conditions	1.1 Event documentation is read and interpreted, including category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Participant status and criteria for event or competition are assessed 1.3 Environment, facilities and equipment within own area of responsibility are assessed according to event rules and regulations 1.4 Safety requirements and other risk management issues within own area of responsibility are assessed prior to event or competition commencing according to event rules and regulations 1.5 Concerns are reported promptly to senior official
2. Observe the conduct of motor sport event or competition	2.1 Area of event or competition within own area of responsibility is observed at all times 2.2 Event or competition compliance within own area of responsibility is assessed against relevant rules and regulations 2.3 Identified problems are responded to without delay, and appropriate safety and risk management actions are taken according to event rules and regulations
3. Interpret and apply rules and regulations	3.1 Rules and regulations of event or competition are followed in the performance of duties and implemented in line with ethical practices 3.2 Rule or regulation appropriate to given situation is determined and interpreted to ensure consistency with competition outcomes 3.3 Directions and requests from stewards and senior officials are complied with according to event rules and regulations
4. Communicate decisions	4.1 Decisions are communicated according to event rules and regulations, and level of competition 4.2 Participant reactions to decisions are managed and conflict situations are dealt with according to event rules and regulations 4.3 Incidents or non-compliant activities are reported to senior officials or stewards according to event rules and regulations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply rules and regulations to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret motor sport rules and regulations, including category rules and supplementary regulations.
Oral communication skills to:	use appropriate language and non-verbal behaviour when managing participant reactions and dealing with conflict situations.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure event is run safely and efficiently.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Event rules and regulations must include:	current edition of the relevant National Competition Rules (NCR) supplementary regulations for motor sport events or competitions policies and procedures of Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA) and Federation Internationale Motocycliste (FIM) Australian Sports Commission Code of Conduct.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMLA2001 Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when officiating

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA001 Apply motor sport rules and regulations when officiating

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

officiate at two different motor sport events, in which the work must involve determining and applying decisions regarding rules and regulations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to acting as an official at a motor sport event, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

motor sport events in performance evidence, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

motor sport officiating, including:

responsibilities and tasks of officials, and protocols for communicating with other officials

processes and procedures relating to appeals and inquiries of officiating decisions

basic conflict management techniques

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for officiating

key requirements of motor sport rules and regulations for above events, including:

current edition of the relevant National Competition Rules (NCR)

supplementary regulations for motor sport events or competitions

policies and procedures of Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA) and Federation Internationale Motocycliste (FIM)

Australian Sports Commission Code of Conduct

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to motor sport officiating, including safety and environmental legislation and regulations

organisational policies and procedures relating to event and officiating role, including:

emergency response

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having applied rules and regulations while officiating at a motor sport event or competition, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events

motor sport event officiating documentation, rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures, including:

current edition of the relevant National Competition Rules (NCR)

supplementary regulations for motor sport events or competitions

FIA and FIM policies and procedures

Australian Sports Commission Code of Conduct.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMLA002 Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to ensure that officials, support staff and volunteers at a motor sport event are applying the relevant rules and regulations accurately and consistently. It involves monitoring their interpretation and application of rules and regulations, and applying conflict resolution strategies to prevent or address minor disputes arising as a result of decisions made during motor sport events, including in practice sessions.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Provide information on rules and regulations	1.1 Relevant rules and regulations, including workplace-specific policies and procedures, are accurately and clearly explained to personnel 1.2 Current and updated rules and regulations are regularly made readily accessible to staff in a timely manner according to workplace procedures 1.3 Information about application and interpretation of rules and regulations is regularly provided and clearly explained to work group 1.4 Opportunities for staff members to discuss and clarify rules and regulations are provided
2. Monitor application of rules and regulations	2.1 Ongoing compliance with rules and regulations, and ethical behaviour in the their application, are monitored 2.2 Prompt and appropriate action is taken to address non-compliance or misinterpretation of rules and regulations 2.3 Effectiveness of rules and regulations in maintaining event integrity and ensuring fair outcomes for participants is monitored 2.4 Timely feedback is provided to appropriate personnel on non-compliance according to workplace procedures
3. Adjudicate on disputed decisions	3.1 Nature of protest or dispute is clarified and applicable rules and regulations are identified 3.2 Evidence is heard and evaluated according to applicable rules and regulations 3.3 Decision is made according to applicable rules and regulations 3.4 Participant reactions to decisions are managed using effective communication skills and according to rules and regulations 3.5 Incidents or non-compliant activities are reported to senior officials or stewards according to applicable rules and regulations, and are documented as required.
4. Identify training needs	4.1 Advice on training needs of individuals and work group is provided based on monitoring of team performance 4.2 Coaching and mentoring assistance to team members are provided and arrangements for fulfilling training needs facilitated in consultation with appropriate management and according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply compliance decisions to different situations and motor sport events locate motor sport event rules and regulations for currency.
Reading skills to:	interpret category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out documentation when reporting.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify, interpret and relay information with other stewards, officials and event personnel discuss rules and regulations, procedures and non-compliance with team members, motor sport drivers and the public.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Discussion must include one or more of the following:	application and interpretation of rules and regulations ramifications of poor decisions conflict of interest.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMLA3002 Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and regulations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA002 Monitor motor sport official and volunteer application of rules and regulations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

monitor the application of rules and regulations by motor sport officials, support staff or volunteers at two different events and:

determine consistency and accuracy of decisions

adjudicate disputed decisions on one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to monitoring motor sport officials’ and volunteers’ application of rules and regulations, including selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) such as hearing protection

motor sport events, including:

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations

processes and procedures relating to appeals and inquiries of officiating decisions

procedures for reporting and documenting incidents, complaints and complaints

types of ethical and unethical conduct in officiating

types, causes and resolution techniques of conflict that typically occurs at motor sport events

organisational policies and procedures relating to motor sport events, including:

safety requirements

officiating or volunteering at a motor sport event.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having monitored compliance with motor sport rules and regulations at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events

motor sport event officiating documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect motor sport competition vehicles and safety equipment for compliance with applicable rules and regulations. It involves preparing for the task, confirming driver eligibility for the event, confirming that clothing, competition vehicle and equipment are compliant, and completing workplace processes and documentation. The unit requires sufficient mechanical knowledge and skills to use testing and measuring equipment to check mechanical and safety specifications and to ensure they meet eligibility and safety criteria for the particular event category.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry as scrutineers at a motor sport event.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for scrutineering	1.1 Rules and regulations governing vehicle and driver eligibility and safety criteria for the event are interpreted 1.2 Scrutineering bay is checked to ensure availability of required tools and equipment to perform tests and measurements 1.3 Scrutineering documentation is sourced and prepared 1.4 Hazards associated with work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 1.5 Concerns are reported to Chief Scrutineer or Clerk of Course according to category rules and supplementary regulations as required 1.6 Pre-race briefing session is attended and own role and responsibilities are confirmed
2. Confirm driver eligibility	2.1 Driver documents are examined to confirm status and eligibility for event according to category rules and supplementary regulations 2.2 Driver clothing and equipment are examined for compliance with safety specifications according to category rules and supplementary regulations
3. Confirm vehicle compliance	3.1 Vehicle is examined to ensure it complies with mechanical and safety specifications for event according to category rules and supplementary regulations 3.2 Compliance report is prepared and non-compliance is documented in scrutineering log book as required 3.3 Defective vehicles, components or parts are impounded as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations
4. Monitor vehicle compliance	4.1 Vehicles are observed in assembly and starting areas to identify mechanical and safety problems 4.2 Work done on vehicle during pit stops is observed to ensure it complies with relevant rules and regulations 4.3 Vehicle damage is examined after an incident to determine roadworthiness for re-entry into event according to category rules and supplementary regulations 4.4 Vehicle damage reports are prepared and logbook updated as required and according to category rules and supplementary regulations
5. Communicate decisions and complete reports	5.1 Chief Scrutineer or Clerk of Course is advised of any breach of compliance according to category rules and supplementary regulations 5.2 Participant reactions to decisions are managed and conflict situations are dealt with according to category rules, supplementary regulations and official’s code of conduct 5.3 Inspection reports are checked to ensure they are completed accurately and are then signed 5.4 Scrutineer’s report is completed at the end of event

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources on information on rules and regulations efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret rules and regulations governing vehicle and driver eligibility and safety criteria check inspection reports for completeness.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out vehicle inspection report and final scrutineer report.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate with other event officials and determine own and others’ roles communicate information to other event officials, drivers and the public during event discuss inspection findings with drivers and other officials.
Numeracy skills to:	measure vehicle components and use basic mathematical operations to calculate tolerances and deviations from specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure event is run safely and efficiently.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) lifting and supporting vehicles using safety devices, including fire protection, safety cage, roll bars and safety harness identifying hazards and managing risks associated with controlling public access to scrutineering area.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMLA3003 Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for compliance

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMLA003 Inspect vehicles and equipment at motor sport events for compliance

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect two different motor sport vehicles and their equipment at two different events and determine vehicle and driver compliance with eligibility and safety criteria for the particular event category in which they are entered.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to acting as a scrutineer at a motor sport event, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

lifting and supporting vehicles

using safety devices, including fire protection, safety cage, roll bars and safety harness

identifying hazards and managing risks associated with controlling public access to scrutineering area

motor sport events in performance evidence, including:

code of conduct

organisational structures of events, including authority and communication lines

category rules and supplementary regulations of events

types, characteristics and operating principles of vehicle mechanical systems, including brakes, exhaust, steering and driveline

key characteristics of motor sport scrutineering, including:

responsibilities and tasks of a scrutineer

protocols for communicating with other officials

scrutineering procedures for motor sport vehicles

personal preparation, resources and equipment required for scrutineering

procedures for examining vehicles and equipment for mechanical and safety compliance, including:

safe operation of testing and measuring instruments and equipment

types of scrutineering reports and methods of completing the reports, including procedures for reporting non-compliance and incidents

organisational policies and procedures relating to motor sport scrutineering suitable to the event type, location and organising body, including:

ethical requirements

emergency response procedures

reporting and recording procedures

planning processes for events.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having inspected compliance of motor sport drivers, vehicles and equipment with motor sport event rules and regulations, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events

motor sport event scrutineering documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

two different motor sport competition vehicles requiring scrutineering

equipment and materials appropriate for motor sport event scrutineering, including PPE and testing equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA001 Operate in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine a career path, meet motor sport team expectations and employment expectations, manage daily work activities, and contribute to the effective working of the team.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine potential career path in motor sport and develop individual goals	1.1 Structure of motor sport sector is identified, including roles and functions of industry and association bodies 1.2 Personal skills are assessed to identify strengths and weaknesses 1.3 Motor sport team expectations are researched and determined 1.4 Goals are set to achieve personal expectations 1.5 Potential career paths are researched and matched with personal goals 1.6 Training needs are identified and incorporated into career planning
2. Meet motor sport team employment requirements	2.2 Team organisational structure is identified, including team member roles and responsibilities 2.2 Obligations to employers and others are complied with, including confidentiality requirements 2.3 Regulatory and safety requirements are observed throughout work 2.4 Team lines of communication and authority are identified and complied with 2.5 Applicable legislation, regulations, codes of practice and team expectations, policies and procedures are identified and complied with
3. Manage daily work activities in motor sport environment	3.1 Required lines of communication are used with supervisors, peers and external persons 3.2 Individual tasks are identified, prioritised and completed within designated timeframes and according to team standards and work schedule 3.3 Own work is monitored and adjusted according to feedback obtained from supervisors 3.4 Assistance is sought from appropriate persons when difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks 3.5 Changes are made to workload or work priorities when unforeseen circumstances or developments occur 3.6 Well organised and safe personal work space is maintained according to team and workplace standards 3.7 Potentially discriminating or hazardous practices and policies are identified and reported to team persons
4. Contribute to productive team environment	4.1 Information and knowledge are shared with team members to ensure designated work goals are met 4.2 Personal work objectives are identified and prioritised according to team requirements 4.3 Constructive feedback from other team members is received, encouraged, and acted upon 4.4 Variations from team standards in quality of components or work practices are detected and reported to team members according to team procedures 4.5 Assistance is actively sought from, or provided to, other team members when difficulties arise 4.6 Communication techniques are used to gather and understand instructions 4.7 Signs of interpersonal conflict are identified and constructively acted upon or referred to a supervisor

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	adapt to different work circumstances recognise and correct errors in own performance.
Reading skills to:	interpret motor sport codes of practice and team policies and procedures.
Writing skills to:	complete basic workplace documentation, such as job cards.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify and confirm information and instructions using active listening and questioning techniques speak clearly and directly to present problems or issues to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret basic numerical information in work instructions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise activities, including equipment and resources, to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
Problem solving skills to:	develop solutions to unpredicted situations, clarify work instructions, and resolve conflict.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices and contribute to a productive team environment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA2001 Operate in a motorsport environment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA001 Operate in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow task instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes on two occasions in a motor sport environment that result in:

minimising the risk of injury to self and others

preventing damage to competition vehicle or equipment

achieve above required outcomes within team time and quality standards

correctly perform a range of daily work activities for one day in three different motor sport environments, in which the work must involve covering:

routine maintenance

pre-event preparation

a competition event

post-event maintenance and repairs

work with and around other team members, including:

participating actively in a work group discussion or meeting

providing support on a work task to another group member

responding to feedback provided by a group member

contributing to the resolution of an issue, problem or conflict experienced by work group.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to operating in a motor sport environment, including procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

motor sport fundamentals, including:

motor sport categories

roles of Australian and international motor sport regulatory bodies

structure of the motor sport sector and of roles within teams

authority and communication lines within teams

motor sport work ethic and team expectations

motor sport terminology

essential requirements of a motor sport environment, including:

routine maintenance

pre-event preparation

structure or format of competition event

goal setting methods and techniques

communication principles and techniques

conflict resolution principles and techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them having operated in a motor sport environment, e.g. team schedule.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

motor sport team policies and procedures relating to job descriptions, authority, and communication lines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA002 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop competition vehicle preparation specifications, checklists and schedules, and to supervise the preparation and assembly of a motor sport competition vehicle. It involves researching information, assessing personnel capabilities and schedule constraints, and supervising others to prepare a competition vehicle and check the post-preparation vehicle and work area.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop preparation specifications and checklists	1.1 Job requirements are determined from competition information 1.2 Rules, regulations, and vehicle specifications and tolerances are analysed for competitive advantage 1.3 Work specifications are documented and communicated to appropriate personnel
2. Develop preparation schedule	2.1 Equipment and capabilities of required personnel to meet job specifications are identified and sourced 2.2 Constraints to schedule are analysed and optimum sequence for vehicle preparation is documented 2.3 Critical path is analysed and factors affecting that path are documented 2.4 Preparation schedule is finalised and distributed to required personnel
3. Supervise preparation	3.1 Team adherence to preparation schedule is monitored according to team requirements 3.2 Work area is monitored for appropriate layout for job requirements and for cleanliness 3.3 Checks of vehicle during and after installation of components are carried out to ensure accurate and complete fitting 3.4 Problems with work area or operation of equipment are evaluated and resolved according to safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Proposals for modifications or adaptation of equipment and components are evaluated and changes adapted or adopted as required according to team requirements
4. Supervise post-assembly checks	4.1 Vehicle is inspected, and problems are identified and addressed according to team requirements 4.2 Post-preparation checks and vehicle start-up by team are supervised 4.3 Vehicle baseline set-up by team is supervised 4.4 Clean-up of work area by team is supervised 4.5 Final inspection of work area and vehicle is carried out and documentation completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	adapt procedures to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	develop task specifications, preparation checklists and procedures, and preparation schedule.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate task specifications and preparation schedule to team members receive and give information and advice to team members during vehicle preparation.
Numeracy skills to:	work with units of time when developing timelines within a preparation schedule.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own tasks and those of a team to ensure work proceeds without interruption and within timelines.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision and within timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	produce solutions to problems with scheduling, component and equipment supply, and personnel capability evaluate a range of options and select efficient solutions.
Teamwork skills to:	work as a leader of a team to ensure team member roles are understood and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Competition information must include:	team instructions and procedures controlling body rules category rules supplementary regulations.
Work specifications must include:	steps and stages of job requirements preparation checklists procedures for minimising waste material.
Constraints to schedule must include:	timing and location of upcoming event availability of equipment and components availability of required personnel.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents environmental requirements, including trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released when assembling competition vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA4002 Manage the preparation of a competition vehicle

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA002 Manage the preparation of motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

manage the assembly and preparation by a team of one motor sport competition vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to preparing a competition vehicle, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released when assembling competition vehicles

methods of determining competition vehicle design, quality, and material, equipment and quantities from team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications

procedures for analysing rules, regulations, vehicle specifications and tolerances for competitive advantage

procedures for developing preparation schedules, including:

assembly and preparation processes applicable to competition vehicle

procedures for analysing team member capability for tasks

documentation procedures for preparation schedule

procedures for determining work area layout

procedures for supervising vehicle preparation, including:

procedures for developing and monitoring assembly inspection processes

methods of evaluating and remedying problems with work area and equipment operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport vehicles that they have prepared, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace

one motor sport competition vehicle requiring pre-event preparation

motor sport team with knowledge of competition vehicle pre-event preparation procedures

tools and equipment required for the preparation of a competition vehicle.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA003 Manage motor sport operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to manage motor sport operations and team compliance with motor sport regulatory requirements, and manage logistics and resourcing. It requires skills in motor sport team leadership and decision making.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Plan logistics for motor sport operation	1.1 Work plan for team sport operation is developed in consultation with team members and is documented 1.2 Safety requirements, including motor sport regulatory body requirements, are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Resource and equipment requirements are researched and documented 1.4 Resource requirements are prioritised and matched to team budget, and priorities are confirmed or modified after consultation with team members 1.5 Operational plans, including instructions and delegations, are documented and amended according to team procedures and expectations
2. Oversee team activities during operation	2.1 Operational plans are implemented and team members briefed with regard to their roles and responsibilities 2.2 Operations are checked to ensure optimum use of human and physical resources
3. Evaluate operational process	3.1 Operational progress is evaluated against required quality of work and adherence to budget and time schedule, and is reported to required persons according to team requirements 3.2 Opportunities for preventative or corrective changes are identified using outcomes of monitoring activity and feedback from team members 3.3 Required changes are communicated to appropriate persons in a logical and accessible manner 3.4 Changes are monitored to confirm improvement to team efficiency 3.5 Records are maintained of key information relating to operational processes according to team requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate motor sport regulatory body information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from a range of sources, including internet websites, regulatory body written material, and workplace internal documentation.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including emails, letters, operational work plans, and instructional material for team members.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss motor sport operations with a range of people, including team personnel, event management and regulatory body personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret dates and time use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate team budget requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	set up meetings plan required resources and logistics.
Problem solving skills to:	prioritise resource needs and develop and amend operational work plans monitor and evaluate operational processes.
Teamwork skills to:	work collaboratively with team members when managing team to maximise team member potential.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Work plan must include:	timelines and milestones for team sport operations team goals for operation team member roles and responsibilities team member performance reporting and review mechanisms.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements for motor sport operations, including selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).
Motor sport regulatory body requirements must include:	Confederation of Australian Motor Sports (CAMS) regulations, including: national state technical.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA5003 Manage motorsport operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA003 Manage motor sport operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

complete the development of a significant operational procedure incorporating legislative safety requirements, including:

a full analysis of the proposed procedure

a step-by-step operational procedure

identifying and analysing supporting documents to the procedure

implement a process for an operational area of the motor sport team, including:

disseminating process information

monitoring operations

complete a review and update of a process for an operational area of the motor sport team, including:

system and sub-area/sub-system description

evaluating effectiveness of the process in achieving desired outcomes

legal, regulatory or intellectual property law requirements

documentation of modifications to improve the process.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to managing motor sport operations, including selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

procedures for leading team members, including:

leadership models

delegation strategies

key features of goal setting methods, such as specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timely (SMART)

methods for reviewing and reporting team member performance

decision making models and techniques

procedures for ensuring team compliance with regulatory body requirements, including compliance with national, state and technical regulations of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sports (CAMS)

procedures for determining team resource requirements

procedures for determining team logistical requirements, including logistics and procurement management techniques

procedures for evaluating operational processes, including analytical tools such as:

critical path analysis

cause and effect

force field analysis

Pareto analysis

strength, weakness, opportunity and threat (SWOT) analysis

decision trees.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the instances in which they have managed motor sport team operations, e.g. work plans.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

CAMS regulations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA004 Manage motor sport team development

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to manage motor sport team development. It includes fostering team morale and teamwork ethics, managing conflict, and supporting the health and safety needs of team members. It involves consulting and working with team members to develop a shared understanding of team goals, roles and responsibilities.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop and implement team roles and responsibilities	1.1 Team roles and responsibilities in the workshop and event environment are determined and documented 1.2 Role descriptions are written in conjunction with team members 1.3 Authority hierarchies are identified and aligned to team roles, and joint responsibilities are identified and documented 1.4 Team members are briefed, roles implemented, and modifications to role descriptions made as required
2. Develop and foster motor sport teamwork morale and ethics	2.1 Information on team is documented and disseminated to team members 2.2 Personal attitudes needed to succeed in motor sport are discussed with team members and strategies to support team members to reflect desired team image and approach are developed 2.3 Expectations of team standards of behaviour, commitment and presentation are communicated to team members 2.4 Maintenance of work ethic and image is encouraged, monitored and corrected as required
3. Develop and implement team member health and fitness policy	3.1 Event catering procedures that meet nutritional requirements for persons operating in a motor sport team are developed and documented 3.2 Strategies for coping with stress and fatigue are developed, communicated to team members, and monitored 3.3 Physical fitness requirements of team members in relation to role requirements are developed, communicated to team members, and monitored 3.4 Impact of negative factors on personal competence in a motor sport environment is communicated to team members and monitored
4. Apply conflict resolution strategies	4.1 Opportunities for team members to discuss problems that directly or indirectly affect their work are regularly provided 4.2 Conflict situations are identified and assistance is provided to those involved to resolve conflict according to team procedures 4.3 Outcomes and resolutions are documented according to team procedures 4.4 Records of conflict and outcomes are completed and stored securely according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	research information regarding team member development opportunities.
Reading skills to:	interpret team policies and procedures relating to team ethics, image, health and fitness, and workplace conflict avoidance and resolution.
Writing skills to:	develop and produce a variety of workplace informative documentation for team members.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss personal and work-related matters with team members in a professional manner.
Self-management skills to:	work autonomously.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Information on team must include:	common purpose and approach team performance goals image or brand ethics and philosophy.
Negative factors must include:	misuse of prescription drugs use of illicit drugs poor nutrition or fitness regime stress and fatigue.
Records must be:	accurate and complete compliant with workplace requirements administered according to confidentiality and privacy requirements.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA5004 Manage motorsport team development

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA004 Manage motor sport team development

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

manage the development of one motor sport team, in which the work must involve:

developing role descriptions for all team members, including:

tasks and sub-tasks

responsibilities for outcomes

responsibilities for tooling, equipment and material

responsibilities for team members

responsibilities for systems

developing health and safety requirements for team members

developing and implementing three conflict resolution strategies, demonstrating for each strategy:

rationale for choice of strategy in relation to team environment

resolution options for conflict

analysis of strengths and weaknesses of strategy.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for developing and implementing team roles and responsibilities, including typical team roles and hierarchical structure in a motor sport team

procedures for developing and fostering motor sport teamwork ethics and image, including:

personal and work attitudes sought within the motor sport sector

positive and negative potential of different personal attitudes in a motor sport environment

positive and negative potential of differences between team and personal goals

ways in which individual team members can promote or negatively impact on desired team image

procedures for developing and implementing team member health and fitness policies, including:

principles of physical fitness and fitness requirements for operating in a motor sport environment

specific nutritional requirements for operating in a motor sport environment

impact on the human body of using legal and illegal drugs and implications for a motor sport team

procedures for applying conflict resolution strategies, including:

signs, stages and possible causes of conflict in the workplace

options for constructive responses to typical conflict situations

typical problems that can occur when applying conflict resolution strategies and related appropriate action that can be taken.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed motor sport team development, e.g. team development plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport team or simulated team

job role descriptions

team procedures and processes documentation.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to plan, coordinate and oversee the pit lane and service area operations of the technical service crew of a motor sport team. It involves developing and managing pit lane and service area operations and emergency repairs, and coordinating competition vehicle on-track support, persons and team communication during a motor sport event.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop pit lane and service area management plan for event	1.1 Controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations requirements are checked and interpreted 1.2 Required tooling and equipment are identified and checklists developed 1.3 Pit lane and service area layout and competition vehicle on-track support strategies are developed and documented 1.4 Team member responsibilities are determined and communicated 1.5 Task timings are determined, documented and communicated 1.6 Event communication strategy is developed and team members are briefed 1.7 Team work area and equipment security procedures are developed and team members are briefed 1.8 Contingency plan is developed and documented
2. Inspect pit lane and service area operation readiness	2.1 Pit lane and service area layout is implemented 2.2 Checks of equipment and tools and safety and environmental requirements are supervised 2.3 Correct positioning of competition vehicle stop and service markings is checked
3. Supervise technical service crew	3.1 Team members are briefed prior to event, and responsibilities and tasks clarified with them at event site 3.2 Communications equipment is allocated and communication strategy reviewed with team members 3.3 Pit lane and service area operations during event are supervised and work is controlled as required 3.4 Safe work environment and practices are monitored and corrected as required 3.5 Emergency repairs on competition vehicle are supervised and authorisation for vehicle to re-enter event is given 3.6 Checks with team members are made regularly during an event
4. Coordinate competition vehicle on-track support	4.1 Technical advice is provided to driver or rider during event and additional information is sought should clarification be required 4.2 Event-related information and strategy are communicated to driver or rider and other team members during event 4.3 Records of event and team performance are maintained 4.4 Liaison with event officials is conducted
5. Supervise post-event operations	5.1 Team members are supervised to ensure post-event impoundment procedures are followed as per controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations 5.2 Dismantling of pit lane and service area is supervised 5.3 Clean-up of work area is supervised 5.4 Disposal of waste material is supervised to ensure compliance with local requirements, and environmental and safety regulations 5.5 Team and event documentation is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret information from controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	produce team event documentation that outlines team member roles and responsibilities, and procedures to follow during event.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and clarify pit lane and service area operations with team members and event officials clearly outline team member responsibilities and procedures prior to event.
Numeracy skills to:	use formal and informal methods to calculate and estimate task timings for pit lane and service area operations during event use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate volumes of fuel and other consumable quantities required for event.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan pit lane and service area operations to avoid loss of time and resource wastage analyse event regulations and develop pit lane and service area layout and event management plan.
Teamwork skills to:	manage and work collaboratively with team members.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Equipment and tool checks must include checking for:	serviceability, operation and positioning compliance with team specifications compliance with controlling body rules and category rules compliance with supplementary regulations.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of contaminants and fluids released during pit lane and service area operations.
Team member briefing must include:	confirming task timings clarifying requirements of category rules and supplementary regulations discussing event safety requirements discussing event environmental requirements, including trapping, storing and disposing of contaminants and fluids released during pit lane and service area operations security procedures for the event.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA5005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop a pit lane and service area management plan for the technical service crew at one motor sport event

implement above management plan, ensuring that strategies and procedures are applied that:

ensure safe work practices in pit lane and service area to minimise risk of injury to self or others

minimise risk of damage to competition vehicle, tooling and equipment and wastage of material

minimise service and emergency repair times

address potential problems in pit lane and service area operations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to managing team pit lane and service area operations, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of contaminants and fluids released during pit lane and service area operations

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to above motor sport event

procedures for developing pit lane and service area management plans, including:

procedures for controlling safe work practices in pit lane and service area

typical communication strategies used in pit lane and service area

operational tasks and task timing for pit lane and service area

competition vehicle on-track support strategies

security procedures for pit lane and service area

contingency plans for pit lane and service area

procedures for ensuring operational readiness of pit lane and service area, including typical layouts, including stop and service marking positions

procedures and techniques for supervising service crews, including:

communication principles

group dynamic principles

effective supervision techniques

scenario and logistics planning

critical path analysis

operational plan development

procedures for coordinating competition vehicle on-track support, including:

communication methods between drivers and crew

types of race and team performance records

procedures for liaising with event officials

procedures for supervising post-event operations, including:

dismantling, clean-up and waste disposal procedures

completing different types of event documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having managed team pit lane and service area operations at a motor sport event, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

one motor sport event

motor sport team.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA006 Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop race strategies for a motor sport event, communicate strategy plan and contingencies to team members, implement race strategies, and conduct post-event reviews. Work involves consulting closely with team members and planning event strategies for competitive advantage.

For the purpose of this unit, a race is defined as each of the items in a motor sport program, such as a heat, final, test run, time trial or promotional ride, as distinct from a race meeting or event.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop race strategy	1.1 Requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for race are checked and interpreted 1.2 Input is sought from team members and compared with available event data, including past performance and points documented 1.3 Team strategies are devised for attaining competitive advantage 1.4 Team members are briefed on security of information and intellectual property procedures 1.5 Contingency plans are developed and documented
2. Communicate strategy to team members	2.1 Responsibilities within strategy, associated plans and contingencies are identified and confirmed with each team member 2.2 Authority hierarchies and relationships are clearly explained 2.3 Team feedback is sought, evaluated and incorporated into strategy
3. Implement race strategy	3.1 Team roles and responsibilities with race strategy and contingency plans are confirmed with team members prior to event 3.2 Strategy is implemented and requirements clearly communicated to team members during event 3.3 Strategy outcomes are monitored and amended as required during event
4. Conduct post-race review of strategy	4.1 Event debrief is conducted with driver or rider and other team members as soon as practicable following race 4.2 Data is analysed and points are documented 4.3 Technician reports are considered and points are documented 4.4 Event strategies are reviewed with team members and revised for future application

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret information from controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	produce accurate and legible team event documentation that outlines contingency plans, team member responsibilities, and post-race data documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	sequence race strategy information in discussions with team members, including drivers, to ensure understanding and facilitate feedback clearly outline team member responsibilities and event procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	compare and interpret race data in both numerical and qualitative terms and make adjustments to strategy to build future competitive advantage.
Self-management skills to:	work autonomously.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse event regulations and develop a race strategy for driver and team members, and change as required.
Teamwork skills to:	manage and work collaboratively with team members.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Competitive advantage must include:	promotional advantage technical advantage psychological advantage.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA5006 Prepare and implement race strategies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA006 Develop and implement race strategies for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and implement strategies for two different motor sport races, in which the work must involve:

consultation with team members

use of problem-solving techniques

analysis of event variations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and implementing race strategies, including selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures and techniques for developing race strategies, including:

problem-solving techniques, including:

brainstorming and scenario planning

critical path analysis

force field analysis

Pareto analysis

strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis

decision trees

psychological advantage

technical advantage

promotional advantage

procedures for implementing race strategies, including:

typical team roles and responsibilities at motor sport race events

types and content of contingency plans

post-race review methods, including:

debriefing team members, including drivers, of types of data to be gathered

methods for analysing race data.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having developed and implemented race strategies at motor sport events, e.g. documented race strategies.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport races or simulated races

motor sport team.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to safely operate in a motor sport team. It involves understanding motor sport event and team safety rules and regulations, and identifying risks in the team operating area.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify safety requirements for event	1.1 Controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Unsafe situations and potential hazards are identified, reported and documented as required 1.3 Personal safety requirements are identified from team procedures and controlling body rules
2. Follow safety requirements during event	2.1 Controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations are followed 2.2 Personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements are clarified and followed in own work situation 2.3 Dangerous goods and hazardous substances are safely handled and stored according to team procedures 2.4 Team procedures for dealing with incidents, accidents and emergencies are followed as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	source controlling body rules, category rules, and supplementary regulations regarding motor sport event and team safety requirements for individual motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret team safety procedures and requirements and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret labels and signage associated with dangerous goods and hazardous substances.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out documentation relating to unsafe situations and hazards.
Oral communication skills to:	report unsafe situations and hazards and clarify team safety procedures and requirements.
Problem solving skills to:	implement team safety requirements, controlling body rules, category rules, and supplementary regulations: to manage unsafe situations and hazards in own work situation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety procedures and requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to motor sport event and team safety procedures, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) following emergency procedures for accidents and injuries handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances undertaking preventative measures, including: maintaining a clean and tidy work area ensuring tooling and equipment are clean and functional.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA3007 Follow motorsport event and team safety requirements

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA007 Follow motor sport event and team safety requirements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow motor sport event and team safety requirements at two different motor sport events.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to motor sport event and team safety procedures, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

following emergency procedures for accidents and injuries

handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals

undertaking preventative measures, including:

maintaining a clean and tidy work area

ensuring tooling and equipment are clean and functional

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to above motor sport events.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed personal and team safety requirements during motor sport events, e.g. event sign-on sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport events

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals associated with motor sport events.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMMA008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to coordinate operations of a small motor sport team consisting of a minimum of three persons at a club non-professional level. It involves setting team goals and individual roles and responsibilities, and managing team finances, logistics and competition strategy development.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor sport

Unit Sector

Management, Leadership and Supervision

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for motor sport event	1.1 Controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations requirements are checked and interpreted 1.2 Team member roles and responsibilities for event are identified and checked for compliance with controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations and modified as necessary 1.3 Team goals and roles and responsibilities of each team member are clarified with team members 1.4 Agreed roles and responsibilities are documented according to team procedures 1.5 Team financial requirements are estimated in consultation with team members and team budget is prepared
2. Develop team competition strategy	2.1 Input into competition strategy is sought from team members, performance in previous events is reviewed, and current event conditions are examined 2.2 Team strategy is developed to attain competitive advantage 2.3 Contingency plans are developed as part of strategy and documented
3. Coordinate team participation at event	3.1 Team event schedule is developed and distributed to team members 3.2 Team travel and accommodation requirements are arranged 3.3 Event day tasks are allocated and team members briefed 3.4 Competition vehicle preparation is supervised as required and transport requirements are arranged 3.5 Financial transactions are documented according to team procedures 3.6 Team operations are supervised at events and regular checks are made of team members
4. Coordinate post-event activities	4.1 Post-event team debriefing sessions are arranged and attended 4.2 Competition vehicle post-event check and repairs are coordinated as required 4.3 Component and material replenishment is coordinated 4.4 Financial reports are prepared and presented to team members for review as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	source controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations regarding motor sport event requirements to inform preparation for individual motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately document roles and responsibilities and financial transactions and reports develop a team event schedule.
Oral communication skills to:	consult with team members regarding team member roles and responsibilities, team financial requirements, and team competition strategies brief team members on allocated responsibilities and tasks convey aspects of event and team member performance during post-event debriefing sessions using language and pace appropriate to audience and purpose.
Numeracy skills to:	use addition, subtraction, division and multiplication functions to estimate team financial requirements and prepare team budgets interpret calendars when developing team event schedules.
Digital literacy skills to:	use computer software to prepare team budgets navigate computer software, programs and web browsers to source information when arranging team schedule and team travel and accommodation requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	prepare a team budget from team financial requirement estimates devise team strategies for attaining competitive advantages.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Competitive advantage must include:	promotional advantage technical advantage psychological advantage.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMMA3008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMMA008 Coordinate operations of a motor sport team

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop a team competition strategy and implement team operational requirements for two different motor sport events, one of which must be a sanctioned motor sport event

during above coordination work for each event, demonstrate two of the following:

identifying and clarifying team member roles and responsibilities

managing team finances

coordinating team participation in event

coordinating post-event activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to coordinating operations of a motor sport team, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for above events

principles of group dynamics

key features of basic bookkeeping systems

scenario and logistics planning

time management strategies to prioritise event requirements

key requirements of commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to coordinating the operations of a motor sport team, including reporting and recording procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having coordinated team operations at a motor sport event, e.g. work schedule.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations

equipment, material, work instructions and deadlines appropriate for coordinating operations of a motor sport team.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply safety and risk management procedures in a motor sport environment, including officiating, supporting and volunteer roles. It requires some judgement and decision making skills.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify safety and risk management procedures of motor sport workplace	1.1 Motor sport event safe work practices are identified 1.2 Appropriate personnel for reporting queries and concerns about safety in the workplace are identified 1.3 Workplace procedures and documentation for identifying, controlling and reporting hazards are identified
2. Follow safety and risk management procedures during motor sport work	2.1 Activities are conducted using safe operating practices according to workplace safety requirements 2.2 Existing and potential hazards in the workplace are identified and reported to appropriate personnel 2.3 Workplace procedures and instructions for controlling hazards are implemented within limits of own authority 2.4 Incidents are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Respond to emergency situations in a motor sport workplace	3.1 Emergency procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers in the event of an emergency are identified 3.2 Emergency situations are identified and appropriate personnel promptly notified 3.3 Emergency procedures, including evacuation procedures, are followed within limits of own authority 3.4 Emergency incidents and responses are reported accurately as required and according to workplace procedures and requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret workplace and safety procedures that support safe work practices.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete incident and accident reports, and workplace hazard and risk assessment forms.
Oral communication skills to:	give clear, sequenced information to appropriate personnel when reporting hazards, incidents and workplace emergencies request backup support or further instructions when personal limitations in an incident or emergency are reached.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Within limits of own authority must include one of the following:	identifying personal limitations advising team members of emergency seeking backup support requesting further instructions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMSA2001 Follow motorsport safety and risk management procedures

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMSA001 Follow motor sport safety and risk management procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

work safely throughout one entire motor sport event, in which the work must involve:

carrying out a hazard inspection at the event

identifying, controlling and reporting a hazard identified at the event

identifying fire safety equipment at the event and its correct application

identifying emergency evacuation procedures and responsibilities of self and co-workers at the event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic aspects of relevant state or territory safety legislation, including:

employer responsibilities for safety of motor sport personnel

employee responsibilities for participating in work health and safety (WHS) practices and procedures

employee responsibility to ensure the safety of self and others in the motor sport workplace

common motor sport workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations

basic principles and procedures for identifying and controlling hazards and assessing risk

procedures for reporting hazards

WHS symbols and signs

common types and uses of personal protective equipment (PPE)

common types and application of fire extinguishers

emergency response procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having followed safety and risk management procedures in a motor sport workplace, e.g. risk assessment sheet.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport event or workplace

fire safety equipment required for the motor sport environment

workplace information on WHS policies and procedures

PPE specific to the event.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMSA002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to implement predetermined policies and procedures to ensure the health and safety of team officials, contractors and volunteers at a motor sport event, including a practice session. It involves promoting and monitoring health and safety practices and managing risks as part of a supervisory function.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Implement health and safety practices and procedures	1.1 Relevant safety information is accurately and clearly explained to personnel, including workplace-specific policies and procedures 1.2 Current and updated safety information is made readily accessible to staff in a timely and regular manner according to workplace procedures 1.3 Information about identifying hazards and controlling risks is provided regularly and clearly explained to the work group 1.4 Opportunities for staff members to contribute their views on current and future safety practices are provided, including views on how to eliminate or control risks
2. Monitor safe work practices	2.1 Ongoing compliance with safe work practices and vigilance on the job are monitored 2.2 Prompt and appropriate action is taken to address non-compliance with procedures, safe work practices and non-attention to event conditions 2.3 Effectiveness of work practices in maintaining safety of personnel and managing risks through close attention to event operations and conditions is monitored 2.4 Timely feedback is provided on safety management practices to appropriate personnel according to workplace procedures
3. Provide advice on risk control	3.1 Advice on hazards in work area is provided to personnel according to workplace safety procedures 3.2 Procedures to control risks using the hierarchy of controls are implemented according to workplace procedures 3.3 Effectiveness of control measures is monitored, and inadequacies promptly identified and resolved or reported to appropriate personnel 3.4 Incidents and responses are reported accurately according to workplace procedures and legislative requirements
4. Identify training needs	4.1 Advice on safety training needs of individuals and work group is provided based on monitoring of team performance 4.2 Coaching and mentoring assistance to team members are provided and arrangements for fulfilling training needs facilitated in consultation with appropriate management and according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply procedures to different situations, motor sport events and workplaces.
Reading skills to:	interpret work health and safety (WHS) information from relevant legislation.
Writing skills to:	inform staff about changes in WHS information record and report workplace incidents and the responses taken.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss safety information, procedures and non-compliance with team members, drivers and the public provide advice on safety training needs to individuals and work group provide coaching and mentoring assistance to team members consult with appropriate management on the training needs of team members.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Problem solving skills to:	implement safety measures and risk controls for differing situations in the workplace and at motor sport events devise methods to monitor the effectiveness of safety measures and risk controls.
Teamwork skills to:	work as a leader of a team to ensure others’ roles in the implementation of safety and risk management are understood.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMSA3002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motorsport environment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMSA002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motor sport environment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

implement and monitor safety and risk management practice and procedures in:

one motor sport event

one motor sport workplace.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

relevant state or territory safety legislation, including:

employer responsibilities for safety of motor sport personnel

employee responsibilities to participate in work health and safety (WHS) practices

employee responsibility to ensure safety of self and others in the workplace

procedures for distributing safety information to personnel

common types of potential motor sport workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations

procedures for performing risk analyses and applying appropriate control measures, including:

basic principles of risk management

commonly used hazard signs and safety symbols

common types and purpose of personal protective equipment (PPE)

procedures for monitoring and evaluating safety control measures to maintain a safe work environment

communication procedures, including reporting lines, within the motor sport environment

methods of maintaining and analysing accident and incident reports

procedures for reporting workplace risks and hazards, including required documentation

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relating to implementing and monitoring safety and risk management in a motor sport environment, including safety and environmental regulations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having implemented and monitored safety and risk management, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport event and motor sport workplace

legislative and workplace information on safety policies and procedures

motor sport event documentation, including rules and regulations, safety procedures and event procedures

applicable PPE and safety equipment and resources.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA001 Prepare and service light competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and service an already assembled light competition vehicle in the workshop or at a motor sport event. It involves preparing for the task, servicing the light competition vehicle, making adjustments as required, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry. The light competition vehicles are under 300 kg of unladen weight, such as go-carts, motorcycles or jet skis.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Job requirements are determined from team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.2 Servicing procedures and information are sourced 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability 1.5 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements 1.6 Problems with work area or operation of equipment are reported to appropriate personnel as required
2. Prepare competition vehicle	2.1 Vehicle is positioned and secured ready for servicing according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Temporary bungs and covers are removed and engine pre-start checks are conducted according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Pre-service inspection and preparation are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.4 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and recommendations for service, repairs or adjustments are reported
3. Service competition vehicle	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Vehicle is started and systems, pressures and temperatures are checked for abnormal noise and leaks, according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Vehicle sub-assembly and systems operation are checked according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Vehicle components are shielded as required and according to team procedures 3.5 Potential or existing problems are documented and reported to appropriate personnel as required and according to team procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is cleaned and presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material is disposed of and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and surplus components and consumables are packed and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply team procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to measure and calculate fluid volumes using metric and imperial units of measurement interpret units of temperature and pressure.
Planning and organising skills to:	ensure that own tasks are carried out within team operation timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure vehicle is prepared and maintained throughout event and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service must include:	pre- and post-service adjustments, including procedures for checking: electronic control units data acquisition system components communication equipment circuit breakers, and relay and isolation switches fuel tank and cell pumps and reservoirs fire bottles and controller.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during vehicle preparation.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA2001 Prepare and service a light competition vehicle

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA001 Prepare and service light competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

prepare and service two different light competition vehicles, each under 300 kg of unladen weight.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to preparing and servicing light competition vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during vehicle preparation

team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to motor sport events

competition vehicle servicing and preparation procedures, including:

work area and component layout procedures

cleaning methods and precautions

types of securing devices and securing methods

types of shielding devices and shielding methods

record keeping procedures

procedures for reporting equipment faults and component defects

engine pre-start checks

procedures for checking vehicle system pressures and temperatures

common types of abnormal noises and leaks

procedures for checking and storing tools and equipment

procedures for cleaning vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light competition vehicles that they have prepared and serviced, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

team instructions, category rules and supplementary regulations

manufacturer light competition vehicle specifications

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements

two different light competition vehicles requiring service

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and adjusting light competition vehicles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA002 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assemble and prepare a competition vehicle in a motor sport environment. It involves preparing for the task, preparing components, installing sub-assemblies and systems, setting vehicle baseline configuration according to team requirements, supplementary regulations and component supplier specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry. A competition vehicle is any vehicle that competes in a motor sport event of a competitive nature under one of the following categories: race, speed, rally road, off road, auto test and timed.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Collect event category information and analyse assembly requirements	1.1 Job requirements are determined from event category information and workplace instructions 1.2 Vehicle operating conditions are checked and clarification of specifications sought as required 1.3 Methods for assembly and preparation are sourced and interpreted and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Modifications or adaptation of equipment are proposed as required 1.5 Component requirements list is prepared and communicated to appropriate persons 1.6 Procedures for minimising waste material are determined
2. Prepare work area and equipment	2.1 Tools and equipment are sourced and checked for safe and effective operation 2.2 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements according to work safety requirements and team procedures 2.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 2.4 Problems with work area or operation of equipment are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures
3. Prepare components for assembly	3.1 Assembly procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Components are cleaned to facilitate pre-assembly inspection according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components 3.3 Components are inspected for function and quality to ensure optimum use of resources 3.4 Problems with components are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
4. Install sub-assemblies	4.1 Sub-assemblies are inspected for quality and readiness for installation according to manufacturer specifications 4.2 Sub-assemblies are installed and fasteners tensioned according to safety requirements and manufacturer installation sequences and techniques 4.3 Checks are made to ensure accurate and complete fitting according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 4.4 Problems with sub-assemblies are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
5. Install ancillary systems	5.1 Critical components are located according to function, susceptibility to damage, and ease of maintenance 5.2 Critical components are installed and fasteners tensioned according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 5.3 Optimum layout for wiring loom, connectors, hoses, hard lines and ancillary components is confirmed 5.4 Wiring loom, connectors, hoses, hard lines and ancillary components are installed and fasteners tensioned according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 5.5 Entire installation and shield are secured to maximise reliability and minimise susceptibility to damage according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 5.6 Checks are made during and after installation to ensure accurate and complete fitting according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 5.7 Problems with components are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
6. Conduct post-assembly checks	6.1 Vehicle fluid levels are checked and topped up as required according to team procedures and manufacturer specifications 6.2 Temporary bungs and covers are removed and engine pre-start checks are conducted 6.3 Sub-assemblies and ancillary systems are checked for correct operation
7. Set vehicle baseline configuration	7.1 Vehicle baseline settings are determined from team instructions, category regulations, and component supplier specifications 7.2 Level surface is established on which to place vehicle for set-up 7.3 Springs and dampers are installed according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.4 Ride height and corner weight are measured and adjusted as required and according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.5 Steering angles are measured and adjusted as required and according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 7.6 Potential or existing problems are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
8. Complete work processes	8.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is cleaned and presented ready for use 8.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material is disposed of and recyclable material is collected 8.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored, and surplus components and consumables are packed and stored according to workplace procedures 8.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications regarding motor sport events and team safety requirements for events.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report problems with the work area, the operation of the equipment, or components and sub-assemblies.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic addition, subtraction, division and multiplication, to calculate tolerances and clearances use basic mathematical operations to calculate volume and area.
Problem solving skills to:	determine assembly sequence and avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure components and materials are available as needed and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Event category information must include:	supplementary regulations manufacturer specifications, including allowable design, quality, material, equipment and quantities.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released during assembly process.
Pre-start checks must include:	abnormal noise leaks pressures temperatures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3002 Assemble and prepare a competition vehicle

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA002 Assemble and prepare competition vehicles for motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble and prepare two different competition vehicles, in which the work must involve:

installing body, mechanical and electrical systems

installing fluid or pneumatic and fire systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assembling and preparing competition vehicles, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) when assembling competition vehicles

using chemical cleaning and lubricating agents

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of chemicals and fluids released during assembly process

details of competition vehicle design, quality, and material, equipment and quantities in team instructions, supplementary regulations and manufacturer specifications

typical stages of competition vehicle assembly

procedures for setting up work area and component layout

component cleaning and inspection procedures

procedures for assembling and installing sub-assemblies and ancillary systems, including:

sub-assembly and ancillary system installation sequence and techniques

optimum layout for conduits and ancillary components

types of securing devices and securing methods

types of shielding devices and shielding methods

procedures for checking fitting of sub-assemblies and ancillary systems

post-assembly checking procedures, including:

checking and topping up fluid levels

engine pre-start checks

measuring pressures, temperatures, noise and checking for leaks of components

checking correct operation of sub-assemblies and ancillary systems

procedures for establishing vehicle baseline configuration

procedures for installing springs and dampers and measuring and adjusting ride height and corner weight

procedures for measuring and adjusting steering angles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicles that they have assembled and prepared for a motor sport event, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport repair workplace or simulated workplace

two different motor sport competition vehicles

sub-assemblies and ancillary components to be installed in competition vehicles

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport event

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

tools, equipment and material for assembling and preparing a competition vehicle.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine material suitability for constructing competition vehicle components. It involves determining component performance specifications, researching component operating environments, establishing material specifications for the components, and testing material suitability. It involves producing new components from a design as well as producing existing components from new material.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Establish component performance specifications	1.1 Component specifications are determined from performance specifications 1.2 Component operating environment is established 1.3 Component operating function is confirmed 1.4 Component performance specifications are prepared
2. Establish material performance specifications	2.1 Material operating function is confirmed 2.2 Criteria to be used in selection of material and in evaluation of outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Specifications for material are accessed and interpreted 2.4 Legal and safety impacts of material chosen are considered and responded to according to regulatory and team obligations and practices 2.5 Material performance specifications are prepared and documented to industry and team standards
3. Test material suitability against material performance specifications	3.1 Material capable of undertaking the required operating function is identified 3.2 Proposed material is selected following identification, consideration and evaluation of full range of available and relevant options 3.3 Material is selected or constructed to component specifications, according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively validated against established criteria 3.5 Test material is tested against material performance specifications 3.6 Causes of material failure are identified as required 3.7 Testing procedures and results are documented, including recommendations for material use
4. Test component suitability against component performance specifications	4.1 Component test procedures are determined 4.2 Component is tested against component performance specifications according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.3 Testing procedures and results are documented, including recommendations for component use

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	adapt procedures to different vehicles, components and materials.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret information from material manufacturer specifications.
Writing skills to:	document material selection criteria and performance specifications document test results of material and component suitability.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and material requirements, report findings, and make recommendations regarding material suitability.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units of measurement of material specifications and testing equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Technology skills to:	operate specialised material testing equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Performance specifications must include:	design, quality, material, equipment and required quantities allowable in: regulatory body and category rules event supplementary regulations component supplier specifications team instructions.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: following equipment and system isolation requirements selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA5003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

determine material suitability for two different competition vehicle components of which:

one component must be made of metal

one component must be made of a composite material.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to determining material suitability for competition vehicle components, including procedures for:

following equipment and system isolation requirements

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

key requirements of regulatory body and category rules and their impact on component supplier specifications

types of materials suitable for competition vehicle components, including:

metals and alloys

plastics

fibreglass

carbon

Kevlar

properties of material suitable for competition vehicle components, including:

molecular structure of material

physical properties of fabrication material and material composites

chemical properties of fabrication material and material composites

mechanical properties of fabrication material and material composites

material treatment processes

causes of material degradation

material and component testing procedures, including:

destructive

non-destructive.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the material that they have tested to determine its suitability for competition vehicle components, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

customer requirements, organisational procedures, safety procedures and regulations

competition vehicles requiring components specified in the performance evidence

material, testing equipment and fabrication equipment for the two different competition vehicle components specified in the performance evidence

tools and equipment appropriate for determining material suitability for competition vehicle components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA004 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to perform competition vehicle preparations at a motor sport event. It involves preparing for the task, interpreting category and event team specifications, finalising technical preparations, conducting pre-race checks and post-race maintenance, and preparing a vehicle for scrutineering.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Job requirements are determined from event information and checked against ‘on the day’ operating conditions, and required clarification of specifications is sought 1.2 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements
2. Finalise technical preparation	2.1 Vehicle settings are configured for each race 2.2 Problems with work area or operation of equipment are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required 2.3 Modifications or adaptation of equipment are proposed as required according to team procedures 2.4 Vehicle settings are documented according to team procedures
3. Conduct pre-race checks	3.1 Checks are carried out according to team checklists and without causing damage to components 3.2 Problems with components or systems are reported as required to appropriate persons according to team procedures
4. Prepare vehicle for scrutineering	4.1 Vehicle systems and safety components are inspected according to regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations 4.2 Problems with vehicle compliance are identified and rectified according to team procedures as required 4.3 Problems with vehicle compliance that cannot be rectified are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
5. Conduct between-race maintenance	5.1 Condition of components and systems are inspected according to team checklist, and repaired or replaced as required according to safety requirements and team procedures 5.2 Vehicle is cleaned and refuelled according to team procedures and safety and environmental requirements 5.3 Vehicle manual and electronic data is collected and logged according to team procedures 5.4 Driver or rider technical debrief is conducted according to team procedures
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Work area and vehicle are cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected, tagged and stored 6.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 6.3 Team and event documentation is completed according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply team procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, team checklists, regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately document vehicle settings and fill out team and event documentation.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic addition, subtraction, division and multiplication, to calculate tolerances and clearances use basic mathematical operations to calculate volume and area.
Digital skills to:	navigate computer software and access and log manual and electronic data.
Planning and organising skills to:	ensure that own tasks are carried out within team operation timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Problem solving skills to:	propose modifications or adaptation of equipment to overcome preparation issues propose possible solutions to compliance issues.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure vehicle is prepared and maintained throughout the event and time wastage is minimised.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Event information must include:	team instructions category rules and supplementary regulations, including allowable design, quality, material, equipment and quantities.
Configuration of settings must include:	team specifications baseline configurations category rules and supplementary regulations.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using motor sport event safety equipment, including firefighting equipment identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and contaminants released during vehicle preparation.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3004 Perform competition vehicle preparation procedures at an event

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA004 Prepare competition vehicles at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

prepare two different competition vehicles at two different motor sport events, one of which may be a simulated event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to preparing competition vehicles at motor sport events, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using motor sport event safety equipment, including firefighting equipment

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and contaminants released during vehicle preparation

technical preparation procedures, including procedures for configuring:

vehicle settings for individual events

work area for individual events

pre-race checking procedures

vehicle scrutineering preparation procedures, including:

inspection techniques

regulatory body requirements, category rules and supplementary regulations

non-compliance rectification procedures

between-race maintenance procedures, including:

inspection procedures

gear ratio calculations

cleaning and re-fuelling procedures

vehicle manual and electronic data collection and logging procedures

procedures for reporting and recording equipment and component defects

procedures for driver or rider technical debriefings

post-race clean-up procedures, including:

work area and vehicle cleaning procedures

tool and equipment checking and storage procedures

procedures for processing team and event documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicles that they have prepared, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two motor sport events

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport event

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

two different motor sport competition vehicles

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for preparing competition vehicles at a motor sport event.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to perform pit lane and service area operations within the time constraints of motor sport events. It involves preparing for the task, following safety procedures, and carrying out repairs, adjustments and service work on competition vehicles during pit lane, pit bay or service area stops.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Job requirements are determined from event information 1.2 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Equipment and tooling are positioned to ensure clear movement paths 1.5 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements
2. Follow pit lane and service area safety procedures	2.1 Jacks and other lifting devices, including lifting lock-outs, are fitted prior to underbody servicing 2.2 Fire hazard and prevention procedures are followed according to team procedures or event category rules and supplementary regulations 2.3 Pit lane and service area signals are used according to team procedures, and event category rules and supplementary regulations 2.4 Access to pit lane or service area and walkways by non-team members is monitored according to team procedures
3. Carry out pit stop repairs and adjustments on competition vehicle	3.1 Pit stop is initiated and competition vehicle components are checked according to team pit stop or service area schedule 3.2 Minor adjustments, emergency repairs, and component replacements are performed according to team instructions and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Work practices and pit stop or service area procedures are modified to manage contingency issues 3.4 Problems are reported to team members according to workplace procedures
4. Conduct post-stop clean-up	4.1 Tools and equipment are prepared and positioned ready for next vehicle stop 4.2 Surplus components and consumables are tagged and stored 4.3 Spillages are cleaned and waste is disposed of according to environmental requirements 4.4 Team and event documentation is completed according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply team procedures to different situations and motor sport events.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, specifications, event category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out team and event documentation, and tag surplus components and consumables.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information when responding to issues during pit stops and competition vehicle servicing, and report problems for post-stop or post-event analysis.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate fuel quantity requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and organise activities, including pit stop service procedures, to avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Problem solving skills to:	identify faults or required adjustments and apply analysis and judgement when interpreting instructions for adjustment and emergency repair within strict timeframes.
Teamwork skills to:	work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow within strict timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Event information must include:	team instructions event category rules and supplementary regulations, including allowable configuration, quality, equipment and quantities.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes following pit lane and service area safety procedures environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and contaminants released during pit lane and service area operations.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3005 Perform pit lane and service area operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA005 Perform pit lane and service area operations at motor sport events

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

perform pit lane and service area operations on a competition vehicle at two different motor sport events, including at one sanctioned motor sport event.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to performing pit lane and service area operations, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

following pit lane and service area safety procedures

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids and contaminants released during pit lane and service area operations

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to above motor sport event

procedures for pit lane and service area operations, including:

layout at an event

preparation processes

pit stop and service area sequence and conduct

pit lane and service area signals and communication techniques

emergency repair methods and procedures

procedures for reporting equipment faults and component defects

procedures for completing event records.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pit lane and service area operations they have performed at motor sport events, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned motor sport event

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for the motor sport event

personal and motor sport team safety procedures and requirements, including PPE

motor sport team procedures and instructions

one competition vehicle

tools, equipment and service materials appropriate for performing pit lane and service area operations on competition vehicles.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to torque and fasten motor sport competition vehicle components according to supplier and team specifications. It involves preparing for the task, selecting tools, fastening and securing components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Component supplier and team torquing and fastening specifications are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.4 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements according to team procedures 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Problems with work area and operation of tools and equipment are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
2. Fasten components	2.1 Components to be fastened are inspected, prepared and assembled using gaskets, sealants, adhesives or lubricants as required and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Components are installed and checked, and fasteners are tensioned according to team and manufacturer procedures 2.3 Mechanical fastener securing devices are fitted according to team and manufacturer procedures 2.4 Sealant and liquid locking adhesive cure times are observed according to team and manufacturer specifications as required 2.5 Component fastening problems are reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret workplace instructions interpret manufacturer specifications relating to torquing, fastener securing device, and sealant and liquid locking adhesives.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report problems in work area, tools, equipment and component fastening.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret angle and torque units of measurement.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with sealants, adhesives, lubricants and greases environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of excess materials released during application of sealants and adhesives.
Manufacturer procedures must include:	stages and sequence of torquing torque settings.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3006 Perform torquing and fastening

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA006 Perform torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

torque the fasteners of three different competition vehicle components or sub-assemblies

secure fasteners on six different competition vehicle components or sub-assemblies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to torquing and fastening on motor sport competition vehicles, including procedures for working safely with sealants, adhesives, lubricants and greases

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of excess materials released during application of sealants and adhesives

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of fasteners used in motor sport and performance enhancement, including:

clips, pins and clamps, nuts and bolts, and screws

material stress

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of mechanical and liquid chemical fastener securing locking devices, including:

lock wire and lock tabs

liquid locking compounds and adhesives

shelf life expiry

principles, applications, methods and techniques for torquing

procedures for preparing competition vehicle components for assembly.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the torquing and fastening they have performed on motor sport competition vehicles, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

fasteners, locking devices, liquid locking compounds and adhesives

manufacturer torquing and fastening specifications

three different competition vehicle components or sub-assemblies that require torquing of their fasteners

six different competition vehicle components or sub-assemblies that require fastening to other components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to perform non-destructive testing on vehicle components and materials. It involves preparing for non-destructive testing, testing components and materials in order to determine component suitability and serviceability, and completing workplace processes.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for non-destructive testing	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Non-destructive testing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Testing procedures are analysed, and those most appropriate for component material are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and testing equipment are selected and checked for serviceability, and inspection area is prepared for testing according to workplace procedures
2. Perform non-destructive testing activities	2.1 Testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Test results are compared with component specifications and non-conformities and defects are identified as required 2.3 Findings are documented according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate component non-destructive testing procedures and specifications in workshop and manufacturer literature.
Reading skills to:	interpret workplace instructions from repair orders identify and interpret component specifications from technical literature interpret non-destructive testing equipment safe operating procedures from operating manuals.
Writing skills to:	record measurements and findings legibly and accurately complete non-destructive testing documentation.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in manufacturer specifications, workshop manuals, and machinery dials and gauges.
Problem solving skills to:	select best non-destructive testing options for the work and sequence the components of the procedure to reduce time and material wastage.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using flammable and toxic dye penetrant sprays.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3007Conduct non-destructive testing

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA007 Conduct non-destructive testing

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out non-destructive testing on four different competition vehicle components, in which the work must involve:

dye-penetrant testing of one component

magnetic particle testing of one component.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to conducting non-destructive testing, including procedures for using flammable and toxic dye penetrant sprays

types and limitations of non-destructive tests, including:

dye-penetrant

wet magnetic particle

Rockwell, Brinell and Vickers hardness

vacuum

pressure

non-destructive testing procedures, including:

preparation, including methods of cleaning that do not mask faults

equipment use, maintenance and storage

analysis techniques

procedures for recording results of non-destructive testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the non-destructive testing they have conducted on competition vehicle components, e.g. analysis documentation.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

component specifications

four different competition vehicle components requiring the non-destructive testing specified in the performance evidence

equipment, tools and materials appropriate for dye-penetrant testing and magnetic particle testing.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to determine aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic requirements of competition vehicles, devise improvement strategies, apply changes and test results. It involves preparing for the task, determining optimum settings, supervising configuration adjustments, applying dynamic principles, and testing vehicle aerodynamics. It requires understanding of the terminology, principles and effects of the physics involved in resistance and motion.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to determine optimum aerodynamic settings	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Setting requirements are determined from motor sport event information 1.3 Regulations, specifications and tolerances are examined for possible competitive advantages 1.4 Specifications are checked for required known factors and any required clarification of specifications is sought 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Determine optimum tyre settings	2.1 Tyre setting requirements are calculated and determined according to known factors 2.2 Effects of selected tyre settings on overall vehicle performance are evaluated 2.3 Anticipated performance improvement is quantified and optimum settings are documented
3. Determine optimum steering and suspension settings	3.1 Steering and suspension setting requirements are calculated and determined according to known factors 3.2 Effects of selected steering and suspension settings on overall vehicle performance are evaluated 3.3 Anticipated performance improvement is quantified and optimum settings are documented
4. Determine optimum aerodynamic device settings	4.1 Aerodynamic device setting requirements are calculated and determined according to known factors 4.2 Effects of selected aerodynamic device settings on overall vehicle performance are evaluated 4.3 Anticipated performance improvement is quantified and optimum settings are documented
5. Supervise configuration of aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic settings	5.1 Tooling and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 5.2 Aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic optimum settings are configured according to team procedures and safety requirements 5.3 Post-configuration checks are made to ensure accurate and complete changes according to team procedures and safety requirements 5.4 Problems with work area or operation of equipment are evaluated and decisions implemented as required 5.5 Proposals for modifications or adaptation of equipment or components are evaluated and implemented as required 5.6 Work area cleanliness and layout for job requirements are monitored
6. Test aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic settings	6.1 Test procedures are determined and settings are tested against anticipated performance improvement according to team procedures and safety requirements 6.2 Testing procedure and results are documented 6.3 Recommendations for setting usage are devised and implemented
7. Complete work processes	7.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 7.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 7.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 7.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	adapt procedures to different vehicles, event venues and conditions.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately document optimum settings, performance specifications, and test results of aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic settings.
Oral communication skills to:	discuss configuration of aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic settings with team members.
Numeracy skills to:	understand units of length, mass, velocity, angles and force use basic mathematical operations to calculate mass, velocity, angles and force.
Planning and organising skills to:	supervise configuration of vehicle settings to minimise time and material wastage.
Problem solving skills to:	analyse a number of factors, including event regulations and vehicle and event conditions, and determine optimum aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic settings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Motor sport event information must include:	controlling body rules category rules supplementary regulations component supplier specifications team requirements.
Known factors must include:	regulatory constraints budgetary constraints load and speed characteristics terrain and climate conditions driver or rider preferences.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA5008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

determine and supervise the configuration of the following settings on two different competition vehicles:

tyre settings

steering and suspension settings

aerodynamic device settings.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to applying aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to competition vehicles, including procedures for identifying hazards and managing risks

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to establishing settings

terminology, principles and effects of the physics involved in resistance and motion

aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and their effects on competition vehicles, including:

tyre settings, including:

construction and compound

size, including stagger

pressures

loadings

temperatures

steering and suspension settings, including:

wheel rate and linkage or leverage ratios

spring rate and spring pre-load

vehicle weight, sprung and unsprung weight

anti-roll bar rate where fitted

steering angles, including toe in and out, camber and caster

roll centres

ride height

centre of gravity

aerodynamic device settings, including:

wing angles, height and location

body panels and fittings

ground effects and ride height

frontal areas

lift reduction and drag reduction

downforce generation

downforce and drag compromise

competition vehicle test methods and procedures, including procedures for record keeping

mathematical computations for determining optimum settings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicle settings they have configured, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

two different competition vehicles requiring configuration resetting

controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations for a motor sport event

tools and equipment appropriate for adjusting and modifying tyres, steering and suspension, and aerodynamic device settings.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTA009 Collect and log motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to collect and log motor sport data. It involves identifying data requirements, preparing for the task, collecting, logging, and evaluating data, and completing workplace documentation.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify motor sport data collection requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Data specific requirements are determined from team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations 1.3 Purpose and end users of data are identified 1.4 Sources of data are identified
2. Prepare resources for data collection	2.1 Checklists and recording sheets are developed according to team procedures 2.2 Manual instruments are prepared for data collection 2.3 Electronic data acquisition system settings are checked 2.4 Equipment settings, calibration and system are checked and adjusted according to task requirements and equipment manufacturer instructions 2.5 Trial runs are conducted to check equipment and procedures and required adjustments are made
3. Collect data	3.1 Data acquisition system start-up procedure is carried out according to manufacturer procedures 3.2 Data acquisition system is operated according to its designed capacity and purpose and to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 3.3 Potential for inaccurate results arising from variables is determined 3.4 Data is checked for accuracy according to manufacturer specifications 3.5 Problems with required data or operation of equipment are reported to appropriate persons as required
4. Log data	4.1 Selected data is imported into data analysis software according to manufacturer procedures 4.2 Data is evaluated for preliminary indication of non-conformity and trends or patterns 4.3 Findings from data are collated and reported to appropriate persons according to team procedures 4.4 Data is stored for later retrieval according to team procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and data is presented ready for use 5.2 Data recording equipment is checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently adapt to different race event conditions and vehicles.
Reading skills to:	determine data requirements from team instructions and procedures and controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret data acquisition system and data analysis software operating procedures from manufacturer instructions.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting data analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate and compare numerical information with expected values.
Digital literacy skills to:	operate computer-based data acquisition systems and data analysis software.
Technology skills to:	connect and disconnect data acquisition system to vehicle without causing damage.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Checking must include:	function accuracy efficiency.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: identifying hazards and managing risks identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTA3009 Collect and log motorsport data

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTA009 Collect and log motor sport data

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

collect and log data at two different motor sport events, including at one sanctioned motor sport event

use both manual and electronic systems at each of the above events

collect the following types of data at each of the above events:

vehicle data

weather data

circuit data

driver or rider characteristics.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to collecting and logging motor sport data, including procedures for:

identifying hazards and managing risks

identifying acceptable tolerance levels for noise, heat and fumes

motor sport data acquisition systems, including:

types, characteristics, components, uses and limitations

types of motor sport data, including data irregularities and tolerance levels

end users of motor sport data

manual data collection and logging methods

electronic data collection and logging methods

types of data analysis software, including:

methods of importing data and performing preliminary data evaluation

methods of collating, reporting and recording data findings

data acquisition system inspection, maintenance and system check procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor sport data they have collected and logged, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

two different motor sport events, including one sanctioned event

motor sport vehicle

manual motor sport data acquisition system, including:

stopwatches

tyre pyrometer

weather station

electronic motor sport data acquisition system, including data analysis software.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use a dynamometer to test suspension dampers on a competition vehicle. It involves preparing for the task, conducting suspension damper testing, analysing and interpreting test results in order to maximise damper, and completing processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for dynamometer operation	1.1 Job requirements are determined from team instructions, category regulations and manufacturer procedures 1.2 Dynamometer is checked for calibration and serviceability, and is prepared for operation according to manufacturer specifications and team procedures 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements 1.4 Tools and equipment for securing dampers are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct dynamometer testing	2.1 Appropriate load and run sequence and test parameters are determined 2.2 Dampers are connected and secured to dynamometer according to manufacturer specifications and team procedures 2.3 Selected dynamometer testing sequence is carried out according to manufacturer and team procedures and safety requirements, and results are documented 2.4 Dynamometer test data is analysed and conclusions are drawn about damper condition and performance according to manufacturer specifications and team procedures 2.5 Findings are reported to appropriate personnel, including recommendations based on dynamometer data for damper configuration or modifications to improve performance, according to team procedures 2.6 Damper modifications are carried out and tested on dynamometer according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements as required 2.7 Data is presented to team members according to team procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Dynamometer shutdown procedure is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Dampers are disconnected from dynamometer according to manufacturer specifications and team procedures 3.3 Dynamometer, tools and associated equipment are checked, maintained and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Dynamometer test results are documented and stored according to team procedures to create or add to damper history

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for damper dynamometers from workplace and manufacturer literature interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking damper specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings and recording work completed.
Oral communication skills to:	report findings and make recommendations for adjustments or modifications to the damper.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to measure length and force interpret metric and imperial units of measurement.
Technology skills to:	operate dedicated damper dynamometer.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling hot dampers.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTD4001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test, adjust and retest two different sets of competition vehicle dampers using a damper dynamometer.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing suspension dampers using a dynamometer, including procedures for handling hot dampers

suspension damper principles, construction and operation, including:

compression and rebound

gas charged

suspension damper modification and adjustment procedures

application, purpose and operation of damper dynamometers, including associated hardware and software

damper dynamometer testing procedures, including:

dynamometer preparation procedures

damper connection procedures

test environment correction factors

dynamometer data interpretation and analysis

dynamometer maintenance procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the suspension dampers that they have tested using a dynamometer, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications

two different sets of competition vehicle dampers

damper dynamometer

tools and equipment appropriate for testing suspension dampers using a dynamometer.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test, dismantle, inspect, reassemble and adjust the suspension of a motor sport competition vehicle. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct preparation procedure, carrying out the task, performing post-preparation testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It requires the technical ability to determine competition vehicle suspension requirements and the effects of making changes to variables.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine competition vehicle suspension requirements	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions and category regulations 1.2 Rules and regulations and vehicle specifications and tolerances are analysed for competitive advantage 1.3 Suspension requirements are determined according to vehicle operating criteria 1.4 Component requirements are documented and communicated to appropriate personnel
2. Prepare for work on suspension	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability 2.2 Work area is cleaned and laid out for job requirements according to team requirements 2.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements 2.4 Vehicle is cleaned and prepared for initial measurement according to team requirements 2.5 Existing suspension settings are measured and documented prior to component removal or adjustment according to workplace procedures 2.6 Problems with work area or operation of the equipment are reported to appropriate personnel as required
3. Dismantle, modify and assemble non-sealed dampers	3.1 Damper removal, testing and dismantling procedures are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Dampers are tested, dismantled, cleaned, inspected and measured for wear, and tolerances are determined according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Dampers are replaced, repaired or modified as required according to manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and team procedures 3.4 Dampers are prepared and tested according to manufacturer specifications and procedures, and safety requirements
4. Dismantle, replace or change springs	4.1 Methods for removing and dismantling springs according to manufacturer specifications are sourced and interpreted 4.2 Spring dimensions are measured and documented before dismantling 4.3 Springs are disassembled and cleaned, and rates and tolerances are checked according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.4 Retention, replacement, adjustment or service of components is made according to team procedures 4.5 Replacement springs are checked as required for rate and wear according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
5. Configure suspension components and settings	5.1 Removed suspension components are inspected for quality and readiness for installation 5.2 Sub-assemblies and fasteners are installed and tensioned in correct sequence according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.3 Associated components, sub-assemblies and structural elements of vehicle affecting suspension configuration are checked for serviceability as required and according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.4 Suspension components and settings are adjusted and configured within tolerances according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 5.5 Suspension settings are documented and problems with vehicle sub-assemblies are reported to appropriate personnel according to workplace procedures
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to team procedures 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 6.3 Surplus material and components are checked and stored according to workplace requirements and problems are reported to appropriate personnel as required 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to team requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret information from manufacturer and workshop manuals when seeking suspension system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting component requirements and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure suspension system components and use mathematical basic mathematical operations including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine component settings to produce a competitive advantage while complying with rules and regulations.
Teamwork skills to:	work as part of a team to ensure vehicle is prepared and maintained and time wastage is minimised.
Technology skills to:	operate specialised suspension system testing equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) managing stored energy in springs.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from dampers.
Prepared and tested must include:	amount and type of oil added, bled, bench tested and re-gassed.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTD4002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTD002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

prepare the suspensions of two different competition vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to preparing competition vehicle suspension, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

managing stored energy in springs

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from dampers

function, configurations, application and limitations of competition vehicle suspension systems

suspension system dismantling and testing procedures, including:

suspension setting measurement procedures and calculations

on-vehicle damper and spring assembly testing procedures

damper and spring assembly removal and replacement procedures

damper bench-testing, dismantling, inspection, measurement and evaluation procedures

spring assembly off-vehicle testing, dismantling, inspection, measurement and evaluation procedures

suspension system assembly and adjustment procedures, including:

damper oil refilling, bleeding and re-gassing procedures

spring assembly reassembly procedures

suspension setting adjustment and configuration procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the competition vehicle suspensions that they have prepared, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

suspension components

two different competition vehicles

tools and equipment appropriate for preparing competition vehicle suspension.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test engines using a dynamometer. The engines being tested may be in a vehicle or stand alone. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct test procedure, carrying out testing, analysing test results, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It involves setting up and conducting dynamometer tests on engines, and logging, analysing and reporting the test data in order to maximise engine performance.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for dynamometer operation	1.1 Job requirements are determined from test information 1.2 Dynamometer is checked for calibration and serviceability according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 1.3 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety and environmental requirements 1.5 Engine or vehicle is checked prior to testing according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 1.6 Engine or vehicle connections to dynamometer are checked and secured according to manufacturer, workplace and safety procedures
2. Conduct dynamometer testing	2.1 Appropriate load and run sequence and test parameters are determined, including run-in period for new engines 2.2 Selected dynamometer testing sequence is carried out according to manufacturer and team procedures and safety requirements, and data is documented 2.3 Correction factors are calculated and applied to data
3. Analyse test results	3.1 Dynamometer test data is analysed and conclusions are drawn about condition and performance of engine and associated systems according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Findings are reported based on dynamometer data, including recommendations for engine configuration and/or modifications to improve performance, according to workplace procedures 3.3 Recommended engine modifications are tested on dynamometer according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements, and data is documented 3.4 Data is presented to team members according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Dynamometer shutdown procedure is carried out according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Engine is disconnected from dynamometer according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 4.3 Dynamometer and associated equipment are checked and maintained according to workplace procedures 4.4 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.5 Workplace documentation, including dynamometer test results, are processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to engine dynamometer testing.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment, and present test results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Digital Literacy skills to:	use dedicated engine dynamometer software.
Technology skills to:	use specialised engine dynamometer equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Test information must include:	workplace instructions category regulations and component supplier specifications, including allowable quality, materials, equipment and specifications.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: connecting and securing engines to dynamometers dealing with exhaust gases from engines dealing with high levels of noise environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during engine testing.
Checking of engine or vehicle must include:	engine oil level and condition cooling system condition and coolant level exhaust extraction system connection drive shaft condition and connection.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTE4001 Test engines using a dynamometer

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTE001 Test engines using a dynamometer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out dynamometer testing on two different engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing engines using a dynamometer, including procedures for:

connecting and securing engines to dynamometers

dealing with exhaust gases from engines

dealing with high levels of noise

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released during engine testing

application, purpose and operation of engine dynamometers, including associated hardware and software

engine and chassis dynamometer testing procedures, including:

dynamometer preparation procedures

engine connection and securing procedures

vehicle connection and securing procedures

test environment correction factors

dynamometer data interpretation and analysis

operator dynamometer maintenance procedures

engine performance and dynamometer terminology.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have tested using a dynamometer, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

two different engines requiring testing using a dynamometer

engine or chassis dynamometer

tools and equipment appropriate for connecting, securing and disconnecting engines to dynamometers.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and repair carburetted fuel systems and associated components. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. It involves developing and modifying performance improvement strategies in carburetted fuel systems and associated components. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical – Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm effects of fault in carburetted fuel system	1.1 Objective of analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for carburetted fuel system are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Details of fault are examined and available preliminary information is documented 1.4 Effects of fault are identified and confirmed from direct and indirect evidence 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for fault analysis	2.1 Evaluative criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology are developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support diagnostic procedure are selected and checked for serviceability 2.5 Possible causes of fault are identified from analysis of technical support information and available on-board diagnostic systems
3. Carry out analysis and determine repair and performance enhancement strategies	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluative criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements 3.6 Options for responding to analysis and evaluation objective are determined from further research of technical support information 3.7 Repair or modification method is selected and documented
4. Conduct repairs and implement performance improvement strategies	4.1 Repair tools and materials are selected and prepared 4.2 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, team requirements, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.3 Post-repair testing and vehicle start-up are carried out to ensure performance and operation are to team requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and prepared for future use, and stored according to manufacturer specifications and team requirements 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and problems reported to appropriate personnel according to team requirements 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to team requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking carburetted fuel system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret units of measurement of pressure and flow.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimum supervision.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers, vernier calipers, fuel pressure and flow rate gauges use specialised fuel system diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools and data loggers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with petrol fuel systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of petrol fuel released during repairs or testing.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process sequence of process tests testing equipment.
Repair or modification method must suit:	operating conditions controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations financial implications.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to.AURMTF4001 Analyse and repair complex performance carburetted fuel systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF001 Analyse and repair performance carburetted fuel systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and repair faults in the performance of the carburetted fuel systems of two different competition vehicles, including:

two of the following faults:

rough running

under or over fuelling

contamination or leaks

one of the following faults:

fuel cells venting

fuel pump pressure and/or flow regulation

conduct post-repair checks on the above fuel systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements relating to analysing and repairing performance carburetted fuel systems, including procedures for working with petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of petrol fuel released during repairs or testing

types, function, operation and limitations of carburetted fuel systems and components, including:

properties of fuels used in the motor sport industry, including compatibility with carburetted fuel system components

fuel system components, including:

rollover valves

fuel cells

fuel lines

breathers

pickup pumps

main pumps

filters

fuel pots, surge tanks and collector tanks

pressure and temperature sensors

multi-barrel carburettors, including:

two-barrel and four-barrel carburettors

two-stage carburettors, including vacuum and mechanical control of second stage

diagnostic testing procedures of performance carburetted fuel systems, including:

fuel pump pressure, volume and vacuum testing

testing for air leaks

cold-start enrichment testing

exhaust gas analysis

procedures for repair and improvement of performance carburetted fuel systems, including:

fuel pump installation

carburettor dismantling, cleaning, repair and reassembly

carburettor removal, replacement and adjustment

post-repair testing procedures of performance carburetted fuel systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the complex performance carburetted fuel systems they have analysed and repaired, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle performance carburetted fuel systems

two different competition vehicles with faults in their performance carburetted fuel systems

diagnostic equipment for performance carburetted fuel systems, including exhaust gas analyser

repair tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and repairing performance carburetted fuel systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems and associated components. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. It also involves developing and modifying performance improvement strategies in fuel injection systems and associated components. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Fuel Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm effects of faults in fuel injection system	1.1 Objective of analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for fuel injection system are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Details of fault are examined and available preliminary information is documented 1.4 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed from direct and indirect evidence 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for fault analysis	2.1 Evaluative criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology are developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support diagnostic procedure are selected and checked for serviceability 2.5 Possible causes of fault are identified from analysis of technical support information and available on-board diagnostic systems
3. Carry out analysis and determine repair and performance enhancement strategies	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluative criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements 3.6 Options for responding to analysis and evaluation objective are determined from further research of technical support information 3.7 Repair or modification method is selected and documented
4. Conduct repairs and implement performance improvement strategies	4.1 Repair tools and materials are selected and prepared 4.2 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, team requirements and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.3 Post-repair testing and vehicle start-up are carried out to ensure performance and operation are to team requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and prepared for future use, and stored according to manufacturer specifications and team requirements 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored and problems reported to appropriate personnel according to team requirements 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to team requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret controlling body rules, category rules, and supplementary regulations interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking fuel injection system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure fuel system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret units of measurement of pressure and flow.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	work efficiently with minimal supervision.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as fuel pressure and flow rate gauges use specialised fuel system diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools and data loggers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with petrol fuel systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of petrol fuel released during repair or testing.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process sequence of process tests testing equipment.
Repair or modification method must suit:	operating conditions controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations financial implications.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTF4002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTF002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and repair faults in the performance of the fuel injection systems of three different competition vehicles, including:

two of the following faults:

rough running

under or over fuelling

contamination or leaks

one of the following faults:

fuel cell ventilation

pumps

pressure and/or flow regulation

conduct post-repair checks on the above fuel systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and repairing performance fuel injection systems, including procedures for working with petrol fuel systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of petrol fuel released during repair or testing

types, function, operation and limitations of fuel injection systems and components, including:

properties of fuels used in the motor sport industry, including compatibility with fuel injection system components

fuel injection system components, including:

air intake systems

fuel delivery systems, including fuel rails

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel surge tanks

adjustable fuel pressure regulators

fuel injectors, including peak-and-hold and saturated injectors:

fuel rails

fuel filters

fuel pumps

fuel surge tanks

adjustable fuel pressure regulators

management systems, including:

pressure and temperature sensors

electronic control units

diagnostic testing procedures of performance fuel injection systems, including:

symptom and cause differentiation

mapping fuel delivery

fuel trim and live data

fuel pump pressure, volume and vacuum testing

testing for air leaks

scan tool and data gathering

cold-start enrichment testing

exhaust gas analysis

procedures for repair and improvement of performance fuel injection systems, including fuel system component removal, replacement or repair, and adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures of performance fuel injection systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the performance fuel injection systems they have analysed and repaired, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for vehicle performance fuel injection systems

three different competition vehicles with faults in their performance fuel injection systems

diagnostic equipment for performance fuel injection systems, including:

exhaust gas analyser

scan tool or data logger

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and repairing performance fuel injection systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select and prepare tyres and wheels for motor sport vehicles to optimise handling performance. It involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing for work, identifying application requirements, selecting and preparing tyres, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It includes mounting wheels, conducting pre-race preparation, and post-race maintenance stock control and storage procedures.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical – Wheels and Tyres

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine and select competition vehicle tyres and wheels	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Supplementary regulations and component supplier specifications are sourced and interpreted to gain a competitive advantage 1.3 Specifications are checked against required operating conditions to determine tyre and wheel requirements 1.4 Tyre and wheel assemblies to be used are selected according to job requirements, and are documented and reported to appropriate personnel as required
2. Prepare for mounting work	2.1 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 2.2 Work area is cleaned and laid out according to job and team requirements 2.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety requirements
3. Mount tyre and wheel assembly to vehicle	3.1 Mounting surfaces and threaded components are cleaned, checked for damage, and treated as required 3.2 Tyre and wheel assemblies are selected from stock according to markings and checked against criteria for event 3.3 Tyre and wheel assemblies are inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer and team procedures 3.4 Selected tyres and wheels are mounted to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Fasteners are tensioned according to component supplier specifications, and fastener locking device is engaged as required according to safety requirements 3.6 Accurate and complete fitting is checked during and after installation according to manufacturer and team procedures 3.7 Problems with tyre and wheel assemblies are reported to appropriate personnel
4. Conduct pre-race tyre and wheel preparation	4.1 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures and optimum operating pressure requirements are sourced and interpreted 4.2 Tyre inflation pressures are set to specifications according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and safety requirements 4.3 Base line tyre temperature and ambient and traction surface temperatures are measured and documented 4.4 Tyres are buffed, if specified, according to manufacturer specifications, team procedures and environmental requirements 4.5 Tyre warmers are fitted and turned on, if specified and allowed, according to manufacturer and team procedures
5. Conduct post-race tyre and wheel maintenance	5.1 Tyre pressures and temperatures are checked, tyre contact surface is analysed for handling and wear indications, and data is recorded according to team procedures 5.2 Driver or rider is questioned for assessment of vehicle handling characteristics and data is recorded according to team procedures 5.3 Additional data is sourced as required, and corresponding changes to tyres and wheels required for next race are determined 5.4 Tyres are changed to different compound or pattern as required and according to manufacturer specifications and team procedures 5.5 Removed tyres are tagged or marked for data audit trail according to team procedures
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Tyres are packed and stored according to team procedures 6.2 Tyre and wheel stock inventory is assessed, documented and reported to appropriate personnel 6.3 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 6.4 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 6.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace and team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, manufacturer specifications, event category rules and supplementary regulations interpret scrutineer, category official and team markings.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording tyre selections tag and mark tyres for data audit trail complete tyre and wheel stock inventory.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information when selecting tyres, wheels and rims understand units of temperature and pressure interpret tyre codes.
Planning and organising skills to:	ensure that tools, equipment, tyres and wheels are available to reduce the amount of track time lost.
Technology skills to:	use specialised tyre handling and mounting equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Specifications must include:	design quality materials equipment quantities.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: manually handling tyres and wheels selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).
Markings must include those of:	scrutineer or category official team.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of contaminants released during pre-race preparation and post-race maintenance of tyres and wheels.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTJ4001 Select and prepare tyres and wheels for motor sport applications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTJ001 Select and prepare motor sport competition vehicle tyres and wheels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

select, prepare and fit tyres and wheels to two different motor sport competition vehicles in differing conditions, including:

vehicle type

track surface

weather conditions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to selecting and preparing motor sport tyres and wheels, including procedures for:

manually handling tyres and wheels

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of contaminants released during pre-race preparation and post-race maintenance of tyres and wheels

key requirements of controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations relating to selecting and preparing tyres and wheels for motor sport applications

types, function, application and limitations of wheels and tyres, including:

handling characteristics

supplier tyre markings

procedures for selecting tyres and wheels for motor sport applications, including tyre and wheel considerations for:

vehicle type

track surface

weather conditions

mounting procedures of wheel assemblies to vehicles, including:

tyre and wheel serviceability inspection techniques

mounting sequences and techniques

types of fasteners and locking devices

pre-race tyre and wheel preparation procedures, including:

procedures for checking tyre, track and ambient temperatures

cold and operating or hot pressures of tyres

buffing procedures for tyres

warming procedures for tyres

post-race tyre analysis procedures, including:

tyre contact surface wear analysis

driver or rider questioning techniques

tyre contact surface cleaning procedures

tyre measurement, including stagger calculations

tyre storage procedures, including tyre and wheel stock inventory documentation methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the tyres and wheels they have selected and prepared for motor sport competition vehicles, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

two different motor sport competition vehicles

motor sport tyres and wheels for differing conditions

tools and equipment for mounting and demounting tyres and wheels from motor sport vehicles

equipment appropriate for measuring tyre pressure and temperature, and track and ambient temperatures.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and repair performance transmissions, final drive and drivelines, including engine to transmission drive couplings. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying, documenting and carrying out the most appropriate rectification method or variation. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for driveline system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed from direct and/or indirect evidence, and are documented 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and repairs	2.1 Evaluative criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology are developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Possible causes of faults, including intermittent faults, are identified from analysis of technical support information and available on-board diagnostic systems 2.4 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 2.5 Test equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer procedures and team requirements 2.6 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic process are selected and checked for serviceability 2.7 Vehicle driveline system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out analysis and determine repairs and performance enhancement strategies	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against the evaluative criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from the available evidence and documented to workplace requirements 3.6 Options for responding to the analysis and evaluation objective are determined from further research of technical support information 3.7 Repair or modification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, controlling body rules, category rules, and financial implications, and are documented
4. Conduct repairs and implement performance improvement strategies	4.1 Repair tools and materials are selected and prepared 4.2 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, team requirements, and safety and environmental requirements, and carried out without causing damage to other components or systems 4.3 Post-repair testing and vehicle start-up are carried out to ensure performance and operation are to team requirements
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking driveline system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting analysis findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications. interpret units of measurement of angles and torque.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers, verniers, torque wrenches and inclinometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with hot and potentially toxic oils working with rotating driveline components environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from driveline components.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

AURMTQ4001 Analyse and repair complex performance driveline systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTQ001 Analyse and repair faults in performance driveline systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out the analysis, repair and post-repair checks on two different competition vehicles with performance driveline system faults, including:

gear selection

noise

vibration

harsh engagement

slipping.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and repairing faults in performance driveline systems, including procedures for:

working with hot oils

working with rotating driveline components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils released from driveline components

types, function, operation and limitations of performance transmission, final drive and driveline components, including:

manual transmissions

automatic transmissions

drive shafts

final drives

drive axles

diagnostic testing procedures of performance driveline systems, including:

noise and vibration analysis

road testing procedures

scan tool and data logger

procedures for the repair and improvement of performance driveline systems, including:

driveline component dismantling, cleaning, repair and reassembly procedures

driveline component replacement and adjustment procedures

post-repair testing procedures of performance driveline systems, including gear selection.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the performance driveline systems that they have analysed and repaired, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

manufacturer specifications for vehicle performance driveline systems

two different competition vehicles with faults in their performance driveline systems

diagnostic equipment for performance driveline systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and repairing performance driveline systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct assembly procedure, carrying out the assembly, performing post-assembly testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation. It includes calculating material requirements, selecting components, and constructing hose and pipe assemblies.

It applies to those working in the motor sport industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Motor Sport

Unit Sector

Technical - Fabrication

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Job requirements are determined from competition information 1.2 Materials and consumables are selected and checked according to application and procedures to minimise waste material 1.3 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Work area is cleaned and prepared according to job requirements
2. Construct hose and pipe assemblies	2.1 Hose and pipe length is measured and material requirements are calculated 2.2 Hose and pipe are cut to length according to according to team procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Hose and pipe are bent to conform to fitting requirements according to team procedures and safety requirements 2.4 Hose and pipe fittings are connected according to component supplier specifications and procedures and team requirements 2.5 Hose and pipe assembly is cleaned and pressure-tested according to component supplier specifications, team procedures and safety requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material is disposed of and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Surplus components and consumables are tagged and stored 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to team procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret team instructions, supplementary regulations, and component supplier specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report problems with the work area or the operation of equipment.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hoses and pipes and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate required material.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use hose and pipe bending and pressure-testing equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Competition information must include:	team instructions supplementary regulations and component supplier specifications, including allowable design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for safely use: hose and pipe cutting equipment or machinery equipment for joining hoses and pipes to connectors.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURMTS3001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURMTS001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

construct and test the following competition vehicle hose and pipe assemblies:

two different hose assemblies

two different pipe assemblies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to constructing hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles, including procedures for safely use:

hose and pipe cutting equipment or machinery

equipment for joining hoses and pipes to connectors

types of and procedures for selecting hoses, pipes and fittings, including:

sizing of hoses, pipes and fittings, including Army-Navy (AN) thread dash number, Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) and National Pipe Thread (NPT)

swaged and reusable fittings

hose and pipe material and construction

compatibility of hose and pipe material with fuel, lubricants, coolants, chemicals and heat conditions

construction procedures for hose and pipe assemblies, including:

methods for locating and determining the layout of hose and pipe assemblies

hose and pipe assembly measurement and cutting procedures

hose and pipe bending and flaring procedures

hose and pipe assembly procedures

protection methods for hose and pipe assemblies

post-construction testing procedures, including hose and pipe assembly flushing and testing procedures

storage and maintenance procedures for hose and pipe assemblies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hose and pipe assemblies that they have constructed, e.g. work order.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

motor sport workplace or simulated workplace

instructions detailing customer requirements

hose and pipe material required to construct two different hose assemblies and two different pipe assemblies, including hose and pipe fittings

hose and pipe bending equipment

hose and pipe assembly cleaning and pressure-testing equipment

tools and equipment for hose and pipe construction.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in forklift mast assemblies. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the assembly to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The forklift mast assemblies include those of agricultural machinery or forklift vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Lifting Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair forklift mast assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspect, service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect forklift mast assembly	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair forklift mast assembly	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking forklift mast assembly specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure forklift mast assembly components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with hydraulic pressure manually handling forklift mast assembly components supporting and securing forklift mast assembly environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from forklift mast assembly.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURNTA3001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURNTA001 Inspect, service and repair forklift mast assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair one forklift mast assembly, including:

carriage and forks

lifting chain

hydraulic system

mast operating levers and valves

mast and crosshead.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing forklift mast assemblies, including procedures for:

working with hydraulic pressure

manually handling of mast forklift assembly components

supporting and securing forklift mast assembly

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from forklift mast assembly.

operating principles of forklift mast assemblies

identification, function and operation of the forklift mast assembly components specified in the performance evidence

forklift mast assembly lubricant types and applications

inspection procedures for forklift mast assemblies, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

service and repair procedures for forklift mast assemblies, including removing, replacing, repairing, lubricating and adjusting forklift mast assembly components

post-repair testing procedures for forklift mast assemblies, including system performance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the forklift mast assemblies that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer forklift mast assembly specifications

vehicle or machinery with forklift mast assembly requiring service and repair

test equipment for forklift mast assemblies

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing forklift mast assemblies.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURNTB001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydraulic braking systems of forklift machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Lifting Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair forklift braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose braking system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair braking system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and forklift is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret braking system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with brake dust and hydraulic oil hazards using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids and brake dust released from braking systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURNTB001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydraulic braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following types of forklift hydraulic braking systems:

drum brake system

dry disc brake system

wet multi-plate disc brake system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift braking systems, including procedures for working with:

working with brake dust and hydraulic oil hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids and brake dust released from braking systems

operating principles of forklift hydraulic braking systems and associated components, including:

levers

friction

hydraulics, including the relationship between force, pressure and area

application, purpose and operation of forklift hydraulic braking systems and components, including:

power assisted systems, including:

drum brake systems

dry disc brake systems

wet multi-plate disc systems

parking brake systems

master cylinders

braking system valves and switches

brake boosting systems

full hydraulic systems, including:

wet multi-plate disc systems

parking brake systems

braking system valves and switches

oil pump and cooler

diagnostic testing procedures for forklift hydraulic braking systems, including:

brake pedal checks

brake booster operational tests

master cylinder operational tests

brake or hydraulic fluid tests

parking brake operational tests

drum, dry disc and wet multi-plate disc brake operational tests

brake drum, shoe, disc and pad measurement and evaluation

repair procedures for forklift hydraulic braking systems, including procedures for removing, repairing, replacing and adjusting:

hydraulic system components

braking system components

post-repair testing procedures for forklift braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the forklift hydraulic braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer forklift hydraulic braking system specifications

operational forklifts with faults in two different braking systems

diagnostic equipment for forklift hydraulic braking systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting forklift hydraulic braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURNTD001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the hydrostatic steering systems of forklift machinery. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical - Lifting Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and forklift is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydrostatic steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydrostatic steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret steering system hydraulic pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate diagnostic and testing equipment conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with high pressure fluid hazards using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids released from hydrostatic steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURNTD001 Diagnose and repair forklift hydrostatic steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three of the following forklift hydrostatic steering system components:

king pin assembly

steering control unit

hydraulic valves

pump

steering column

hydraulic cylinders.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including procedures for:

working with high pressure fluid hazards

using lifting, jacking and supporting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluids released from hydrostatic steering systems

operating principles of forklift hydrostatic steering systems and associated components, including full hydraulic steering

application, purpose and operation of the following forklift hydrostatic steering systems and components, including:

king pin assembly

steering control unit

hydraulic valves

pump

steering column

hydraulic cylinders

diagnostic testing procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including:

pressure and flow testing the system and individual components

system operation analysis

component wear analysis

repair procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems, including procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting the systems

post-repair testing procedures for forklift hydrostatic steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the forklift hydrostatic steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer forklift hydrostatic steering system specifications

operational forklifts with faults in the hydrostatic steering system components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for forklift hydrostatic steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting forklift hydrostatic steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and clean outdoor power equipment prior to repair or storage. It involves preparing for the task, cleaning and tagging equipment for repair or storage, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The equipment includes lawn mowers, chainsaws, pumps, post hole borers, portable generators, stationary engines, brush cutters, leaf blowers or other outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake pre-repair operations	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Pre-repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Cleaning options are analysed and selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Clean and tag equipment prior to repair or storage	2.1 Cleaning materials and equipment are used according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Equipment is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to equipment or systems 2.3 Equipment is tagged and prepared for further repair procedures or treated with rust prevention material for storage 2.4 Used cleaning materials and waste materials are safely disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements.
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for repair or storage 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pre-repair and cleaning specifications and procedures interpret instructions from cleaning agent information interpret cleaning equipment operating procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out: workplace documentation when recording parts and material used component identification tags.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate chemical mixing volumes and proportions from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate cleaning equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Cleaning options must include at least two of the following:	steam cleaning high pressure washing manual washing sand or bead blasting.
Cleaning materials must include:	chemical cleaning agents, including dewaxing, detergents, degreasers and special purpose agents rust prevention material.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating cleaning equipment using hazardous chemicals selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves and protective clothing environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and residue released during the cleaning process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA1001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA001 Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out pre-repair operations to three of the following different pieces of outdoor power equipment:

lawn mower

chainsaw

pump

post hole borer

post hole digger

stationary engine

brush cutter

leaf blower.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out pre-repair operations, including procedures for:

operating cleaning equipment

using hazardous chemicals

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves and protective clothing

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and residue released during the cleaning process.

identification and operation of cleaning equipment, including:

steam cleaning

high pressure washing

manual washing

sand or bead blasting

cleaning procedures, techniques and materials appropriate to the job requirement

types and application of cleaning agents

tagging and storage procedures for cleaned outdoor power equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cleaning agent specifications

area and equipment, including PPE, for safe cleaning of equipment

three different pieces of outdoor power equipment for pre-repair operations as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out pre-repair operations on outdoor power equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA002 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting and carrying out minor adjustments, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The equipment includes lawn mowers, chainsaws, pumps, post hole borers, portable generators, stationary engines, brush cutters, leaf blowers or other outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and adjust outdoor power equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and adjustment procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect outdoor power equipment	2.1 Outdoor power equipment is inspected according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out minor adjustments	3.1 Adjusting tools and equipment are selected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Minor adjustments are carried out on outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-adjustment testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking minor adjustment specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection finding to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when adjusting equipment to manufacturer specifications interpret gauges and test equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate adjusting tools and equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including protective clothing, and hearing and eye protection safely operating equipment to be adjusted.
Post-adjustment testing must include:	operating outdoor power equipment through full range and comparing results with manufacturer specifications making adjustments as required and re-testing.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA1002 Perform minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA002 Carry out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out minor adjustments to two of the following pieces of outdoor power equipment:

lawn mower

chainsaw

line trimmer

mulcher

pump

post hole borer

portable generator

stationary engine

brush cutter

leaf blower.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including protective clothing, and hearing and eye protection

safely operating equipment to be adjusted

identification and basic operation of the outdoor power equipment specified in the performance evidence

inspection and adjustment procedures for outdoor power equipment, including engine high and low speed adjustments

post-adjustment testing procedures for outdoor power equipment, including operating equipment through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment that they have adjusted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for outdoor power equipment

area and equipment, including PPE, for minor adjustment of equipment

outdoor power equipment specified in the performance evidence requiring minor adjustments

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the rotary cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The rotary cutting systems include electric or internal combustion engine driven rotary mowers, lawn edgers, brush cutters, chippers or mulchers. This unit is for the service and repair of the rotary cutting system only and not the driving engine or motor.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair rotary cutting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of rotary cutting system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check rotary cutting system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and rotary cutting system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	locate information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking rotary cutting system service and repair procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, making recommendations, recording parts and material used, and completing customer instruction reports.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure rotary cutting system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Servicing and repair procedures must include:	inspecting, servicing, repairing and replacing components lubricating system and components testing repaired unit documenting and reporting service and repair procedures.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) working with electrical systems working with rotating cutting system checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from rotary cutting systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair three of the following rotary cutting systems:

rotary mower

lawn edger

brush cutter

chipper

mulcher.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) relating to servicing and repairing rotary cutting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

working with rotating cutting system

checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from rotary cutting systems

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

application, purpose and operation of rotary cutting systems, including the electric or internal combustion engine driven systems specified in the performance evidence

inspection, servicing and adjustment procedures for rotary cutting systems, including:

cutting blades and attachments

cutting deck housing

blade mounting

wheels

drive systems

repair procedures for rotary cutting systems, including removal, replacement and adjustment procedures for components, including:

cutting blades and attachments

cutting deck housing

blade mounting

wheels

drive systems

post-repair testing procedures for rotary cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the rotary cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for rotary cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test rotary cutting systems

three different rotary cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing rotary cutting systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA004 Service and repair drum cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the drum cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The drum cutting systems include those of push type, electric or internal combustion powered systems, and include reel mowers or gang mowers. This unit relates to the service and repair of the drum cutting system only and not the driving engine or motor.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair drum cutting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of drum cutting system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check drum cutting system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and drum cutting system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking drum cutting system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure drum cutting system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised blade grinding equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	grinding, adjusting and aligning cutting blades lubricating system and components testing repaired unit documenting and reporting service and repair procedures.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) working with electrical systems working with drum cutting system checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from drum cutting systems

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2004 Service and repair drum cutting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA004 Service and repair drum cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair two different drum cutting systems, including:

two of the following:

push type single reel

motorised single reel

gang (multi-reel)

all of the following:

cutting blades and attachments

blade mounting

drive system

wheels.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing drum cutting systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

working with drum cutting system

checking protective guards, cowlings and safety features

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from drum cutting systems

application, purpose and operation of drum cutting systems, including push type, electric and internal combustion powered systems, including:

reel mowers

gang (multi-reel) mowers

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

service and repair procedures for drum cutting systems, including:

grinding, adjusting and aligning cutting blades

aligning cutter housing

adjusting cutting blade mounting and attachments

analysing wear of drive system

post-repair testing procedures for drum cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the drum cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for drum cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test drum cutting systems

two different drum cutting systems as specified in the performance evidence requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing drum cutting systems, including specialised blade grinding equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the chainsaw cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The chainsaw cutting systems include those of electric, cordless and hydraulic or petrol powered systems, or pole saws.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair chainsaw cutting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of chainsaw cutting system	2.1 Chainsaw cutting system is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check chainsaw cutting system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and chainsaw cutting system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking chainsaw cutting system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure chainsaw cutting system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised chain sharpening equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	sharpening, grinding, tension adjusting, and testing chain cutting system components breaking and joining saw chain adjusting, aligning, lubricating and testing chainsaw cutting system.
Tools and equipment must include:	sharpening equipment equipment stands and vices grinders chain breaking and riveting equipment.
Chainsaw cutting system must include:	chain and guide bar chain brake lubricating system sprockets and guides adjustment components pole saw.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: starting and checking operation of chainsaw cutting system adjusting and aligning chainsaw cutting system components operating chain brake selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) handling and operating chainsaw, including chain brake.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from chainsaw cutting systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair three different chainsaw cutting systems, including:

two service and repair jobs that involve sharpening saw chains

one service and repair job that includes fabricating and replacing a saw chain, and refurbishing or replacing a guide bar.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing chainsaw cutting systems, including procedures for:

starting and checking operation of chainsaw cutting system

adjusting and aligning chainsaw cutting system components

operating chain brake

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

handling and operating chainsaw, including chain brake

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils released from chainsaw cutting systems

application, purpose and operation of chainsaw cutting systems, including:

saw chain types and mounting bar

drive system and sprocket

chain brake and overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

manual and automatic lubrication systems

chain adjusting systems

clutch drum assembly

service and repair procedures for chainsaw cutting systems, including:

chain and mounting bar

drive system and sprocket

chain brake and overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

manual and automatic lubrication systems

chain adjusting systems

clutch drum assembly

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

post-repair testing procedures for chainsaw cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the chainsaw cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for chainsaw cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test chainsaw cutting systems

three different chainsaw cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing chainsaw cutting systems, including:

sharpening equipment

saw chain

equipment stands and vices

grinders

chain breaking and riveting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA006 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service line trimming systems and components according to manufacturer instructions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system and components, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The line trimming systems include brush cutters and grass trimmers which may be electric or petrol driven, stand-alone or fitted to other equipment systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Outdoor Power Equipment

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service line trimming system of outdoor power equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer inspection and servicing procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect line trimming system	2.1 Line trimming system is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Service line trimming system	3.1 Service options are selected according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service specifications and procedures relating to outdoor power equipment line trimming systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure line trimming system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection and servicing procedures must include:	inspecting components making adjustments identifying lubrication requirements testing serviced unit.
Line trimming system must include:	auto line feed systems manual line feed systems brush cutters and grass trimmers bent and straight shafts.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: starting and operating line trimming equipment adjusting and aligning line trimming systems using personal protective equipment (PPE) relevant to operating line trimmers.
Post-service testing must include:	operating line trimming system comparing line trimming operation to manufacturer specifications making system adjustments as required re-testing system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2006 Service line trimming systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA006 Inspect and service line trimming systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the following line trimming systems:

auto line feed system

manual line feed system

bent and straight shaft systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing line trimming systems and components, including procedures for:

starting and operating line trimming equipment

adjusting and aligning line trimming systems

using personal protective equipment (PPE) relevant to operating line trimmers

application, purpose and operation of line trimming systems , including:

overload protection

line sizes and types

auto and manual line feed systems

metal and composite blades

handles and harnesses

brush cutter angle drives

bent and straight shafts

protective guards and cowlings

stand-alone or fitted to other equipment systems

types and application of lubricants, and lubricating methods

inspection procedures for line trimming systems and components, including:

analysing component wear

checking bearings and housing condition

checking automatic and manual line feed systems

checking physical damage to protective guards and cowlings

service and adjustment procedures for line trimming systems and components, including:

lubricating bent and straight shaft drive systems

testing automatic and manual line feed systems

testing overload devices

post-repair testing procedures for line trimming systems and components, including operating line trimming system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the line trimming systems and components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer line trimming specifications

outdoor power equipment line trimming system and components specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing line trimming systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA007 Service and repair post boring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the post boring systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The post boring systems may be stand-alone or chainsaw attached, and can be petrol powered or electric powered.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair post boring system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of post boring system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check post boring system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and post boring system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking post boring system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure post boring system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	inspecting, repairing and replacing components testing repaired unit, including overload protection.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post boring system safely operating overload system selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE).

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2007 Service and repair post-boring systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA007 Service and repair post boring systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair two different post boring systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing post boring systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post boring system

safely operating overload system

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

application, purpose and operation of stand-alone or chainsaw attached post boring systems, including:

petrol powered

electric powered

augers and drill bit types and their application

service and repair procedures for post boring systems, including:

drive system gearbox

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

chuck assembly

augers and drill bits

clutch drum assembly

reversing system

post-repair testing procedures, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the post boring systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for post boring systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test post boring systems

two different post boring systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing post boring systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA008 Service and repair post hole digging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the post hole digging systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The post hole digging systems may be powered by electric or internal combustion engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair post hole digging system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of post hole digging system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check post hole digging system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and post hole digging system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable material are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking post hole digging system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure post hole digging system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	inspecting, repairing and replacing components adjusting system and components lubricating gearbox testing repaired unit, including overload protection.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post hole digging system safely operating overload system selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE).
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils and greases released from post hole digging systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2008 Service and repair post-hole digging systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA008 Service and repair post hole digging systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair two different post hole digging systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing post hole digging systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of post hole digging system

safely operating overload system

selecting and using suitable personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricating oils and greases released from post hole digging systems

application, purpose and operation of post hole digging systems, including:

electric powered

engine powered

power take-off

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

different types of augers and their applications, including:

tungsten

steel

service and repair procedures for post hole digging systems, including:

drive system gearbox

reversing system

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

drilling spindle

augers

auger brake

clutch drum assembly

auger sharpening

post-repair testing procedures for post hole digging systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the post hole digging systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for post hole digging systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test post hole digging systems

two different post hole digging systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing post hole digging systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair faults in the reciprocating cutting systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The reciprocating cutting systems include hedge trimmers, tree loppers or power shears, which may be electric or petrol driven.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair reciprocating cutting system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to workplace procedures
2. Determine service and repair requirements of reciprocating cutting system	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check reciprocating cutting system for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and reciprocating cutting system is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking reciprocating cutting system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure reciprocating cutting system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret angles for sharpening cutting blades.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised reciprocating cutting blade sharpening equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	inspecting, repairing and replacing components adjusting cutting system applying blade lubricants testing repaired unit, including overload protection systems sharpening blades and angles.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of reciprocating cutting system operating overload system working with 240 volt equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service and repair three different reciprocating cutting systems, including the following:

double and single sided powered hedge trimmers

mechanical tree loppers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health requirements relating to servicing and repairing reciprocating cutting systems, including:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

starting and checking operation, adjustment and alignment of reciprocating cutting system

operating overload system

working with 240 volt equipment

application, purpose and operation of reciprocating cutting systems, including:

double and single sided powered hedge trimmers

mechanical tree loppers

power shears

types of lubricants, and their application and methods of lubrication

service and repair procedures for reciprocating cutting systems, including:

drive system gearbox

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

anti-vibration system

cleaning, sharpening and adjusting blades

procedures for using sharpening equipment for reciprocating cutting tools

post-repair testing procedures for reciprocating cutting systems, including operating system through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the reciprocating cutting systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for reciprocating cutting systems

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test reciprocating cutting systems

three different reciprocating cutting systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing reciprocating cutting systems, including reciprocating cutting blade sharpening equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA010 Inspect and service pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service pumping systems according to manufacturer instructions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The pumping systems include centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer, high pressure piston pumps used for pressure cleaners, or diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service pumping system of outdoor power equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Manufacturer inspection and servicing procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect pumping system	2.1 Pumping system is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Service pumping system	3.1 Service options are selected according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service specifications and procedures relating to outdoor power equipment pumping systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret pressure and flow volumes and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate personnel.
Technology skills to:	use test equipment, such as vacuum and pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Servicing procedures must include:	inspecting seals, filters and components testing unit for pressure, suction and discharge replacing service items inspecting hoses, fittings and mountings.
Pumping systems must include:	centrifugal pumps high pressure piston pumps diaphragm pumps.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: safely starting and operating pumping systems working with exhaust fume hazards working with 240 volt equipment.
Post-service testing must include:	running pumping system to operating conditions checking pumping system for pressure and flow adjusting system re-testing pumping system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA2010 Service pumping systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA010 Inspect and service pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the following three outdoor power equipment pumping systems:

centrifugal pumping system

high pressure piston pumping system

diaphragm pumping system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing pumping systems, including procedures for:

safely starting and operating pumping systems

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with 240 volt equipment

identification and function of positive and non-positive displacement pumping systems

application and purpose of pumping systems, including:

centrifugal pumps as used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

high pressure piston pumps as used in pressure cleaners

diaphragm pumps as used in orchard spraying

drive systems

types of lubricants and fluids, and their application

inspection procedures for pumping systems, including:

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

service and adjustment procedures for pumping systems, including:

filters and strainers

hose and pipe fittings and attachments

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

mounting brackets and frame

test procedures and pump performance

drive systems

post-service testing procedures for outdoor power equipment pumping systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pumping systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for pumping systems

three pumping systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing pumping systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTA011 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the pumping systems of outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pumping systems are those of outdoor power equipment and include:

centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying

high pressure piston pumps used for pressure cleaners

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment pumping system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose pumping system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Repair pumping system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pumping system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure pumping system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret pressure and flow volumes for pumping systems.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use pressure gauges to test pumping systems.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Diagnostic information must include procedures relating to:	isolating faults, including internal and external leakage dismantling, inspecting and evaluating pumping system components testing pumping system for pressure, suction and discharge.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: starting and operating pumping systems working with exhaust fume hazards working with 240 volt equipment.
Post-repair testing must include:	running pumping system and checking operation against manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements making final adjustments and re-testing as required.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTA3011 Repair pumping systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTA011 Diagnose and repair pumping systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following three pumping systems:

one centrifugal pumping system

one high pressure piston pumping system

one diaphragm pumping system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing pumping systems, including procedures for:

starting and operating pumping systems

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with 240 volt equipment

operating principles of positive and non-positive displacement pumping systems and associated components

application, purpose and operation of the following pumping systems and components, including:

centrifugal pumps used for firefighting, irrigation and water transfer

high pressure piston pumps used in pressure cleaners

diaphragm pumps used in orchard spraying

types of lubricants, and associated application and methods of lubrication

diagnostic testing procedures for pumping systems, including:

testing system for pressure, suction and discharge

isolating faults, including internal and external leakage

repair procedures for pumping systems, including:

dismantling, inspecting and evaluating, replacing and adjusting the following pumping system components:

filters and strainers

hose and pipe fittings and attachments

overload devices

protective guards and cowlings

handle assembly

lubrication systems

drive systems

mounting brackets and frame

assembling pumping system and completing operational tests

post-repair testing procedures for pumping systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pumping systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for pumping systems

area for safely testing pumping systems

pressure gauge

three pumping systems specified in the performance evidence with faults

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing pumping systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTE002 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service engines according to manufacturer instructions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. This unit does not apply to light and heavy vehicle engines. The engines include those of two-stroke and four-stroke spark ignition, or four-stroke compression ignition engines of outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service an outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect engine	2.1 Engine is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments 2.4 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Service engine	3.1 Service options are selected according to manufacturer maintenance schedule and lubrication charts 3.2 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment or engine is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine service specifications and procedures for outdoor power equipment.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals using basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction interpret measuring equipment divisions.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: rotating and hot components engine oils high energy ignition and charging systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines.
Post-service testing must include:	running engine to operating temperature checking engine for leaks and abnormal noises making adjustments as required re-testing engine.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTE2002 Service engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE002 Inspect and service outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the following outdoor power equipment engine types:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine

the above work must involve:

minor engine adjustments

replacing oil and oil filter

inspecting ancillary components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for working with:

rotating and hot components

engine oils

high energy ignition and charging systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricant and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines

identification and function of two-stroke and four-stroke major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

valve train

manifolds

ports and reed valves

carburettors and fuel injectors

identification and function of outdoor power equipment engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system, including:

air cooled

liquid cooled

fuel system

basic operation of spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of:

engine configurations

engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts and pulleys

service and adjustment procedures for engines, including:

minor adjustments

changing oil and filter

post-service testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including operating engine through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the equipment or outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

three different outdoor power equipment engines specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTE003 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the spark ignition and compression ignition engines of outdoor power equipment. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those in outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and environmental and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Obtain authorisation to proceed according to workplace procedures
3. Repair engine	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking outdoor power equipment engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications operate specialised measurement and calibration equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use engine test and diagnosis equipment use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers, bore gauges and tachometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with rotating and hot components.
Repair information must include procedures for:	dismantling and reassembling engines repairing and replacing faulty or worn engine components testing and adjusting engine components.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines.
Post-repair testing must include:	starting and running up engine to operating temperature and checking against manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements making final adjustments and re-testing as required.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTE3003 Repair engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE003 Diagnose and repair outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different outdoor power equipment engines, including in two of the following engine types:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine

in working on the above engines, removing, refitting or replacing the:

cylinder head

camshaft

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for working with rotating and hot components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from outdoor power equipment engines

operating principles of the outdoor power equipment engines and associated components, including:

two and four-stroke spark ignition engines and four-stroke compression ignition engines, including:

combustion cycle

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

valve timing

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

valve timing

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

types of lubricants, and associated application and methods of lubrication

application, purpose and operation of outdoor power equipment engines and components, including:

lubrication system, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, pistons, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including:

engine compression tests

vacuum tests

checking for sources of fluid leak

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for :

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including procedures for removing and replacing the:

cylinder head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

camshaft

assembly procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including adjusting components

post-repair testing procedures for outdoor power equipment engines, including idle and governor adjustments.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outdoor power equipment engine specifications

different types of outdoor power equipment engines specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for outdoor power equipment engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing and repairing outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTE004 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return outdoor power equipment engines to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the engine, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment and the engines may be two and four stroke spark ignition and four stroke compression ignition engines. The unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicle engines. This unit does not apply to light or heavy vehicle engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle outdoor power equipment engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate engine and components	2.1 Engine and relevant components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned ready for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced 2.6 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble engine and components	4.1 Engine is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of engine is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or storage, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate engine overhaul procedures and specifications use websites to download owner manuals, workshop literature and service bulletins.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges use specialised engine overhaul equipment, such as: hones valve and valve seat cutting equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery using cleaning chemicals and toxic substances environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTE4004 Overhaul engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTE004 Overhaul outdoor power equipment engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul two different outdoor power equipment engines as follows:

one four-stroke spark ignition engine

one of the following:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke compression ignition engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling engines and associated engine components, including procedures for:

operating specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

using cleaning chemicals and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from engines

types, characteristics and operating principles of outdoor power equipment engines and associated engine components

outdoor power equipment engine overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing an engine for overhaul

engine dismantling procedures

engine component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

engine and engine component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

engine cylinder head and cylinder block

engine crankshaft and camshaft

engine cylinder and engine sleeve fitting, boring and honing

engine bearing tunnel and connecting rod repair

engine assembly and adjustment procedures for achieving component tolerances, including:

piston to connecting rod big-end alignment

big-end bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

big-end bearing crush with bearing blue

piston ring end gap, back clearance and side clearance

main bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

cylinder head, valves, guides and seats

camshafts and cam followers

camshaft end float

crankshaft end float

gear backlash

governors

oil pump sealing and pick-up oil piping

component assembly procedures and processes, including:

welsh plugs and oil gallery plugs

piston and connecting rod assemblies

big-end bearings

piston rings to pistons

main bearings and thrust washers

crankshafts, including protection measures for crankshaft journals, bearings, rings and bores

finished camshaft bearings

cylinder head and components

camshafts and cam followers

timing gears

oil pumps, oil squirters, oil splashers, and oil pump pick-ups

governors

balance shafts

fitting ancillary components, including covers and cowlings, seals, housings, crankshaft pulleys and flywheels

post-overhaul testing procedures for engines, including:

fuel system adjustments

governor speed adjustments

engine protection devices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outdoor power equipment engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outdoor power equipment engine specifications

two different outdoor power equipment engines requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting outdoor power equipment engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTR001 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test and service 240 volt portable generators according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, testing and servicing the equipment, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The portable generators may be driven by petrol or diesel engines. Testing and servicing relates only to the 240 volt generator, and not the engine driving the generator.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake load test of portable generator	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Test and service procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Load testing equipment and tools are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct test and interpret results	2.1 Load test is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Test results are compared with manufacturer specifications to determine service requirements 2.3 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare to service generator	3.1 Service options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
4. Service generator	4.1 Components are serviced, adjusted and replaced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Generator is run and resistive load test is compared with manufacturer specifications
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and generator is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking test and service specifications and procedures relating to 240 volt portable generator.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when testing and servicing generator interpret gauges and test equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate electrical load test equipment and engine tachometer.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Test and service procedures must include:	alternating current (AC) output voltage and frequency resistive load testing engine speed.
Load testing equipment must include:	load testing device load appliances and equipment.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safely using electrical test equipment working with exhaust fume hazards working with hot or rotating parts.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTR3001 Test and service 240V portable generators

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR001 Test and service 240 volt portable generators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test and service two different 240 volt portable generators.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing and servicing 240 volt portable generators, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely using electrical test equipment

working with exhaust fume hazards

working with hot or rotating parts

licensing and regulatory requirements for working with 240 volt components

application, purpose and operation of different types of 240 volt portable generators, including:

inverter

standard, including:

brush

brushless

test and service procedures for 240 volt portable generators, including:

alternating current (AC) output voltage and frequency

battery voltage

load testing

generator mountings and frame

engine oil level check

engine performance test

control panel inspection

post-service testing procedures for 240 volt portable generators, including operating portable generators through full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the 240 volt portable generators that they have tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for 240 volt portable generators

area and equipment, including PPE, for safely testing 240 volt portable generators

two different 240 volt portable generators requiring testing and service

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing and servicing 240 volt portable generators, including electrical load test equipment and engine tachometer.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test and service electric outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, testing and servicing the equipment, performing post-service testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The electric outdoor power equipment may be 240 volt or cordless battery powered, and includes shears, blowers, shredders, mulchers, chainsaws, line trimmers, or lawn edgers. This unit does not apply to 240 volt portable generators.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for test	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Test and service procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Test equipment and tools are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct test and interpret results	2.1 Operational tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Test results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Authorisation to proceed is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Prepare to service equipment	3.1 Service options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
4. Service equipment	4.1 Components are serviced, adjusted and replaced according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and electrical equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.2 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking test and service specifications and procedures relating to electric outdoor power equipment.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, when testing and servicing electric outdoor power equipment according to manufacturer specifications interpret gauges and test equipment.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate electrical equipment, such as load test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Test and service procedures must include:	brush serviceability resistive load testing motor speed circuit breaker battery condition battery charger.
Test equipment must include:	multimeter and electrical testing equipment circuit tester and load testing device.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including: procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) observing warnings in relation to working with 240 volt systems procedures for safely using electrical test equipment.
Environmental requirements must include:	environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of battery packs.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURPTR2002 Test and service outdoor electric powered equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR002 Test and service electric outdoor power equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

test and service:

two different 240 volt electric outdoor power equipment

two different cordless battery powered outdoor equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to and environmental requirements relating to the test and service of electric outdoor power equipment, including:

procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

observing warnings in relation to working with 240 volt systems

procedures for safely using electrical test equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of battery packs

application, purpose and operation of 240 volt and cordless battery powered outdoor electric equipment

licensing and regulatory requirements for 240 volt components

test and service procedures for 240 volt electric outdoor power equipment, including:

brush assembly

resistive load testing

circuit breaker

stator windings

rotor windings

handle, mountings and frame

electrical leads

switch

protective guards

test and service procedures for cordless battery powered outdoor electric equipment, including:

brush assembly

resistive load testing

circuit breaker

stator windings

rotor windings

handle, mountings and frame

electrical leads

switch

protective guards

battery

battery charger

post-repair testing procedures for electric outdoor power equipment, including operating equipment through its full operating range.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electric outdoor power equipment that they have tested and serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electric outdoor power equipment specifications

area and equipment, including PPE, for safely testing electric outdoor power equipment

electric powered equipment specified in the performance evidence requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for testing and servicing electric outdoor power equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURPTR003 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems (EMS) according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, determining the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the outdoor power equipment service and repair industry. The EMS include electronic fuel injection and emission systems in hand-held or wheeled equipment. EMS may include those of two- and four-stroke spark ignition engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Outdoor Power Equipment

Unit Sector

Technical- Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair EMS	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Determine service and repair requirements of EMS	2.1 System is inspected and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings and test results are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repair or adjustment 2.4 Authorisation to proceed with service and repair is obtained according to workplace procedures
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.2 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Components are removed and inspected for serviceability according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Reusable, repaired and replacement components are fitted and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Check EMS for normal operation	4.1 System is operated and compared to manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Adjustments are made as required and EMS is re-tested
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and equipment is presented ready for use, including protective guards, cowlings and safety features 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking EMS specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure EMS components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications measure electrical components for comparison to manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use diagnostic EMS equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Service and repair procedures must include:	inspecting, servicing, repairing and replacing components performing diagnostic routines reading and resetting error codes testing repaired units documenting and reporting service and repair procedures.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) working with electrical systems operating engines safely.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fuel released from the EMS.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURPTR003 Service and repair outdoor power equipment engine management systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use diagnostic tools to perform checks on two different outdoor power equipment engine management systems (EMS), in which the work must involve validating error codes and downloading EMS software

service and repair the above two outdoor power equipment EMS, in which the work must involve the following components:

fuel injection pump

fuel injector or carburettor

spark plug

ignition coil pack

generator or compensator

electronic control unit

sensors, including:

crankshaft angle

engine speed sensor

crankcase temperature and pressure sensor

emission control systems

on two occasions carry out EMS diagnosis, calibration and adjustment using relevant manufacturer engine diagnosis device.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing engine management systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

working with electrical systems

operating engines safely

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fuel released from the EMS

operating principles of outdoor power equipment EMS, including:

air fuel ratios and chemistry of combustion

composition of petrol fuel, including octane rating

open and closed loop injection

engine emissions

application, purpose and operation of EMS components, including:

fuel system components:

fuel injection pump

fuel injector

tank, cap and lines

electronic control system components:

electronic control unit

throttle position sensor

generator

crankshaft angle and engine speed

crankcase air temperature and pressure sensor

manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor

oxygen sensor

ignition system, including:

spark plug

high tension lead

coil

engine emission control system, including:

emission standards

engine emission design technology

evaporative

exhaust

crankcase

identification, selection and operation of EMS diagnostic tools relevant to the engine brand and system type

procedures for system data retrieval in order to determine usage of product, fuel quality values, system parameters and service history

service and repair procedures available from EMS manufacturer manuals, including removal, replacement, calibration and adjustment procedures for EMS, including:

fuel system

ignition system

electronic control system

emission control system

post-repair testing procedures for EMS, including:

operating engine system through full operating range

verify manufacturer specifications

performance benchmarking product against specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the EMS that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

outdoor power equipment repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications for EMS

area and equipment, including PPE, required to safely test EMS

two outdoor power equipment EMS requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and repairing EMS, including:

industry relevant engine diagnosis devices, including computer and system software, communications adaptor and connecting cables

multimeter.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

- http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRGA001 Launch and recover vessels using a trailer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use a trailer to launch and recover a motor-driven vessel in an estuary or seaway. It involves preparing for the task, conducting a vessel pre-launch safety inspection, launching the vessel into the water, and recovering the vessel from the water.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry. The vessels are those up to 10 metres in length with a maximum beam of 2.5 metres.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to launch vessel	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 1.3 Weather, tides and launch site are checked for safe launch conditions 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Conduct pre-launch safety inspection	2.1 Vessel safety equipment is audited 2.2 Vessel systems and components are checked for seaworthiness, and compliance with manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations 2.3 Trailer is checked for compliance with manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations 2.4 Systems and components that fail the vessel and trailer check are recorded, and supervisor and owner are notified
3. Launch vessel	3.1 Vehicle is manoeuvred to position trailer in suitable depth of water on launch site according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Vessel is tethered to trailer using suitable rope and knots 3.3 Winch mechanism is operated, safety chain removed, and vessel allowed to slide from trailer according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, safety requirements, and state and territory marine safety laws 3.4 Vessel is moved from launch site to safe area in water according to state and territory marine safety laws 3.5 Vehicle and trailer are parked in a suitable area
4. Recover vessel	4.1 Vehicle is manoeuvred to position trailer in suitable depth of water on launch site according to state and territory marine safety laws 4.2 Detachable trailer fixtures are removed and trailer retrieval guide poles fitted as required 4.3 Vessel is manoeuvred into recovery area and aligned with trailer guides and rollers 4.4 Vessel is tethered to trailer using suitable rope and knots 4.5 Winch mechanism is operated and vessel is pulled on to trailer without causing damage to vessel or trailer 4.6 Vessel is secured to trailer according to manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for vessel launch and recovery equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature interpret weather and tide information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting safety inspection findings.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report safety inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate tare weight, gross vehicle mass and aggregate trailer mass, and compare with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	assess different launch and recovery situations and determine safest method of work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal flotation devices working safely with rope, chain and steel cables.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRGA3001 Launch and recover a vessel using a trailer

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA001 Launch and recover vessels using a trailer

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

launch and recover two different vessels of up to 10 metres in length with a maximum beam of 2.5 metres, from different trailers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to launching and recovering vessels using a trailer, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal flotation devices

working safely with rope, chain and steel cables

tare weight, gross vehicle mass and aggregate trailer mass regulations relating to trailer weights on single, dual and tri-axle trailers

pre-launch inspection procedures, including inspection procedures for:

vessel safety equipment, including:

life jackets

anchors

bailer or fire bucket and lanyard

bilge pump

compass

distress flares

emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB)

fire extinguisher

map

marine radio

paddles and oars

safety and capacity labels

sound signals

drinking water

waterproof torch

hulls and fittings

trailers, including trailer winch mechanisms

state or territory legislation, regulations, marine safety laws, standards and codes of practice relating to marine launch sites

vessel launching and recovery procedures, including:

methods of determining water depth required for vessel flotation

type, application and operation of trailer winches

rope knots applicable to launching and recovering vessels

methods of securing vessels to trailers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have launched and recovered using a trailer, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

launch site at an estuary or seaway

two different vessels as specified in the performance evidence on different trailers

state and territory marine safety laws

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, launching and recovering vessels.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRGA002 Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use a crane, gantry or forklift to launch and recover a vessel. It involves checking launch site conditions, conducting vessel and launching equipment safety inspections, launching the vessel into the water, and recovering the vessel from the water.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry. The vessels are those up to 10 metres in length with a maximum beam of 2.5 metres.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to use crane, gantry or forklift to launch vessel	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Launch and recovery equipment is selected according to job requirements, and checked for safe operation according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Conduct pre-launch safety inspection	2.1 Weather, tides and launch site are checked for safe launch conditions 2.2 Vessel safety equipment is audited 2.3 Vessel systems and components are checked for seaworthiness, and compliance with manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations 2.4 Systems and components that fail the vessel check are recorded, and supervisor and owner are notified
3. Launch vessel	3.1 Slings and lifting equipment are attached and positioned to hull according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Crane, gantry or forklift is operated and manoeuvred to place vessel in suitable depth of water at launch site, according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to vessel or the environment 3.3 Slings and lifting equipment are removed from vessel according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Vessel is moved from launch site to safe area in water according to state and territory marine safety laws 3.5 Crane, gantry or forklift is moved from launch site according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements
4. Recover vessel	4.1 Crane, gantry or forklift is positioned at lift point ensuring suitable depth of water is present according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.2 Vessel is manoeuvred into recovery area according to state and territory marine safety laws, and aligned with lifting equipment 4.3 Slings and lifting equipment are attached and positioned to hull according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.4 Crane, gantry or forklift is operated and manoeuvred to remove vessel from water according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to vessel, lifting equipment or physical surrounds 4.5 Vessel is secured in storage or transport location and slings and lifting equipment are removed from vessel according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for vessel launch and recovery equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature interpret weather and tide information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report safety inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate tare weight, gross vehicle mass, and aggregate trailer mass and compare with manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	assess different launching and recovery situations and determine safest method of work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: determining safe lifting limits of cranes, gantries and forklifts positioning slings and lifting equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRGA3002 Launch and recover a vessel from crane, gantry and forklift

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA002 Use cranes, gantries and forklifts to launch and recover vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

launch and recover two vessels of up to 10 metres in length with a maximum beam of 2.5 metres, using a crane, gantry or forklift.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to launching and recovering a vessel using a crane, gantry or forklift, including procedures for:

determining safe lifting limits of cranes, gantries and forklifts

positioning slings and lifting equipment

pre-launch inspection procedures, including inspection procedures for:

vessel safety equipment, including:

life jackets

anchors

bailer or fire bucket and lanyard

bilge pump

compass

distress flares

emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB)

fire extinguisher

map

marine radio

paddles and oars

safety and capacity labels

sound signals

drinking water

waterproof torch

hulls and fittings

cranes, gantries and forklifts

state or territory legislation, regulations, marine safety laws, standards and codes of practice relating to marine launch sites

vessel launching and recovery procedures, including:

procedures for determining water depth required for vessel flotation

type, application and operation of cranes, gantries and forklifts, including:

lifting sling equipment and vessel attachment points

techniques for manoeuvring a crane, gantry, forklift and attached vessel.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have launched and recovered using a crane, gantry or forklift, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

launch site at an estuary or seaway

two different vessels as specified in the performance evidence

crane, gantry or forklift appropriate for launching and recovering vessels

state and territory marine safety laws

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, launching and recovering vessels using a crane, gantry or forklift.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRGA003 Moor motor-driven vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to moor and dock a motor-driven vessel to or from a dockside or swing mooring. It involves preparing for the task, conducting a vessel and equipment safety inspection, moving the vessel from its mooring into a safe area of water, and returning the vessel to its mooring.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry. The vessels are those up to 19 metres in length.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare vessel	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Tools and equipment, including personal flotation device, are selected and checked for serviceability 1.3 Weather, tides and mooring site are checked for safe mooring conditions 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed
2. Conduct safety inspection prior to moving off	2.1 Vessel safety equipment is audited 2.2 Vessel systems and components are checked for seaworthiness, and compliance with manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations 2.3 Engine is started and controls are checked for seaworthiness and compliance with manufacturer specifications 2.4 Systems and components that fail the vessel check are recorded and supervisor and owner are notified
3. Move off mooring	3.1 Lines are removed and stowed using suitable knots 3.2 Vessel is manoeuvred from mooring according to safety requirements 3.3 Vessel is moved from mooring to safe area in water according to state and territory marine safety laws
4. Dock and moor vessel	4.1 Mooring site appropriate for vessel and attachment equipment are selected 4.2 Attachment points on mooring dock and vessel are located and checked 4.3 Vessel is manoeuvred to mooring site according to state and territory marine safety laws 4.4 Vessel is aligned to mooring site and attachment equipment is secured according to state and territory marine safety laws 4.5 Vessel is secured to mooring site using appropriate dock lines, knots and buffering equipment according to state and territory marine safety laws

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for vessel mooring equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature interpret weather and tide information.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting safety inspection findings.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report safety inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret instrument gauges to determine vessel speed.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	assess different launching and recovery situations and determine safest method of work.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Manoeuvring from mooring must take into account:	currents tides weather conditions other vessels.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal flotation devices following state or territory legislation, regulations and marine safety laws relating to operating a vessel in an estuary or seaway.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRGA3003 Moor a motor-driven vessel

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRGA003 Moor motor-driven vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

moor two different motor-driven vessels of up to 19 metres in length, in which the work must involve mooring vessel to, off and away from:

a swing mooring

a dockside.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to mooring motor-driven vessels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal flotation devices

following state or territory legislation, regulations and marine safety laws relating to operating a vessel in an estuary or seaway, including:

holding a boat driver licence

speed restrictions

navigation rules

boat capacity

safety inspection procedures, including inspection procedures for:

vessel safety equipment, including:

life jackets

anchors

bailer or fire bucket and lanyard

bilge pump

compass

distress flares

emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB)

fire extinguisher

map

marine radio

paddles and oars

safety and capacity labels

sound signals

drinking water

waterproof torch

hulls and fittings, including mooring fittings

inspection procedures for mooring sites, including:

rope and chain condition

shackle condition

buoy condition

wharf or pier condition

knot types for a variety of situations, including dock, fixed pier, jetty, wharf, concrete pontoon and plastic pontoon

types and application of swing moorings, including single point moorings and twin moorings

procedures for mooring a vessel, including manoeuvring techniques to position vessel according to tides and currents.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the motor-driven vessels that they have moored, e.g. photographs of moored vessels.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

moorings for vessels, including a swing mooring and a dockside mooring

two different motor-driven vessels up to 19 metres in length requiring mooring

state and territory marine safety laws

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and mooring motor-driven vessels.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service the equipment of a vessel’s deck, hull and cabin. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the hull and deck of the vessel and the vessel equipment, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the equipment as required, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect deck and hull	2.1 Inspection is carried out to identify deterioration and damage according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Inspect deck, hull and cabin equipment	3.1 Inspection is carried out to identify deterioration, damage and improper operation according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
4. Service deck, hull and cabin equipment	4.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to deck, hull and cabin equipment.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers on gauges and dials.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for securing vessels prior to beginning work.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste material produced during servicing processes.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTA2001 Service deck, hull and cabin equipment

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA001 Inspect and service deck, hull and cabin equipment

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the deck, hull and cabin equipment of three different vessels, including:

anchor

bow and stern rails

steering system

electrical equipment and lighting.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing marine deck, hull and cabin equipment, including procedures for securing vessels prior to beginning work

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste material produced during servicing processes

basic construction methods of vessels, including building materials

identification, function and basic operation of marine deck, hull and cabin equipment, including:

anchors

bow and stern rails

steering system

global positioning system (GPS)

radio communication system

depth sounder

inspection procedures for marine:

decks and hulls, including procedures for identifying deterioration and damage

deck, hull and cabin equipment, including procedures for identifying deterioration, damage and improper operation

service and adjustment procedures for marine deck, hull and cabin equipment, including procedures for lubricating and adjusting steering systems

post-service testing procedures for marine deck, hull and cabin equipment, including procedures for testing equipment in and out of water.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vessel specifications

three different vessels requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing vessel deck, hull and cabin equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to winterise or prepare a vessel and its engine systems for seasonal shutdown and storage. It involves preparing for the task, testing the vessel systems and engine prior to winterising, making any recommendations for further action, and carrying out treatments of vessel and engine systems.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to winterise vessel and engine systems	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Winterising procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Winterise vessel	2.1 Vessel systems are tested prior to winterising according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Vessel systems that fail testing are reported according to workplace procedures, and rectification approval is gained from customer 2.3 Vessel systems are winterised according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Winterise engine and systems	3.1 Vessel engine and systems are tested prior to winterising according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Vessel engine and system components that fail testing are reported according to workplace procedures, and rectification approval is gained from customer 3.3 Vessel engine and systems are winterised according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Engine openings are sealed against ingress of foreign matter according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented or stored according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for vessels and engine systems in workplace and manufacturer literature interpret information from manufacturer and workshop manuals when seeking vessel and engine system specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings and recording work completed.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and gain customer consent for required rectification measures.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate amounts and ratios of fluids.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as battery load testers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids drained from engine systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTA3003 Winterise vessel and engine systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA003 Winterise vessels and engine systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

winterise two different vessels and their engine systems, in which the work must involve:

fogging engine cylinders

treating fuel systems

disconnecting batteries

lubricating linkages and starter drive mechanisms

treating cooling systems

weatherproofing systems and components.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing and winterising vessels and engine systems, including procedures for checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids drained from engine systems

pre-winterising testing procedures for vessels and engine systems, including:

electrical system testing

engine and driveline testing

control system testing

winterising procedures for vessels and engine systems, including:

properties and use of servicing fluids, lubricants and anti-corrosion products used in winterising procedures

fogging engine cylinders

emptying and treating fuel systems

disconnecting batteries

lubricating linkages and starter drive mechanisms

treating cooling systems

weatherproofing systems and components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have winterised, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vessel specifications

two different vessels, engines and associated systems requiring winterising

testing equipment for vessels and engine systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for winterising vessels and engine systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA006 Water test vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to water test a vessel in order to meet specific customer performance specifications and ensure compliance with statutory regulations. It involves preparing for the task, conducting a vessel safety inspection, water testing the vessel on a waterway, and completing work processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to water test vessel	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Water testing procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Water testing options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct safety inspection	2.1 Vessel safety equipment is audited 2.2 Vessel systems and components are checked for seaworthiness, and compliance with manufacturer specifications and applicable state and territory regulations 2.3 Vessel is checked for safety using testing equipment, as required 2.4 Systems and components that fail the safety test are recorded, and supervisor and owner are notified
3. Undertake water testing activities	3.1 Engine performance is tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety requirements, and state and territory marine safety laws 3.2 Propulsion unit is tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety requirements, and state and territory marine safety laws 3.3 Hull and hull fittings are tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, safety requirements, and state and territory marine safety laws 3.4 Vessel systems that fail water testing are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for vessels from workplace and manufacturer literature interpret water testing procedures from manufacturer procedures interpret information from manufacturer and workshop manuals when seeking vessel specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings and recording work completed.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and gain customer consent for required rectification measures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers on measuring equipment and vessel gauges use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as multimeters, tachometers and battery load testers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE, including personal flotation devices following state or territory legislation, regulations and marine safety laws relating to operating a vessel in an estuary or seaway.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTA3006 Water test a vessel

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA006 Water test vessels

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

water test two different vessels with engines, propulsion units and hull fittings, in which the work must involve water testing navigation lights and safety equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to water testing vessels, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal flotation devices

following state or territory legislation, regulations and marine safety laws relating to operating a vessel in an estuary or seaway, including:

holding a boat driver licence

speed restrictions

navigation rules

boat capacity

pre-launch inspection procedures, including inspection procedures for:

vessel safety equipment, including:

life jackets

anchors

bailer or fire bucket and lanyard

bilge pump

compass

distress flares

emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB)

fire extinguisher

map

marine radio

paddles and oars

safety and capacity labels

sound signals

drinking water

waterproof torch

hulls and fittings

navigation lights

steering system

fuel system

factors influencing vessel performance, including:

basic hull design and hydrodynamics

hull type, including:

planing

displacement

single and multi-hull

hull fittings

engine, including:

type

size

single and multi-cylinder

engine and hull match

engine propeller match

vessel, including:

type

size

age

modifications and additions to existing vessel

water testing procedures for vessels, including water testing engine performance, propulsion units, and hull and hull fittings, including:

testing engine performance by operating engine through full operating range

testing propulsion unit by operating through full range of speeds and directions

testing hull and hull fittings by operating through full range of performance conditions

testing to establish that current configuration is performing to manufacturer specifications

procedures for test report compilation and presentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have water tested, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

appropriate waterway for water testing a vessel

workplace instructions

manufacturer vessel specifications

state and territory marine safety laws

two different vessels requiring water testing

tools, testing equipment and materials appropriate for water testing vessels.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry on inboard, outboard or jet drive marine vessels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light marine hydraulic system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Hydraulic system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out analysis and evaluation	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light marine hydraulic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light marine hydraulic diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: fluids under pressure stored pressure hazards hot fluid hazards environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Tests must include:	stroke times for tilt and trim operation leak down and creep full load water testing.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTA5007 Analyse and evaluate light marine hydraulic system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA007 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the hydraulic systems of three different light marine vessels

the above analysis and evaluation must involve three of the following systems:

power assisted steering

hydraulic steering

bow thruster

trim tabs

tilt and trim

winch.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light marine hydraulic systems, including procedures for working with:

fluids under pressure

stored pressure hazards

hot fluid hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light marine hydraulic system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light marine hydraulic system faults, including procedures for diagnosing:

hydraulic faults

mechanical faults

electrical faults

procedures for analysing and evaluating light marine hydraulic system faults, including:

system failure analysis

component failure analysis

hydraulic principles, including pressure, flow and force

mechanical principles, including levers and mechanical advantage

types, functions, operation and limitations of light marine hydraulic systems, including:

power assisted steering

hydraulic steering

bow thruster

trim tabs

tilt and trim

winches

vessel systems and their impact on light marine hydraulic system operation, including vessel electrical system

testing procedures for light marine hydraulic systems, including:

stroke times for tilt and trim operation

leak down and creep

full load water testing

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hydraulic systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light marine hydraulic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light marine hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications

three different light marine vessels with faults in the systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light marine hydraulic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light marine hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA008 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry on inboard or outboard marine vessels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light marine hull performance and stability system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Performance and stability system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light marine performance and stability systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light marine performance and stability diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with rotating shafts and propellers.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.
Tests must include:	engine performance and maximum speed propeller matching hull performance and stability water tests hull integrity.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTA5008 Analyse and evaluate light marine hull performance and stability system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA008 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the hull performance and stability system of three different light marine vessels

the above analysis and evaluation must involve the following:

engine performance and maximum speed

propeller matching

hull integrity.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems, including procedures for working with rotating shafts and propellers

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light marine hull performance and stability systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light marine hull performance and stability systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of light marine hull performance and stability systems, including:

marine two-stroke, four-stroke and diesel engines

marine engine installation and rigging techniques to applicable specifications

propeller selection techniques and procedures

boat trimming methods and planning aspects

marine hull performance and design characteristics

vessel systems and their impact on light marine hull performance and stability system operation, including weight distribution of vessel components

testing procedures for light marine hull performance and stability systems, including:

engine performance and maximum speed

propeller matching

hull performance and stability water tests

hull integrity

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine hull performance and stability systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light marine hull performance and stability systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light marine performance and stability systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hull performance and stability system specifications

three different light marine vessels with faults in the hull performance and stability systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light marine hull performance and stability systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light marine hull performance and stability systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTA009 Recommission vessels and engine systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare vessels and their engine systems for use after seasonal shutdown and storage. It involves testing the vessel and engine systems, reporting faults, recommissioning the vessel and engine systems, and determining the need for water testing.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to recommission vessel systems	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Recommissioning procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Recommission vessel systems	2.1 Vessel systems are tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Vessel systems that fail testing are reported according to workplace procedures, and rectification approval is gained from customer 2.3 Vessel systems are adjusted and re-tested as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Recommission vessel engine systems	3.1 Vessel engine systems are tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Vessel engine systems that fail testing are reported according to workplace procedures, and rectification approval is gained from customer 3.3 Vessel engine systems are adjusted and re-tested as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and the need for water testing is determined
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vessel and engine system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings and recording work completed.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report findings, and gain customer consent for required rectification measures.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate amounts and ratios of fluids.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as battery load testers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats environmental requirements, including: procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids drained from engine systems procedures for disposing of batteries.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTA009 Recommission vessels and engine systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

recommission two different vessels and their engine systems, in which the work must involve:

preparing vessel systems for use, including:

electrical systems

steering system

safety systems

preparing engine systems for use, including:

fuel system

cooling system

driveline system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to recommissioning vessels and engine systems, including procedures for checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats

environmental requirements, including:

procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids drained from engine systems

procedures for disposing of batteries

recommissioning procedures for vessel and engine systems, including:

properties and use of servicing fluids, lubricants and anti-corrosion products used in recommissioning procedures

preparing vessel systems for use, including:

electrical and on-board electronic systems

steering system

safety systems, including procedures for checking flotation devices and fire extinguishers

preparing engine systems for use, including:

fuel system

cooling system

driveline system

post-recommissioning testing procedures for vessel systems, including procedures for water testing vessels and systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels that they have recommissioned, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vessel specifications

two different vessels and associated engine systems requiring recommissioning

testing equipment for vessel systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for recommissioning vessels and engine systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the exhaust and cooling systems of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical – Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose exhaust and cooling system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle exhaust and cooling system	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Exhaust and cooling system is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Exhaust and cooling system is cleaned and its components are arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Exhaust and cooling system components are inspected, measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble exhaust and cooling system	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Exhaust and cooling system is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking marine cooling system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure exhaust and cooling system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as infra-red thermometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting exhaust and cooling system components working with hot exhaust and cooling system components.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of materials released from exhaust systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTC001 Diagnose and repair marine exhaust and cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the fresh water cooling exhaust and cooling systems of two different vessels

diagnose and repair a fault in the raw water exhaust and cooling systems of two different vessels.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine exhaust and cooling systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting exhaust and cooling system components

working with hot exhaust and cooling system components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of materials released from exhaust systems

application, purpose and operation of marine exhaust and cooling systems and components, including:

fresh water cooling systems, including:

circulation pumps

thermostats

heat exchangers

exhaust manifolds

turbochargers

dry exhausts

raw water cooling systems, including:

pumps, including camshaft, belt, shaft and gear driven

relief valves

engine oil coolers

transmission oil coolers

sacrificial anodes

intercoolers

seawater strainers

exhaust manifolds

exhaust elbows and risers

exhaust tubes and hoses

wet exhausts

mufflers and waterlocks

siphon breaks

exhaust outlet flappers

diagnostic testing procedures for exhaust and cooling systems, including:

manometer measurement

turbocharger boost measurement

raw water system pressure and flow measurement

fresh water cooling system pressure testing

infra-red temperature measurement

dismantling and repair procedures for exhaust and cooling systems, including procedures for inspecting and evaluating the following components:

circulation pumps

thermostats

heat exchangers

turbochargers and intercoolers

raw water pumps, including camshaft, belt, shaft and gear driven

relief valves

sacrificial anodes

seawater strainers

exhaust manifolds

exhaust elbows and risers

exhaust tubes and hoses

mufflers and waterlocks

siphon breaks

exhaust outlet flappers

post-repair testing procedures for exhaust and cooling systems, including water testing procedures while under load.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine exhaust and cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer exhaust and cooling system specifications

two different marine vessels with faults in their fresh water cooling exhaust and cooling systems

two different marine vessels with faults in their raw water exhaust and cooling systems

diagnostic equipment for marine exhaust and cooling systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, testing, repairing and reassembling marine exhaust and cooling systems.

Links

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTD001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the wire and rope, push and pull type cable, hydraulic and chain steering systems of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose steering system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair steering system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking marine steering system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure marine steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: avoiding pinch points when operating steering systems working with high hydraulic oil pressures.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTD3001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTD001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two of the following marine steering systems:

mechanical cable

hydraulic steering

electrohydraulic steering.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine steering systems, including:

procedures for avoiding pinch points when operating steering systems

procedures for working with high hydraulic oil pressures

methods for determining safe working loads of ropes, chains and cables

operating principles of marine steering systems and associated components, including:

rudders and the principle of unequal water pressures

propwash

application, purpose and operation of marine steering systems and components, including:

rope, cable and chain systems

inboard steering systems, including:

steering gear

balanced and unbalanced rudders

electrohydraulic steering

outboard engine steering, including:

mechanical cable

hydraulic steering

electrohydraulic steering

stern drive steering, including:

power steering

electrohydraulic steering

bow and stern thrusters, including:

electric systems

hydraulic systems

diagnostic testing procedures for marine steering systems, including:

rudder wear down

mechanical cable testing, including:

helm evaluation, including backlash

draglink wear

hydraulic system testing, including:

pressure testing

testing system for air

draglink wear

electrohydraulic system testing, including:

pressure testing

component electrical testing

repair procedures for marine steering systems, including procedures for:

selecting steering system appropriate to vessel

dismantling, repairing and lubricating steering system components

replacing components

replacing helm and ram seal

identifying and measuring cables

post-repair testing procedures for marine steering systems, including procedures for testing for smooth operation and full range of movement.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

marine vessels with faults in the steering systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for marine steering systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting marine steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines. It involves preparing for the task, checking the engine, setting up testing equipment, running the engine, conducting the tests, recording test results, and completing work processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to wet run an outboard engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Test procedures and information are accessed and interpreted and appropriate test method is selected 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and test equipment are selected and checked and wet run test area is prepared according to workplace procedures
2. Set up engine and equipment for wet run test	2.1 Engine is checked for ability to run through testing operating range according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Engine is prepared and wet run equipment mounted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Required testing equipment is attached to engine according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Carry out wet run test	3.1 Engine is started and operated throughout test operating range according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Engine test results are monitored during wet run test according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Wet run test results are recorded according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate outboard engine wet run testing specifications and other required information.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting test findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and materials used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	identify risk factors to minimise risk to self and others.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting outboard engines working with outboard engines, including: rotating components propellers exhaust emissions environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines during wet run testing.
Wet run test results must include:	attaching flushing device checking security of fittings connecting remote water supply regulating water supply for test.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE1001 Prepare outboard engines for wet-run testing

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE001 Carry out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out wet run testing on two outboard engines, including one outboard engine fitted to a boat.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to wet run testing vessel outboard engines, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting outboard engines

working with outboard engines, including:

rotating components

propellers

exhaust emissions

abnormal noise

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines during wet run testing

types and classifications of outboard engines, including two- and four-stroke engines

wet running procedures for outboard engines, including:

using test tanks

using outboard engine flushers

checking throttle, choke and fast idle settings

testing procedures for wet running outboard engines, including attaching tachometers to engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessel outboard engines that they have wet run tested, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard engine specifications

two different marine outboard engines, including one engine fitted to a boat

wet run testing equipment for outboard engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out wet run tests on vessel outboard engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service marine outboard engines and components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the vessel engine and its associated components, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry and includes spark ignition and compression ignition outboard engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service outboard engine and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect engine and components	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service engine and components	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to outboard engines.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with: exhaust fumes high energy ignition systems rotating components.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.
Post-service testing must include:	running engine to operating temperature and checking cooling system operation checking engine fluid levels checking fuel system for leaks checking for abnormal noises checking operation of gauges and warning devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE2002 Service outboard engines and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE002 Inspect and service marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the following outboard engines:

two-stroke spark ignition engine

direct injection two-stroke spark ignition engine

four-stroke spark ignition engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing outboard engines, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with:

exhaust fumes

high energy ignition systems

rotating components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

identification and function of major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

camshaft and valves

manifolds

ports and reed valves

identification and function of engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system

fuel system

operating principles of spark ignition engines, including:

two-stroke engines

four-stroke engines

types and applications of:

engine configurations

engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for outboard engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for outboard engines, including:

adjusting or replacing engine components

replacing oil

replacing filters

post-service testing procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for:

running engine to operating temperature and checking cooling system operation

checking engine fluid levels

checking fuel system for leaks

checking for abnormal noises

checking operation of gauges and warning devices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine outboard engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard engine specifications

three different outboard engines specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine outboard engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service marine inboard engines and components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine and associated components of the vessel, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry and includes spark ignition and compression ignition inboard engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service inboard engine and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect engine and components	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service engine and components	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to inboard engines.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with: rotating components hot components engine oils and coolants exhaust fumes high-energy ignition and charging systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.
Post-service testing must include:	running engine to operating temperature and checking cooling system operation checking engine fluid and coolant levels checking fuel system for leaks checking for abnormal noises checking operation of gauges and warning devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE2003 Service inboard engines and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE003 Inspect and service marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service two different inboard engines, including one of the following:

four-stroke spark ignition inboard engine

four-stroke compression ignition inboard engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing inboard engines, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with:

rotating components

hot components

engine oils and coolants

exhaust fumes

high-energy ignition and charging systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

identification and function of major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

camshaft and valves

manifolds

identification and function of engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system

fuel system

operating principles of inboard engines, including:

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of:

engine configurations

engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for inboard engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for inboard engines, including:

adjusting or replacing engine components

replacing oil

replacing filters

post-service testing procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for:

running engine to operating temperature and checking cooling system operation

checking engine fluid and coolant levels

checking fuel system for leaks

checking for abnormal noises

checking operation of gauges and warning devices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine inboard engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard engine specifications

two different inboard engines specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine inboard engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE006 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the two and four-stroke cycle outboard engines of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair marine outboard engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Engine is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Engine is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Engine components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble engine	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Engine is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting outboard engines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE3006 Diagnose and repair outboard engines and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE006 Diagnose and repair marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different marine two-stroke powerheads, in which the work must involve dismantling and reassembling the powerhead

diagnose and repair a fault in two different marine four-stroke powerheads, in which the work must involve dismantling and reassembling the powerhead.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing outboard engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting outboard engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of outboard engines and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

application, purpose and operation of outboard engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet manifolds, poppet and reed valves, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, piston pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for outboard engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for repairing cylinder blocks and cylinder heads

assembly procedures for outboard engines, including procedures for fitting components and obtaining clearances and tolerances

post-repair testing procedures for outboard engines, including:

load testing engines

tank testing engines

water testing engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard engine specifications

two different marine two-stroke powerheads with system faults

two different marine four-stroke powerheads with system faults

diagnostic equipment for outboard engines and components

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting outboard engines and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE007 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the inboard spark ignition and compression ignition engines of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair inboard engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked according for serviceability
2. Diagnose engine	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including initial recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Dismantle engine	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Engine is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Engine is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Engine components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble engine	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Engine is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel or engine is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting inboard engines.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE3007 Diagnose and repair inboard engines and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE007 Diagnose and repair marine inboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different marine inboard engines, including:

a fault in an engine cylinder head, in which the work must involve removing the cylinder head from the engine

a fault in two of the following components, in which the work must involve removing the components from the engine:

engine valve timing belt

engine valve timing chain

engine valve lifters

cylinder head valve stem seals

camshaft

camshaft bearings

crankshaft

balance shaft or its bearings

pistons and connecting rods

cylinder block sleeves

main bearings and big-end bearings

internal oil pump

dismantle and reassemble one marine inboard engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing inboard engines, including procedures for lifting and supporting inboard engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

operating principles of inboard engines and associated components, including:

combustion, including:

air-fuel ratios and combustion cycles

direct injection

detonation

engine measurement and performance, including:

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

application, purpose and operation of inboard engines and components, including:

lubrication systems, cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, engine valves, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, timing gears, vibration dampers and flywheels

diagnostic testing procedures for inboard engines, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests

sources of water ingress

checking sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

checking abnormal engine noises

dismantling procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for repairing cylinder blocks and cylinder heads

assembly procedures for inboard engines, including procedures for fitting components and obtaining clearances and tolerances

post-repair testing procedures for inboard engines, including:

load testing engines

water testing engines.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine inboard engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard engine specifications

three different marine inboard engines with the faults specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for inboard engines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine inboard engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install marine engines, controls and instruments. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of marine engines, controls and instruments, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install engine, controls and instruments	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install engine	2.1 Engine, controls and instruments are checked for correct application and any damage 2.2 Engine assembly is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed engine is tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
3. Install engine controls	3.1 Engine controls are installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Installed controls are tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
4. Install engine instruments and commission engine, controls and instruments	4.1 Engine instruments are installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.2 Installed engine instruments are tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.3 Final adjustments are made and engine, controls and instruments are re-tested in normal operating conditions
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division to calculate distances, areas, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine installation methods for different vessels.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as rulers, vernier calipers, test lights and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including lifting and supporting procedures for marine engines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE3008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install and test prior to placing in service:

three different marine engines

the marine engine controls of the above engines

the marine instruments of the above engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing marine engines, controls and instrumentation, including lifting and supporting procedures for marine engines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

construction and operating principles of inboard and outboard engines, controls and instruments

procedures for installing inboard engines, controls and instruments into vessels, including:

assessing engine bed dimensions, strength and material to suit engine size and power

measuring engine position and determining propeller or input shaft alignment

evaluating transom to ensure it suits engine manufacturer requirements, including:

measuring transom thickness, parallelism, angle and surface flatness

assessing transom condition

cutting and sealing transom cut-out to suit stern drive application

sealing transom plate to transom

positioning, aligning and fastening front engine mounts

lifting, supporting and manoeuvring engine

checking and adjusting final alignment of engine

procedures for installing outboard engine, controls and instruments to vessels, including:

ensuring engine meets vessel specifications

determining engine position according to centre line and height

sealing transoms

procedures for testing the installation of inboard and outboard engines, controls and instruments in vessels, including checking for water leaks, fuel and oil leaks

commissioning procedures for inboard and outboard engines, controls and instruments, including testing vessels under normal operating conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines, controls and instruments that they have installed in vessels, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine, controls and instrument specifications

three different vessels requiring installation of engines, controls and instruments

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing marine engines, controls and instruments.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to performance test a marine engine in a water tank. It involves preparing for the task, setting up the test equipment, performance testing the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to water test marine engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Testing information is accessed and interpreted, and testing options appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.3 Work area is set up according to job and workplace requirements 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Testing tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Set up engine and testing equipment	2.1 Engine is prepared for testing according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Engine is set in testing area according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Testing equipment is attached to engine according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Performance test engine	3.1 Engine is started and operated through speed range according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.2 Performance data is recorded during engine test sequence according to workplace procedures 3.3 Engine performance data is compared with manufacturer specifications, and discrepancies are noted 3.4 Testing equipment is removed from engine, and engine is removed from test area, according to manufacturer and workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.5 Test report is prepared and recommendations are made for repairs or modifications according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking marine engine’s specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out engine performance report documentation when reporting findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report findings.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers on gauges and test instruments use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine most appropriate method of placing engine in test tank determine most appropriate testing equipment to gather data to required accuracy.
Technology skills to:	use gauges and test instruments, such as oil pressure gauges, fuel pressure and flow gauges, tachometers and temperature probes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting marine engines working with rotating engine components placing marine engines in test tanks environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from marine engines during water testing.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE3010 Water test engines in tanks

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE010 Test marine engines in water tanks

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

water test two different marine engines in tanks, including one outboard engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to testing marine engines in water tanks, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting marine engines

working with rotating engine components

placing marine engines in test tanks

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from marine engines during water testing

application, purpose and operation of water testing tanks, including:

methods of mounting engines to test tank

engine test propellers

application, purpose and operation of marine engine test equipment, including:

oil pressure gauges

fuel pressure and flow gauges

tachometers

temperature probes

procedures for performance testing marine engines in water tanks, including load testing

procedures for compiling engine performance reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vessels or engines that they have tested in water tanks, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

water tank for testing marine engines

two different marine engines requiring water testing in tanks

marine engine test equipment as specified in the knowledge evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for water testing marine engines in tanks.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return marine outboard engines to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the engine, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry. The marine outboard engines include two and four-stroke spark ignition engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate engine and components	2.1 Engine and relevant components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble engine and components	4.1 Engine is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and adjustments are made as required 4.3 Assembly of engine is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for engines efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges use specialised engine overhaul equipment, such as: hones valve and valve seat cutting machinery.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery using chemicals and toxic substances operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE4011 Overhaul two and four cycle outboard engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE011 Overhaul two and four-stroke cycle marine outboard engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul three different marine outboard engines, including:

one two-stroke outboard engine

one four-stroke outboard engine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling outboard engines and associated engine components, including procedures for:

operating specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery, including:

heating torches, ovens and presses

handling freezing substances, including liquid nitrogen

using chemicals and toxic substances

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

types, characteristics and operating principles of outboard engines and associated engine components

outboard engine overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing engine for overhaul

engine dismantling procedures

engine and engine component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including:

non-destructive testing (NDT) procedures, including dye penetrant testing and magnetic particle testing

methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

engine and engine component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

engine cylinder head and block machining

engine crankshaft and camshaft grinding

engine cylinder and engine sleeve fitting, boring and honing

engine bearing tunnel and connecting rod repair

engine component heat treating, straightening and reclamation

engine component balancing

engine assembly and adjustment procedures for achieving component tolerances, including:

piston to connecting rod big-end alignment

big-end bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

big-end bearing crush with bearing blue

piston ring end gap, back clearance and side clearance

main bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

main bearing crush with bearing blue

semi-flanged thrust bearings to crankshaft clearance

finished camshaft bearings to camshaft clearance

camshafts and cam followers

camshaft end float

crankshaft end float

gear backlash

oil pump sealing and pick-up oil piping

component assembly procedures and processes, including:

welsh plugs and oil gallery plugs

piston and connecting rod assemblies

big-end bearings

piston rings to pistons

main bearings and thrust washers

semi-flanged thrust bearings

crankshafts, including protection measures for crankshaft journals, bearings, rings and bores

finished camshaft bearings

camshafts and cam followers

timing gears

chains and tensioners

oil pumps, oil squirters, and oil pump pick-ups

balance shafts

fitting ancillary components, including seals, crankshaft pulleys and flywheels

post-overhaul testing procedures for outboard engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine outboard engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard engine specifications

three different marine outboard engines requiring overhaul, including one two-stroke engine and one four-stroke engine

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting marine outboard engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTE012 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and power head systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry on inboard or outboard marine vessels.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light marine engine and powerhead system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Engine and power head system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light marine engine and power head systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light marine engine and power head diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting engines running engines, including working with: exhaust fumes rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and power head systems.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTE5012 Analyse and evaluate light marine engine and powerhead system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTE012 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and powerhead systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the engine and power head systems of three different light marine vessels, including:

a fault in one inboard engine system

a fault in one outboard engine system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light marine engine and power head systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting engines

running engines, including working with:

exhaust fumes

rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engine and power head systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of engine and power head systems

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light marine engine and powerhead systems

design, manufacture, operation and limitations of light marine engine and power head systems and components, including:

two-stroke and four-stroke petrol engines

diesel engines

vessel systems and their impact on engine operation, including:

ignition systems

intake and exhaust systems

lubrication systems

cooling systems

engine mounting systems

testing procedures for light marine engine and powerhead systems, including:

non-destructive testing (NDT)

engine performance and maximum speed

full load water testing

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine engine and power head systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light marine engine and power head systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light marine engine and power head systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine and power head system specifications

three different light marine vessels with faults in the light marine engine and power head systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light marine engine and power head systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light marine engine and power head systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service inboard propeller drive systems on vessels. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service inboard propeller drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect propeller drive system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service propeller drive system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to inboard propeller drive systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating shafts and component sharp edges.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTQ2001 Service inboard propeller drive systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ001 Inspect and service marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service three different vessels with inboard propeller drive systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating shafts and component sharp edges

identification and function of inboard propeller drive system components, including:

stern tube

propeller shaft and coupling

'A' frame strut

'I' strut

cutlass bearing

stern tube bearings

basic operation of inboard propeller drive systems

types and applications of lubricants and lubricating fluids for inboard propeller drive systems

inspection procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for checking clearances

service and adjustment procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including:

adjusting or replacing components

greasing components

post-service testing procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for:

checking alignment

checking for abnormal noises.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine inboard propeller drive systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard propeller drive system specifications

three different vessels with inboard propeller drive systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine inboard propeller drive systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service jet drive propulsion systems on vessels. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service jet drive propulsion system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect propulsion system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service propulsion system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to jet drive propulsion systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with: exhaust fumes rotating components moving components that have the ability to crush environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from propulsion systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTQ2002 Service jet drive propulsion systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ002 Inspect and service marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service two different vessels with jet drive propulsion systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with:

exhaust fumes

rotating components

moving components that have the ability to crush

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from propulsion systems

identification and function of jet drive propulsion system components, including:

centrifugal

axial flow

basic operation of jet drive propulsion systems

types and applications of lubricants and lubricating fluids for jet drive propulsion systems

inspection procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including:

main bearing lubrication

power hydraulic system

driveline

screens and pick-ups

steering system

control system with forward, neutral and reverse

post-service testing procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for:

running engine to operating temperature and checking cooling system operation

checking engine fluid levels

checking fuel system for leaks

checking for abnormal noises

checking gauges and warning devices for operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine jet drive propulsion systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer jet drive propulsion system specifications

two different vessels with jet drive propulsion systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTQ004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the inboard propeller drive systems of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair an inboard propeller drive system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose propeller drive system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair propeller drive system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inboard propeller drive system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure inboard propeller drive system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with rotating shafts.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTQ3004 Diagnose and repair inboard propeller drive systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard propeller drive systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in three different marine inboard propeller drive systems, including two of the following:

direct drive

V-drive

drop-centre.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for working with rotating shafts

application, purpose and operation of inboard propeller drive systems and components, including:

direct drive, including:

drive plate

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame and I type

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

V-drive, including:

drive plate

jack shaft

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame and I type

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

drop-centre drive, including:

drive plate

transmission (forward, neutral and reverse)

coupling and key

propeller shaft

gland

log

strut, including A frame, I type and stern tube

bearing, including cutlass and fibre bearings

propeller

diagnostic testing procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including:

propeller shaft wear, including trueness and run-out

bearing wear and run-out measurements

coupling alignment checking methods, including laser and feeler gauge procedures

engine and transmission mount testing procedures

dismantling procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for:

using propeller pullers

using bearing pullers

applying heat and cooling

inspecting components, including shaft run-out

repair procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for replacing couplings and bearings

assembly procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for:

checking and adjusting propeller shaft run-out

aligning couplings

post-repair testing procedures for inboard propeller drive systems, including procedures for water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the inboard propeller drive systems in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard propeller drive system specifications

three different marine vessels with faults in the inboard propeller drive systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for inboard propeller drive systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting marine inboard propeller drive systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install marine jet drive propulsion systems. It involves preparing for the task, installing jet drive propulsion systems and testing their operation, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install jet drive propulsion system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install and commission system	2.1 System is checked for correct application and components are checked for damage 2.2 System is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system is tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.4 System is re-tested in normal operating conditions and final adjustments are made
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking jet drive propulsion system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure jet drive propulsion system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine installation methods for different vessels.
Technology skill to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as rulers, vernier calipers, micrometers and dial gauge indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including lifting and supporting procedures for jet drive propulsion systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTQ3005 Install jet drive propulsion systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ005 Install marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install and test prior to placing in service two different marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing jet drive propulsion systems, including lifting and supporting procedures for jet drive propulsion systems

construction and operating principles of jet drive propulsion systems, including:

types of jet pumps, including:

centrifugal

axial flow

methods of reversing thrust, including:

cable-operated buckets

hydraulically-operated buckets

electrically-operated buckets

gearboxes

procedures for installing marine jet drive propulsion systems in vessels

procedures for testing the installation of marine jet drive propulsion systems

commissioning procedures for marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the jet drive propulsion systems they have installed in vessels, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer jet drive propulsion system specifications

two different vessels requiring installation of jet drive propulsion systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTQ006 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the jet drive propulsion systems of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair jet drive propulsion system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose propulsion system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including initial recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Dismantle propulsion system	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Propulsion system is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Propulsion system is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Propulsion system components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble propulsion system	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Propulsion system is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking jet drive propulsion system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure jet drive propulsion system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting jet drive propulsion systems.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from jet drive propulsion systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTQ3006 Diagnose and repair jet drive propulsion systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTQ006 Diagnose and repair marine jet drive propulsion systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following two jet drive propulsion systems in different marine vessels:

centrifugal

axial flow.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting jet drive propulsion systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from jet drive propulsion systems

operating principles of jet drive propulsion systems and associated components, including:

producing thrust using water pressure

changing vessel direction

application, purpose and operation of jet drive propulsion systems and components, including:

types of jet pumps, including:

centrifugal

axial flow

methods of reversing thrust, including:

cable-operated buckets

hydraulically-operated buckets

electrically-operated buckets

gearboxes

diagnostic testing procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including:

housing to impeller clearance and wear

bearing wear

seal wear

bilge pump operation

gearbox operation

bucket operation

dismantling procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for:

replacing impellers and housing

replacing bearings and seals, including oil replacement

replacing couplings

servicing buckets

post-repair testing procedures for jet drive propulsion systems, including procedures for water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the jet drive propulsion systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer jet drive propulsion system specifications

a centrifugal jet drive propulsion system in a marine vessel with system faults

an axial flow jet drive propulsion system in a marine vessel with system faults

diagnostic equipment for jet drive propulsion systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine jet drive propulsion systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes to inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the battery storage system, servicing the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry. The battery storage systems include those in recreational boating equipment or marine applications.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service marine battery storage system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection and servicing procedures and information are accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for required repairs or adjustments
3. Service and maintain system	3.1 Service and maintenance procedures are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and battery storage system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to battery storage systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	match battery types and identification numbers to specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection working with high current electrical systems manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats prior to starting electrical system work.
Service and maintenance procedures must include:	inspecting battery, terminals and leads inspecting battery securing system inspecting and cleaning battery and battery storage compartment topping battery fluid as required.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning fluids used during service and maintenance process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTR1001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and maintain the marine battery storage systems of two different vessels.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and maintaining marine battery storage systems, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including clothing, and eye and hand protection

working with high current electrical systems

manually handling batteries and toxic and corrosive substances

checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats prior to starting electrical system work

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning fluids used during service and maintenance process

identification and function of marine battery storage system components, including:

base, cover and box

battery hold-down systems

ventilation and cooling systems

battery switching devices

inspection procedures for marine battery storage systems, including inspecting:

battery, terminals and leads

battery securing systems

battery storage compartments

service and maintenance procedures for marine battery storage systems, including:

cleaning batteries, battery terminals and posts, and battery storage compartments

topping up battery fluid.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine battery storage systems that they have inspected, serviced and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer battery storage system specifications

two different vessels with marine battery storage systems requiring service and maintenance

PPE, including clothing, and eye and hand protection

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and maintaining marine battery storage systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the low-voltage electrical systems of marine vessels, such as dash instrumentation, switch and fuse panels, bilge pumps and lighting, global positioning systems (GPS), depth sounders, fish finders, communications equipment and radars.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose marine electrical system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose electrical system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair electrical system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking marine electrical system specifications and procedures interpret wiring diagrams.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate current flow, resistance and voltage interpret numbers on electrical measuring equipment and calculate deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use electrical measuring equipment, such as multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats prior to starting electrical system work working with potentially high-current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR006 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in the following marine electrical systems and components:

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump system

lighting system

depth sounder or fish finder

global positioning system (GPS)

marine radio.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing marine electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats, including LPG and hydrogen, prior to starting electrical system work

working with potentially high-current electrical systems

operating principles of electrical system circuits and associated components, including:

Ohm’s law

electromagnetic interference

application, purpose and operation of marine electrical systems and components, including:

marine vessel lighting systems, including marine regulations for vessel lighting

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump systems

depth sounders and fish finders

GPS

marine radios

12 volt marine accessories, including winches

autopilot and radar

marine battery charge management systems

networked communication topographies

diagnostic testing procedures for marine electrical systems and components, including:

testing for circuit resistance, voltage drop and current draw

testing for open and short circuits

testing for shorts to power circuits and grounds

inspecting for component moisture ingress and connector damage

testing marine battery charge management systems

testing networked communication topographies

repair procedures for marine electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

selecting wiring gauge

soldering wiring

insulating wiring

crimping terminals

removing and replacing connectors

repairing networked communication topographies

post-repair testing procedures for marine electrical systems and components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine electrical systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system specifications

marine vessel with faults in the electrical systems and components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for marine vessel electrical systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing marine vessel electrical systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install low voltage marine electrical systems and components, such as dash instrumentation, switch and fuse panels, bilge pumps, lighting, global positioning systems (GPS), depth sounders, fish finders, communications equipment and radars. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the electrical systems and components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Electrical and Electronic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install marine electrical system and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according for serviceability
2. Install and commission electrical system and components	2.1 System is checked for correct application and components are checked for damage 2.2 System and components are installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system and components are tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.4 Final adjustments are made and marine electrical systems and components are re-tested in normal operating conditions
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Problem solving skills to:	determine most appropriate electrical system and component installation positions on the vessel.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as rulers, vernier calipers, test lights and multimeters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats, including liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and hydrogen, prior to starting electrical system work working safely with potentially high current electrical systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTR3002 Install marine electronic systems and components and AURRTR3004 Install marine electrical systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTR007 Install marine electrical systems and components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install the following marine electrical components on two different vessels:

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump

lighting

depth sounder or fish finder

global positioning system (GPS).

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing marine electrical systems and components, including procedures for:

checking and dealing with flammable gas build-up in boats, including liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and hydrogen, prior to starting electrical system work

working safely with potentially high current electrical systems

construction and operating principles of marine electrical systems and components, including:

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pumps

lighting

depth sounders and fish finders

GPS

marine radios

marine battery charge management systems

procedures for selecting, installing and testing marine electrical systems and components in vessels, including:

dash instrumentation

switch and fuse panels

bilge pumps

lighting, including marine safety regulations for vessel lighting

depth sounders and fish finders

GPS

marine radios

procedures for installing and testing marine electrical systems and components on a bus topography.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine electrical systems and components they have installed in vessels, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

workplace location or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electrical system and component specifications

two different vessels requiring installation of marine electrical systems and components

the following electrical components:

switch and fuse panels

bilge pump

lighting

depth sounder or fish finder

GPS

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing marine electrical systems and components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the transmission, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service outboard and stern drive transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect transmission	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service transmission	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and transmission is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to outboard and stern drive transmissions.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals understand gear ratios in outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating components.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTX2001 Service marine outboard and stern drive transmission

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX001 Inspect and service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service two different marine transmissions, including:

one outboard transmission

one stern drive transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing marine outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating components

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

identification and function of outboard and stern drive transmission components, including:

steering

trim and tilt

gear shift control, including:

mechanical

electrical

electrohydraulic

clutch system

cooling system

types and applications of lubricants and lubricating fluids for outboard and stern drive transmissions

inspection procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including oil and fluid condition and leaks

service and adjustment procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including:

lubricant replacement

trim and tilt

steering system

screens and pick-ups

control system with forward, neutral and reverse

cooling system

post-service testing procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine outboard and stern drive transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer outboard and stern drive transmission specifications

two different marine transmissions specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service marine inboard transmissions. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the transmission, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the transmission, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service inboard transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect transmission	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service transmission	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and transmission is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to inboard transmissions.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals understand gear ratios in inboard transmissions.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating shafts and pulleys.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTX2002 Service marine inboard transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX002 Inspect and service marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service two different marine transmissions, including:

one inline transmission

one ‘V’ drive transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing marine inboard transmissions, including procedures for identifying hazards and controlling risks associated with working with rotating shafts and pulleys

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

identification and function of marine inboard transmissions, including:

'V' drive transmissions

inline transmissions

step-up transmissions

hydraulic transmissions

mechanical transmissions

counter shaft transmissions

planetary gear transmissions

mechanical dog clutches

basic operation of marine inboard transmissions, including:

mechanical transmissions

hydraulic transmissions

types and applications of lubricants and lubricating fluids for inboard transmissions

inspection procedures for marine inboard transmissions, including oil and fluid condition and leaks

service and adjustment procedures for marine inboard transmissions, including:

replenishing lubricants

control system with forward, neutral and reverse

cooling system

post-service testing procedures for marine inboard transmissions.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the marine inboard transmissions that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer inboard transmission specifications

two different vessels with the inboard transmissions specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing marine inboard transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the outboard and stern drive transmissions of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle transmission	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Transmission is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Transmission is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Transmission components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble transmission	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Transmission is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel or transmission is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking transmission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial gauge indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with turning propellers operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTX3003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in:

two different marine outboard transmissions

one marine stern drive transmission.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

working with turning propellers

operating manual and mechanical lifting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of outboard and stern drive transmissions and associated components, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

application, purpose and operation of outboard and stern drive transmissions and components, including:

power flows

gearshift mechanisms, including:

cone clutches

mechanical dog clutches

methods of matching propeller to transmission gear ratio, engine output and boat performance

diagnostic testing procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

gear selection problems

abnormal system noise

dismantling procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for replacing:

gearshift mechanisms

bearings and seals, including oil replacement

gears

propellers

assembly procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for:

shimming bearings and gears

adjusting preload and rolling torque

checking gear tooth contact patterns

post-repair testing procedures for outboard and stern drive transmissions, including procedures for water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the outboard and stern drive transmissions in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission specifications

two different marine outboard transmissions with faults

one marine stern drive transmission with faults

diagnostic equipment for marine outboard and stern drive transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine outboard and stern drive transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the inboard transmissions of marine vessels. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair transmission	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose transmission	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Dismantle transmission	3.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.2 Transmission is dismantled as required according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Transmission is cleaned and components arranged for inspection according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Transmission components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications 3.5 Final repair recommendations are made and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Repair and reassemble transmission	4.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 4.3 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 4.4 Transmission is reassembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vessel or transmission is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking transmission specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure transmission components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial gauge indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with inboard propeller drive systems and rotating shafts working near hot exhaust systems working in restricted spaces using manual and mechanical lifting equipment.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTX3004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different marine inboard transmissions.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

working with inboard propeller drive systems and rotating shafts

working near hot exhaust systems

working in restricted spaces

using manual and mechanical lifting equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

operating principles of inboard transmissions and associated components, including:

gear types

gear ratios and torque reduction and multiplication

simple gear trains

compound gear trains

lubricant types

application, purpose and operation of inboard transmissions and components, including:

power flows

V-drive transmissions

in-line transmissions

step-up transmissions

hydraulic transmissions

counter shaft transmissions

planetary gear transmissions

mechanical dog clutch transmissions

cone clutch transmissions

methods of matching propeller to transmission gear ratio, engine output and boat performance

diagnostic testing procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for analysing:

gear selection problems

drive problems

abnormal system noise

removal procedures for inboard transmissions

dismantling procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for:

measuring clearances and tolerances

inspecting components

repair procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for replacing:

gearshift mechanisms

bearing and seals, including oil replacement

gears and transmission shafts

assembly procedures for inboard transmissions, including:

shimming bearings and gears

adjusting preloads

installation procedures, including procedures for aligning engines

post-repair testing procedures for inboard transmissions, including procedures for water testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the inboard transmissions in marine vessels that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission specifications

two different marine inboard transmissions with faults

diagnostic equipment for marine inboard transmissions

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for dismantling, repairing, reassembling and adjusting marine inboard transmissions.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURRTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to analyse and evaluate light marine transmission system faults in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying, evaluating, selecting, justifying and documenting the most appropriate rectification method or variation to the rectification method. The unit includes the analysis of multi-system and intermittent faults which may be caused by operating in adverse conditions.

It applies to those working in the marine service and repair industry on inboard, outboard or jet drive transmission systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Marine

Unit Sector

Technical - Transmission

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Objective of the analysis and evaluation is determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Specifications for light marine transmission system are sourced and interpreted 1.3 System faults, deficiencies or discrepancies are identified and confirmed 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare for analysis and evaluation	2.1 Evaluation criteria are developed or adopted to meet the objective of the analysis and evaluation 2.2 Analytical and evaluative methodology is developed or identified from technical information 2.3 Testing equipment is prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.5 Light marine transmission system and components are prepared for the diagnostic process
3. Carry out failure analysis	3.1 Selected analytical and evaluative methodology is followed according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.2 Tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.4 Analytical findings and results are assessed against evaluation criteria 3.5 Valid conclusions are drawn from available evidence and documented according to workplace requirements
4. Make recommendations	4.1 Options for responding to the objective are determined from further research of technical support information 4.2 Rectification method is selected from an analysis of the options, operating conditions, regulatory requirements, Australian Design Rules, and financial implications 4.3 Report is prepared specifying analysis and evaluation process, and detailing and justifying rectification method or variation to the rectification method
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	apply learning and processes to different situations.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information relating to light marine transmission systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting failure analysis findings document and complete reports.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical requirements, calibrate testing equipment and present analytical results.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised light marine transmission diagnostic equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with inboard propeller drive systems and rotating shafts environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions.
Analytical and evaluative methodology must include:	diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURRTX5005 Analyse and evaluate light marine transmission system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURRTX005 Analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

analyse and evaluate a fault in the transmission systems of three different light marine vessels

the above analysis and evaluation must involve two of the following systems:

stern drive

inboard shaft

'V' drive

outboard transmission

counter rotating outboard propellers

jet drive.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to analysing and evaluating faults in light marine transmission systems, including procedures for working with inboard propeller drive systems and rotating shafts

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from transmissions

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing analysis and evaluation of light marine transmission system faults

design and planning of diagnostic procedures of light marine transmission systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of light marine transmission systems, including:

stern drives, inboard shaft and 'V' drives, outboard transmissions, jet drives, and drivelines

shift controls

counter rotating outboard propellers

vessel systems and their impact on light marine transmission system operation, including on engine and shaft alignment for inboard and stern drive installations

testing procedures for light marine transmission systems, including:

engine and shaft alignment for inboard and stern drive installations

propeller matching

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to analyse and evaluate faults in light marine transmission systems

procedures for documenting and reporting the analysis and evaluation process

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) relating to light marine transmission systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the light marine transmission systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

marine repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer transmission system specifications

three different light marine vessels with faults in the transmission systems specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic equipment for light marine transmission systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for analysing and evaluating light marine transmission systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to deal with formal and informal complaints and negative feedback from customers. It involves following established process steps to resolve issues and complaints in order to satisfy both internal and external customer complaints.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Clarify nature of complaint	1.1 Details of complaint are established 1.2 Summary of complaint is documented accurately 1.3 Initial explanations about process and apologies appropriate to individual customer’s situation are conveyed to customer
2. Identify options to resolve complaint	2.1 Possible options for resolving complaint are identified according to workplace procedures 2.2 Solutions outside individual level of responsibility are referred to supervisor
3. Act to resolve complaint	3.1 Chosen solution is outlined to customer according to workplace procedures 3.2 Chosen solution is implemented within required timeframe and conditions are negotiated with customer 3.3 Complaint is referred to supervisor if resolution is not possible or where additional levels of authorisation are required
4. Provide feedback on complaint resolution process	4.1 Effectiveness of complaint resolution solution is assessed against customer feedback 4.2 Changes required to improve complaint resolution procedures are identified and passed on to supervisor for consideration according to workplace procedures 4.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret information in warranties, terms and conditions, and receipts relevant to customer complaint.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback effectively relate to people from diverse backgrounds using clear language and tone of voice appropriate to situation.
Self-management skills to:	follow workplace procedures and seek assistance from supervisor as required.
Problem solving skills to:	apply basic conflict resolution skills for handling dissatisfied customers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSAA2001 Process customer complaints

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA001 Process customer complaints in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate that they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

process and resolve three different customer complaints in an automotive sales and service workplace or simulated environment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace operations relating to:

workplace products and services

location of departments, sections and contact details

workplace procedures relating to:

customer service

dealing with dissatisfied customers

complaints handling and recommending appropriate action

reporting and registering complaints

key legal requirements relating to customer rights as a consumer and business obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

effective communication techniques and the individual’s role in processing customer complaints, including:

giving customers full attention

greeting and farewelling protocols

speaking clearly and concisely

using appropriate language and non-verbal communication, including:

tone of voice

body language

personal presentation

using clear written information

dealing with people from diverse social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities

basic negotiation and problem-solving techniques, including:

active listening

questioning techniques

interpreting body language

presenting options.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to processing customer complaints in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. complaint summaries.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to customer service and complaints handling

commercially realistic range of customers with different complaints.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to work in a customer service role with a focus on automotive aftermarket sales and service. It involves providing after-market advice and support, establishing and addressing customer needs while maintaining post-sale service relationships, and building long-term relationships with customers.

It applies to those working in the automotive administration or sales industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Establish customer aftermarket needs, trends and opportunities	1.1 Customer aftermarket needs are monitored using formal and informal communication channels and networks 1.2 Aftermarket products and services are assessed to determine if they meet customer needs 1.3 Customer aftermarket trends are documented and reported to appropriate persons for planning and continuous improvement opportunities
2. Update aftermarket customer database	2.1 Customer database and documents are regularly updated and vital data is kept for current and prospective customers 2.2 Customer sales and service history is gathered and entered into database 2.3 Customer data is uploaded, edited and maintained regularly to ensure databases are up-to-date
3. Process customer feedback	3.1 Customer feedback is assessed to determine customer needs 3.2 Customer needs are responded to according to workplace procedures 3.3 Customer is contacted where appropriate to clarify and confirm feedback 3.4 Response to customer is provided to satisfactorily meet their expectations
4. Provide aftermarket service	4.1 Workplace sales and service standards that align with customer expectations are identified and selected 4.2 Customer loyalty strategies appropriate to customer profile are selected and implemented according to workplace procedures 4.3 Aftermarket service is reviewed regularly to ensure customer and workplace needs are met 4.4 Information that assists with improving sales and service operations and activities is provided to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	use customer feedback to improve own customer relations.
Oral communication skills to:	listen actively and use questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract and organise customer information.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSAA2002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSAA002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

access and update customer data on an automotive workplace database or simulated customer database for three different customers

provide professional aftermarket service relating to different aftermarket product or service requirements to the above customers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

formal and informal channels and networks used to communicate with customers and to capture customer information

role of social media in customer service

typical fields of information or data captured in customer databases

current and emerging customer needs, expectations and trends in the workplace or automotive industry

key features of automotive industry and workplace customer loyalty programs and promotional activities

active listening and questioning techniques

telephone techniques

strategies for dealing with dissatisfied customers

basic marketing and sales techniques

workplace procedures relating to:

aftermarket sales and service and processes

maintaining customer databases

key requirements relevant to aftermarket service of:

automotive industry codes of practice

workplace procedures relating to consumer rights and privacy

vehicle and equipment product knowledge relevant to aftermarket product and sales.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to maintaining customer aftermarket relations, e.g. customer feedback forms.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

computer with customer database and information

three different customers with different aftermarket requirements.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to receive, store and dispatch goods in an automotive warehouse. It involves receiving inward goods, handling and storing goods, and dispatching goods that meet customer requirements.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Receive incoming goods	1.1 General receiving bay housekeeping is undertaken according to workplace procedures 1.2 Received goods are checked and validated against delivery information according to workplace procedures 1.3 Received goods are unpacked and inspected according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 1.4 Discrepancies in quality of unpacked goods or breakages are documented according to workplace procedures 1.5 Stock levels are accurately documented on stock systems according to workplace procedures 1.6 Packing materials are disposed of according to workplace procedures
2. Store goods	2.1 Received goods are transported to appropriate storage area without causing damage to product or packaging according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Goods and parts containers are labelled according to workplace procedures 2.3 Parts are transferred to labelled containers in storage area following established stock rotation procedures 2.4 Goods are stored according to workplace procedures and safety requirements and, where applicable, at correct temperatures to maintain product quality
3. Dispatch goods	3.1 Dispatch information is identified and confirmed 3.2 Goods for dispatch are selected and any identified non-conforming goods are labelled with supplier details and date and reason for return, or referred to supervisor 3.3 Goods for dispatch are packed securely, labelled and stored awaiting dispatch according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Goods are dispatched to customer or end user according to workplace procedures 3.5 Warehousing documentation is completed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret a range of warehousing documentation, including: stock ordering and stock delivery documentation warehousing work procedures purchase and stock supply agreements.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: warehouse stock control documents non-conforming stock return defect labels special delivery labels and shipping documents.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and apply numerical information when completing stock records and delivery documentation.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to stock and delivery requirements.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	technical skills to use stock recording equipment and mechanical and stock moving equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Delivery information must include:	invoices purchase orders.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually and mechanically handling stock environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of or recycling surplus packaging.
Dispatch information must include:	invoices picking slips packing slips.
Labelling must include:	dispatch details that correspond to picking and packing slip workplace shipping documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSBA2001 Carry out warehousing procedures

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA001 Carry out warehousing procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

receive three different stock items into an automotive warehouse, in which the work must involve:

checking received goods against purchase orders and delivery documentation

following established workplace procedures for manual handling

identify and raise appropriate documents for three different non-conforming or damaged stock items

store three different stock items in the warehouse, in which the work must involve:

correctly labelling items before storage

storing items in the appropriate location

dispatch three different stock items from the warehouse to the customer or end user, in which the work must involve:

identifying dispatch instructions

labelling items according to workplace procedures

completing shipping address details and any special instructions

maintain workplace stock control documentation and warehouse computer records during above work.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually and mechanically handling stock

environmental requirements, including procedures for disposing of or recycling surplus packaging

key features of relevant codes of practice, including those dealing with:

managing risks of hazardous chemicals in the workplace

managing the work environment and facilities

hazardous manual tasks

key features of documentation required for the receipt and dispatch of warehouse items, including:

invoices

picking and packing slips

order forms

warehouse workplace procedures, including procedures for:

safe and secure stock storage

stock rotation

labelling stock items

product quality standards

packing and unpacking goods

isolating out of date, missing or damaged stock

identifying correct warehouse location of items or goods

using barcoding equipment

disposing of waste

completing delivery and dispatch documentation

maintaining stock record documentation

matching stock labelling to picking and packing slip

isolating non-compliant goods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to carrying out warehousing procedures in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. invoices, and picking and packing slips.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following must be made available:

automotive warehouse or simulated warehouse

warehouse equipment, including:

stock

stock movement equipment

stock recording equipment

warehouse documentation, including invoices, picking and packing slips, dispatch documentation and order forms.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSBA002 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify uncommon or unusual automotive components, parts and products to meet customer vehicle requirements. It involves matching uncommon or unusual automotive parts or products to customer vehicle or equipment by cross-referencing manufacturer, model and other identifiable numbers using manuals, and computer-generated or online catalogue systems.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Support and Logistics

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine required information relating to uncommon part	1.1 Available information on required uncommon part is gathered, documented and confirmed with customer 1.2 Original host for part is determined from available information
2. Identify and record details of part	2.1 Parts index system for host is identified and accessed 2.2 Part is matched accurately to cataloguing information by accessing and using parts index system, its aids and user guides, and potential suppliers are identified 2.3 Clarification regarding potential match is sought from supplier as required 2.4 Identifying details of part are documented and processed
3. Supply or order part	3.1 Part is supplied to customer or ordered if not in stock according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation, including customer records, is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to customers, parts and products.
Initiative skills to:	apply analytical skills when identifying and analysing technical information when sourcing non-standard parts or products that meet a customer need.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Uncommon must include:	parts or products that are: difficult to match vintage or obsolete not original.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSBA3002 Apply automotive parts interpretation process

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSBA002 Identify and match uncommon automotive parts

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements and performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

identify and match one uncommon automotive part from the following categories for three different customers:

vintage part

obsolete part

non-original part.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

information gathering techniques, including:

active listening and questioning

effective face-to-face and telephone customer service

common automotive terminology

identification and function of automotive vehicle systems

application and operation of automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

microfiche

computer databases

key legal requirements relating to supplying uncommon automotive parts, including obligations under Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to identifying and matching uncommon automotive parts, e.g. customer invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different commercially realistic requirements for uncommon parts

automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

microfiche

computer databases.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA001 Select and supply automotive parts and products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, select and supply automotive parts and products to meet customer requirements. It involves matching a diverse range of automotive components, parts and products to a customer’s vehicle or equipment by cross-referencing manufacturer, model and other identifiable numbers using manual, computer-generated and online catalogue systems.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Determine required information relating to part or product	1.1 Available information on required item is gathered, documented and confirmed with customer 1.2 Original host for the part or product is determined from available information
2. Identify part or product and record details	2.1 Index system for part or product host is identified and accessed 2.2 Part or product is matched accurately with cataloguing information using the parts index system, its aids and user guides, and potential suppliers are identified 2.3 Clarification regarding potential match is sought from supplier as required 2.4 Identifying details of part or product are documented and processed
3. Supply or order part or product	3.1 Part is supplied to customer or ordered if not in stock according to workplace procedures 3.2 Workplace documentation, including customer records, is processed according to workplace procedures 3.3 Customer records are updated according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases.
Numeracy skills to:	estimate and calculate timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to customers, parts and products.
Initiative skills to:	apply analytical skills when identifying and analysing technical information when sourcing parts or products that meet a customer need.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2001 Select automotive parts and products

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA001 Select and supply automotive parts and products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

select and supply automotive parts or products from each of the following categories for three different customers:

service items, including filters, oils, coolants, spark plugs, fan belts, electrical accessories, sensors and actuators

non-specific items, including merchandise, apparel, cleaning products and tools

accessory items, including car mats, seat covers, lighting and vehicle covers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

information gathering techniques, including:

active listening and questioning

effective face-to-face and telephone customer service

common automotive terminology

identification and function of automotive vehicle systems

types and applications of the automotive parts and products specified in the performance evidence

application and operation of automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

microfiche

computer databases

key legal requirements relating to supplying automotive parts and products, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to selecting and supplying automotive parts and products, e.g. customer invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

three different customers with different commercially realistic requirements for automotive parts or products

automotive parts index systems, including:

catalogues

microfiche

computer databases.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA002 Present automotive products and services for sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to present automotive products and services in a business sales area to maximise product and service impact on customers, and monitor and review customer feedback. It involves applying knowledge of automotive products and basic display concepts to maintain and maximise product and service sales and the overall appearance of the sales area.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Maximise presentation of sales area	1.1 Stock presentation area is defined from floor and display plan, observation of space available and work instructions 1.2 Minimum product numbers and types are determined and presented according to workplace procedures 1.3 Ancillary display materials are prepared to enhance presentation of stock 1.4 Stock display areas are kept clean, tidy and safe 1.5 Correct handling, storage and display techniques are used according to product types, workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Display individual products	2.1 Display requirements are determined from workplace instructions 2.2 Product to be displayed is sourced according to workplace procedures 2.3 Product is displayed to maximise market appeal according to workplace procedures 2.4 Correct display labels, price tickets and ancillary materials are prepared and located with product 2.5 Product condition is monitored during display period and necessary action taken to maintain market appeal
3. Review effectiveness of presentation area	3.1 Feedback on display and presentation area is sought from customers 3.2 Action to improve presentation of stock and area is determined and acted on within scope of own role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret information from workplace instructions, floor and display plans, and product and service labelling and literature.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately prepare display labels and price tickets.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and make recommendations relating to display presentation.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in floor and display plans use mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to estimate quantity and volume of product and stock.
Technology skills to:	use specialised equipment to prepare labels and price tickets.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Maximising market appeal must include:	ensuring product is clean and complete locating product in a position that maximises presentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2002 Present stock and sales area

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA002 Present automotive products and services for sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

organise a display or presentation area in an automotive workplace for three different automotive products

organise a display or presentation area in an automotive workplace for two different automotive services.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to presenting products and services in an automotive workplace, including procedures for:

manually handling stock

ensuring clear walkways

handling chemicals and dangerous goods

using personal protective equipment (PPE)

principles of display design, including:

creating impact

use of colour and illumination

accessibility and ease of maintenance

interactivity

types and applications of display and presentation areas, including:

areas, including:

interior and exterior

permanent and temporary

publicly accessible

display systems, including cable, rod and sign systems

showcases

brochure and information display systems

graphic display systems, including computer monitor, television and projector

gaining feedback on effectiveness of display and presentation areas, including procedures for:

analysing sales

delivering and analysing simple customer questionnaires.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to presenting automotive products and services for sale, e.g. sales area floor plan.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of automotive services and products for sale

commercially realistic presentation or display area

materials needed for display of products and service information.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA003 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to effectively apply sales procedures when selling a range of automotive products and services. It involves approaching customers, conveying product and service knowledge, overcoming customer objections, and closing off a sale.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop product and sales knowledge	1.1 Use, features and application of products and services are researched and clarified as required 1.2 Customer buying behaviour is researched 1.3 Experienced sales staff or product information guides are consulted to increase and confirm knowledge of products, services and sales techniques
2. Approach customer and address product or service requirements	2.1 Customer is approached according to workplace standards and customer behaviour 2.2 Customer buying motives and requirements are determined, and customer is guided to suitable product, service or specialist as required 2.3 Routine customer questions about features and benefits of product or service, including use and safety requirements, are responded to or referred to more experienced sales staff
3. Identify and resolve objections	3.1 Customer objections are identified and acknowledged 3.2 Solutions to objections are analysed in line with category of objection 3.3 Solutions to objections are offered within scope of own responsibility and according to workplace procedures
4. Close sale	4.1 Customer buying signals are monitored, identified and responded to 4.2 Method of closing sale to encourage customer purchase decision is selected and applied according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret product and service information in workplace and manufacturer literature.
Oral communication skills to:	convey positive and welcoming approach to customers use questioning techniques and listening skills to determine customer requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to calculate price and discounts.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to customers, products and services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Customer approach must include:	greeting customer according to workplace conventions and customer service standards conveying a positive impression to encourage customer interest interpreting customer non-verbal communication cues.
Category of objections must include consideration of:	characteristics and features of merchandise price of merchandise.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2003 Apply sales procedures

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA003 Apply sales procedures in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

engage with three potential automotive customers and respond to their enquiries regarding product and service features in line with workplace customer service standards

sell automotive products or services to three different customers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

product and service knowledge applicable to automotive workplace, including:

specific product knowledge for area or section

company merchandise and service range

stock databases and service delivery calendar

equipment safety features

warranties and conditions

price and discounts available

customer types and needs, including:

customer behaviour and cues

customer buying motivations, including functional and emotional motivation

demographics, lifestyle and income

individual and cultural differences

key features of automotive industry codes of practice and statutory requirements that are reflected in workplace procedures relating to:

sale of products and services

consumer rights and protection

sales techniques relating to selling products and services in an automotive workplace, including:

techniques for opening and closing a sale

recognising buying signals

overcoming customer objections

strategies to focus customers on specific merchandise

common workplace procedures relating to:

analysing individual and workplace sales performance

handling customer complaints.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to applying sales techniques when selling automotive products and services in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to sales and customer service

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services for sale

product and service information

three different customers with commercially realistic product and service needs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to undertake cash and non-cash transactions and prepare and distribute invoices.

It applies to those working in administration and sales finance roles in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Handle cash and non-cash payment transactions	1.1 Transaction amount is determined taking into account factors that impact on the balance 1.2 Cash is received and counted, and correct change is given 1.3 Credit and debit card transactions are processed using correct equipment and according to financial provider and workplace procedures 1.4 Cheques are received and examined for correctness 1.5 Cash, cheques and credit and debit card records are stored according to workplace procedures 1.6 Irregularities are noted and referred to supervisor for resolution 1.7 Receipts are issued and transactions documented according to workplace procedures
2. Carry out invoicing procedures	2.1 Invoicing requirements are determined and calculations performed to produce accurate customer invoices 2.2 Documentation is completed and content checked for accuracy 2.3 Invoices are distributed to appropriate persons or section for verification and approval prior to being dispatched 2.4 Approved invoices are dispatched within designated timeframes 2.5 Invoice copies are filed for auditing purposes according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret information in a range of financial operation documentation and workplace procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately prepare receipts and invoices relating to transactions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges to convey and clarify information relating to irregularities in payment transactions.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, percentages and fractions, to determine accurate pricing and payment requirements.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to financial information.
Technology skills to:	use workplace office or sales equipment when processing financial transactions use workplace and point-of-sale technology to process a sale.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2004 Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA004 Carry out cash and non-cash payment operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

determine transaction amount and conduct one of each of the following different payment operations:

cash

credit or debit card

cheque

prepare three invoices for different products or services and submit them for payment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key legal requirements relating to carrying out cash and non-cash payment operations, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

factors to be considered when calculating final price, including:

goods and services tax (GST)

sales, discounts and promotions

deposits and partial payments

procedures for carrying out cash and non-cash operations, including:

calculating sales balance

receiving and counting money

common sales security procedures for handling cash

calculating and returning change, including using:

manual methods

point-of-sale (POS) equipment

receiving and processing cheques

using electronic funds transfer at point-of-sale (EFTPOS) equipment

issuing receipts

operation and maintenance of common sales equipment, including:

calculators

POS equipment, including procedures for changing receipt rolls

EFTPOS terminals

procedures for preparing and distributing invoices, including:

types and applications of invoices

required contents of invoices

common types of software for producing invoices

common methods of distributing invoices to customers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having carried out cash and non-cash payment operations in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales receipts and invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures for carrying out cash and non-cash payment operations and distributing invoices

commercially realistic situations involving cash and non-cash payment transactions

point-of-sale software

computer hardware, software and business equipment required for processing cash and non-cash transactions and preparing invoices.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to sell products and services in an automotive retail environment. It involves identifying potential sales opportunities, and presenting, demonstrating and selling a range of automotive products and services.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Engage customer and identify potential sale	1.1 Welcoming customer environment is maintained and customer is approached in a timely and professional manner according to workplace procedures 1.2 Appropriate interpersonal skills are used to engage the customer 1.3 Customer needs and expectations for specific products and services are identified through questioning and active listening
2. Present and demonstrate product or service to customer	2.1 Product or service options that best meet customer needs are selected 2.2 Product or service features, functions and accessories are explained and demonstrated, eliciting customer interaction 2.3 Customers are given the opportunity, if appropriate, to test or trial the product or service 2.4 Customers are assisted to identify their preferred option
3. Obtain customer agreement to purchase product or service	3.1 Price for product or service is discussed or negotiated and agreed 3.2 Sale is made using appropriate closing technique 3.3 Sale is processed and documented according to workplace procedures
4. Complete transaction and customer follow-up procedures	4.1 Product or service transaction is supplied or delivered to customer according to supplier specifications and workplace delivery procedures 4.2 Customer satisfaction is determined and remedial action is taken as required to maximise repeat business or referral opportunities 4.3 Opportunities for value adding or repeat sales are identified and follow-up action is taken as required 4.4 Customer records are completed and plans are developed for follow-up of potential new sales of products and services

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret textual and numerical information in product or service documentation to provide customer advice interpret key information in sales documentation and work instructions to determine required action.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately enter information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities and prices estimate and calculate timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search, and retrieve information relating to customers, products and services.
Problem solving skills to:	resolve routine problems relating to product availability and service delivery.
Technology skills to:	operate specialised point-of-sale equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2005 Sell products

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA005 Sell automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

sell automotive products or services to three different customers in an automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

sales communication techniques, including:

customer buying signals

effective face-to-face and telephone selling techniques

upselling and value adding sales techniques

active listening and questioning techniques

strategies for dealing with dissatisfied customers

key features of loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

workplace procedures relating to:

sales processes

dealing with customers

complaints handling

consumer rights and responsibilities

key features of point-of-sale equipment, stock databases and service delivery calendars

key legal requirements relating to selling automotive products and services, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having sold a range of automotive products and services, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location

workplace procedures relating to customer sales and service

product and service information

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services

point-of-sale equipment

three different customers with commercially realistic sales needs.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to promote automotive products and services. It involves applying a high level of product or service knowledge, promoting products and services to current and potential customers, establishing on-selling opportunities in a sales situation, and recommending complementary products and services to customers.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Develop knowledge of automotive products and services	1.1 Use, purpose and application of products and services are researched and clarified as required 1.2 Comparisons between available products and services, including complementary products and services, are researched and interpreted 1.3 Workplace promotional and marketing activities relevant to products and services are researched and interpreted
2. Identify and match customer needs to products and services	2.1 Customer buying motives and requirements are determined through questioning, active listening and non-verbal communication cues 2.2 Customer is guided to product or service that matches their identified buying motives and requirements 2.3 Features and benefits of product or service and relevance to customer requirements are explained and highlighted 2.4 Demonstrations are conducted and aligned to customer buying motives and requirements according to workplace marketing and sales practices 2.5 Selling techniques are used according to workplace procedures and legal requirements
3. Maximise sales opportunities	3.1 Opportunities for making additional sales are recognised and applied 3.2 On-sell opportunities are assessed through knowledge of customer needs and available complementary automotive products and services 3.3 Customer need and interest in additional or complementary products and services are determined 3.4 Benefits of additional or complementary products and services are discussed and promoted to customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	research and compare automotive products and services and workplace promotional campaigns to maintain currency of knowledge.
Reading skills to:	interpret product and service specifications and promotional materials to advise customers interpret and analyse customer information for on-selling opportunities.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately prepare quotes and complete workplace forms and documentation relating to sales or promotional activities.
Oral communication skills to:	describe and explain features and benefits of products and services using clear, jargon-free language, and tone and pace appropriate for customer.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to estimate and calculate costs for customers.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to customers, products and services.
Technology skills to:	demonstrate automotive products and services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Comparisons must include:	brand options features of compared product or service price of compared product or service.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA2006 Promote products and services

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA006 Promote automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

promote different automotive products or services to three different customers in line with workplace customer service standards.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

methods used to promote products and services, including:

strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) analysis

marketing and research techniques

face-to-face selling techniques

active listening and questioning techniques

upselling and value adding sales techniques

negotiation strategies when dealing with dissatisfied customers

loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

customer types, including:

customer buying signals and buyer behaviour

individual and cultural differences

sources of information about automotive products and services and related promotional activities

comparable products and services of major competitors

workplace procedures relating to promotional processes and marketing activities, including marketing campaigns and advertising materials

workplace procedures relating to promoting automotive products and services, including:

consumer protection

automotive industry codes of practice relating to sales

advertising codes of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having promoted products and services in an automotive workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated location

workplace procedures relating to promotional sales activities

sales material, including product and service information

commercially realistic range of customers requiring different automotive products and services

commercially realistic range of automotive retail products and services and associated promotional activities.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to research information from a range of sources to determine preferred and required used motor vehicle stock to purchase, and to identify sources for the stock.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Gather information to inform decision on used motor vehicle stock requirements	1.1 Procedures for collecting relevant data are identified and adopted 1.2 Data is obtained from workplace used motor vehicle sales and management staff 1.3 Data is collected from workplace used motor vehicle sales history records
2. Determine requirements for selecting used motor vehicle stock	2.1 Data is analysed and selection criteria for preferred used motor vehicle stock are established according to workplace requirements 2.2 Prices of motor vehicles that meet selection criteria are reviewed and a budget is set for purchasing used motor vehicle stock 2.3 List of motor vehicles to be purchased is compiled and documented according to workplace procedures
3. Identify sources and providers of required used motor vehicle stock	3.1 Workplace data on past used motor vehicle purchases is collected and analysed to determine potential sources and providers of used motor vehicle stock 3.2 Additional sources of preferred used motor vehicle stock are researched and analysed 3.3 Experienced workplace staff are consulted for sources of preferred used motor vehicle stock 3.4 List of sources and providers of motor vehicles to be purchased is compiled and documented according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from technical specifications and financial data to determine used motor vehicle requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to elicit knowledge and opinions about used motor vehicles from others and to confirm understanding.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate percentages.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, filter, extract, organise and present information.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate office technology efficiently to source and collate information relating to used motor vehicle requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA3007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

determine the used motor vehicle stock requirements of one motor vehicle dealership, including:

compiling a list of five motor vehicles to be purchased

compiling a list of sources and providers of the motor vehicles to be purchased.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for gathering data on used motor vehicle stock requirements, including examining:

socioeconomic profile of dealership area and potential customers

features and prices of:

current stock makes and models

new stock makes and models

dealership customer database

stock turnover rate and seasonal trends

procedures for determining motor vehicle stock selection criteria, including:

using stock control software

analysing available statistics relevant to dealership

procedures for sourcing vehicles to match selection criteria, including:

examining past motor vehicle purchases

locating motor vehicle wholesalers

consulting colleagues.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having determined used motor vehicle stock requirements in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. list of recommended motor vehicles to be purchased.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to the sale of used motor vehicles

sales and management staff to interview

sources of information relating to used motor vehicle sales, including history records

computer hardware and software, calculators and office equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to research both own workplace records and retail buyer requirements in order to determine surpluses and used motor vehicle stock to sell on the wholesale market. It involves analysing data from a range of sources to inform decisions about market demand for used motor vehicle stock.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Canvass dealerships regarding requirements for used motor vehicles	1.1 Retail buyers are consulted to obtain data about their requirements for used motor vehicles 1.2 Data from retail buyers is collected, collated and documented 1.3 Collected data is analysed
2. Check workplace records to determine stock surpluses and wholesaling options	2.1 Workplace records and databases relating to used motor vehicle stock are accessed and information relating to surplus stock is retrieved 2.2 Data from workplace records and databases is collated, analysed and documented 2.3 Analysed workplace data is compared with established retail buyer requirements within commercially realistic timeframe 2.4 Potential surplus used motor vehicle stock to wholesale is identified based on market demand
3. Wholesale used motor vehicle stock	3.1 Potential buyers of surplus used vehicle stock are identified from existing networks and available databases 3.2 Satisfactory selling or purchase price is negotiated with potential buyers 3.3 Surplus stock is sold to buyers in compliance with legislative and statutory requirements 3.4 Workplace records are updated to reflect sale and current holding of used motor vehicle stock

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting on used motor vehicle stock.
Oral communication skills to:	convey and clarify information in verbal exchanges, using active listening and questioning to negotiate sale of surplus stock.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to determine pricing of used motor vehicle stock.
Initiative skills to:	follow up on leads and sources of additional information relating to demand and potential sale of used motor vehicle stock.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA3008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

wholesale five used motor vehicles to one or more retail buyers.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

procedures for gathering data of surplus used motor vehicle stock, including examining:

features and prices of current stock makes and models

dealership customer database

stock turnover rate and seasonal trends

procedures for determining surplus motor vehicle stock selection criteria, including:

using stock control software

analysing available statistics relevant to used motor vehicle stock

procedures for selling surplus vehicle stock, including:

locating motor vehicle retailers

determining acceptable selling prices of stock and negotiating with retailers

key requirements of industry codes of practice and state and territory legislation covering the sale and purchase of used motor vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to wholesaling used motor vehicle stock in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to the sale of used motor vehicles

five surplus used motor vehicles to wholesale

commercially realistic potential buyers of used motor vehicle stock

sources of information relating to used motor vehicle sales

computer hardware and software, calculators and office equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA009 Provide vehicle technology information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to present aftermarket or integrated vehicle technology information and vehicle operating instructions to customers at point-of-sale, delivery or handover. It involves explaining and demonstrating product and operational vehicle technology to a diverse range of customers purchasing a motor vehicle.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Obtain and evaluate aftermarket or integrated vehicle technology information	1.1 Vehicle and aftermarket accessory instructions are located and analysed to determine key operational features 1.2 Workplace procedures, including safety requirements relevant to vehicle handover, are accessed and followed 1.3 Vehicle operating instructions are analysed to identify correct operating procedures 1.4 Information relating to vehicle type and model operating instructions is regularly reviewed and updated
2. Communicate information to customers	2.1 Vehicle features, technology and functions are explained and demonstrated to customers according to dealership procedures 2.2 Difficult to interpret operating instructions are simplified and communicated to customer 2.3 Key information is communicated to customer in a professional manner
3. Record vehicle handover information	3.1 Customer vehicle handover information is recorded and sign-off obtained according to workplace procedures 3.2 Information is recorded accurately using workplace systems and procedures 3.3 Key items and accessories are supplied to customer
4. Recommend and implement improvements to vehicle handover	4.1 Feedback is sought on vehicle handover techniques and evaluated according to workplace procedures 4.2 Vehicle handover techniques are regularly reviewed and improvements that maximise effective customer service and repeat business are implemented as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	independently research information to build expertise and vehicle product knowledge.
Reading skills to:	interpret written specifications, operating instructions and charts in owner and integrated equipment manuals.
Oral communication skills to:	convey vehicle information using clear, concise and jargon-free language in a tone and pace appropriate for the customer.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, calibrate or set vehicle operating equipment and system settings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA3009 Provide vehicle technology information

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA009 Provide vehicle technology information

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

provide clear and accurate technology information and operating instructions relating to a vehicle to two different customers at point-of-sale, delivery or handover.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

vehicle technical product knowledge relevant to the operation of vehicle technology systems, including:

infotainment systems

navigation systems

blue tooth systems

keyless entry

interior adjustment systems

basic maintenance requirements

spare wheel replacement procedures

warning lights

vehicle safety cameras

park assist systems

climate control system

passenger safety systems

diesel particulate diffuser and filter system regeneration

face-to-face and telephone communication techniques, including active listening and questioning

key features of loyalty programs and strategies for encouraging repeat business

workplace or dealership processes for maintaining customer databases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided vehicle technology information to customers at vehicle point-of-sale or delivery, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales workplace or simulated location

two different vehicles and integrated technologies

owner manuals, handbooks and specifications containing vehicle information relating to relevant make and model

two different customers requiring commercially realistic point-of-sale delivery or handover information regarding vehicle features and technology.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and appraise used motor vehicles against workplace criteria and pricing guides in preparation for negotiating to purchase them. It involves analysing information from a range of sources to make decisions about purchasing used motor vehicles, and negotiating and securing used motor vehicles for stock.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Inspect used motor vehicle	1.1 Used motor vehicle is selected for inspection using workplace selection criteria 1.2 Vehicle is inspected and appraised according to workplace procedures 1.3 Information collected from vehicle appraisal process is matched with information available in pricing guides
2. Value vehicle	2.1 Collected information is analysed to determine vehicle value 2.2 Requirement for vehicle is determined on the basis of any analysis of workplace records and stock requirements 2.3 Issues and concerns about the used motor vehicle are discussed with experienced team members and supervisor
3. Negotiate vehicle purchase price	3.1 Vehicle is appraised based on information collected and appraisal is discussed with owner 3.2 Satisfactory purchase price is negotiated with owner using key points identified in appraisal as negotiating points
4. Purchase vehicle and finalise purchase process	4.1 Used vehicle is purchased according to workplace budget and procedures 4.2 Purchase process and required documentation are completed according to workplace procedures and legislative and statutory requirements 4.3 Workplace records are updated to reflect vehicles purchased

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	participate actively in verbal exchanges and clearly present an argument to negotiate a purchase price.
Numeracy skills to:	perform mathematical operations, including, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate the number and price of used motor vehicles.
Technology skills to:	operate office technology efficiently to source and collate information relating to appraisals and the negotiation of used motor vehicle purchases.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCA3010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles to supplement stock for sale

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles for sale

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

inspect and appraise three different used motor vehicles

negotiate a purchase price for the above three vehicles within workplace agreed budgets.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

basic operating principles of motor vehicle systems and components, including types and models of vehicles

procedures for appraising used motor vehicles, including:

accessing vehicle price guides

inspecting vehicles

assessing value of vehicle accessories

interpreting automotive industry trends in used motor vehicle supply and demand

procedures for purchasing used motor vehicles, including:

communication and negotiation processes, including:

presenting a persuasive argument

collaborative negotiation techniques

documentation requirements relating to the purchase of used motor vehicles, including sales contracts and safety certificates

key requirements of industry codes of practice and state and territory legislation covering the sale and purchase of used motor vehicles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having appraised and purchased used motor vehicles for an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. purchase documentation.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures and documentation relating to the purchase of used motor vehicles

three different used motor vehicles to appraise, and their owners.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct online transactions when selling a range of automotive products and services, and includes dispatching goods and checking processed online transactions.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Perform online transactions	1.1 Workplace requirements for online sale of automotive products and services are confirmed 1.2 Online personal authentication information is secured according to workplace requirements 1.3 Appropriate online functions and processes to supply required automotive products and services are determined 1.4 Technical difficulties in accessing and using online facilities are reported to online service provider
2. Administer online transactions	2.1 Online transaction is completed and purchased automotive product or service is dispatched according to terms of online transaction 2.2 Records of transactions are completed and maintained according to workplace procedures 2.3 Workplace records are compared with online records, and irregularities are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Review effectiveness of online transactions	3.1 Automotive products and services rendered are reviewed to determine quality and timeliness of delivery in relation to advertised profile and content 3.2 Customer feedback is analysed against online transaction history to determine customer satisfaction 3.3 Any issues with service provider are reported to supervisor according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	access a range of online information and contextualise to transaction requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information in sales documentation and work instructions to determine required sales action.
Writing skills to:	use specific and relevant language when communicating required information legibly and accurately enter information into sales orders, workplace forms and databases.
Oral communication skills to:	articulate requirements clearly using listening and questioning techniques to clarify and confirm understanding deliver specific and factual information appropriate to audience and environment.
Digital literacy skills to:	use a range of online applications to access, filter and extract information and process online transactions.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate quantities and prices.
Self-management skills to:	estimate and calculate timeframes for organising delivery and follow-up services.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCA011 Conduct online transactions in an automotive workplace

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

sell different automotive products or services online to three different customers

review effectiveness of online transactions, confirming that quality of products and services delivered met customer expectations.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key legal requirements relating to carrying out online transactions, including obligations under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL)

factors to be considered when calculating final price, including:

goods and services tax (GST)

sales, discounts and promotions

deposits and partial payments

types, application and operation of common electronic bill payment systems, including:

biller direct

bank aggregator

procedures for carrying out online transactions, including:

following bill payment system processes, including:

logging in

receiving orders

generating accounts

generating billing

dispatching goods, including tracking goods and confirming delivery

creating, maintaining and reconciling sales records

procedures for reviewing bill payment system, including:

assessing customer satisfaction

comparing costs of other providers.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having carried out online transactions in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive workplace procedures relating to sales

automotive retail products and services for sale online

online product or service information, including automotive online sales website

three different online customers with commercially realistic purchasing requirements

computer system with internet connection

stock databases and service delivery calendars.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSCP001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to provide basic information to customers on automotive refinishing products, including information on surface preparation, fillers, coatings and polishes. It requires knowledge of automotive body repair and refinishing products.

It applies to customer service and sales personnel working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Sales and Marketing - Paint

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Access and interpret information on refinishing products	1.1 Information on automotive refinishing products and their applications and limitations is accessed and interpreted according to workplace procedures 1.2 Differences between similar products are researched and evaluated
2. Identify customer requirements relating to refinishing products	2.1 Customer is greeted according to workplace customer service standards 2.2 Nature of customer enquiry is determined and clarified 2.3 Information relating to customer product requirement is gathered and confirmed with customer
3. Provide information to customer on refinishing products	3.1 Refinishing products are evaluated against customer requirements 3.2 Information is provided or demonstrated relating to applicable products to satisfy customer requirements and create a buying environment 3.3 Advice is sought from product specialist as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	access and interpret technical information relating to automotive refinishing products from a range of sources.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately summarise key information relating to automotive refinishing products for reference.
Oral communication skills to:	use questioning techniques suitable to customer and customer requirement clearly and effectively convey technical information using language, tone and pace appropriate to audience and purpose.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and compare product numerical information in order to evaluate automotive refinishing products.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Differences between similar products must include:	brand options product features warranties price.
Information must include:	features of product benefits and limitations of product safety implications of product techniques for applying product.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSCP2001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSCP001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

access, collate and interpret information relating to five different automotive refinishing products

provide accurate advice on automotive refinishing products to three different customers with different product information requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

refinishing product knowledge, including:

automotive coatings

fillers

anti-rust material

abrasives and buffers

polishes and polishing material

cleaning materials

automotive refinishing techniques, including:

repair of minor dents

treatment of rust

selection and application of fillers

surface preparation, including application of primers

coats and finishing putties

application of top coats and clear coats

buffing

colour matching

mixing procedures for automotive finishes

workplace-specific information, including:

product and merchandise range

service range

workplace procedures specific to automotive refinishing and related products, including procedures for dealing with customers

key requirements specific to automotive refinishing and related products, including automotive industry codes of practice relating to the sale of vehicle finishes and repair products.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided information to customers on automotive refinishing products in an automotive sales and service workplace, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following should be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

commercially realistic range of refinishing products

documentation relating to range of refinishing products, such as inventory lists, price lists, delivery costs and details of available services

workplace procedures relating to customer service

three different customers with different information requirements relating to refinishing products.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to locate, interpret and comply with legal requirements relating to the sale of automotive products and services to customers.

It applies to those working in the automotive sales and service industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Sales and Parts, Administration and Management

Unit Sector

Regulatory or Legal

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify legal requirements and procedures relating to sale of automotive products and services	1.1 Legislation relating to selling automotive products or services is accessed and interpreted 1.2 Legal requirements specific to the sale of the automotive workplace product or service range are identified 1.3 Workplace procedures relating to complying with legal requirements are sourced and interpreted
2. Sell product or service in compliance with legal requirements	2.1 Product or service is sold according to workplace procedures and identified legal requirements 2.2 Customer transaction is handled according to consumer legislation 2.3 Accurate advice and information are provided to customers about product and consumer rights 2.4 Advice is sought from supervisor where clarification or assistance is needed
3. Record required information on product or service sale documentation	3.1 Correct product or service sale documentation is selected and accessed according to workplace procedures 3.2 Clear and accurate information is provided on sales documentation to comply with legal requirements 3.3 Signed acknowledgement of information provided is obtained from customer, as required 3.4 Sales documentation is completed and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	keep up-to-date with changes relating to legal requirements in the sale of automotive products and services.
Reading skills to:	interpret key legal information in sales and related documentation.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete required sections of sales documentation to comply with legal requirements.
Oral communication skills to:	give clear and accurate information and instructions to customers relating to legal requirements, and respond to questions correctly participate in verbal exchanges relating to automotive products using pace, tone and gestures suited to customers from diverse backgrounds.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and explain numerical information relating to cost and time limitations to customers.
Digital literacy skills to:	access, search and retrieve information relating to legal requirements, customers and automotive products and services.
Planning and organising skills to:	sequence and plan handover of sales and product or service information to customers.
Technology skills to:	demonstrate the safe operation of automotive products use business technology to complete sales documentation and satisfy storage requirements.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURSLA2001 Apply legal requirements relating to product sale

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURSLA001 Comply with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

sell different automotive products or services to three different customers, in which the sale must involve:

complying with legal requirements

providing accurate product or service and consumer information to customers

correctly completing required sales documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of relevant legislation, standards and codes of conduct relating to the sale of automotive products and services, including consumer rights and guarantees under the Australian Consumer Law (ACL), including:

consumer guarantees applying to products

consumer guarantees applying to services

exceptions to consumer guarantees

compensation for damages and loss

manufacturer’s liability for faulty products

lawful wording of refund and return signs

customer complaint resolution

roles of the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) in relation to consumer guarantees, including:

providing guidance on consumer guarantees

investigating complaints

taking action on behalf of individuals

types and application of product sale documentation, including procedures for completing and storing documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having complied with legal requirements when selling automotive products and services, e.g. sales invoices.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive sales and service workplace or simulated workplace

workplace procedures relating to automotive product and service sales

access to requirements of relevant legislation, standards and codes of conduct relating to the sale of automotive products and services, including consumer rights and guarantees under the ACL

three different customers

different automotive products or services for sale

documentation required to complete a sale and fulfil legal requirements.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to drive and manoeuvre a trailer while it is attached to a driving vehicle. It involves inspecting the trailer before use, connecting the trailer to a vehicle, driving the trailer, and disconnecting the trailer from the vehicle.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The trailers may have non-pivoting axles or pivoting front axles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Carry out trailer safety inspection	1.1 Pre-operational inspections and checks of trailer are carried out according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.2 Trailer load is inspected and secured according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.3 Safe condition of towing vehicle is determined according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
2. Connect trailer to vehicle	2.1 Trailer and vehicle are aligned and trailer is coupled to vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Ancillary devices are connected between vehicle and trailer according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Trailer and vehicle connections are tested according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.4 Faults are identified and action is taken to report them according to workplace procedures
3. Drive and manoeuvre trailer	3.1 Brake lock-out devices are set according to manufacturer procedures 3.2 Trailer is safely manoeuvred by vehicle in forward and reverse directions and parked according to road safety regulations, and without causing damage to trailer, towing vehicle, other vehicles or surrounding environment
4. Disconnect trailer from vehicle	4.1 Parking devices of trailer and vehicle are applied as appropriate according to manufacturer procedures 4.2 Ancillary devices are disconnected and trailer is decoupled from vehicle according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 4.3 Trailer or vehicle is placed in appropriate parking area according to road safety regulations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret state and territory regulations for towing trailers and road signs.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings and trailer faults.
Oral communication skills to:	report inspection findings and trailer faults to workplace supervisor and customers.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical processes, including addition and subtraction, to calculate trailer load and perform simple measurements of trailer dimensions interpret numerical information on trailers, such as aggregate trailer mass and gross trailer mass.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Pre-operational inspections and checks must include:	braking systems suspension and axles electrical systems wheels and tyres.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for manually manoeuvring trailers.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTGA3001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTGA001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

drive and manoeuvre two different trailers on a road with curves.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to driving and manoeuvring trailers, including procedures for manually manoeuvring trailers

key features of relevant state and territory regulations relating to trailers, including those relating to:

couplings

safe towing weights

towing speeds

braking

application, purpose and operation of trailers, including:

pivot and non-pivot trailers

definition of aggregate trailer mass and gross trailer mass

trailer coupling systems, including:

tow ball

lunette ring

weight distributing hitch

inspection procedures for trailers, including:

coupling system

electrical system

braking system

wheel assembly and bearings

suspension system

loading procedures for trailers, including:

centre of mass location

tongue weight

methods for determining maximum towing capacity of vehicle

methods for determining load capacity of towbar

driving and manoeuvring techniques, including:

effects of trailer on overall turning circle

effects of trailer on acceleration, steering and braking

methods of avoiding and controlling vehicle and trailer sway

methods of reversing a trailer.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailers that they have driven and manoeuvred, e.g. trailer log book.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

road with curves suitable for trailer forward and reverse driving, manoeuvring and parking

trailer specifications and relevant state and territory regulations for towing trailers

two different trailers and towing vehicles with suitable trailer couplings.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare a quotation to modify the mechanical, electrical or body systems of a vehicle or machinery in order to estimate and calculate the costs, including materials, labour and overhead costs, of the modification. Mechanical and electrical systems and body enhancement kit modifications must comply with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. It includes quotations for light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery and mobile plant machinery, recreational vehicles or motorcycles. The unit does not apply to estimating and quoting on vehicle body structural repairs.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to quote	1.1 Modification requirements are identified and clarified with customer 1.2 Workplace quotation information and recommended labour time guides are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Job cost estimation and calculation details are sourced and interpreted
2. Estimate cost to modify vehicle or machinery	2.1 Estimated time requirements for job are calculated and compared to recommended labour time guides and previous similar completed estimates 2.2 Feasibility of using replacement parts instead of refurbished parts is evaluated in line with original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications 2.3 Replacement or refurbished parts required for job are included in quotation 2.4 Parts and consumables are costed according to workplace pricing procedures 2.5 Parts and work needing to be subcontracted are identified and costed 2.6 Potential variations are identified and noted 2.7 Job labour cost estimate is documented and agreed with workplace supervisor 2.8 Quotation variations relating to unsighted damage are noted and prepared for customer acceptance 2.9 Final estimate is reviewed by workplace supervisor and quotation is finalised
3. Complete quotation processes	3.1 Detailed quotation is provided to customer for approval 3.2 Approval from customer to commence work and undertake any supplementary quotation work is obtained as required 3.3 Documentation is completed and quotation stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Reading skills to:	interpret job requirement information, OEM specifications and procedures, and labour time guides efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately complete: vehicle inspection or proposed modification report modification quotation.
Oral communication skills to:	participate in verbal exchanges using active listening and questioning techniques to gather, clarify and confirm customer information and feedback.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical equations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division and percentages, to perform calculations and check accuracy of costs of options and solutions.
Digital literacy skills to:	use digital systems and tools to access, search and retrieve information relating to products and services.
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to assist in preparing a modification quotation.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTNA5001 Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTNA001 Estimate and quote automotive vehicle or machinery modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in the unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

estimate and quote modifications to three different vehicles or machinery, including:

one mechanical modification

one electrical modification

one body modification.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to estimating and quoting vehicle or machinery modifications, including:

quality requirements

reporting and recording procedures

procedures for selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

location and content of:

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specifications and workplace procedures

costing catalogues

labour time guides

principles of estimating and job costing

procedures and processes for identifying, apportioning, validating and documenting total costs for work, including components of estimates and job costings, including:

labour

parts

costs relating to required external products or services

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to mechanical and electrical system and body enhancement modifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having provided a quotation relating to a vehicle or machinery modification, e.g. quotations.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

three different vehicles or machinery requiring estimates and quotes relating to mechanical and electrical system or body enhancement modifications

OEM specifications and workplace procedures

labour time guides

office equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and software

manufacturer and component refurbishing costing guides.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, remove and tag a range of steering, suspension and braking system components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging components by title, job number and application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the automotive retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag steering, suspension or braking system component	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Steering, suspension or braking system component information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove component	2.1 Component for removal is identified 2.2 Component is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed component is inspected and findings are recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag component	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed component is legibly tagged according to workplace procedures and without causing damage to vehicle or other components 3.3 Tagged component is stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements relating to steering, suspension and braking system components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in task instructions and part numbers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars working with brake dust and hydraulic fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids safely disposing of contaminated parts and components.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA1001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and brake system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag the following components from one vehicle:

steering component

suspension component

brake component.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and tagging steering, suspension and braking system components, including procedures for:

working with stored energy in springs, air springs and torsion bars

working with brake dust and hydraulic fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids

safely disposing of contaminated parts and components

identification and basic function of components to be removed and tagged, including:

steering components

suspension components

brake components

procedures for removing and tagging steering, suspension and braking system components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering, suspension and braking system components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer steering, suspension and brake specifications

one vehicle with the components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and tagging

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging steering, suspension and braking system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assist with automotive workplace activities. It involves preparing for the work, assisting with workplace cleaning and component removal and refitting activities as required, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the automotive retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for workplace activities	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and activities are identified 1.2 Workplace activity information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Undertake workplace activities	2.1 Workplace activities are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, systems or vehicles 2.2 Assistance is sought from appropriate persons when difficulties arise
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements relating to workplace activities.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate quantities and volume of materials.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Workplace activities must include:	component removal and refitting component cleaning workplace housekeeping vehicle washing and cleaning.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) safely handling chemicals environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA1002 Carry out workshop practice activities

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA002 Assist with automotive workplace activities

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out the following automotive workplace activities:

remove and refit one component of a vehicle or machinery

clean one component of a vehicle or machinery

clean an area of the workplace as directed by supervisor

wash the exterior and clean the interior of one vehicle or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out automotive workplace activities, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

safely handling chemicals

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and contaminants

procedures for vehicle and component cleaning , including:

identifying and using cleaning equipment, including:

high pressure washing

manual washing

vacuuming

types and application of cleaning agents

preventing damage to systems and components during cleaning activities

procedures for removing and refitting components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the workplace activities that they have carried out in an automotive workplace, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

one vehicle or machinery to complete the activities specified in the performance evidence

manufacturer cleaning and component specifications

cleaning equipment, cleaning agents, tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out automotive workplace activities.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices. It involves selecting, using and maintaining basic measuring devices, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Select and use basic mechanical measuring devices	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Measuring device information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Measuring devices are selected to meet job requirements, and checked for serviceability and calibration according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 1.5 Measuring devices are used according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Maintain devices	2.1 Measuring devices are maintained and stored according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Faulty devices are tagged and reported according to workplace procedures as required
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements relating to maintenance procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and tolerances from manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including safe operating procedures for basic mechanical measuring devices.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA1003 Use and maintain basic measuring devices

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA003 Use and maintain basic mechanical measuring devices

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

use and maintain three of the following basic mechanical measuring devices:

inside and outside calipers

steel rulers

depth gauges

spirit levels

tape measures

squares

T-squares

straight edges.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to using and maintaining basic mechanical measuring devices, including safe operating procedures for basic mechanical measuring devices

types, uses, limitations and operating procedures for the basic mechanical measuring devices specified in the performance evidence

procedures for selecting measuring devices

procedures for identifying and tagging faulty measuring devices

basic maintenance, adjustment, calibration and storage procedures for mechanical measuring devices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical measuring devices they have used and maintained, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer mechanical measuring device specifications

basic mechanical measuring devices specified in the performance evidence

vehicles, components or materials that require the use of basic mechanical measuring devices

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for using and maintaining basic mechanical measuring devices.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA004 Carry out servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out servicing operations. It involves preparing for the task, identifying lubricant requirements, servicing and adjusting vehicle and machinery, reporting the inspection findings, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The servicing operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to conduct servicing operations	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Identify lubricants and fluid leakage	2.1 Suitable lubricants and fluids are identified according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Lubricants and fluids are handled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Fluid leakages and component faults are identified and reported according to workplace procedures as required
3. Carry out servicing activities	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4 Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle and machinery service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when completing service schedule reports and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions and report inspection findings.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to determine liquid quantities and calculate service intervals.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting vehicles and machinery isolating and stabilising vehicles or machinery safely handling hazardous oils, fluids and greases environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released during servicing operations.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2004 Carry out servicing operations

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA004 Carry out servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out servicing operations on two different vehicles or machinery, in which the work must involve:

replacing engine oil and filters

completing service reports.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing operations, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles and machinery

isolating and stabilising vehicles or machinery

safely handling hazardous oils, fluids and greases

environmental requirements , including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released during servicing operations

identification, function, service requirements and procedures for vehicle or machinery systems and components, including:

steering and suspension

driveline and final drive

braking

wheels and tyres

transmission

engine

battery and electrical

fuel

cooling

types and applications of filters, oils, fluids and greases, including:

additives

oil, fluid and grease classification

viscosity ratings

filter types

oil sampling procedures

post-service testing procedures, including resetting service interval indicators.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer servicing specifications

two different vehicles or machinery to carry out servicing operations

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out servicing operations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives in the automotive vehicle industry. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using sealants and adhesives, preparing and installing bearings, seals and gaskets, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry, It includes agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicle, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Procedures, information and specifications are sourced and identified 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Select and use sealants and adhesives	2.1 Sealants and adhesives appropriate for the job requirement are selected 2.2 Sealants and adhesives are used according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Sealants and adhesives are stored according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
3. Prepare and install bearings, seals and gaskets	3.1 Procedures and information for preparing, inspecting and installing bearings, seals and gaskets are identified and sourced 3.2 Bearings, seals and gaskets are installed, and bearings adjusted as required, according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure and adjust automotive components and calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate sealant and adhesive volumes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision tools and equipment, such as torque wrenches and dial gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with sealants and adhesives, lubricants and greases environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of: excess materials produced when applying sealants and adhesives lubricants and greases released during work processes.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

prepare and install:

two of the following bearing types:

roller type bearing

ball type bearing

plain type bearing

two different gaskets

two different seals

select and use two different sealants and adhesives.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with sealants and adhesives, lubricants and greases

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of:

excess materials produced when applying sealants and adhesives

lubricants and greases released during work processes

identification, application, function and operating principles, including:

bearings, including ball, roller and plain

seals, including lip, face, O ring, square section ring, and metal surface

gaskets, including treated paper, cork, composite materials, metal, synthetic, rubber, fibre, and nylon

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of sealants and adhesives, including application techniques

inspection, service, installation and adjustment procedures, including:

bearings, including:

roller types

ball types

plain types

seals and sealing surface condition

gaskets

types and applications of bearing lubricants and greases.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives they have selected and used, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer specifications relating to bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

vehicle or equipment requiring the application of bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives

bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and material appropriate for installing bearings, seals and gaskets.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service hydraulic systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment. This unit is not intended for drive systems, power steering or hydraulic braking systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service hydraulic system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect hydraulic system	2.1 Hydraulic system inspection and operational testing are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service hydraulic system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and hydraulic system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to hydraulic systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to determine liquid quantities interpret pressure gauges and units of pressure.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic system must include:	reservoir accumulator pump valves actuators motor filters hoses, pipes and connectors.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using raising, lowering and supporting equipment working with fluids under pressure working with hot fluid hazards isolating and stabilising vehicles or machinery environmental requirements, including procedures for: trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems disposing of filters.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2006 Service hydraulic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA006 Inspect and service hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service two different hydraulic systems, in which the work must involve:

evaluating hydraulic fluid condition

replacing hydraulic filters

carrying out adjustments

carrying out visual inspections

carrying out operational testing.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

working with fluids under pressure

working with hot fluid hazards

isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for:

trapping, storing and disposing of hydraulic fluid released from hydraulic systems

disposing of filters

identification, function and basic operation of major hydraulic system components, including:

reservoir

accumulator

pump and charge pump

pump

valves

actuators

motor

oil cooler

filters

hoses, pipes, connectors and fittings

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

types and applications of hydraulic oils, including:

additives

viscosity ratings

viscosity index

fire resistant fluids

synthetic fluids

types and applications of hydraulic filters, including:

filter types

position of filters

filter ratings

inspection, evaluation and operational test procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

hydraulic oil sampling

oil contamination control

cycle times checks

pressure checks

service and adjustment procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

oil and filter replacement scheduling

oil cleanliness procedures

post-service testing procedures for hydraulic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

two different hydraulic systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for the inspection and servicing of hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair faults in pneumatic systems and components. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system to determine the service and repair requirements, carrying out the service and repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pneumatic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. Work includes compressors, linear or rotary actuators, drive motors, conductors and control valves.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair pneumatic system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect pneumatic system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary service, repairs or adjustments
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.3 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pneumatic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements.
Numeracy skills to:	measure pneumatic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with stored pressure environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from pneumatic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair two different pneumatic systems, including the following components in each system:

compressors and filters

linear and rotary actuators

pipes, hoses and connectors

control valves

test above pneumatic systems, including:

adjusting and testing pneumatic components

setting up and testing compressor cut-out system

testing for system leaks.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing pneumatic systems, including procedures for working with stored pressure

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from pneumatic systems

types and applications of pneumatic systems

pneumatic system schematic diagrams and symbols

identification, function and operation of pneumatic systems and components, including:

clamping systems

hydropneumatic intensifiers

rotary and screw compressors

linear actuators

rotary actuators

drive motors

lines, hoses and couplings

control valves

types of lubricants suitable for pneumatic systems, and their application and methods of lubrication

inspection, servicing and repair procedures for pneumatic systems

pneumatic system test and commissioning procedures

post-repair testing procedures for pneumatic systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pneumatic systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer pneumatic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with pneumatic systems requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting, servicing and repairing pneumatic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to produce patterns and templates for manufacturing parts or assisting the fitting of accessories. It involves preparing for the task, planning the process, plotting the dimensions and completing the pattern or template, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare for production of pattern or template	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Size requirements are checked in relation to production process and finishing capacity of workplace 1.3 Type and quantity of patterns and templates to be produced are identified and materials are obtained 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Plan process	2.1 Material required for pattern or template is identified for approximate size and characteristics 2.2 Required instruments and equipment are identified, located and assembled 2.3 Drawings and related specifications are identified and interpreted 2.4 Procedures for using pattern development instruments and tooling are confirmed, and equipment and tooling are prepared for use
3. Plot dimensions	3.1 Equipment and tooling are used according to workplace procedures 3.2 Each dimension is measured, exploded and plotted, while maintaining angles, arcs and curves 3.3 Visual inspection and measurements are used to compare pattern dimensions and shapes with drawings and specifications
4 Complete pattern or template	4.1 Pattern or template is completed according to safety requirements and ensuring that it indicates completion date and original drawing details 4.2 Required workplace approval of pattern or template is obtained 4.3 Plans are marked with notations according to workplace procedures 4.4 Plans are copied and filed according to workplace procedures
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and pattern or template is presented ready for use 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information and terminology relating to patterns and templates.
Writing skills to:	produce patterns and templates using symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate: angles, arcs and curves tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use drawing tools and equipment to produce patterns and templates.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using sharp cutting tools and equipment.
Notation must include:	authorship process or customer requirements authorisation review dates.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2008 Produce patterns and templates

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA008 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

produce three different patterns and three different templates for manufacturing parts or for assisting with fitting accessories.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to producing patterns and templates, including procedures for using sharp cutting tools and equipment

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of pattern and template materials

procedures for selecting most suitable mediums and materials for pattern and template design

pattern and template production techniques and procedures

tools, equipment and machinery to measure, mark out and produce patterns and templates

procedures for using and applying jigs and fixtures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the patterns and templates that they have produced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

materials for producing automotive patterns and templates

tools and equipment to measure, mark out and produce patterns and templates.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare and clean mechanical components. It involves preparing for the task, cleaning and tagging equipment for repair or storage, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pre-repair operations include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake pre-repair operations	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Pre-repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Cleaning options are analysed and selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Clean and tag mechanical component prior to repair or storage	2.1 Component is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to component or system 2.2 Cleaning materials and equipment are used according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Component is tagged and prepared for further repair procedures or treated with rust prevention material for storage 2.4 Used cleaning materials and waste materials are safely disposed of according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and component is presented ready for repair or storage 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace expectations 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pre-repair and cleaning specifications and procedures interpret instructions from cleaning agent information interpret cleaning equipment operating procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including component identification tags.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate chemical mixing volumes and proportions from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	operate cleaning equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Cleaning options must include at least two of the following:	steam cleaning high pressure washing manual washing sand or bead blasting.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: operating cleaning equipment using hazardous chemicals selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves and protective clothing environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and residue released during the cleaning process.
Cleaning materials must include:	chemical cleaning agents, including dewaxing, detergents, degreasers and special purpose agents rust prevention material.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2009 Carry out pre-repair operations (mechanical)

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA009 Carry out mechanical pre-repair operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out mechanical pre-repair operations to three of the following vehicle components:

transmission

engine

steering and suspension system

final drive

wheels and hubs

chassis

hydraulic system

fuel system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out mechanical pre-repair operations, including procedures for:

operating cleaning equipment

using hazardous chemicals

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE), including safety glasses, gloves and protective clothing

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of cleaning agents and residue released during the cleaning process

procedures for identifying and operating cleaning equipment, including:

steam cleaning

high pressure washing

manual washing

sand or bead blasting

types, application and safe handling of cleaning agents

component cleaning procedures

component dismantling procedures

tagging and storage procedures for cleaned components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cleaning agent specifications

area and equipment, including PPE, for safely cleaning vehicle components

vehicle components for pre-repair operations as specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for carrying out mechanical pre-repair operations.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service and repair trailers with an aggregate trailer mass (ATM) of up to 4.5 tonnes. It involves servicing the suspension, brakes, axles, couplings and electrical systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation, including any associated recommendations for further action.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The trailers include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to service and repair trailer up to 4.5 tonnes	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Service, repair and adjustment procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect trailer to determine service and repair requirements	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, and include recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Carry out service and repair activities	3.1 Trailer service and repair requirements are determined from workplace instructions and inspection results 3.2 Service, repair and adjustments are carried out to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.3 Post-service and repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and trailer is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking trailer procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure trailer components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to: calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications measure trailer and vehicle ride heights with rulers and tape measures compare inspection findings to manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	vehicle hitch, trailer coupling and securing chains electrical systems brake system chassis and suspension system axles and wheel hubs tyres.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting trailers handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids working with stored energy.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including lubricants, brake fluid, brake dust and fibres.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA2010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

service, repair and adjust two different trailers with an aggregate trailer mass (ATM) up to 4.5 tonnes, in which the work must involve:

repacking wheel bearings

inspecting and adjusting brakes

inspecting and servicing suspension

coupling and securing chains

inspecting vehicle hitch, trailer coupling and securing chains

inspecting and servicing electrical system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to servicing and repairing trailers up to 4.5 tonnes, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting trailers

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

working with stored energy

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of hazardous materials and substances released from braking systems, including lubricants, brake fluid, brake dust and fibres

identification, purpose and basic operation of trailer systems, including:

braking systems, including:

hydraulic

electrical

mechanical

electrical wiring circuits

trailer service and repair procedures, including:

wheel bearings

suspension system

braking system

lighting system

vehicle hitch and trailer coupling types and securing chains

5th wheel trailer couplings

post-service and repair testing procedures for trailers, including stationary and mobile performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the trailers that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer trailer specifications

two different trailers with an ATM up to 4.5 tonnes requiring service and repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for servicing and repairing trailers up to 4.5 tonnes.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install hydraulic systems. It involves preparing for the task, installing and testing the operation of the hydraulic systems, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. Work involves installing hydraulic systems in vehicles or machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to install hydraulic system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Hydraulic system installation procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Install hydraulic system	2.1 System is checked for correct application and components are checked for damage 2.2 System is installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Installed system is tested for correct operation and required adjustments are made according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 System is re-tested in normal operating conditions and final adjustments are made
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or system is presented ready for use, including ensuring that protective guards, safety features and cowlings are in place 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydraulic system specifications and procedures interpret hydraulic circuit installation procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting work performed and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and make installation recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydraulic system components and use mathematical processes, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as rulers, vernier calipers and hydraulic pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic system must include:	actuators hoses, pipes fittings and couplings control valves arms and pads.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using raising, lowering and supporting equipment isolating and stabilising machines working with stored hydraulic pressure working with escaping high pressure oil environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

install one hydraulic system in vehicle or machinery to specified applications, including:

assembling hydraulic system

adjusting and testing hydraulic system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to installing hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

isolating and stabilising machines

working with stored hydraulic pressure

working with escaping high pressure oil

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems.

requirements of AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

requirements of Mechanical Design Guideline (MDG) 41 for Fluid Power Safety at Mines

hydraulic system installation diagrams and schematics

principles of hydraulic systems and components, including actuators, conductors, pressure flow and direction control systems

identification, application and operation of hydraulic systems, including:

linear actuators

rotary actuators

hoses, pipes fittings and couplings

control valves

arms and pads

procedures for installing hydraulic systems in vehicles and machinery

procedures for adjusting, tuning and testing the installation of hydraulic systems in vehicles or machinery.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic systems that they have installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications and installation procedures

hydraulic system for installation

one vehicle or machinery requiring installation of hydraulic system

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

Mechanical Design Guideline (MDG) 41 Guideline for Fluid Power Safety at Mines

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for installing hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies. It involves preparing for the task, fabricating, installing and testing fluid power hoses according to relevant industry standards, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hose assemblies include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to fabricate fluid power hose assembly	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Fluid power hose fabrication procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Options are analysed and selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Fabricate assembly	2.1 Fluid power hose and fittings are identified and selected according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Fluid power hose is fabricated according to relevant industry standards, manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Install and test assembly	3.1 Procedures and information for hose installation are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Fluid power hose is installed and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Test results are documented and reported according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret operating procedures from manufacturer and workshop literature for fabricating power hose crimping equipment interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking fluid power hose assembly specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure fluid power hose components use mathematical processes, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate: distances, tolerances, pressures, force, and temperature deviations from manufacturer specifications calculate and convert metric and imperial systems of measurement.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and hydraulic pressure gauges use fluid power hose crimping tool.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with fluids under pressure working with stored pressure hazards isolating and stabilising vehicle or machinery environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil released from hydraulic hoses.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3012 Manufacture and install fluid power hose assemblies

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA012 Fabricate and install fluid power hose assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

fabricate, test and install fluid power hose assemblies, using both field attachable and crimp fittings, on two of the following:

single wire braid hose

double wire braid hose

spiral wire hose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to fabricating and installing fluid power hose assemblies, including procedures for:

working with fluids under pressure

working with stored pressure hazards

isolating and stabilising vehicle or machinery

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil released from hydraulic hoses

requirements of industry standards for hydraulic hoses and connectors, including:

MDG 41 Guideline for Fluid Power System Safety at Mines

ISO 6805 Rubber hoses and hose assemblies for underground mining

SAE J517 Hydraulic Hose

application and purpose of hydraulic hoses, including:

hose sizes

hose working pressures

hydraulic hoses, including:

fabric braid

single wire braid hose

double wire braid hose

spiral wire hose, including multi-spiral wire hose

crimped and swaged hose fittings

field attachable hose fittings

couplers, connectors and fittings

fabrication procedures for fluid power hose assemblies

testing procedures for fluid power hose assemblies

installation procedures for fluid power hose assemblies, including routing of hydraulic hoses and pipes

post-repair testing procedures for fluid power hose assemblies, including visual and performance tests.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the fluid power hose assemblies that they have fabricated and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer fluid power hose specifications

MDG 41 Guideline for Fluid Power System Safety at Mines

ISO 6805 Rubber hoses and hose assemblies for underground mining

SAE J517 Hydraulic Hose

test equipment for fluid power hose assemblies

vehicles or machinery requiring the installation of the fluid power hose assemblies specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for fabricating and installing fluid power hose assemblies, including a crimping machine.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in hydraulic systems. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those in heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or outdoor power equipment. This unit does not apply to agricultural or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair hydraulic system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Hydraulic system diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose hydraulic system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments, are reported according to workplace procedures
3. Repair hydraulic system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydraulic system specifications and procedures. interpret hydraulic symbols and circuits on hydraulic system components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate: distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications hydraulic system pressures, forces, distances and temperature read precision measuring equipment, including micrometers, vernier calipers, and flow, temperature and pressure gauges.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment use pressure gauges or flow meters.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Hydraulic system must include:	reservoirs pumps valves actuators motors filters hoses, pipes, fittings and couplings.
Diagnostic tests must include:	using pressure gauges and/or flow meters.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using raising, lowering and supporting equipment working with fluids under pressure working with stored pressure hazards working with hot fluid hazards isolating and stabilising machines or vehicles environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3013 Repair hydraulic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA013 Diagnose and repair hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different hydraulic systems, in which the work must involve removing and refitting or replacing three of the following:

hydraulic cylinder

hydraulic pump

hydraulic motor

hydraulic valves

hydraulic hose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing hydraulic systems, including procedures for:

using raising, lowering and supporting equipment

working with fluids under pressure

working with stored pressure hazards

working with hot fluid hazards

isolating and stabilising machines or vehicles

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluid released from hydraulic systems

operating principles of hydraulic systems and associated components, including:

transmission of energy by hydraulic fluid

mechanical advantage

hydraulic circuits, including open and closed centred systems

temperature, force, pressure, area and flow

application, purpose and operation of hydraulic systems and components, including:

reservoirs

accumulators

pumps, including gear and piston

valves, including directional, pressure and flow

hand and remote cordless controls

linear and rotary actuators

hoses, pipes fittings and couplings

heat exchangers

hydraulic fluids

hydraulic symbols and system schematic

requirements of AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

diagnostic testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including:

applying and using a flow meter to diagnose faults by carrying out an in-line, bypass or ‘Tee’ test to evaluate system components

visually inspecting hoses, pipes and connectors

oil sampling and contamination control

repair procedures for hydraulic systems, including procedures for removing, repairing, replacing and adjusting hydraulic system components

post-repair testing procedures for hydraulic systems, including procedures for testing:

operational functionality

fluid pressures and levels.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications

two hydraulic systems with faults in the components specified in the performance evidence

diagnostic tools and equipment for hydraulic systems, including pressure gauges or flow meters

AS 1101.1 Graphic symbols for general engineering, Part 1: Hydraulic and pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing and adjusting hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assemble and install pneumatic system components. It involves preparing for the task, assembling and installing pneumatic system components, performing post-assembly testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pneumatic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to assemble, install and test pneumatic system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Assembly, installation and test procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.3 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Carry out assembly and installation activities	2.1 Pneumatic system components are assembled according to job requirements 2.2 Components are installed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are adjusted according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures, and without causing damage to components or system
3. Test pneumatic system	3.1 Testing procedures and information are sourced and interpreted from manufacturer procedures and specifications 3.2 System tests are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and pneumatic system is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pneumatic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements gain information from appropriate persons and assistance as required.
Numeracy skills to:	measure pneumatic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications understand measuring and test equipment divisions.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use pneumatic pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for dealing with stored pressure hazards environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from the system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3014 Assemble and install pneumatic systems and components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA014 Assemble and install pneumatic system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble and install two different pneumatic system components, in which the work must involve adjusting and testing the installed pneumatic system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to relating to assembling and installing pneumatic systems, including procedures for dealing with stored pressure hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from the system

types and applications of pneumatic systems

types, application and operation of pneumatic system components, including:

compressors

linear actuators

rotary actuators

drive motors

lines, hoses and couplings

control valves

pneumatic system assembly and installation procedures

key features of pneumatic system schematic diagrams and symbols

key features of engineering drawings relating to pneumatic systems

post-installation testing procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the pneumatic system components that they have assembled and installed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer pneumatic system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring the installation of pneumatic systems

test equipment for pneumatic systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for assembling and installing pneumatic system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to produce engineering drawings for manufacturing or modifying vehicle components. It involves preparing for the task, producing engineering drawings, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to produce engineering drawing	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Vehicle component or item to be drawn is identified 1.3 Information for proposed engineering drawing content is located and interpreted
2. Produce engineering drawing	2.1 Drawing instruments, equipment and materials are selected and prepared 2.2 Required engineering drawing is produced to specifications and quality standards 2.3 Engineering drawing is completed and checked for accuracy according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure drawing is to workplace expectations and ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Drawing and workplace documentation are processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret engineering plans and specifications interpret technical information and terminology relating to engineering drawings.
Writing skills to:	produce engineering drawings using symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to draw components to scale interpret engineering drawing specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use drawing tools and equipment for production of engineering drawings.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Drawing must include:	correct symbols and codes legends and diagrammatic representations dimensions, tolerances and material specifications.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3015 Prepare engineering drawings

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA015 Produce engineering drawings for vehicle components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

produce engineering drawings covering the manufacture or modification of three different vehicle components using hand and computer-aided drawing (CAD) equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

engineering drawing techniques and procedures, including:

hand drawing

computer-aided drawing

engineering drawing terminology, symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations

quality standards for producing, maintaining and storing engineering drawings

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining engineering plans, workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engineering drawings of vehicle components that they have produced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

work instructions, including drawing specifications and dimensions

material relevant to the production of engineering drawings

drawing tools and CAD equipment appropriate for producing engineering drawings of vehicle components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out a vehicle safety inspection, compare findings with manufacturer specifications, and report those findings. It involves preparing for the task, carrying out a vehicle safety inspection, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to carry out a vehicle safety inspection	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Vehicle safety inspection procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Vehicle safety inspection options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Complete vehicle safety inspection	2.1 Vehicle safety inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to any components or system 2.2 Vehicle components are compared to manufacturer specifications, and vehicle system tolerances outside vehicle manufacturer specifications are highlighted 2.3 Vehicle safety inspection report is completed according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workplace literature when seeking vehicle specifications and safety inspection procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including vehicle safety inspection reports.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions.
Numeracy skills to:	measure vehicle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and dial indicators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3017 Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspections

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA017 Carry out vehicle safety inspections

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

carry out the safety inspections of three different vehicles

produce separate vehicle safety reports relating to the above inspections.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational, health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out vehicle safety inspections, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles

methods for sourcing vehicle specifications

vehicle and component safety inspection procedures

types of vehicle safety inspection reports.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have inspected, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

vehicle manufacturer specifications

three different vehicles requiring safety inspections

tools and equipment for carrying out vehicle safety inspections.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out diagnostic procedures on vehicles, vessels or machinery. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the appropriate diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, and reporting conclusions.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose faults	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions and existence of fault is confirmed according to workshop procedures 1.2 Information, including customer complaint, is sourced and analysed and systems and components to be tested are identified 1.3 Testing strategy is developed to most efficiently find the faults 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose faults	2.1 Diagnostic tools and equipment are applied according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Diagnostic tests are carried out without causing damage to diagnostic tools and equipment or vehicle systems or components 2.3 Identification of faults is confirmed from test results and reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Faulty components are examined and cause of faults is determined, including recommendations for repair
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic procedures to different vehicles or machinery.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, obtain information from customers and supervisors, and report diagnostic findings.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with the system being tested environmental requirements, including procedures for complying with requirements specific to the system being tested.
Cause of faults must include:	determining the reason the fault developed.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3018 Carry out diagnostic procedures

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA018 Carry out diagnostic procedures

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

follow workplace diagnostic procedures to diagnose faults in three different vehicles or machinery

the above diagnosis work must involve two of the following types of faults:

loss of vehicle power

excessive fuel consumption

excessive emissions

poor handling

poor hydraulic system performance

poor pneumatic system performance

incorrect mechanical system performance

incorrect electrical system performance

vibration

abnormal noise

record the diagnostic procedures followed with the above vehicles or machinery and identify the cause or causes of faults.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to carrying out diagnostic procedures, including procedures for working safely with the system being tested

environmental requirements, including procedures for complying with requirements specific to the system being tested

methods of gathering information, including questioning customers and effective questioning techniques

types and applications of diagnostic strategies, including:

strategy-based diagnostics

flow charts

diagnosis charts

types, applications, limitations and operation of common diagnostic tools

methods of differentiating between fault symptoms and fault causes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or machinery in which they have diagnosed faults, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions detailing customer fault complaint

manufacturer vehicle or machinery specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with system faults specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials required for diagnosing system faults.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply heat using induction processes when repairing vehicle chassis and components. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using specialist tools and equipment, identifying damage, operating heat induction equipment according to manufacturer specifications, completing repairs to original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency’s specifications, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive body repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to apply heat induction processes in repairs of vehicle chassis and components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Repair information is accessed and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected and inspected for serviceability 1.5 Work area is prepared and work planned in line with job requirements, heating sequence, and workplace procedures
2. Carry out heat induction processes	2.1 Heat induction settings are identified and adjusted, and equipment is operated according to OEM or authorised agency specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Induction heating activities to repair damaged chassis and components are completed according to OEM or authorised agency specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to workplace equipment, vehicle systems or other components
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked, reported if faulty, and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Equipment maintenance activities are completed according to workplace procedures and equipment manufacturer specifications 3.5 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures clearly report issues, defects and outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate heat induction settings interpret numerical information correctly in specifications and record accurately in forms or workplace documents.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Self-management skills to:	select and use appropriate equipment, materials and processes for applying heat induction in repair processes.
Problem solving skills to:	identify heat induction risk factors and take corrective action.
Technology skills to:	use heat induction equipment correctly and safely.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Repair information must include:	OEM or authorised agency’s specifications workplace procedures.
Induction heating activities must include the use of:	metal colours heat crayons thermal temp gun.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: selecting and using PPE using specialist heat induction equipment identifying workplace hazards environmental requirements including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA3020 Apply heat-induction processes

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA020 Apply heat induction processes

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

apply heat induction processes to three different chassis and component repairs, in which the work must involve the use of:

metal colours

heat crayons

thermal temp gun.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to applying heat induction processes, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using specialist heat induction equipment

identifying workplace hazards

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of waste materials

heat induction process and procedures, including:

use of heat induction in repairs

use of heat induction equipment, including:

metal colours

heat crayons

thermal temp gun

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or authorised agency specifications and recommended repair procedures

material types suitable for applying heat induction processes

problem-solving techniques relating to addressing repair defects

final inspection procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements

procedures for completing workplace documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to having used heat induction equipment to repair vehicle chassis, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE required to use heat induction equipment

OEM or authorised agency repair procedures

heat induction equipment and operating instructions

three different damaged vehicle chassis and components requiring heat induction repairs

tools and equipment appropriate for applying heat induction processes.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose faults in complex vehicle, vessels or machinery systems to determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a complex system fault, choosing the required diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions, and making repair recommendations.

A complex system integrates two or more automotive systems, or incorporates three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems. Examples include electronically controlled automatic transmissions, anti-lock braking systems, and engine management systems integrating ignition, fuel and transmission control systems.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm work requirement regarding complex system fault	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnosis requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Information, including customer complaint, is sourced to provide a full overview of all faults and conditions under which they occur
2. Analyse information	2.1 Function and operation of the system when operating correctly are identified 2.2 Information is analysed and affected systems are identified 2.3 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information are accessed and interpreted 2.4 Tests are identified and selected from range of available options, and testing sequence is established 2.5 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.6 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use 2.7 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
3. Perform diagnosis	3.1 Tests are applied systematically and efficiently to gather precise data on system operation according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Test results are compared with manufacturer specifications and conclusions are drawn and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.3 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle or machinery is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings and making repair recommendations.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisor, report diagnostic findings, and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised integrated system diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements for working safely with the vehicle systems being tested, including procedures for: selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) using tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA4021 Carry out diagnosis of complex system faults

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA021 Diagnose complex system faults

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose complex system faults on three different vehicles, machinery or vessels

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

one fault that is in a complex system that integrates two or more automotive systems

one fault that incorporates three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex system faults in vehicles, vessels or machinery, including working safely with the systems being tested, including procedures for:

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

using tools and equipment

types, application and operation of complex systems, including:

systems that integrates two or more automotive systems

systems that incorporate three or more mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or electronic sub-systems

diagnostic procedures for complex systems, including stages within the diagnostic procedure

methods of gathering information on complex system faults, including customer questioning techniques

types and applications of diagnostic flow charts

types, applications, limitations and operation of diagnostic tools, including:

multimeters

scan tools, including:

diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) and the conditions that caused the code to be set

live data

snap shots

oscilloscopes

mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic test equipment

methods of differentiating between fault symptoms and fault cause.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle or machinery complex system faults that they have diagnosed, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer system specifications

three different vehicles, vessels or machinery that have the complex system faults specified in the performance evidence

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex system faults in vehicles, vessels or machinery.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing mechanical systems in order to vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The mechanical systems include those of agricultural machinery, bicycles, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and presented to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing mechanical system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for mechanical system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking mechanical system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure mechanical system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA5022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the mechanical system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify mechanical system to a significantly changed capability

adapt mechanical system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant mechanical system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying mechanical system modifications, including procedures for using personal protective equipment (PPE) and hand tools

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to mechanical systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to mechanical systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of mechanical systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for mechanical system modifications

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to mechanical system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the mechanical systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer mechanical system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to mechanical system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring mechanical system modification

testing equipment for mechanical system modification

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing mechanical system modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing hydraulic systems in order to vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and presented to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing hydraulic system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for hydraulic system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking hydraulic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised testing equipment, such as flow and pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for dealing with high pressure fluid systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA5023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the hydraulic system of two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment:

adapt or modify hydraulic system to a significantly changed capability

adapt hydraulic system for different work conditions, for example high altitude or underground mine

modify or install a significant hydraulic system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying hydraulic system modifications, including procedures for dealing with high pressure fluid systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to hydraulic systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of hydraulic systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for hydraulic system modifications, including flow and pressure gauges

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to hydraulic system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the hydraulic systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer hydraulic system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to hydraulic system modifications

two different vehicles, vessels, machinery or equipment requiring hydraulic system modification

testing equipment for hydraulic system modification

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing hydraulic system modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to develop, apply and validate significant modifications to existing pneumatic systems in order to vary or enhance performance. It involves identifying the modification requirement, developing the modification specifications, applying and testing the modification, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

Significant and non-routine modifications are those that require compliance with Australian Design Rules and Vehicle Safety Bulletins.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The pneumatic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the modification requirement	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Reasons for the modification are identified and confirmed with appropriate persons 1.3 Modification options are identified and presented to appropriate persons according to workplace procedures 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Legal and safety impacts of the modification are considered, as required, according to regulatory requirements
2. Develop and validate the modification specification	2.1 Manufacturer specifications for the existing pneumatic system are sourced and interpreted 2.2 Criteria for selecting the modification method and evaluating the outcomes are identified and documented 2.3 Proposed modification method is identified, selected and evaluated from available options 2.4 Selected option, including material choices and processes, is developed in detail and progressively assessed against established criteria 2.5 Modification specification is documented according to workplace procedures
3. Apply and test the modification specification	3.1 Tools, test equipment and materials required to support the modification procedure are identified, selected and prepared for use 3.2 Selected modification method is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.3 Post-modification testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm modification outcomes are as intended, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the modification process are rectified 3.4 Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional processes 3.5 Variations needed during the modification process or as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification specification 3.6 Information and detail relating to the modification are documented and provided to the appropriate parties according to regulatory and commercial obligations
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information.
Reading skills to:	interpret the operating and testing procedures for pneumatic system testing equipment from workplace and manufacturer literature research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking pneumatic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting modification findings and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from supervisors, and report modification outcomes.
Numeracy skills to:	measure pneumatic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret precision measuring equipment and test equipment units and scales.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and vernier calipers use specialised testing equipment, such as air pressure gauges.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with high air pressure hazards dealing with stored air pressure hazards.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA5024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

develop and apply one of the following significant and non-routine modifications on the pneumatic system of two different vehicles or machinery:

adapt or modify pneumatic system to a significantly changed capability

adapt pneumatic system for different work conditions

modify or install a significant pneumatic system for a special purpose.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to developing and applying pneumatic system modifications, including procedures for:

working with high air pressure hazards

dealing with stored air pressure hazards

principles and processes involved in planning and implementing modifications to pneumatic systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of pneumatic systems being modified

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required for pneumatic system modifications, including meters, gauges, and load and pressure testing devices

requirements of Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and Vehicle Safety Bulletins (VSBs) relating to pneumatic system modifications

procedures for documenting and reporting the modification specifications and outcomes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to pneumatic systems that they have modified, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer pneumatic system specifications

ADRs and VSBs relating to pneumatic system modifications

two different vehicles or machinery requiring pneumatic system modification

testing equipment for pneumatic system modification

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for completing pneumatic system modifications.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in the integrated stability control systems of vehicles or machinery, and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The stability control systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnosis requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in vehicle integrated stability control system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Prepare to perform diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for integrated stability control system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are identified and selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is obtained and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are verified, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different vehicles.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking vehicle integrated stability control system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure stability control system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA4025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in the integrated stability control systems of three different vehicles or machinery

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles

types of complex faults relating to vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, function and operation of vehicle integrated stability control systems, including:

anti-lock braking systems (ABS)

traction control systems

electronic stability control (ESC) systems

testing procedures for vehicle integrated stability control systems, including procedures for:

vehicle dynamic and static testing

component failure analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicle integrated stability control systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer vehicle integrated stability control system specifications

three different vehicles or machinery with complex faults in their integrated stability control systems

vehicle integrated stability control system diagnostic equipment, including scan tool

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems and determine the repair action necessary to restore system performance. It involves confirming the existence of a fault, choosing the diagnostic procedure and tools, applying the diagnostic procedure, reporting conclusions and making repair recommendations.

Complex faults are outside the normal scope of a technician’s diagnosis and repair work. They include intermittent faults, multi-system faults, faults introduced as a result of system repairs, and indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The electronic over hydraulic systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, marine vessels or mobile plant machinery, which may be wheeled or track type machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify and confirm the work requirement	1.1 Nature and objective of diagnosis requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Existence of fault in electronic over hydraulic system is confirmed from direct or indirect evidence 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed according to workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
2. Prepare to carry out diagnosis	2.1 Manufacturer specifications and other technical information for electronic over hydraulic system are accessed and interpreted 2.2 Diagnostic procedures and options are identified 2.3 Diagnostic method sequence, tests and testing processes are selected from the range of available options 2.4 Testing equipment is selected and prepared according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.5 Tools, equipment and materials required to support the diagnostic process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply diagnostic procedures	3.1 Selected diagnostic process is followed and testing is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.2 Diagnostic findings are confirmed, as required, by using reliable alternative or optional process according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs 3.4 Conclusions are provided to appropriate personnel or customer to confirm further action to be taken
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Vehicle is presented ready to be repaired or returned to the customer 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate and evaluate appropriate sources of information efficiently apply diagnostic skills to different systems.
Reading skills to:	research, organise and interpret technical information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking electronic over hydraulic system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, gain information from customers and supervisors, report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure electronic over hydraulic system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use specialised diagnostic equipment, such as scan tools.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with high pressure fluid systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTA4026 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle electric-over-hydraulic systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA026 Diagnose complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose a complex fault in three different electronic over hydraulic systems

the above diagnosis must involve two of the following types of complex faults:

an intermittent fault

a fault that affects more than one system

a fault introduced as a result of a system repair

an indirect fault caused by the influence of external systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems, including procedures for working with high pressure fluid systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from hydraulic systems

types of complex faults relating to electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

intermittent

multi-system

introduced as a result of system repair

indirect, caused by the influence of external systems

types, functions, operation and limitations of electronic over hydraulic systems and components, including:

input sensors

output actuators

computer systems

testing procedures for different electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

electronic control analysis

component wear analysis

system operation analysis

types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment required to diagnose complex faults in different electronic over hydraulic systems, including:

scan tools

vacuum gauges

oil pressure gauges

procedures for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data, including:

diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), including:

conditions that set the DTCs

conditions for running DTCs

live data

freeze frame data

waveforms

vehicle continuous and non-continuous monitored systems

methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the electronic over hydraulic systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer electronic over hydraulic system specifications

three different electronic over hydraulic systems with complex faults

electronic over hydraulic system diagnostic equipment, including:

scan tool

vacuum gauge

oil pressure gauge

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for diagnosing complex faults in electronic over hydraulic systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTA027 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out basic vehicle servicing operations. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the servicing task; select the correct equipment and service the major vehicle systems according to manufacturer servicing procedures and specifications; record findings; maintain the work area; and check and store the servicing tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan to carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2. Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle to be serviced is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for basic vehicle servicing operations are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for vehicle servicing are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations	2.1 Tools and equipment are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Basic vehicle servicing operations are carried out according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Observations of worn vehicle components or issues requiring further exploration are recorded 2.4 Basic vehicle servicing operation procedures are recorded
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and serviced vehicle is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle servicing information and servicing equipment operating procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to perform basic vehicle servicing operations select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement read and interpret mathematical information, including charts and drawings use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including gauges use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate volumes and ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to perform basic vehicle servicing operations.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and lifting equipment application of procedures for handling, storing and disposing of used oil, lubricants and coolants.
Vehicle must include one or more of the following:	passenger or light commercial motor vehicle motorcycle constructed vehicle.
Basic vehicle servicing operations must include:	servicing the following: engine and exhaust system drive belt cooling system transmission and final drive tyres, suspension and steering fuel and intake system electrical system braking system body fittings and pedal rubbers.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTA027 Carry out basic vehicle servicing operations

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly perform basic servicing operations on a minimum of two different operational vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements relating to basic vehicle servicing operations, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and lifting equipment

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling, storing and disposing of used oil, lubricants, coolants, transmission and brake fluids

reasons for servicing vehicles

basic vehicle servicing procedures, including:

servicing the engine:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

changing the engine oil

changing the oil filter

servicing the drive belt:

checking for cracks, fraying, oil soaking and glazing at the belt to pulley contact area

adjusting the belt

servicing the cooling system:

checking for leaks, signs of corrosion, damaged or cracked hoses, worn or loose fittings

topping up the coolant

servicing transmission and final drive systems:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

checking and topping up transmission and final drive lubricant level

topping up the clutch master cylinder fluid

servicing the tyres and suspension and steering system:

checking for leaks, splits in rubber boots, worn or loose fittings, and tyre wear

adjusting air pressure

lubricating ball joints

topping up power steering reservoir fluid

servicing the fuel system:

checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other damage

replacing air filters

servicing the electrical system:

checking the lighting system

checking and topping up the battery

servicing the brakes:

checking for leaks, wear, excessive heat damage, cracks or other damage

topping up the master cylinder fluid

other tasks, including checking:

windscreen wipers

windscreen washers (fluid level)

heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (HVAC) operation

body panels

exhaust system

mirrors

condition of foot pedal rubbers

hand and power tools and equipment used in vehicle servicing

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have serviced, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two vehicles for servicing

automotive hand and power tools and lifting and supporting equipment

automotive fluids and oils, including:

engine oil

transmission oil

brake fluid.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service braking systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, motorcycles, mobile plant machinery, outdoor power equipment or trailers. The braking systems may be hydraulic, air over hydraulic, air, mechanical, or hand and parking braking systems.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect braking system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service braking system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection finding and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure brake components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret measuring equipment scales.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting vehicles or machinery managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems.
Post-service testing must include:	static and dynamic testing of braking system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB2001 Inspect and service braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB001 Inspect and service braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the braking systems of two different vehicles or machinery, including:

disc braking systems

drum braking systems.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing braking systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles or machinery

managing and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released from braking systems

identification and function of major braking components, including:

discs, pads and calipers

drums, brake linings, wheel cylinders and hydraulic components

master cylinder

hydraulic and vacuum brake booster

diesel engine vacuum brake booster pump

electric and manual park braking systems

basic operation of braking systems, including:

hydraulic braking systems

mechanical braking systems

air over hydraulic systems

air braking systems

types, applications and testing of brake hydraulic fluids

inspection procedures for braking system components, including:

component wear analysis

brake fluid testing

service and adjustment procedures for braking systems, including:

brake bleeding

brake adjustment

park brake adjustment

post-service testing procedures for braking systems, including static and dynamic testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with disc and drum braking systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB002 Attach friction materials and radius grind

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to attach brake and clutch friction materials using bonding, riveting or screwing methods and radius grind brake shoes. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and attaching friction material, radius grinding, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The friction materials include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to attach friction materials	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Friction material attaching procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Components are measured and evaluated against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures 1.5 Options for attaching friction material are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.6 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Select and attach friction materials	2.1 Components are prepared for bonding or riveting according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Materials to be attached are selected and prepared according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Friction materials are attached to components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements
3. Radius grind brake shoes	3.1 Radius grinding procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Brake shoes are radius ground according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.3 Brake shoes are measured against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures 3.4 Brake shoe radius grinding is completed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.5 Brake shoes are tested according to workplace procedures prior to being placed into service
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and components are presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workplace literature on safe operating procedures for attaching friction materials and using radius grinding machinery.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when making recommendations and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report findings and making recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	identify risk factors and take action to minimise risk.
Technology skills to:	use radius grinding machinery use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Tools and equipment must include:	riveting machinery and equipment radius grinding machinery.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working safely with brake machining equipment selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE) handling and controlling brake dust environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust produced during radius grinding.
Materials must include:	bonding material and rivets brake and clutch friction material.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB2002 Attach friction materials and radius grind

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB002 Attach friction materials and radius grind

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

attach friction materials to and radius grind the following two vehicle components:

one set of brake shoes

one clutch plate.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to attaching friction materials and radius grinding, including procedures for:

working safely with brake machining equipment

selecting and using personal protective equipment (PPE)

handling and controlling brake dust

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust produced during radius grinding

types and applications of friction materials used in brake and clutch applications, including:

coefficient of friction

material selection procedures

procedures for preparing components for friction material attachment, including:

friction material removal procedures

component cleaning procedures

friction material shaping and sizing procedures

procedures for attaching friction materials, including:

bonding

riveting

procedures for radius grinding brake shoes.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

PPE for attaching friction materials and radius grinding

manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for attaching friction materials and for radius grinding

brake shoes and clutch plate requiring friction material attachment and radius grinding

bonding and riveting materials

radius grinding machinery

equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate for attaching friction materials and radius grinding.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB003 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to measure, evaluate and machine vehicle brake drums and brake disc rotors to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, machining disc brake rotors and brake drums, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to machine brake drums and brake disc rotors	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Brake drum and disc rotor machining procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are measured and evaluated against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures 1.4 Machining options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.5 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.6 Tools and equipment, including disc and drum brake lathe, are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Carry out machining operations	2.1 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are prepared for machining according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are positioned in brake lathe according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are machined according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.4 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are measured against manufacturer specifications according to workplace procedures 2.5 Brake drums and brake disc rotor machining is completed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.6 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are visually evaluated to ensure safe operation according to workplace procedures
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Brake drums and brake disc rotors are presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for brake drums and brake disc rotor machining equipment from signs and workplace and manufacturer literature interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when making repair recommendations, recording measurements, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report diagnostic findings, and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum micrometers use brake lathes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working safely with brake machining equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of metal swarf produced during machining.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB2003 Machine brake drums and disc brake rotors

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB003 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

machine the four disc rotors of a four wheel disc brake system

machine the two brake drums of a rear drum brake system or all four brake drums of a four wheel drum brake system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to machining brake drums and brake disc rotors, including procedures for working safely with brake machining equipment

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of metal swarf produced during machining

measuring and evaluation procedures for brake drums and brake disc rotors, including:

using vernier calipers, micrometers, brake drum micrometers and dial gauge indicators

visual inspection procedures for brake drums and brake disc rotors

application, purpose and operation of brake drum and brake disc rotor machining equipment, including:

off-vehicle machining

on-vehicle machining.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles or brake drums and brake disc rotors that they have machined, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

brake drum and brake disc rotor manufacturer specifications

brake drums and brake disc rotors requiring machining as specified in the performance evidence

brake drum and brake disc rotor machining equipment

measuring equipment for light vehicle braking systems, including:

vernier calipers

micrometers

brake drum micrometers

dial gauge indicators.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service air braking systems according to manufacturer specifications. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The air braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service air braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect air braking system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service air braking system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection and service procedures and specifications relating to air braking systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure brake components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications interpret measuring equipment scales.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: managing and controlling brake dust working with stored energy environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust released from air braking systems.
Components must include:	air compressor, filters, air drier, receivers and tanks drive belts spring brake chambers, hoses and adjusters discs, pads, drums and linings brake valves brake lights trailer brake valves.
Post-service testing must include:	static and dynamic testing of braking system.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB2004 Inspect and service air braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB004 Inspect and service air braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the air braking systems of two different vehicles or machinery, including:

one air disc braking system

one air drum braking system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing air braking systems, including procedures for:

managing and controlling brake dust

working with stored energy

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust released from air braking systems

identification and function of major air braking components, including:

air compressor, filters, air drier, receivers and tanks

drive belts

spring brake chambers, hoses and adjusters

discs, pads, drums and linings

brake valves

brake lights

trailer brake valves

basic operation of air braking systems, including:

mechanical

pneumatic

inspection procedures for air braking systems, including:

component wear analysis

air system assessment

service and adjustment procedures for air braking systems, including:

brake adjustment

parking and emergency brake adjustment

post-service testing procedures for air braking systems, including static and dynamic testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the air braking systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer air braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with air disc and air drum braking systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing air braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB005 Assemble and fit braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to assemble and fit braking system components to vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, assembling and fitting brake components, post-fitting testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The braking systems include those of vehicles in all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to assemble and fit braking system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Procedures and information for assembling and fitting braking system components are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Assembly options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Assemble and fit components	2.1 Components are inspected and faults reported 2.2 Components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are fitted according to safety requirements using installation procedures that comply with manufacturer specifications and tolerances, and without causing damage to components or systems
3. Test components	3.1 Testing procedures and requirements are accessed and interpreted from manufacturer specifications 3.2 Braking system is tested according to manufacturer specifications and adjusted as required 3.3 Failed components are tagged for further work 3.4 Test results are recorded according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of braking system information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures for assembling, fitting and testing braking system equipment from signs and workplace and manufacturer literature interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report faulty components, and make fitting recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure braking system and vehicle components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances and tolerances.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use braking system measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers, micrometers and brake drum calipers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting vehicles handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released during assembly and fitting process.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB3005 Assemble and fit braking system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB005 Assemble and fit braking system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

assemble and fit three different components from one of the following braking systems:

hydraulic

pneumatic over hydraulic

vacuum over hydraulic

electric

electric over hydraulic

pneumatic.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to assembling and fitting brake system components, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles

handling and controlling brake dust and brake fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of brake dust and brake fluid released during assembly and fitting process

operating principles and construction of the following braking systems:

hydraulic

pneumatic over hydraulic

vacuum over hydraulic

electric

electric over hydraulic

pneumatic

procedures and techniques for assembling braking system components

procedures and techniques for fitting and testing braking system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the braking systems and components that they have assembled and fitted, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

braking system component manufacturer specifications

components of the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

vehicles requiring the fitting and assembly of the braking systems specified in the performance evidence

equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate for assembling, fitting and testing braking systems and associated components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, servicing and carrying out any necessary repairs to the system, performing post-service or repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The auxiliary braking systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles or mobile plant machinery. The unit applies to vehicles or machinery fitted with speed reducing or control devices, such as engine brakes, exhaust brakes or hydraulic or electrical retarders.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection, service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Conduct inspection and analyse results	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from inspection results and causes of faults are determined as required 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service and repair system	3.1 Service and repair procedures and information are sourced and interpreted 3.2 Service and repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked according to workplace procedures 3.3 Service, repairs and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 3.4 Post-service and repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of auxiliary braking information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking auxiliary braking system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Numeracy skills to:	measure auxiliary braking system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with hot exhaust components.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTB3006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect, service and repair the auxiliary braking systems of two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting, servicing and repairing auxiliary braking systems, including procedures for working with hot exhaust components

identification, function and operating principles of auxiliary braking systems and their components, including:

internal engine compression braking

external exhaust braking

hydraulic retarder

electrical retarder

control circuits

inspection procedures for auxiliary braking systems

service, repair and adjustment procedures for auxiliary braking systems

post-repair testing procedures for auxiliary braking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the auxiliary braking systems that they have serviced and repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer auxiliary braking system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with auxiliary braking systems requiring service and repair

tools and equipment appropriate for inspecting, servicing, repairing and adjusting auxiliary braking systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace the front and rear brake assemblies of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; identify types of brake assemblies; inspect components and identify their function; remove and replace the front and rear brake assemblies; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Brakes

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove and replace brake assemblies	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle brake assemblies to be worked on are identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for brake assemblies removal and replacement are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for removing and replacing brake assemblies are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove and inspect brake assemblies	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for brake assemblies removal according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Brake assemblies are removed according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Brake assemblies’ components are arranged, identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Brake assemblies’ inspection results are recorded
3. Replace brake assemblies	3.1 Brake assemblies are prepared for replacement 3.2 Brake assemblies are replaced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.3 Brake assemblies are adjusted and bled
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle braking system information and brake assembly removal and replacement procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and replace front and rear brake assemblies select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in brake system component identification codes use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including verniers, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. mm for millimeters) use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate clearances.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to remove and replace front and rear brake assemblies.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and lifting equipment application of procedures for handling and disposing of used brake fluid, lubricants and asbestos-based products, including brake dust.
Brake assemblies must include:	both front disc brake assemblies both rear drum brake assemblies.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTB007 Remove and replace brake assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly remove and replace the brake assemblies of at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and lifting equipment

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling and disposing of waste brake fluid, lubricants and asbestos-based products, including brake dust

types, application and basic operation of brake assembly, including:

disc brake systems

drum brake systems

hand brake systems

brake fluids

brake assembly function and basic principles of operation

brake assembly component names and their functions

brake assembly dismantling procedures, including:

disc caliper, pad and disc removal

brake drum, shoes and wheel cylinder removal

brake assembly inspection procedures, including:

brake hose serviceability

disc thickness

disc runout

brake shoe serviceability

brake drum wear

brake assembly replacement procedures, including:

disc pad replacement

caliper pin lubrication

disc replacement

brake cylinder and shoe replacement

bleeding and adjustment procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and replaced front and rear brake assemblies, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two vehicles fitted with front and rear brake assemblies, including disc and drum brake assemblies

tools and special equipment, including lifting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service air and liquid cooling systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, reporting the inspection findings, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The cooling systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycle or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service cooling system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect cooling system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service cooling system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or equipment is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to cooling systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate and adjust coolant volumes and ratios using basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division determine cooling system pressures for comparison to specifications.
Technology skills to:	use cooling system test equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: hot pressurised cooling systems rotating fans, belts and pulleys coolant additives environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from cooling systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTC2001 Inspect and service cooling systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC001 Inspect and service cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the cooling systems of two different vehicles or machinery

undertake post-service testing of above systems, which must include:

pressure testing

testing and adjusting coolant additives.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing cooling systems, including procedures for working with:

hot pressurised cooling systems

rotating fans, belts and pulleys

coolant additives

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from cooling systems

identification, function and basic operation of liquid cooling system, including:

engine coolant additives

water pumps

filters

thermostats

mechanical, hydraulic and electric fans

radiators and radiator caps

heater core and heater valve

expansion tanks

heat exchangers

core plugs

hoses

drive belts

temperature sensors and gauges

keel cooling, heat exchanger, raw water cooling and sacrificial anodes

identification, function and basic operation of air cooling system, including:

cooling system controls, fans, fins and cowlings

types, quantities and applications of coolant additives, including coolant concentration

inspection procedures for cooling systems, including:

coolant concentration test

transient voltage test

cooling system components

cooling system pressure testing

service and adjustment procedures for cooling systems, including:

system cleaning

coolant replacement

cooling system bleeding

post-service testing procedures for cooling systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cooling system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with cooling systems requiring servicing

cooling system test equipment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing cooling systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTC002 Repair radiators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair radiators. It involves preparing for the task, cleaning, inspecting, repairing and performing post-repair testing on radiators, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The radiators include those in vehicles from all sectors of the industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to undertake radiator repairs	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Information, procedures and methods are sourced and analysed 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Required tools for radiator repair are selected, checked and prepared for serviceability 1.5 Materials required for radiator repair are checked and prepared
2. Carry out repair operations	2.1 Radiator is dismantled as required according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Radiator is cleaned, inspected, measured and tested according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Radiator is evaluated and repair requirements are determined and reported according to workplace procedures 2.4 Components are repaired, replaced and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and radiator is presented ready for use or stored according to workplace procedures 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe operating procedures from signs and workplace and manufacturer literature for radiator testing, including for dismantling and assembling equipment interpret information from workplace and manufacturer literature when seeking radiator specifications and repair procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report diagnostic findings, and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	understand and communicate radiator dimensions in metric and imperial units of measurement measure radiator components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use measuring equipment, such as tape measures, rulers and vernier calipers use soldering and welding equipment.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: using heating and welding equipment working with corrosive cleaning agents environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of coolant released from radiators.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTC2002 Carry out radiator repairs

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC002 Repair radiators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

repair three different radiators, in which the work must involve the following materials:

aluminium

copper

plastic.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to repairing radiators, including procedures for:

using heating and welding equipment

working with corrosive cleaning agents

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of coolant released from radiators

application, purpose and operation of radiators, including:

aluminium, copper and plastic radiators

cooling system, heater core and intercoolers

dismantling procedures for aluminium, copper and plastic radiators

cleaning, inspecting and testing procedures for aluminium, copper and plastic radiators, including:

visual inspection

pressure testing

tank testing

repair procedures for aluminium, copper and plastic radiators, including soldering

post-repair procedures for radiators, including pressure testing.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the radiators that they have repaired, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

three different radiators made of the materials specified in the performance evidence and requiring repair

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing radiators.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTC003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair faults in the cooling systems of vehicles. It involves preparing for the task, selecting the correct diagnostic procedure, carrying out the diagnosis and the repair, performing post-repair testing, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The cooling systems include those in agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical – Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to diagnose and repair cooling system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Diagnostic information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Diagnostic options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Diagnose cooling system	2.1 Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace procedures, safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes of faults are determined 2.3 Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Repair cooling system	3.1 Repair information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Repair tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked 3.4 Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or system 3.5 Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace procedures to confirm fault rectification, and any further problems detected as having been introduced during the repair process are rectified
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking cooling system specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report diagnostic findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret pressure gauges and metric units of pressure use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division and subtraction, to calculate volumes from ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for handling hot pressurised cooling systems environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from cooling systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTC3003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

diagnose and repair a fault in two different cooling systems, in which the work must involve:

removing and refitting or replacing all of the following components:

radiator

water pump

engine core plugs

removing and refitting or replacing two of the following components:

thermostat

radiator hoses and heater hoses

heater core

heater valve

heat exchanger

engine fan system.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing cooling systems, including procedures for handling hot pressurised cooling systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from cooling systems

operating principles of cooling systems and associated components, including:

effects of heat, including changes of temperature, colour, state and volume of substances

heat transfer, including conduction, convection and radiation

air cooled systems

liquid cooled systems

application, purpose and operation of the following components of cooling systems and components, including:

engine coolant types and composition

water pumps

thermostats and bypass systems

mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic and electric cooling fan systems

radiators and radiator caps

heat exchangers

expansion tanks

hoses

drive belts

temperature sensors and gauges

diagnostic testing procedures for cooling systems, including testing procedures for:

effects of corrosion, cavitation and electrolysis

transient voltage

engine coolant

cooling system pressure

combustion leak

cooling fan system

thermostat

infra-red thermal devices

cooling system hose

water pump

repair procedures for cooling systems, including procedures for bleeding coolant systems

post-repair testing procedures for cooling systems, including:

fan system operation

thermostat operation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the cooling systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer cooling system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with cooling system faults

diagnostic equipment for cooling systems

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for repairing cooling systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace the radiator of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; remove the radiator and inspect it and its associated components; replace the radiator; top up the cooling system and check for leaks; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Cooling Systems

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove and replace radiator	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle radiator to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for radiator removal and replacement are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for removing and replacing radiator are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove radiator	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for radiator removal according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Vehicle radiator is removed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Radiator and associated components are inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Results of inspection of radiator and its associated components are recorded
3. Replace radiator	3.1 Radiator is prepared for replacement 3.2 Radiator is replaced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.3 Cooling system is tested according to manufacturer specifications 3.4 Cooling system test results are recorded
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4,2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information on vehicle cooling system and radiator removal and refitting procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and replace radiators select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in cooling system information use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including pressure testers, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. kPa for kilopascals) use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate ratios of coolant.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to remove and replace radiators.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of automotive hand tools application of procedures for handling and disposing of used coolant.
Vehicle radiator must include:	radiator for an engine with a liquid cooling system.
Cooling system is tested must include:	pressure-testing the cooling system.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTC004 Remove and replace radiators

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly and safely remove and replace the radiators of at least two different vehicles or engine assemblies.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS)and environmental requirements, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of automotive hand tools and lifting equipment

safety data sheets (SDS) and procedures for handling and disposing of used coolant

types, application and basic operation of radiators, including:

vertical flow radiators

cross flow radiators

cooling system coolants and additives

radiator hoses and clamps

radiator removal procedures, including procedures for catching and storing engine coolant

radiator and associated component inspection procedures

radiator replacement procedures, including:

calculating coolant system filling and additive concentration

coolant system bleeding

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and replaced radiators, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two motor vehicles or engine assemblies with engines with a liquid cooling system

automotive hand tools and special equipment, including cooling system pressure tester.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and test steering system components and assess their condition. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems are both mechanical and power assisted steering systems and include those of heavy commercial vehicles or light vehicles.

This unit applies to those inspecting steering systems prior to conducting a wheel alignment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect steering system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to steering systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out documentation when reporting inspection findings and making recommendations.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	compare component wear against manufacturer specifications and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	visual, aural and functional assessments of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical steering system components, including for damage, corrosion, wear and leakage.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTD2001 Inspect steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD001 Inspect steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the following components of two different vehicle steering systems:

hydraulic components

steering column and couplings

steering linkages.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting steering systems, including procedures for lifting and supporting vehicles

identification and function of major steering components, including:

steering wheel, column and couplings

rack and pinion

steering box

power steering pump, pipes and hoses

steering linkages, including:

ball joints

tie rods and tie rod ends

idler arms

connecting rod, track rod or drag link

pitman arms

steering arms

king pins

basic operation of steering systems, including:

manual steering systems

power assisted steering systems

electronically controlled systems

inspection and reporting procedures for steering systems and components, including:

component wear analysis

fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering systems that they have inspected, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

two different vehicles with steering systems requiring inspection prior to wheel alignment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service steering systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, marine vessels, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles or outdoor power equipment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service steering system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect steering system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service steering system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to steering systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	compare component wear and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	inspecting for: wear oil and fluid leaks physical damage.
Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil and fluid released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTD2002 Inspect and service steering systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD002 Inspect and service steering systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the steering systems of two different vehicles or machinery, including one of the following:

manual steering

electric power assisted steering

hydraulic power assisted steering

full hydraulic steering.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing steering systems, including procedures for isolating and stabilising vehicles or machines

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oil and fluid released from steering systems

identification, function and basic operation of steering systems, including:

manual steering

electric power assisted

hydraulic power assisted steering

full hydraulic steering

identification and function of major steering components

types and applications of lubricants and hydraulic fluids

inspection procedures for steering systems, including:

component wear analysis

oil and fluid leaks

physical damage

service and adjustment procedures for steering systems, including:

adjusting and replenishing oil and fluid levels as required

lubricating components

post-service testing procedures of steering systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with the steering systems specified in the performance evidence and requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing steering systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and test front and rear suspension system components and assess their condition. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those of heavy commercial vehicles or light vehicles.

This unit applies to those inspecting suspension systems prior to conducting a wheel alignment.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publications.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Inspection information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Complete work processes	3.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 3.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 3.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 3.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking inspection procedures and specifications relating to suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out documentation when reporting inspection findings and making recommendations.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings to appropriate personnel.
Numeracy skills to:	compare component wear against manufacturer specifications and use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to calculate distances, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Problem solving skills to:	refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	visual, aural and functional assessments of front and rear suspension components, including for damage, corrosion, wear and leakage.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: lifting and supporting vehicles working with stored energy in springs and accumulators.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTD2003 Inspect suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD003 Inspect suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect the front and rear suspension systems of two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting suspension systems, including procedures for:

lifting and supporting vehicles

working with stored energy in springs and accumulators

identification and function of major front and rear suspension components, including:

control arms, bushes, links and rods

ball joints

struts and springs

leaf springs, hangers and shackles

torsion bars

air suspension

shock absorbers

height control systems

basic operation of front and rear suspension systems

inspection and reporting procedures for suspension systems and components, including:

component wear analysis

fluid leaks.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

two different vehicles with suspension systems requiring inspection prior to wheel alignment

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service front and rear suspension systems. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the front and rear suspension system for wear, oil or air leaks and physical damage, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the system, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The suspension systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery, motorcycles, outdoor power equipment or trailers.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service suspension system	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect suspension system	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service suspension system	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking service procedures and specifications relating to suspension systems.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction, to compare component wear to distances, tolerances and deviations in manufacturer specifications.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for: working with stored energy isolating and stabilising vehicles and machinery.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from suspension systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTD2004 Inspect and service suspension systems

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD004 Inspect and service suspension systems

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the front and rear suspension systems of two different vehicles or machinery.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing suspension systems, including procedures for:

working with stored energy

isolating and stabilising vehicles and machinery

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of lubricants and fluids released from suspension systems

identification, function and basic operation of major front and rear suspension components, including:

spring types and dampers

suspension arms

suspension components

types and applications of lubricants and fluids

inspection procedures for suspension systems, including:

analysing component wear

checking fluid and air leaks

evaluating physical damage

service and adjustment procedures for suspension systems, including:

adjusting and replenishing oil and fluid levels as required

lubricating components

post-service testing procedures for suspension systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the suspension systems that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer suspension system specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with suspension systems requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing suspension systems.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return steering system components to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the steering system components, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the components, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The steering systems include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or outdoor power equipment. The unit does not apply to the steering systems of motorcycles.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle steering system components	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate steering system components	2.1 Components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Component is cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Component is measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 serviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble components	4.1 Components are assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of components is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and components are presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for steering systems components efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking steering system component specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure steering system components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as vernier calipers and micrometers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using: specialised steering system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery chemicals and toxic substances environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering systems.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTD4005 Overhaul steering system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD005 Overhaul steering system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul the following steering system components:

two different power steering pumps

one of the following components:

power rack and pinion steering box

steering column

recirculating ball steering box.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling steering system components, including procedures for using:

specialised steering system component overhaul tools, equipment and machinery

chemicals and toxic substances

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from steering systems

types, characteristics and operating principles of steering systems and associated components

steering system component overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing steering system components for overhaul

steering system component dismantling procedures

steering system component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

steering system component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

power steering pumps

power rack and pinion steering boxes

steering columns

recirculating ball steering boxes

steering system component assembly procedures, including procedures for measuring and calculating tolerances, and adjusting components

post-overhaul testing procedures for steering system components.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the steering system components that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer steering system component specifications

steering system components specified in the performance evidence and requiring overhaul

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting steering system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace the front suspension springs of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; remove the springs and inspect them and associated components; replace the springs and check the vehicle ride height; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs	1.1 Safety requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle suspension to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for removing and replacing suspension springs are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for suspension spring removal and replacement are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove and inspect front suspension springs	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for suspension springs removal according to workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.3 Front suspension springs are removed according to workplace procedures and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Front suspension spring components are arranged, identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Results of inspecting front suspension spring components are recorded
3. Replace front suspension springs	3.1 Front suspension components are prepared for assembly 3.2 Front suspension is assembled according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools and equipment 3.3 Vehicle ride height is checked according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance criteria and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle suspension system information and suspension spring removal and replacement procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs select and interpret key information from workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in suspension system information use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including tape measures, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. mm for millimeters) use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction to calculate length.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and lifting equipment.
Tools, equipment and materials must include:	automotive hand tools lifting and supporting equipment related special tools, including spring compressors.
Front suspension spring must include:	front suspension springs from one of the following: passenger or light commercial vehicle motor cycle constructed vehicle.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD006 Remove and replace vehicle front suspension springs

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly remove and replace the front suspension springs of at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including:

dangers of working with stored energy in suspension springs

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and lifting and supporting equipment

types, application and basic operation of front suspension springs, including:

MacPherson strut

coil springs

suspension spring removal procedures, including procedures for compressing springs

suspension spring and associated component inspection procedures

suspension spring replacement procedures, including ride height measurement procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and replaced front suspension springs, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two vehicles with complete front suspension assemblies

tools and special equipment, including lifting and supporting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace the steering assemblies of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; remove the steering assembly and inspect it and its associated components; replace the steering assembly; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Steering and Suspension

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove and replace a steering assembly	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle steering assembly to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for removing and replacing steering assembly are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for removing and replacing steering assembly are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove and inspect steering assembly	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for steering assembly removal according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Vehicle steering assembly is removed according to workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Steering assembly components are arranged, identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.5 Results of inspecting steering system components are recorded
3. Replace steering assembly	3.1 Steering assembly components are prepared for assembly 3.2 Steering assemblies are replaced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.3 Front wheel toe-in is measured and adjusted according to manufacturer specifications
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and vehicle steering assembly is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance criteria and is not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle steering system information and steering assembly removal and replacement procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and replace vehicle steering assemblies select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in steering system information use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including tape measures, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. mm for millimeters) use basic mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction to calculate length.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and vehicle lifting equipment applying procedures for handling and disposing of used steering system fluids.
Tools and equipment must include:	automotive hand tools vehicle lifting equipment product-related special tools, such as ball joint breakers.
Vehicle steering assemblies must include:	assembly from one of the following: light vehicle light commercial vehicle motorcycle constructed vehicle.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTD007 Remove and replace steering assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

correctly remove and replace steering assemblies of at least two different vehicles.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements relating to the removal and replacement of steering assemblies, including:

use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of hand tools and vehicle lifting equipment

procedures for handling and disposing of used steering system fluids

types, application and basic operation of steering assemblies, including:

manual steering

power assisted steering

steering assembly removal procedures

steering assembly and associated component inspection procedures

steering assembly replacement procedures, including front toe-in measuring and adjustment procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and replaced steering assemblies, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two vehicles fitted with steering assemblies

tools and equipment, including lifting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply knowledge of the construction and operation of engines and their components during engine repair or reconditioning activities. It involves identifying engine components and describing their function.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Identify relevant information of engine construction and operation	1.1 Components of engine are identified during repair or reconditioning activities 1.2 Functions of engine components are identified during repair or reconditioning activities 1.3 Relationships between engine components, including effects on other components’ tolerances and clearances, are identified during repair or reconditioning activities 1.4 Engine configurations are identified during repair or reconditioning activities
2. Apply relevant information of engine construction and operation to work activities	2.1 Knowledge of engine construction and operation is used during repair or engine reconditioning activities to carry out work according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Knowledge of engine diagnosis is used during repair or reconditioning activities to identify causes of engine component wear or failure
3. Evaluate knowledge of engine science	3.1 Knowledge of engine science is regularly checked with colleagues and supervisor to ensure currency and accuracy 3.2 Knowledge of engine science is updated as required to complement own work role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate engine reconditioning procedures and engine specifications in workshop and manufacturer literature efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret technical information and terminology found in workshop manuals and automotive textbooks relating to engines.
Communication skills to:	discuss interpretation of engine science with colleagues and supervisor using listening skills and correct industry terminology.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numbers and units in information relating to engines in workshop manuals and automotive textbooks use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction and multiplication, to calculate engine dimensions use simple formulas, such as A = r2 interpret numbers and units used with measuring equipment, such as compression gauges and cylinder leakage testers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

There is no Range of Conditions for this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTE3001 Apply knowledge of engine sciences

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE001 Apply knowledge of engine science

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standard defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria and foundation skills:

apply knowledge of engine science to three different multi-cylinder engines when diagnosing and repairing engine faults or reconditioning engine components

evaluate and expand knowledge of engine science, including demonstrating knowledge of one of the following:

new repair or reconditioning procedure

new engine technology

new reconditioning machine.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

classifications of engines, including:

internal and external combustion

rotary and reciprocating engines

spark ignition and compression ignition engines

engine cylinder arrangements

engine configurations, including:

inline engines, V type engines and slant cylinder engines

opposed cylinder engines

camshaft and valve locations, including:

overhead cam (OHC)

overhead valve (OHV)

engine operating principles, including:

combustion, including:

air to fuel ratios and flame propagation

direct and indirect fuel injection

detonation and pre-ignition

two-stroke and four-stroke cycles

procedures for measuring engines and engine performance, including:

bore and stroke, including:

over square, square and under square engines

crank throw

swept volume and engine volume

compression ratio

engine efficiency, including volumetric efficiency, thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency

torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower

construction and operation of petrol engines, including:

basic metallurgy relating to engines

identification of metric and imperial threads

engine components, including cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads, combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, connecting rods, crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, cams and flywheels

combustion chambers, including:

L head, bathtub, wedge, trapezoidal, hemispherical and heron-type shapes

multiple valve designs

construction and operation of diesel engines, including:

direct and indirect injection

swirl chambers

pre-combustion chambers

engine diagnosis, including:

wet and dry compression tests

cylinder leakage tests

cylinder power balance tests

vacuum tests

oil pressure tests

sources of fluid leaks

exhaust smoke diagnosis

engine noise diagnosis, including procedures for identifying:

common engine noises

common abnormal combustion noises

procedures for expanding knowledge, including location and content of:

technical literature relating to engine science

technical information relating to new and emerging engine technologies.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine science they have applied to engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

three different multi-cylinder engines

technical literature relating to engine science.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify, remove and tag a range of engine components. It involves preparing for the work, removing and tagging engine components prior to engine dismantling by title, job number and engine application, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation for entering the automotive retail, service and repair industry. The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to remove and tag engine component	1.1 Task instructions are interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.2 Engine component information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Potential hazards and risks associated with the task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.4 Tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Remove component	2.1 Engine component for removal is identified 2.2 Component is removed according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 2.3 Removed component is inspected and findings are recorded according to workplace procedures
3. Tag component	3.1 Tagging procedures are identified 3.2 Removed component is legibly tagged according to workplace procedures and without causing damage 3.3 Tagged components are stored according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instructions and workplace standards 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate information.
Reading skills to:	interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety requirements relating to engine components.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation, including tags, using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret numerical information in task instructions and part numbers.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with oils and fluids environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from engines.
Tagged must include:	component title component condition job number.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTE1003 Remove and tag engine system components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE003 Remove and tag engine system components

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and tag five of the following components from one engine:

intake manifold

exhaust manifold

starter motor

alternator

ignition components

fuel system components

turbocharger

power steering pump

hydraulic pump.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to removing and tagging engine system components, including procedures for working with oils and fluids

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of oils and fluids released from engines

identification and basic function of the engine system components specified in the performance evidence

procedures for removing and tagging engine system components, including:

component removal

component inspection

component tagging, including key information required on tags

component storage.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engine components that they have removed and tagged, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

task instructions

manufacturer engine component specifications

one engine with the components specified in the performance evidence requiring removal and tagging

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for removing and tagging engine system components.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect and service engines. It involves preparing for the task, inspecting the engine, reporting the inspection findings, servicing and adjusting the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant or motorcycles. The unit does not apply to outdoor power equipment engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to inspect and service engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Servicing information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.4 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Inspect engine	2.1 Inspection is carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and safety requirements 2.2 Inspection results are compared with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Inspection findings are reported according to workplace procedures, including recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments
3. Service engine	3.1 Service and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems 3.2 Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and vehicle or machinery is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of information efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine service procedures and specifications.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting inspection findings, making recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions report inspection findings and make repair recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate liquid volumes and service schedule intervals, using mathematical operations, including addition and subtraction.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Inspection must include:	pre- and post-service inspections for oil and fluid leaks analysing abnormal engine noises inspecting ancillary components.
Safety requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for working with: rotating and hot components engine oils high energy ignition and charging systems.
Service must include:	replacing oil and oil filter.
Environmental requirements must include:	procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.
Post-service testing must include:	starting up and running engine to operating temperature checking for leaks and abnormal noises.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTE2004 Inspect and service engines

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE004 Inspect and service engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

inspect and service the engines of two different vehicles or machinery, including replacing the engine oil and filters.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to inspecting and servicing engines, including procedures for working with:

rotating and hot components

engine oils

high energy ignition and charging systems

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

identification and function of major engine components, including:

cylinder block and head

piston and connecting rod

crankshaft

valve train

manifolds

ports and reed valve

identification and function of engine systems, including:

lubrication

cooling system

fuel system

air system

basic operation of spark ignition engines and compression ignition engines, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of engine configurations, including:

two-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke spark ignition engines

four-stroke compression ignition engines

types and applications of engine oils and filters

inspection procedures for engines, including:

oil and fluid leaks

ancillary components, including:

mountings

belts, pulleys and hoses

service and adjustment procedures for engines, including:

adjusting or replacing engine components

replacing oil

replacing filter

post-service testing procedures for engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different vehicles or machinery with engines requiring servicing

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for inspecting and servicing engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to return an engine removed from its chassis to original manufacturer tolerances and clearances. It involves preparing for the task, dismantling and evaluating the engine, carrying out the overhaul procedures, reassembling and testing the engine, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

It applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry on two and four-stroke spark ignition and four-stroke compression engines. The engines include those of agricultural machinery, heavy commercial vehicles, light vehicles, mobile plant machinery or motorcycles.

This unit does not apply to outdoor power equipment engines and marine outboard engines.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold and italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section.
1. Prepare to dismantle engine	1.1 Job requirements are determined from workplace instructions 1.2 Dismantling information is sourced and interpreted 1.3 Dismantling options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 1.4 Hazards associated with the work are identified and risks are managed 1.5 Dismantling tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability
2. Dismantle and evaluate engine and components	2.1 Engine and relevant components are dismantled in a logical sequence according to manufacturer and workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing unnecessary damage to components or systems 2.2 Components are cleaned for evaluation according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Components are measured and compared with manufacturer specifications and serviceability is determined 2.4 Component repair method is determined 2.5 Unserviceable parts are identified and replacement parts sourced
3. Carry out overhaul	3.1 Overhaul information is sourced and interpreted 3.2 Overhaul options are analysed and those most appropriate to the circumstances are selected 3.3 Overhaul tools and equipment are selected and checked for serviceability 3.4 Components are machined, repaired and replaced as required, and adjustments are carried out according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to components or systems
4. Assemble engine and components	4.1 Engine is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures, and safety and environmental requirements 4.2 Tolerances and clearances are measured against manufacturer specifications and necessary adjustments are made 4.3 Assembly of engine is completed within workplace timeframes and without causing damage to other components or systems 4.4 Post-assembly testing is carried out according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and any problems detected as having been introduced during the assembly process are rectified
5. Complete work processes	5.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace expectations and engine is presented ready for use or storage 5.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected 5.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to workplace procedures 5.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate sources of information for engines efficiently.
Reading skills to:	interpret and assess information from manufacturer and workshop literature when seeking engine specifications and procedures.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation when reporting diagnostic findings, making repair recommendations, and recording parts and material used.
Oral communication skills to:	clarify instructions, report evaluation findings and make overhaul recommendations.
Numeracy skills to:	measure engine components and use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate distances, areas, volumes, tolerances and deviations from manufacturer specifications.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise and sequence actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology skills to:	use precision measuring equipment, such as micrometers and dial bore gauges use specialised engine overhaul equipment, such as: hones valve and valve seat cutting machinery.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements, including procedures for using: specialised engine overhaul tools, equipment and machinery chemicals and toxic substances manual and mechanical lifting equipment environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines.

Unit Mapping Information

Equivalent to AURTTE4005 Overhaul engines and associated engine components

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE005 Overhaul engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

overhaul two different multi-cylinder engines, including one engine with cylinder sleeves.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) and occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements relating to overhauling engines and associated components, including procedures for:

using personal protective equipment (PPE) when handling engines and using chemical cleaning agents

using slings, chains and other lifting equipment and machinery

using specialised equipment, including heating torches, ovens and presses

handling freezing substances, including liquid nitrogen

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of fluids released from engines

types, characteristics and operating principles of engines and associated engine components

engine overhaul procedures, including:

methods for cleaning and preparing engine for overhaul

engine dismantling procedures

engine and engine component inspection, measuring and evaluation procedures, including:

non-destructive testing procedures, including dye penetrant testing and magnetic particle testing

methods for measuring and calculating tolerances and clearances

engine and engine component repair and adjustment procedures, including:

engine cylinder head and block machining

engine crankshaft and camshaft grinding

engine cylinder and engine sleeve fitting, boring and honing

engine bearing tunnel and connecting rod repair

engine component heat treating, straightening and reclamation

engine component balancing

engine assembly procedures, including procedures for tolerance measuring and calculating and adjusting components, including:

piston to connecting rod big-end alignment

big-end bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

big-end bearing crush with bearing blue

piston ring end gap, back clearance and side clearance

main bearing to crankshaft journal clearance

main bearing crush with bearing blue

semi-flanged thrust bearings to crankshaft clearance

finished camshaft bearings to camshaft clearance

camshafts and cam followers

camshaft end float

crankshaft end float

gear backlash

oil pump sealing and pick-up oil piping

component assembly procedures and processes, including:

welsh plugs and oil gallery plugs

piston and connecting rod assemblies

big-end bearings

piston rings to pistons

main bearings and thrust washers

semi-flanged thrust bearings

crankshafts, including protection measures for crankshaft journals, bearings, rings and bores

finished camshaft bearings

camshafts and cam followers

timing gears

chains and tensioners

oil pumps, oil squirters and oil pump pick-ups

balance shafts

fitting ancillary components, including covers and seals, housings, diesel fuel injection pumps, oil coolers, crankshaft pulleys, flywheels and bell housings

post-overhaul testing procedures for engines.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

mechanical repair workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

manufacturer engine specifications

two different multi-cylinder engines requiring overhaul, including an engine with cylinder sleeves

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for overhauling and adjusting engines.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace the conventional engine assembly of a vehicle. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; remove the engine and inspect the associated components; replace the engine and check its operation; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Plan and prepare for engine removal and replacement	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and vehicle to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for engine removal and replacement are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for engine removal and replacement are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Remove engine assembly and inspect engine and associated components	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and workplace safety procedures 2.2 Vehicle is prepared for engine removal according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements 2.3 Engine and associated components are identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 2.4 Engine is removed according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.5 Engine and associated component inspection results are recorded
3. Replace engine assembly	3.1 Engine and associated components are prepared for assembly 3.2 Engine is replaced according to workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and safety requirements, and without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 3.3 Engine fluid levels are checked and topped up with the appropriate lubricant and coolant according to manufacturer specifications and procedures 3.4 Engine and vehicle is tested for correct operation
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and engine or vehicle is presented ready for use 4.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 4.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored in a condition ready for use according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 4.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance criteria and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of engine information and engine removal and replacement procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely remove and replace engines select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in engine information use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate ratios and volumes.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to complete engine removal and replacement.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.
Technology skills to:	set up and operate equipment and tools required to complete engine removal and replacement.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of hand tools and lifting equipment collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant.
Tools and equipment must include:	engine lifting equipment and related special tools.
Engine and associated components must include:	cooling system components electrical system components exhaust system components fuel system components.
Engine must include:	an engine in a front engine, rear wheel drive vehicle.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE006 Remove and replace conventional engine assemblies

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

remove and replace at least one engine assembly from a conventional rear wheel drive vehicle.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of engine lifting equipment

collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant

types, application and basic operation of engines, including:

multi-cylinder configurations

petrol and diesel classifications

engine lubrication requirements, including types and classifications of engine lubricants

engine assembly removal procedures

engine assembly and associated component inspection procedures, including procedures for inspecting:

cooling system components

electrical system components

exhaust system components

fuel system components

engine assembly replacement procedures, including pre-startup checks and post-startup checks

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the vehicles where they have removed and replaced the engine assembly, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

an operable vehicle with rear wheel drive

automotive tools, engine assembly lifting equipment and attachments

engine oil

engine coolant.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to dismantle and reassemble a single cylinder four-stroke engine. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; dismantle the engine and inspect the components; reassemble the engine and check the engine operation; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to dismantle and re-assemble a single cylinder four-stroke petrol engine	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and engine to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for engine dismantle and assembly are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for dismantling and assembling four-stroke petrol engine are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Dismantle engine and clean its components	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Engine is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Engine is dismantled without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Engine components are cleaned and arranged for identification according to workplace procedures
3. Identify, inspect and measure engine components	3.1 Measuring equipment and tools are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace safety procedures 3.2 Engine components are measured and results compared against manufacturer specifications 3.3 Engine bearing information is sourced and interpreted, and engine bearing type and associated loads are identified 3.4 Information on engine seals, sealants and gaskets is sourced and interpreted, and engine seals, sealants and gaskets are identified 3.5 Engine component inspection results are recorded
4. Inspect engine cooling system and components and identify type	4.1 Information on the function, type, and components of cooling system is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Cooling system components are identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 4.3 Cooling system component inspection results are recorded
5. Re-assemble engine and perform operational tests	5.1 Engine components are prepared for assembly according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 5.2 Engine is assembled according to manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components, tools and equipment 5.3 Engine is tested for correct assembly and operation 5.4 Engine assembly and testing procedures are recorded
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and engine is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored in a condition ready for use according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle engine information and engine dismantle and reassembly procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely dismantle and assemble a single cylinder four-stroke engine select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in engine information use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including verniers and micrometers, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. mm for millimeters) use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate clearances and ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of engine dismantling and re-assembly equipment collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant.
Tools and equipment must include:	micrometers and other measurement instruments torque wrench.
Engine must include one or more of the following:	operational single cylinder four-stroke petrol engine with air/direct cooling complete engine assembly with carburettor, manifold, ignition system and flywheel.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE007 Dismantle and assemble single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

dismantle and assemble at least two different single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of engine dismantling and re-assembly equipment

collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant

types of engines and engine operating principles for:

four and two-stroke engines

single and multi-cylinder configuration

construction and operating principles of single cylinder four-stroke engine and functions of their major components

functions of the lubricating system

components of the lubricating system and their function

functions of the cooling system

components of the cooling system and their functions

types and application of:

seals

gaskets

bearings

dismantling procedures for engines, including:

bolt loosening sequences

procedures for noting component positions

measurement and calculation methods for:

piston to bore and connecting rod bearing clearance

swept volume

clearance volume

compression ratio and engine capacity

reassembly procedures for engines, including:

bolt tightening sequences and torque requirements

piston ring compression procedures

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines that they have dismantled and assembled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two different single cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

tools and measuring instruments, including lifting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to dismantle and reassemble a multi-cylinder four-stroke engine. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; dismantle the engine and inspect the components; reassemble the engine and check the engine operation; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to dismantle and re-assemble a multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engine	1.1 Safety and environmental requirements are sourced and interpreted 1.2 Task instruction is interpreted and engine to be worked on is identified 1.3 Manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures for engine dismantle and assembly are sourced and interpreted 1.4 Potential hazards and risks associated with task are identified and reported to workplace supervisor 1.5 Tools and equipment required for dismantling and assembling multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engine are identified according to manufacturer specifications
2. Dismantle engine and clean its components	2.1 Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use according to manufacturer specifications and safety requirements 2.2 Engine is cleaned according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Engine is dismantled without causing damage to components, tools or equipment 2.4 Engine components are cleaned and arranged for identification according to workplace procedures
3. Identify, inspect and measure engine components	3.1 Measuring equipment and tools are selected and checked according to manufacturer specifications and workplace safety procedures 3.2 Engine and components are measured and results compared against manufacturer specifications 3.3 Engine bearing information is sourced and interpreted, and engine bearing type and associated loads are identified 3.4 Information on engine seals, sealants and gaskets is sourced and interpreted, and engine seals, sealants and gaskets are identified 3.5 Engine component inspection results are recorded
4. Inspect engine cooling system and components and identify type	4.1 Information on the function, type and components of cooling system is sourced and interpreted 4.2 Cooling system components are identified and inspected according to manufacturer specifications 4.3 Cooling system component inspection results are recorded
5. Re-assemble engine and perform operational tests	5.1 Information on engine seals, sealants and gaskets is sourced and interpreted 5.2 Engine components are prepared for assembly according to manufacturer specifications and safety and environmental requirements 5.3 Engine is re-assembled according to manufacturer specifications, and without causing damage to components, tools and equipment 5.4 Engine is tested for correct assembly and operation 5.5 Engine re-assembly and testing procedures are recorded
6. Complete work processes	6.1 Final inspection is made to ensure work meets task instruction and workplace standards, and engine is presented ready for use or storage according to workplace procedures 6.2 Work area is cleaned, waste and non-recyclable materials are disposed of, and recyclable material is collected and stored according to environmental requirements and workplace procedures 6.3 Tools and equipment are checked and stored in a condition ready for use according to workplace procedures, or tagged and reported where necessary 6.4 Workplace documentation is processed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance and are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skills	Description
Learning skills to:	locate appropriate sources of vehicle engine information and engine dismantle and reassembly procedures.
Reading skills to:	select and interpret key information from manufacturer specifications, safety requirements and workplace procedures to safely dismantle and assemble a multi-cylinder four-stroke engine select and interpret key information from environmental requirements and workplace procedures to ensure a clean and safe work site.
Writing skills to:	legibly and accurately fill out workplace documentation using correct industry terminology and conventions.
Oral communication skills to:	participate effectively in verbal exchanges using questioning and active listening to request, clarify and clearly convey information.
Numeracy skills to:	read and interpret numerical information in engine information use specialist tools and measuring equipment correctly, including verniers, micrometers and torque wrenches, and report and record the results correctly using relevant mathematical symbols and conventions (e.g. mm for millimeters) use basic mathematical operations, including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, to calculate clearances and ratios.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes.
Self-management skills to:	recognise own limitations when selecting and using tools and equipment and seek timely advice.
Problem-solving skills to:	identify potential or actual hazards and take action to minimise risk refer problems that cannot be readily resolved and seek assistance from workplace supervisor.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.

Safety and environmental requirements must include:	information about key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including: use of safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear use of engine dismantling and re-assembly equipment collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant.
Tools and equipment must include:	micrometers and other measurement instruments torque wrench.
Engine must include one or more of the following:	operational multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engine with: 2, 4, 6 or 8 cylinder configurations overhead valve with push rods or overhead camshaft complete multi-cylinder four-stroke engine assembly with carburettor, manifold, ignition system and flywheel.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Requirements for AURTTE008 Dismantle and assemble multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Before competency can be determined, individuals must demonstrate they can perform the following according to the standards defined in this unit’s elements, performance criteria, range of conditions and foundation skills:

dismantle and assemble at least two different multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines.

Knowledge Evidence

Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:

key aspects of work health and safety (WHS), occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental requirements, including:

use of safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear

use of engine dismantling and re-assembly equipment

collection and disposal of used engine lubricants and coolant

types of engines and engine operating principles for:

four and two-stroke engines

single and multi-cylinder configuration, including straight, vee and horizontally-opposed engine configurations

construction and operating principles of multi-cylinder four-stroke engine and functions of their major components

functions of the lubricating system

components of the lubricating system and their function, including:

sump

oil pumps

oil filters

oil galleries

functions of the cooling system

components of the cooling system and their function, including:

engine cooling galleries

radiators and hoses

thermostats

types and applications of:

seals

gaskets

bearings

dismantling procedures for engines, including:

bolt loosening sequences

procedures for noting component positions and order

measurement and calculation methods for:

piston to bore and connecting rod bearing clearance

swept volume

clearance volume

compression ratio and engine capacity

reassembly procedures for engines, including:

bolt tightening sequences and torque requirements

piston ring compression procedures

procedures for fitting pistons in bores in pairs

work area clean-up and maintenance requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the engines they have dismantled and re-assembled, e.g. repair orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive workplace or simulated workplace

personal protective equipment appropriate to the workplace

two different multi-cylinder four-stroke petrol engines

tools and measuring instruments, including lifting equipment.

Links

Implementation Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

Assessment Strategies Guide - http://companion_volumes.vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingPackage.aspx?pid=2

AURTTE009 Remove and replace engine cylinder heads

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 1	New unit of competency

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove and replace an engine cylinder head. It requires the learner to plan and prepare the task; remove and dismantle the cylinder head, inspect the components, and reassemble and replace the cylinder head; check the engine operation; and maintain the work area, tools and equipment.

It applies to those undertaking a Vocational Education and Training in Schools (VETiS) or pre-vocational qualification as preparation to entering the automotive service and repair or automotive manufacturing industry.

The unit is designed for use in a highly supervised context and is not suitable for use in a vocational qualification.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Mechanical Miscellaneous

Unit Sector

Technical - Engines

Elements and Performance Criteria